Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

¨ REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

OR

 

¨ SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number: 333-13792

 

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Province of Québec, Canada

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8

(Address of principal executive offices)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

None   None

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

(Title of Class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 2016 (issued January 17, 2006)

7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 2016 (issued October 5, 2007)

(Title of Class)

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

103,251,500 Common Shares

1,630,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   ¨   Yes   x   No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.   ¨   Yes   x   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.   x   Yes   ¨   No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   x

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP   ¨  

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued

by the International Accounting Standards Board   x

  Other   ¨

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.   ¨   Item 17   ¨   Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   ¨   Yes   x   No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

Explanatory Notes

     ii   

Industry and Market Data

     ii   

Presentation of Financial Information

     ii   

Exchange Rate Information

     iv   

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     v   

PART I

     1   

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

     1   

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

     1   

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

     1   

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

     22   

ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

     67   

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

     67   

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

     117   

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     127   

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     130   

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

     131   

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     132   

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

     155   

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

     157   

PART II

     158   

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

     158   

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

     158   

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

     158   

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

     159   

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

     159   

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

     159   

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

     159   

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

     160   

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

     160   

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

     160   

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

     160   

PART III

     161   

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     161   

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     161   

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

     161   

Signature

     167   

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-1   


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTES

In this annual report, unless otherwise specified, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” the “Company” and “Quebecor Media” refer to Quebecor Media Inc., a corporation under the Business Corporations Act (Québec) and its consolidated subsidiaries, collectively. All references in this annual report to “Videotron” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Videotron Ltd. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Sun Media” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Sun Media Corporation and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Le SuperClub Vidéotron” are references to our indirect wholly-owned subsidiary Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée; all references in this annual report to “TVA Group” are references to our public subsidiary TVA Group Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Archambault Group” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Archambault Group Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references in this annual report to “Nurun” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Nurun Inc. and its subsidiaries; all references to “Quebecor Media Printing” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing Inc.; and all references to “Quebecor Media Network” are references to our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Network Inc. All references in this annual report to “Quebecor” or “our parent company” are references to Quebecor Inc., all references to “Capital CDPQ” are refererences to CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissements inc. and all references to “CDPQ” are references to Caisse de dépôt et de placement du Québec.

In this annual report, all references to the “CRTC” are references to the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission.

In this annual report, all references to our “Senior Notes” are references to, collectively, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 originally issued on January 17, 2006, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 originally issued on October 5, 2007, our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 originally issued on January 5, 2011, our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 originally issued on October 11, 2012.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

Industry statistics and market data used throughout this annual report were obtained from internal surveys, market research, publicly available information and industry publications, including the CRTC, BBM Canada (“ BBM ”), the National Cable & Telecommunications Association (“ NCTA ”), A.C. Nielsen Media Research, SNL Kagan, Newspapers Canada, the Audit Bureau of Circulations, NADbank ® Inc. (“ NADbank ® ”) and ComScore Media Metrix. Industry publications generally state that the information they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of this information is not guaranteed. Cable penetration and market share data contained in this annual report is generally based on sources published in the first quarter of 2013.

“Readership” (as opposed to paid circulation, which is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper and is measured by an independent survey conducted by NADbank ® . According to the NADbank ® 2011 Study, readership estimates are based upon the number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank ® who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.

Information contained in this document concerning the media industry, our general expectations concerning this industry and our market positions and market shares may also be based on estimates and assumptions made by us based on our knowledge of the industry and which we believe to be reliable. We believe, however, that this data is inherently imprecise, although generally indicative of relative market positions and market shares. Industry and company data is approximate and may reflect rounding in certain cases.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

IFRS and Functional Currency

Our audited consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“ IFRS ”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Prior to the adoption of IFRS on January 1, 2011, for all periods up to and including the

 

ii


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2010, our audited consolidated financial statements were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada in effect prior to January 1, 2011, which we refer to as “Canadian GAAP.”

In this annual report, references to Canadian Dollars, CAN$ or $ are to the lawful currency of Canada, our functional currency, and references to US Dollars or US$ are to the currency of the United States.

Non-IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP/Non-U.S. GAAP Measures

In this annual report, we use certain financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with IFRS, Canadian GAAP or accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“ U.S. GAAP ”). We use these non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures, such as average monthly revenue per user (“ ARPU ”), operating income, cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities, because we believe that they are meaningful measures of our performance. Our method of calculating these non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS (and non-Canadian GAAP and non-U.S. GAAP) financial measures presented in this annual report may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

We provide a definition of operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities and ARPU under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Non-IFRS Financial Measures”. We also provide a definition of operating income, and a reconciliation of operating income to the most directly comparable financial measure under each of IFRS, Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP in footnote 1 to the tables under “Item 3. Key Information – A. Selected Financial Data”. When we discuss cash flow from segment operations in this annual report, we provide the detailed calculation of the measure in the same section. When we discuss free cash flow from continuing operations in this annual report, we provide a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS financial measure in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”.

Unless otherwise indicated, information provided in this annual report, including all operating data presented, is as of December 31, 2012.

 

iii


Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the average, high, low and end of period noon rates published by the Bank of Canada. Such rates are set forth as U.S. dollars per CAN$1.00 and are the rates published by the Bank of Canada for Canadian dollars per US$1.00. On March 19, 2013, the noon rate was CAN$1.00 equals US$0.9733. We do not make any representation that Canadian dollars could have been converted into U.S. dollars at the rates shown or at any other rate. You should note that the rates set forth below may differ from the actual rates used in our accounting processes and in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

 

Year Ended:

   Average (1)      High      Low      Period End  

December 31, 2012

     1.0004         1.0299         0.9599         1.0051   

December 31, 2011

     1.0111         1.0583         0.9430         0.9833   

December 31, 2010

     0.9709         1.0054         0.9278         1.0054   

December 31, 2009

     0.8757         0.9716         0.7692         0.9555   

December 31, 2008

     0.9381         1.0289         0.7711         0.8166   

Month Ended:

   Average (2)      High      Low      Period End  

March 2013 (through March 19, 2013)

     0.9738         0.9811         0.9696         0.9733   

February 28, 2013

     0.9902         1.0040         0.9723         0.9723   

January 31, 2013

     1.0079         1.0164         0.9923         1.0008   

December 31, 2012

     1.0105         1.0162         1.0048         1.0051   

November 30, 2012

     1.0030         1.0074         0.9972         1.0068   

October 31, 2012

     1.0130         1.0243         0.9996         1.0004   

September 30, 2012

     1.0222         1.0299         1.0099         1.0166   

 

(1) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable year.
(2) The average of the daily noon rates for each day during the applicable month.

 

iv


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This annual report contains forward-looking statements with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, business and certain of our plans and objectives. These forward-looking statements are made pursuant to the “Safe Harbor” provisions of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industries in which we operate as well as beliefs and assumptions made by our management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, prospects, financial position and business strategies. Words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “continue,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “foresee,” “believe” or “seek” or the negatives of these terms or variations of them or similar terminology are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements, by their nature, involve risks and uncertainties and are not guarantees of future performance. Such statements are also subject to assumptions concerning, among other things: our anticipated business strategies; anticipated trends in our business; anticipated reorganizations of any of our segments or businesses, and any related restructuring provisions or impairment charges; and our ability to continue to control costs. We can give no assurance that these estimates and expectations will prove to have been correct. Actual outcomes and results may, and often do, differ from what is expressed, implied or projected in such forward-looking statements, and such differences may be material. Some important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

 

   

our ability to successfully continue developing our 4G network and facilities-based mobile offering;

 

   

general economic, financial or market conditions and variations in the businesses of our local, regional or national newspapers and broadcasting advertisers;

 

   

the intensity of competitive activity in the industries in which we operate;

 

   

fragmentation of the media landscape;

 

   

new technologies that would change consumer behaviour towards our product suite;

 

   

unanticipated higher capital spending required to deploy our network or to address continued development of competitive alternative technologies, or the inability to obtain additional capital to continue the development of our business;

 

   

our ability to implement successfully our business and operating strategies and manage our growth and expansion;

 

   

our ability to successfully restructure our newspapers operations to optimize their efficiency in the context of the changing newspapers industry;

 

   

disruptions to the network through which we provide our digital television, Internet access and telephony services, and our ability to protect such services from piracy;

 

   

labour disputes or strikes;

 

   

changes in our ability to obtain services and equipment critical to our operations;

 

   

changes in laws and regulations, or in their interpretations, which could result, among other things, in the loss (or reduction in value) of our licenses or markets or in an increase in competition, compliance costs or capital expenditures;

 

   

our substantial indebtedness, the tightening of credit markets, and the restrictions on our business imposed by the terms of our debt; and

 

   

interest rate fluctuations that affect a portion of our interest payment requirements on long-term debt.

 

v


Table of Contents

We caution you that the above list of cautionary statements is not exhaustive. These and other factors are discussed in further detail elsewhere in this annual report, including under “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors” of this annual report. Each of these forward-looking statements speaks only as of the date of this annual report. We disclaim any obligation to update these statements unless applicable securities laws require us to do so. We advise you to consult any documents we may file or furnish with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”), as described under “Item 10. Additional Information – Documents on Display”.

 

vi


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1 — IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2 — OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE

Not applicable.

ITEM 3 — KEY INFORMATION

A - Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected consolidated financial information for our business presented in accordance with IFRS for each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. We derived this selected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012. The selected consolidated financial information presented below should be read in conjunction with the information contained in “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” and our audited consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and notes thereto contained in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1). Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on these consolidated financial statements (other than our consolidated balance sheet as at December 31, 2010) is included in this annual report.

In separate tables below, we also present selected consolidated financial information presented in accordance with Canadian GAAP and, separately, in accordance with U.S. GAAP for each of the years ended December 31 2010, 2009 and 2008. We derived this Canadian GAAP selected consolidated financial information from our audited consolidated financial statements comprised of consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, which are not included in this annual report. We derived this U.S. GAAP selected consolidated financial information also from our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, which include a discussion of the principal differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP. Our consolidated financial statements as at December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Ernst & Young LLP’s report on those consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP is not included in this annual report.

We caution you that the separate tables below include financial information based on IFRS, Canadian GAAP and U.S. GAAP, respectively. The information based on IFRS is not comparable to information prepared in accordance with Canadian GAAP or the information prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations.


Table of Contents

IFRS DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in millions, except ratio)  

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

      

Revenues

      

Telecommunications

   $ 2,635.1      $ 2,430.7      $ 2,228.8   

News Media

     960.0        1,018.4        1,015.0   

Broadcasting

     461.1        445.5        448.2   

Leisure and Entertainment

     292.5        312.9        302.5   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     145.5        120.9        98.0   

Inter-segment

     (142.4     (121.8     (92.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,351.8        4,206.6        4,000.1   

Employee costs

     (1,057.8     (1,011.4     (935.3

Purchase of goods and services

     (1,888.7     (1,859.0     (1,712.9

Amortization

     (597.7     (509.3     (396.7

Financial expenses

     (326.4     (311.5     (300.7

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     198.3        54.6        46.1   

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (29.4     (30.2     (37.1

Impairement of goodwill and intangible assets

     (201.5     —          —     

Loss on debt refinancing

     (67.7     (6.6     (12.3

Income taxes

     (137.0     (146.4     (162.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

      

Shareholders

     245.7        374.0        470.3   

Non-controlling interests

     (1.8     12.8        18.3   

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

      

Operating income (1) (unaudited)

   $ 1,405.3      $ 1,336.2      $ 1,351.9   

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

     805.5        872.3        784.2   

Comprehensive income

     237.0        310.5        484.8   

Comprehensive income attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders

     241.6        305.9        469.0   

Non-controlling interests

     (4.6     4.6        15.8   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency (2) (unaudited)

     2.1x        2.6x        3.0x   
     As at and for the Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 228.7      $ 146.4      $ 242.7   

Total assets

     8,960.8        8,998.7        8,558.3   

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

     4,428.7        3,697.9        3,513.4   

Capital stock

     4,116.1        1,752.4        1,752.4   

Equity attributable to shareholders

     2,030.5        2,889.3        2,683.4   

Dividends

     100.0        100.0        87.5   

Number of common shares outstanding

     103.3        123.6        123.6   

 

2


Table of Contents

CANADIAN GAAP DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (in millions, except ratio)  

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

      

Revenues

      

Telecommunications

   $ 2,228.8      $ 2,020.4      $ 1,827.2   

News Media

     1,015.0        1,035.7        1,187.7   

Broadcasting

     448.2        439.0        436.7   

Leisure and Entertainment

     302.5        307.8        301.9   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     98.0        91.0        89.6   

Inter-segment

     (92.4     (87.5     (83.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,000.1        3,806.4        3,759.4   

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

     (2,652.3     (2,521.7     (2,639.8

Amortization

     (399.7     (341.5     (316.7

Financial expenses

     (265.4     (238.2     (276.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     46.1        61.5        (3.7

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (50.3     (29.6     (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          (13.6     (671.2

Loss on debt refinancing

     (12.3     —          —     

Income taxes

     (166.7     (177.3     (155.2

Non-controlling interest

     (18.8     (23.8     (23.2

Income from discontinued operations

     —          2.9        2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 480.7      $ 525.1      $ (378.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

      

Operating income (1) (unaudited)

   $ 1,347.8      $ 1,284.7      $ 1,119.6   

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

     819.5        602.6        1,103.2   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     524.0        555.2        (438.3

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency (3)(4) (unaudited)

     3.0x        3.3x      $ 212.4   
     As at and for the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (in millions)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 242.7      $ 300.0      $ 22.5   

Total assets

     8,731.1        8,293.0        7,994.4   

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

     3,513.4        3,761.2        4,335.8   

Capital stock

     1,752.4        1,752.4        1,752.4   

Shareholders’ equity

     2,868.2        2,430.8        1,942.0   

Dividends

     87.5        75.0        65.0   

Number of common shares outstanding

     123.6        123.6        123.6   

 

3


Table of Contents

U.S. GAAP DATA

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (in millions, except ratio)  

STATEMENT OF INCOME DATA:

      

Revenues

      

Telecommunications

   $ 2,235.5      $ 2,029.8      $ 1,827.7   

News Media

     1,015.0        1,035.7        1,187.7   

Broadcasting

     448.2        439.0        436.7   

Leisure and Entertainment

     302.5        307.8        301.9   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     98.0        91.0        89.6   

Inter-segment

     (92.4     (87.5     (83.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     4,006.8        3,815.8        3,759.9   

Cost of sales, selling and administrative expenses

     (2,665.0     (2,551.4     (2,634.6

Amortization

     (399.7     (341.5     (316.5

Financial expenses

     (265.4     (238.2     (276.0

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     24.0        18.6        0.1   

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (50.3     (29.6     (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          (13.6     (667.4

Loss on debt refinancing

     (12.3     —          —     

Income taxes

     (156.8     (162.8     (165.1

Income from discontinued operations

     —          2.9        2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 481.3      $ 500.2      $ (351.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders

     462.6        475.1        (376.7

Non-controlling interests

     18.7        25.1        25.0   

OTHER FINANCIAL DATA AND RATIO:

      

Operating income (1)

   $ 1,341.8      $ 1,264.4      $ 1,125.3   

Additions to property, plant, equipment and intangible assets

     811.1        600.8        1,103.2   

Comprehensive income (loss)

     420.9        495.0        (376.4

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders

     410.9        474.0        (401.2

Non-controlling interests

     10.0        21.0        24.8   

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges or coverage deficiency (4)(5) (unaudited)

     2.9x        3.1x      $ 198.9   
     As at and for the Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009 (1)     2008  
     (in millions)  

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 242.7      $ 300.0      $ 22.5   

Total assets

     8,623.5        8,231.3        7,967.6   

Total debt (current and long-term portions)

     3,579.2        3,782.6        4,318.6   

Capital stock

     1,752.4        1,752.4        1,752.4   

Shareholders’ equity

     2,687.2        2,363.4        1,953.1   

Dividends

     87.5        75.0        65.0   

Number of common shares outstanding

     123.6        123.6        123.6   

 

(1)

Operating income and ratios based on this measure are not required by or recognized under IFRS, Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. We define operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairement of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing and income taxes. We defined operating income, as reconciled to net income (loss) under Canadian GAAP, as net income (loss) before amortization, financial expenses, gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes, non-controlling interests and income from discontinued operations. Under U.S. GAAP, we defined operating income, as reconciled to net income (loss) under U.S. GAAP, as net income (loss) before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, income taxes, and income from discontinued operations. Operating income, and ratios using this measure, are not intended to be regarded as alternatives to other financial operating performance measures or to the consolidated statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity and should not be considered in isolation or as a

 

4


Table of Contents
  substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS, Canadian GAAP or U.S. GAAP. Our parent company, Quebecor, considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. Our management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating our consolidated results as well as results of our operating segments. As such, this measure eliminates the significant level of non-cash depreciation of tangible assets and amortization of certain intangible assets, and it is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and of its affiliates. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of our annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our segments. We use other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which we are engaged. Our definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies therefore limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. See “Presentation of Financial Information — Non-IFRS/Non-Canadian GAAP/Non-U.S. GAAP Measures”. Our operating income is calculated from and reconciled to net income under IFRS for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 in the table below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010  
     (in millions)  

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (IFRS)

      

Operating Income

      

Telecommunications

   $ 1,225.0      $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3   

News Media

     115.1        150.1        191.4   

Broadcasting

     38.1        50.5        74.9   

Leisure and Entertainment

     13.1        26.6        27.6   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     9.8        7.9        6.0   

Head office

     4.2        2.3        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,405.3        1,336.2        1,351.9   

Amortization

     (597.7     (509.3     (396.7

Financial expenses

     (326.4     (311.5     (300.7

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     198.3        54.6        46.1   

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (29.4     (30.2     (37.1

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     (201.5     —          —     

Loss on debt refinancing

     (67.7     (6.6     (12.3

Income taxes

     (137.0     (146.4     (162.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation under Canadian GAAP of operating income to net income (loss) as presented in our historical consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (in millions)  

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (loss) (Canadian GAAP)

      

Operating Income

      

Telecommunications

   $ 1,047.0      $ 981.9      $ 808.7   

News Media

     189.2        190.5        216.3   

Broadcasting

     76.2        80.0        66.0   

Leisure and Entertainment

     27.5        25.9        20.2   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     6.0        4.1        5.1   

Head office

     1.9        2.3        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,347.8        1,284.7        1,119.6   

Amortization

     (399.7     (341.5     (316.7

Financial expenses

     (265.4     (238.2     (276.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     46.1        61.5        (3.7

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (50.3     (29.6     (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          (13.6     (671.2

Loss on debt refinancing

     (12.3     —          —     

Income taxes

     (166.7     (177.3     (155.2

Non-controlling interest

     (18.8     (23.8     (23.2

Income from discontinued operations

     —          2.9        2.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 480.7      $ 525.1      $ (378.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table provides a reconciliation under U.S. GAAP of operating income to net income (loss) as presented in our historical consolidated financial statements not included in this annual report:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009     2008  
     (in millions)  

Reconciliation of operating income to net income (loss) (U.S. GAAP)

      

Operating Income

      

Telecommunications

   $ 1,039.4      $ 976.1      $ 809.8   

News Media

     190.4        178.8        217.2   

Broadcasting

     76.3        79.9        67.1   

Leisure and Entertainment

     27.5        25.9        20.5   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     6.0        4.1        5.1   

Head office

     2.2        (0.4     5.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,341.8        1,264.4        1,125.3   

Amortization

     (399.7     (341.5     (316.5

Financial expenses

     (265.4     (238.2     (276.0

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     24.0        18.6        0.1   

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (50.3     (29.6     (54.6

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     —          (13.6     (667.4

Loss on debt refinancing

     (12.3     —          —     

Income taxes

     (156.8     (162.8     (165.1

Income from discontinued operations

     —          2.9        2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 481.3      $ 500.2      $ (351.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to:

      

Equity shareholders

     462.6        475.1        (376.7

Non-controlling interest

     18.7        25.1        25.0   

 

6


Table of Contents
(2) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under IFRS, (i) earnings consist of net income, plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.
(3) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under Canadian GAAP, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus non-controlling interest, income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.
(4) Coverage deficiencies are expressed in millions of Canadian dollars. Our 2008 coverage deficiency was significant due to the non-cash charge related to an impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in the amount of $671.2 million pursuant to Canadian GAAP and in the amount of $667.4 million pursuant to U.S. GAAP.
(5) For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges under U.S. GAAP, (i) earnings consist of net income (loss), plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus premiums and discounts amortization, financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

B - Risk Factors

This section describes some of the risks that could materially affect our business, revenues, results of operations and financial condition, as well as the market value of our Senior Notes. The factors below should be considered in connection with any forward-looking statements in this document and with the cautionary statements contained in the section “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” at the forepart of this annual report. The risks below are not the only ones that we face. Some risks may not yet be known to us and some that we do not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

Risks Relating to Our Business

We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Our cable business competes against providers of direct broadcast satellite (or “ DBS ,” which in Canada are also referred to as “ DTH ,” for “direct-to-home” satellite providers), multichannel multipoint distribution systems (or “ MDS ”), and satellite master antenna television systems. In addition, we compete against incumbent local exchange carriers (or “ ILECs ”), which have secured licenses to launch video distribution services using video digital subscriber line (or “ VDSL ”) technology (also known as internet protocol television or “ IPTV ”). The main ILEC in our market holds a regional license to provide terrestrial broadcasting distribution in Montréal and several other communities in the Province of Québec. The same ILEC recently launched its own IPTV service in Montréal (including a portion of the greater Montreal area) and in Québec City. A full rollout throughout the Province of Québec is expected in the years to come. The direct access to some broadcasters’ web sites that provide in high definition streaming video-on-demand content is also available for some of the same channels we offer in our television programming. In addition, third-party Internet access providers could launch IP video services in our footprint.

We also face competition from illegal providers of cable television services and illegal access to non-Canadian DBS (also called grey market piracy), as well as from signal theft of DBS that enables customers to access programming services from U.S. and Canadian DBS without paying any fees (also called black market piracy). Competitors in the video business also include the video store industry (rental & sale) as well as other emerging content delivery platforms. Furthermore, over-the-top (“ OTT ”) content providers, such as Netflix, are expected to compete for viewership.

Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinction between traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet and telephony) is fading rapidly. For instance, the Internet, as well as distribution over mobile devices, are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G and Long Term Evolution and Advanced (also known as “ LTE ”) networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services. In addition, our VoIP telephony service also competes with Internet-based solutions.

In our Internet access business, we compete against other Internet service providers (or “ ISPs ”) offering residential and commercial Internet access services as well as WiMAX and open Wi-Fi networks in some cities. In addition, satellite operators such as Xplornet are increasing their existing high-speed Internet access (“ HSIA ”) capabilities with the launch of high-throughput satellites, targeting households in rural and remote locations and claiming future download speeds of up to 25 Mbps. The CRTC also requires cable and ILEC network providers, including ourselves, to offer wholesale access to our high-speed Internet systems to third party ISP competitors for the purpose of providing retail Internet access services. These third party ISP competitors may also provide telephony and networking applications.

 

7


Table of Contents

Our cable telephony business has numerous competitors, including ILECs, competitive local exchange carriers (or “ CLECs ”), mobile telephony service operators and other providers of telephony, VoIP and Internet communications, including competitors that are not facilities-based and therefore have a much lower infrastructure cost. In addition, internet protocol-based (“ IP-based ”) products and services are generally subject to downward pricing pressure, lower margins and technological evolution, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operation.

In our mobile telephony business, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, with others offering only mobile telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communications needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. There can be no assurance that current or future competitors will not provide network capacity and/or services comparable or superior to those we provide or may in the future provide, or at lower prices, adapt more quickly to evolving industry trends or changing market requirements, or introduce competing services. For instance, some providers of mobile telephony services (including most of the incumbent carriers as well as at least one other new entrant) have launched lower-cost mobile telephony services in order to acquire additional market share and increase their respective mobile telephony penetration rates in our market. Also, the Canadian incumbents have started rolling out their LTE 4G networks, and this technology is expected to become an industry standard. The cost of implementing, modifying our existing network or competing against future technological innovations may be prohibitive to us, and we may lose customers if we fail to keep pace with these changes or fail to keep pace with surging network capacity demand. Any of these factors could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably. Moreover, we may not be able to compete successfully in the future against existing or potential competitors, and increased competition could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations. See also the risk factor “— Videotron is using a technology for which only a limited number of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness.”

Finally, a few of our competitors are offering special discounts to customers who subscribe to two or more of their services (cable television or IPTV, internet, residential phone and mobile telephony services). As a result, should we fail to keep our existing customers and lose them to such competitors, we may end up losing up to one subscriber for each of our services. This could have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operation.

We have entered into roaming agreements with other mobile operators in order to provide worldwide coverage to our mobile telephony customers. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

We have entered into roaming agreements with multiple carriers around the world (including Canada, the United States and Europe), and have established worldwide coverage. Our inability to renew, or substitute for, these agreements at their respective terms and on acceptable terms may place us at a competitive disadvantage, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and profitably.

In addition, various aspects of mobile communications operations, including the ability of mobile providers to enter into interconnection agreements with traditional landline telephone companies and the ability of mobile providers to manage data traffic on their networks, are subject to regulation by the CRTC. Regulations adopted or actions taken by the government agencies having jurisdiction over any mobile business that we may develop could adversely affect our mobile business and operations, including actions that could increase competition or our costs.

 

8


Table of Contents

Our reputation may be negatively impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have generally enjoyed a good reputation among the public. Our ability to maintain our existing customer relationships and to attract new customers depends to a large extent on our reputation. While we have put in place certain mechanisms to mitigate the risk that our reputation may be tarnished, including good governance practices and a code of ethics, we cannot be assured that we will continue to enjoy a good reputation nor can we be assured that events that are beyond our control will not cause our reputation to be negatively impacted. The loss or tarnishing of our reputation could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

Videotron is using a technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition costs and reduce our competitiveness.

Advanced wireless services (“ AWS” ) in the 2GHz range is a spectrum that has not been broadly used until recently for mobile telephony. While certain mobile device suppliers offer hardware for AWS technology, there are still only a limited number of AWS handsets on the market, which could reduce our ability to compete with our competitors that offer a broader range of handsets. As a result, the handset portfolio for AWS we are currently offering does not include certain more popular devices and is not as broad as those of certain other providers. Moreover, most handset manufacturers have reduced the number of stock keeping units in their portfolio. In addition, the handsets available to us are sometimes subject to an exclusivity period which varies in length when they are released to market. If manufacturers continue to offer exclusivity on future products in Canada, this could potentially reduce the number of handsets available to us in the AWS band. We could potentially incur higher customer acquisition costs due to a smaller market for this type of technology and could potentially have a reduced offer of handsets to offer to our customers, which could slow the growth of our customer base and adversely affect our ability to operate our mobile business successfully and competitively.

We are regularly required to make capital expenditures to remain technologically and economically competitive. We may not be able to obtain additional capital to implement our business strategies and make certain capital expenditures.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in the suite of products and services we offer and launching new products and services requires capital investments in our network and infrastructure to support growth in our customer base and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. In this regard, we have in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of our network and the launch and deployment of new or additional services. We expect that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain our systems and services, including expenditures relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition television (“ HDTV ”), as well as the cost of our mobile services infrastructure deployment.

The demand for wireless data services has been growing at unprecedented rates and it is projected that this demand will further accelerate, driven by the following increases: levels of broadband penetration; need for personal connectivity and networking; affordability of smartphones and Internet-only devices (e.g., high-usage data devices such as mobile Internet keys, tablets and electronic book readers); multimedia-rich services and applications; wireless competition; and possibly unlimited data plans. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. We may have to acquire additional spectrum, if available and if economically reasonable, in order to address this increased demand. The ability to acquire additional spectrum (if needed) is dependent on the timing and the rules established by Industry Canada. If we are not successful in acquiring additional spectrum if needed on reasonable terms, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and financial condition. See also “Business Overview — Regulation — Canadian Telecommunications Services — Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services.”

There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain the funds necessary to finance our capital improvement programs, new strategies and services or other capital expenditure requirements, whether through cash from operations, additional borrowings or other sources. If we are unable to generate sufficient funds or obtain additional financing on acceptable terms, we may not be able to implement our business strategies or proceed with the capital expenditures and investments required to maintain our leadership position, and our business, financial condition, results of operations,

 

9


Table of Contents

reputation and prospects could be materially adversely affected. Even if we are able to obtain adequate funding, the period of time required to upgrade our network could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Moreover, additional funds that we invest in our business may not translate into incremental revenues.

See also the risk factors “— We operate in highly competitive industries that are experiencing rapid technological developments, and our inability to compete successfully could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations”, “— We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies, and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development” and “— Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure — We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.”

We may need to support increasing costs in securing access to support structures needed for our cable network.

We require access to the support structures of hydro electric and telephone utilities and to municipal rights of way to deploy our cable network. Where access to the structures of telephone utilities cannot be secured, we may apply to the CRTC to obtain a right of access under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) (the “ Telecommunications Act ”). We have entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in our service territory. Our agreement with Hydro-Québec, the most significant of them, expired in December 2012. Negotiations are under way toward renewing this agreement. An increase in rates charged by Hydro-Québec could have a significant impact on Videotron’s cost structure.

We may not successfully implement our business and operating strategies.

Our business strategies are based on leveraging an integrated platform of media assets. Our strategies include offering multi-platform advertising solutions, generating and distributing content across a spectrum of media properties and assets, launching and deploying additional value-added products and services, pursuing cross-promotional opportunities, maintaining our advanced broadband network, pursuing enhanced content development to reduce costs, further integrating the operations of our subsidiaries, leveraging geographic clustering and maximizing customer satisfaction. We may not be able to fully implement these strategies or realize their anticipated results without incurring significant costs or at all. In addition, our ability to successfully implement these strategies could be adversely affected by a number of factors beyond our control, including operating difficulties, increased ongoing operating costs, regulatory developments, general or local economic conditions, increased competition, technological changes and the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section. While the centralization of certain business operations and processes has the advantage of standardizing our practices, thereby reducing costs and increasing our effectiveness, it also represents a risk in itself should a business solution implemented by a centralized office throughout the organization fail to produce the intended results. We may also be required to make capital expenditures or other investments, which may affect our ability to implement our business strategies to the extent we are unable to secure additional financing on acceptable terms or generate sufficient funds internally to cover these requirements. Any material failure to implement our strategies could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations and on our ability to meet our obligations, including our ability to service our indebtedness.

We could be adversely impacted by consumers’ switch from landline telephony to mobile telephony.

The recent trend toward mobile substitution or “cord-cutting” (when users cancel their landline telephony services and opt for mobile telephony services only) is largely the result of the increasing mobile penetration rate in Canada and the various unlimited offers launched by mobile operators. We may not be successful in converting our existing cable telephony subscriber base to our mobile telephony services, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

We compete, and will continue to compete, with alternative technologies and we may be required to invest a significant amount of capital to address continuing technological evolution and development.

The media industry is experiencing rapid and significant technological change, which has resulted in alternative means of program and content transmission. The continued growth of the Internet has presented alternative content distribution options that compete with traditional media. Furthermore, in each of our broadcasting markets, industry

 

10


Table of Contents

regulators have authorized DTH, microwave services and VDSL services and may authorize other alternative methods of transmitting television and other content with improved speed and quality. We may not be able to successfully compete with existing or newly developed alternative technologies, such as IPTV, or we may be required to acquire, develop or integrate new technologies. The cost of the acquisition, development or implementation of new technologies could be significant and our ability to fund such implementation may be limited and could have a material adverse effect on our ability to successfully compete in the future. Any such difficulty or inability to compete could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, prospects, financial condition or results of operations.

The continuous technological improvement of the Internet, combined with higher download speeds and cost reductions for customers, may divert a portion of our existing television subscriber base from our video-on-demand services to new video-over-the-Internet model. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, video-over-the-Internet could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

We have grown rapidly and are seeking to continue our growth. If we do not effectively manage our growth, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We have experienced substantial growth in our business and have significantly expanded our operations in recent years. We have sought in the past, and may in the future seek, to make opportunistic or strategic acquisitions and further expand the types of businesses in which we participate, as was the case for our expansion into facilities-based mobile telephony operations, under appropriate conditions. We can provide no assurance that we will be successful in either developing or fulfilling the objectives of any such acquisition or business expansion.

In addition, our expansion and acquisitions may require us to incur significant costs or divert significant resources, and may limit our ability to pursue other strategic and business initiatives, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, prospects or results of operations. Furthermore, if we are not successful in managing and integrating any acquired businesses, or if we are required to incur significant or unforeseen costs, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

We depend on key personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our senior management and our ability to retain skilled employees. There is intense competition for qualified management and skilled employees, and our failure to recruit, train and retain such employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, to implement and manage our businesses and operating strategies effectively, we must maintain a high level of efficiency, performance and content quality, continue to enhance our operational and management systems, and continue to effectively attract, train, motivate and manage our employees. If we are not successful in these efforts, it may have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

Our News Media and Broadcasting businesses face substantial competition for advertising and circulation revenues/audience.

Advertising revenue is the primary source of revenue for our News Media business and our Broadcasting business. Our revenues and operating results in these businesses depend on the relative strength of the economy in our principal newspapers and television markets, as well as the strength or weakness of local, regional and national economic factors. These economic factors affect the levels of retail, national and classified newspapers advertising revenue, as well as television advertising revenue. Since a significant portion of our advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive sector advertisers, weakness in these sectors and in the real estate industry has had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the revenues and results of operations of our News Media and Broadcasting businesses. Continuing or deepening softness in the Canadian or U.S. economy could further adversely affect key national advertising revenue.

Advertising revenues for our News Media business are also driven by readership and circulation levels, as well as market demographics, price, service and advertiser results. Readership and circulation levels tend to be based upon the content of the newspaper, service, availability and price. A prolonged decline in readership and circulation levels in our newspaper business and lack of audience acceptance for our content would have a material effect on the rate and volume

 

11


Table of Contents

of our newspaper advertising revenues (as rates reflect circulation and readership, among other factors), and it could also affect our ability to institute circulation price increases for our print products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects.

The newspaper industry is experiencing structural changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising industry as well as the declining frequency of regular newspaper buying, particularly among young people, who increasingly rely on non-traditional media as a source for news. As a result, competition for advertising spend and circulation revenues comes not only from other newspapers and traditional medium, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet and distribution over wireless devices and e-readers) to readers and advertisers.

While we continue to pursue initiatives to offer value-added advertising solutions to our advertisers and to maintain our circulation base, such as investments in the re-design and overhaul of our newspaper websites and the publication of e-editions of a number of our newspapers, we may not be successful in retaining our historical share of advertising revenues or transfer our audience to our new digital products. The ability of our News Media business to grow and succeed over the long-term depends on various factors, including our ability to attract advertisers and readers (including subscribers) to our online sites. Our new initiatives developed to generate additional revenues from our websites (such as digital platform advertising and/or our paywall revenue model) may not be accepted by users and consequently, negatively affect online traffic. In addition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to recover the costs associated with the implementation of these initiatives through increased circulation, advertising and digital revenues.

In broadcasting, the proliferation of cable and satellite channels, progress in mobile and wireless technology, the migration of television audiences to the Internet and the viewing public’s increased control over the manner, content and timing of their media consumption through personal video recording devices, have all contributed to the fragmentation of the television viewing audience and in a more challenging advertising sales environment. For example, the increased availability of personal video recording devices and video programming on the Internet, as well as increased access to various media through mobile devices, have the potential to reduce the viewing of our content through traditional distribution outlets. Some of these new technologies also give consumers greater flexibility to watch programming on a time-delayed or on-demand basis or to fast-forward or skip advertisements within our programming, which may adversely impact the advertising revenues we receive. Delayed viewing and advertising skipping have the potential to become more common as the penetration of personal video recording devices increases and content becomes increasingly available via Internet sources. If the broadcasting market continues to fragment, our audience share levels and our advertising revenues, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.

Our financial performance could be materially adversely affected if we cannot continue to distribute a wide range of television programming on commercially reasonable terms.

The financial performance of our cable and mobile services businesses depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates. We obtain television programming from suppliers pursuant to programming contracts. These suppliers have become, in recent years, vertically integrated and are now more limited in number. The quality and amount of television programming we offer affect the attractiveness of our services to customers and, accordingly, the rates we can charge for these services. We may be unable to maintain key programming contracts at commercially reasonable rates for television programming. Loss of programming contracts, our inability to obtain programming at reasonable rates or our inability to pass-through rate increases to our customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

In addition, our ability to attract and retain cable customers depends, to a certain extent, upon our capacity to offer quality content, high definition programming, an appealing variety of programming choices and packages, as well as multiplatform distribution and on-demand content, at competitive prices. If the number of specialty channels being offered does not increase at the level and the pace comparable to our competitors, if the content offered on such channels does not receive audience acceptance, or if we are unable to offer multiplatform availability, high definition programming and on-demand content, it may have a significant negative impact on revenues from our cable operations.

 

12


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by variations in our costs, quality and variety of our television programming.

The most significant costs in television broadcasting are programming and production costs. Increased competition in the television broadcasting industry, developments affecting producers and distributors of programming content, the vertical integration of distributors and broadcasters, changes in viewer preferences and other developments could impact both the availability and the costs of programming content and the costs of production. Future increases or volatility in programming and production costs could adversely affect the operating results of the Company. Developments in cable, satellite or other forms of distribution could also affect both the availability and the cost of programming and production and increase competition for advertising expenditures.

We may be adversely affected by variations in the cost of newsprint. In addition, our newspaper operations are labour-intensive, resulting in a relatively high fixed-cost structure.

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 9.4% ($79.8 million) of our News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our income, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (our “ Newsprint Supplier ”). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates if certain thresholds are met and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint. Our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier expires on December 31, 2014 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew this agreement or that our Newsprint Supplier will continue to supply newsprint to us on favourable terms or at all after the expiry of our agreement. If we are unable to continue to source newsprint from our Newsprint Supplier on favourable terms, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially, which could materially adversely affect the profitability of our newspaper business and our results of operations. We also rely on our Newsprint Supplier for deliveries of newsprint. The availability of our newsprint supply, and therefore our operations, may be adversely affected by various factors, including labor disruptions affecting our Newsprint Supplier or the cessation of operations of our Newsprint Supplier.

In addition, since our newspaper operations are labour intensive and located across Canada, our newspaper business has a relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, our revenue may decrease while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a single clustered network, which may be more vulnerable to widespread disruption.

We provide our digital television, Internet access and cable telephony services through a primary headend and our analog television services through twelve additional regional headends in our single clustered network. Despite available emergency backup or replacement sites, a failure in our primary headend, including pursuant to exogenous threats, such as natural disasters, sabotage or terrorism, or dependence on certain external infrastructure providers (such as electricity), could prevent us from delivering some of our products and services throughout our network until we have resolved the failure, which may result in significant customer dissatisfaction, loss of revenues and potential civil litigation.

We are dependent upon our information technology systems and those of certain third-parties. The inability to enhance our systems, or to protect them from a security breach or disaster, could have an adverse impact on our financial results and operations.

The day-to-day operation of our business is highly dependent on information technology systems, including those of certain third-party suppliers. An inability to maintain and enhance our existing information technology systems or obtain new systems to accommodate additional customer growth or to support new products and services could have an adverse impact on our ability to acquire new subscribers, retain existing customers, produce accurate and timely billing,

 

13


Table of Contents

generate revenue growth and manage operating expenses, all of which could adversely impact our financial results and position. In addition, although we use industry standard networks and established information technology security and survivability/disaster recovery practices, a security breach or disaster or a violation of our internet security could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to protect our services from piracy, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in revenues.

In our cable, Internet access and telephony business, we may not be able to protect our services and data from piracy. We may be unable to prevent electronic attacks to gain unauthorized access to our network, analog and digital programming, and our Internet access services. We use encryption technology to protect our cable signals from unauthorized access and to control programming access based on subscription packages. We may not be able to develop or acquire adequate technology to prevent unauthorized access to our network, programming and data, which may have an adverse effect on our customer base and lead to a possible decline in our revenues as well as significant remediation costs and legal claims.

Malicious and abusive Internet practices could impair our cable data services.

Our cable data customers utilize our network to access the Internet and, as a consequence, we or they may become victim of common malicious and abusive Internet activities, such as unsolicited mass advertising (or spam) and dissemination of viruses, worms and other destructive or disruptive software. These activities could have adverse consequences on our network and our customers, including deterioration of service, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our customers’ equipment and data or ours. Significant incidents could lead to customer dissatisfaction and, ultimately, to loss of customers or revenue, in addition to increased costs to service our customers and protect our network. Any significant loss of cable data, customers or revenue, or a significant increase in costs of serving those customers could adversely affect our reputation, growth, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for services, information and other items critical to our operations.

We depend on third-party suppliers and providers for certain services, hardware and equipment that are critical to our operations and network evolution. These materials and services include set-top boxes, mobile telephony handsets and network equipment, cable and telephony modems, servers and routers, fibre-optic cable, telephony switches, inter-city links, support structures, software, the “backbone” telecommunications network for our Internet access and telephony services, and construction services for expansion and upgrades of our cable and mobile networks. These services and equipment are available from a limited number of suppliers and therefore we face the risks of supplier disruption, including pursuant to business difficulties, restructuring or supply-chain issues. If no supplier can provide us with the equipment or services that we require or that comply with evolving Internet and telecommunications standards or that are compatible with our other equipment and software, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to obtain critical equipment, software, services or other items on a timely basis and at an acceptable cost, our ability to offer our products and services and roll out our advanced services may be delayed, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. See also the risk factor “— Videotron is using a technology for which only a limited offer of handsets is available, which could increase our customer acquisition cost and reduce our competitiveness”.

In addition, we obtain significant information through licensing arrangements with content providers. Some providers may seek to increase fees for providing their proprietary content. If we are unable to renegotiate commercially acceptable arrangements with these content providers or find alternative sources of equivalent content, our News Media operations may be adversely affected.

We may be adversely affected by litigation and other claims.

In the normal course, we are involved in various legal proceedings and other claims relating to the conduct of our business. Although, in the opinion of our management, the outcome of current pending claims and other litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our reputation, results of operations, liquidity or financial position, a negative outcome in respect of any such claim or litigation could have such an adverse effect. Moreover, the cost of defending against lawsuits and diversion of management’s attention could be significant. See also “Item 8. Financial Information – Legal Proceedings” in this annual report.

 

14


Table of Contents

We may be adversely affected by strikes and other labour protests.

At December 31, 2012, approximately 40% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently party to 98 collective bargaining agreements

We are not currently subject to a labour dispute. Nevertheless, we can neither predict the outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, union representation or renewal of collective bargaining agreements, nor provide any assurance that we will not experience future work stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

We could be impacted by increased pension plan liabilities.

The economic cycle and employee demographics could have a negative impact on the funding of our defined benefit pension plans and the related expenditures. There is no guarantee that the expenditures and contributions required to fund these pension plans will not increase in the future and therefore negatively impact our operating results and financial position. Risks related to the funding of defined benefit plans may materialize if total obligations with respect to a pension plan exceed the total value of its trust fund. Shortfalls may arise due to lower-than-expected returns on investments, changes in the discount rate used to assess the pension plan’s obligations, and actuarial losses. This risk is mitigated by policies and procedures instituted by us and our pension committees to monitor investment risk and pension plan funding. It is also mitigated by the fact that some of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans are no longer offered to new employees.

We may be adversely affected by exchange rate fluctuations.

Most of our revenues and expenses are denominated in Canadian dollars. However, certain expenditures, such as the purchase of set-top boxes and cable modems, mobile devices (handsets) and certain capital expenditures, including certain costs related to the development and maintenance of our mobile network, are paid in U.S. dollars. Also, a substantial portion of our debt is denominated in U.S. dollars, and interest, principal and premium, if any, thereon is payable in U.S. dollars. For the purposes of financial reporting, any change in the value of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar during a given financial reporting period would result in a foreign exchange gain or loss on the translation of any unhedged U.S. dollar-denominated debt into Canadian dollars. Consequently, our reported earnings and debt could fluctuate materially as a result of foreign-exchange gains or losses. Although we have entered into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk with respect to 100% of our U.S. dollar-denominated debt outstanding at December 31, 2012, and we intend in the future to enter into such transactions for new U.S. dollar-denominated debt, these hedging transactions could, in certain circumstances, prove economically ineffective and may not be successful in protecting us against exchange rate fluctuations, or we may in the future be required to provide cash and other collateral to secure our obligations with respect to such hedging transactions, or we may in the future be unable to enter into such transactions on favorable terms or at all.

In addition, certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Company and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then-fair value.

The fair value of the derivative financial instruments we are party to is estimated using period-end market rates and reflects the amount we would receive or pay if the instruments were terminated and settled at those dates, as adjusted for counterparties’ non-performance risk. At December 31, 2012, the net aggregate fair value of our cross-currency interest rate swaps and foreign-exchange forward contracts was in a net liability position of $262.9 million on a consolidated basis. See also “Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” of this annual report.

 

15


Table of Contents

Certain of the commodities we consume in our daily operations are traded on commodities exchanges or are negotiated on their respective markets in U.S. dollars and, therefore, although we pay our suppliers in Canadian dollars, the prices we pay for such commodities may be affected by fluctuations in the exchange rate. We may in the future enter into transactions to hedge the exchange rate risk related to the prices of some of those commodities. However, fluctuations of the exchange rate for our commodities purchases that are not hedged could affect the prices we pay for such commodities and could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.

The capital and credit markets have experienced significant volatility and disruption over the last several years, resulting in periods of upward pressure on the cost of new debt capital and severe restrictions in credit availability for many companies. In these periods, the disruptions in the capital and credit markets have also resulted in higher interest rates or greater credit spreads on issuance of debt securities and increased costs under credit facilities. Disruptions in the capital and credit markets could increase our interest expense, thereby adversely affecting our results of operations and financial position.

Our access to funds under our existing credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the financial institutions that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments. Those financial institutions may not be able to meet their funding commitments if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests within a short period of time. Moreover, the obligations of the financial institutions under our credit facilities are several and not joint and, as a result, a funding default by one or more institutions does not need to be made up by the others.

Longer-term volatility and continued disruptions in the capital and credit markets as a result of uncertainty, changing or increased regulation of financial institutions, reduced alternatives or failures of significant financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity and the affordability of funding needed for our businesses in the longer term. Such disruptions could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Continued market disruptions and broader economic challenges may lead to lower demand for certain of our products and increased incidences of customers’ inability to pay or timely pay for the services or products that we provide. Events such as these could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, financial position and prospects.

Risks Relating to Regulation

We are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making. Changes in government regulation or policies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, prospects and results of operations.

Our operations are subject to extensive government regulation and policy-making in Canada. Laws and regulations govern the issuance, amendment, renewal, transfer, suspension, revocation and ownership of broadcast programming and distribution licenses. With respect to distribution, regulations govern, among other things, the distribution of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services and the maximum fees to be charged to the public in certain circumstances. There are significant restrictions on the ability of non-Canadian entities to own or control broadcasting licenses and telecommunications carriers in Canada, although the federal government recently eliminated the foreign ownership restrictions on telecommunications companies with less than 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues. Our broadcasting distribution and telecommunications operations (including Internet access service) are regulated respectively by the Broadcasting Act (Canada) (the “ Broadcasting Act ”) and the Telecommunications Act and regulations thereunder. The CRTC, which administers the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, has the power to grant, amend, suspend, revoke and renew broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and make regulations and policies in accordance with the Broadcasting Act and the Telecommunications Act, subject to certain directions from the federal cabinet. Our wireless and cable operations are also subject to technical requirements, license conditions and performance standards under the Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (the “ Radiocommunication Act ”), which is administered by Industry Canada.

 

16


Table of Contents

In addition, laws relating to communications, data protection, e-commerce, direct marketing and digital advertising and the use of public records have become more prevalent in recent years. Existing and proposed legislation and regulations, including changes in the manner in which such legislation and regulations are interpreted by courts in Canada, the United States and other jurisdictions may impose limits on our collection and use of certain kinds of information. For a more extensive description of the regulatory environment affecting our business, see “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation”.

Changes to the laws, regulations and policies governing our operations, the introduction of new laws, regulations, policies or terms of license, the issuance of new licenses, including additional spectrum licenses to our competitors or changes in the treatment of the tax deductibility of advertising expenditures could have a material adverse effect on our business (including how we provide products and services), financial condition, prospects and results of operations. In addition, we may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and newly adopted laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. It is difficult to predict in what form laws and regulations will be adopted or how they will be construed by the relevant courts, or the extent to which any changes might adversely affect us.

Industry Canada may not renew Videotron’s AWS licenses on acceptable terms, or at all.

Videotron’s AWS licenses were issued in December 2008 for a term of ten years. At least two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent term, Videotron may apply for a renewed license for a term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight of the license.

We are required to provide third-party ISPs with access to our cable systems, which may result in increased competition.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. Several third-party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAN/VPN) applications in addition to retail Internet access services. As a result of these requirements, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and residential telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations.

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations. Certain of our facilities are subject to federal, provincial, state and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, the handling and disposal of hazardous materials and waste, recycling, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. In addition, laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which, among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations. Failure to comply with present or future laws or regulations could result in substantial liability to us. Environmental laws and regulations and their interpretation have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any of our properties, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

 

17


Table of Contents

Concerns about alleged health risks relating to radiofrequency emissions may adversely affect our business.

Some studies have alleged links between radiofrequency emissions from certain wireless devices and cell sites and various health problems or possible interference with electronic medical devices, including hearing aids and pacemakers. All our cell sites comply with applicable laws and we rely on our suppliers to ensure that the network equipment and customer equipment supplied to us meets all applicable safety requirements. While there is no definitive evidence of harmful effects from exposure to radiofrequency emissions when the limits imposed by applicable laws and regulations are complied with, additional studies of radiofrequency emissions are ongoing and we cannot be sure that the results of any such future studies will not demonstrate a link between radiofrequency emissions and health problems.

The current concerns over radiofrequency emissions or perceived health risks of exposure to radiofrequency emissions could lead to additional governmental regulation, diminished use of wireless services, including Videotron’s, or expose us to potential litigation. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, revenues, financial condition and results of operations.

Subject to the realization of various conditions and factors, we may have to record, in the future, asset impairment charges, which could be material and could adversely affect our future reported results of operations and shareholders’ equity.

We have recorded, in the past, asset impairment charges which, in some cases, have been material. Subject to the realization of various factors, including, but not limited to, continuous weak economic or market conditions, we may be required to record, in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standard (IFRS) accounting valuation principles, a non-cash charge if the financial statement carrying value of an asset is in excess of its recoverable value. Any such asset impairment charge could be material and may adversely affect our future reported results of operations and shareholders’ equity, although such charges would not affect our cash flow.

Risks Relating to our Senior Notes and our Capital Structure

Our indebtedness and significant interest payment requirements could adversely affect our financial condition and therefore make it more difficult for us to fulfill our obligations, including our obligations under our Senior Notes.

We currently have a substantial amount of debt and significant interest payment requirements. As at December 31, 2012, we had $4.4 billion of consolidated long-term debt. Our indebtedness could have significant consequences, including the following:

 

   

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

   

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to making interest and principal payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes;

 

   

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our businesses and the industries in which we operate;

 

   

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt or greater financial resources; and

 

   

limit, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Although we have significant indebtedness, as at December 31, 2012, we had approximately $1 billion available for additional borrowings under our existing credit facilities on a consolidated basis, and the indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes permit us to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the risks we now face as a result of our leverage could intensify. For more information regarding our long-term debt and its maturities, as well as our latest financing transactions, refer to Notes 18 and 19 to our audited

 

18


Table of Contents

consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report. See also the risk factor “— Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.”

Restrictive covenants in our outstanding debt instruments may reduce our operating and financial flexibility, which may prevent us from capitalizing on certain business opportunities.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes contain a number of operating and financial covenants restricting our ability to, among other things:

 

   

incur indebtedness;

 

   

create liens;

 

   

pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase our stock;

 

   

make certain types of investments;

 

   

restrict dividends or other payments from restricted subsidiaries;

 

   

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

   

issue guarantees of debt; and

 

   

sell assets or merge with other companies.

If we are unable to comply with these covenants and are unable to obtain waivers from our creditors, we would be unable to make additional borrowings under our credit facilities, our indebtedness under these agreements would be in default and could, if not cured or waived, result in an acceleration of such indebtedness and cause cross-defaults under our other debt, including our Senior Notes. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not be able to repay our indebtedness or borrow sufficient funds to refinance it, and any such prepayment or refinancing could adversely affect our financial condition. In addition, if we incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional covenants, which may be more restrictive than those to which we are currently subject. Even if we are able to comply with all applicable covenants, the restrictions on our ability to manage our business in our sole discretion could adversely affect our business by, among other things, limiting our ability to take advantage of financings, mergers, acquisitions and other corporate opportunities that we believe would be beneficial to us.

We are a holding company and depend on our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow to meet our debt service obligations, including payments on our Senior Notes.

We are a holding company and a substantial portion of our assets are the capital stock of our subsidiaries. As a holding company, we conduct substantially all of our business through our subsidiaries, which generate substantially all of our revenues. Consequently, our cash flow and ability to service our debt obligations, including our outstanding Senior Notes, are dependent upon the cash flow of our existing and future subsidiaries and the distribution of this cash flow to us, or upon loans, advances or other payments made by these entities to us. The ability of these entities to pay dividends or make loans, advances or payments to us will depend upon their operating results and will be subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing their debt. Videotron has outstanding several series of debt securities and each of Videotron and TVA Group has credit facilities that limit the ability of each to distribute cash to us. In addition, if our existing or future subsidiaries incur additional debt in the future or refinance existing debt, we may be subject to additional contractual restrictions contained in the instruments governing that debt which may be more restrictive than those that we are currently subject to.

The ability of our subsidiaries to generate sufficient cash flow from operations to allow us to make scheduled payments on our debt obligations will depend on their future financial performance, which will be affected by a range of economic, competitive and business factors as well as structural changes, many of which are outside of our or their

 

19


Table of Contents

control. If the cash flow and earnings of our operating subsidiaries and the amount that they are able to distribute to us, as dividends or otherwise, are not sufficient for us, we may not be able to satisfy our debt obligations. If we are unable to satisfy our debt obligations, we may have to undertake alternative financing plans, such as refinancing or restructuring our debt, selling assets, reducing or delaying capital investments or seeking to raise additional capital. We can provide no assurance that any such alternative refinancing would be possible, that any assets could be sold, or, if sold, of the timing of the sales and the amount of proceeds realized from those sales, that additional financing could be obtained on acceptable terms, if at all, or that additional financing would be permitted under the terms of our various debt instruments then in effect. Our inability to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations, or to refinance these obligations on commercially reasonable terms, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our indebtedness. Our inability to do so on favorable terms, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may be required from time to time to refinance certain of our existing debt at or prior to maturity. Our ability to obtain additional financing to repay such existing debt at maturity will depend upon a number of factors, including prevailing market conditions and our operating performance. The tightening of credit availability and the challenges affecting global capital markets could also limit our or our subsidiaries’ ability to refinance existing maturities. There can be no assurance that any such financing will be available to us on favorable terms or at all. See also the risk factor “— The volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets could adversely affect our business, including the cost of new capital, our ability to refinance our scheduled debt maturities and meet our other obligations as they become due.”

There is no public market for our Senior Notes.

There is currently no established trading market for our issued and outstanding Senior Notes and we do not intend to apply for listing of any of our Senior Notes on any securities exchange or to arrange for any quotation on any automated dealer quotation systems. No assurance can be given as to the prices or liquidity of, or trading markets for, any series of our Senior Notes. The liquidity of any market for our Senior Notes will depend upon the number of holders of our Senior Notes, the interest of securities dealers in making a market in our Senior Notes, prevailing interest rates, the market for similar securities and other factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and performance and our prospects. The absence of an active market for our Senior Notes could adversely affect their market price and liquidity.

In addition, the market for non-investment grade debt has historically, including recently, been subject to disruptions that have caused volatility in prices of securities. It is possible that the market for our Senior Notes will be subject to such disruptions. Any such disruptions may have a negative effect on a holder’s ability to sell our Senior Notes, regardless of our prospects and financial performance.

We may not be able to finance an offer to purchase our Senior Notes in the event of a change of control as required by the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes because we may not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control or our Senior Secured Credit Facilities may not allow the repurchases.

If we experience certain change of control events, as specified in the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes, or if we or our subsidiaries dispose of significant assets under specified circumstances, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase all of our Senior Notes prior to maturity. We can provide no assurance that we will have sufficient funds or be able to arrange for additional financing to repurchase our Senior Notes following such change of control or asset sale. There is no sinking fund with respect to our outstanding Senior Notes.

In addition, a change of control would be an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Any future credit agreement or other agreements relating to our senior indebtedness to which we become a party may contain similar provisions. Our failure to repurchase our Senior Notes if required upon a change of control would, pursuant to the terms of the respective indentures governing our outstanding Senior Notes, constitute an event of default under such indentures. Any such default could, in turn, constitute an event of default under future senior indebtedness, any of which may cause the related debt to be accelerated after the expiry of any applicable notice or grace periods. If debt were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repurchase our Senior Notes and repay the debt.

 

20


Table of Contents

Canadian bankruptcy and insolvency laws may impair the trustees’ ability to enforce remedies under the indentures governing our Senior Notes or the Senior Notes themselves.

The rights of the trustees, who represent the holders of our Senior Notes, to enforce remedies could be delayed by the restructuring provisions of applicable Canadian federal bankruptcy, insolvency and other restructuring legislation if the benefit of such legislation is sought with respect to us. For example, both the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) contain provisions enabling an insolvent person to obtain a stay of proceedings against its creditors and to file a proposal to be voted on by the various classes of its affected creditors. A restructuring proposal, if accepted by the requisite majorities of each affected class of creditors, and if approved by the relevant Canadian court, would be binding on all creditors within each affected class, including those creditors that did not vote to accept the proposal. Moreover, this legislation, in certain instances, permits the insolvent debtor to retain possession and administration of its property, subject to court oversight, even though it may be in default under the applicable debt instrument, during the period that the stay against proceedings remains in place. In addition, it may be possible in certain circumstances to restructure certain debt obligations under the corporate governing statute applicable to the debtor.

The powers of the court under the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada) and particularly under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) have been interpreted and exercised broadly so as to protect a restructuring entity from actions taken by creditors and other parties. Accordingly, we cannot predict whether payments under our outstanding Senior Notes would be made during any proceedings in bankruptcy, insolvency or other restructuring, whether or when the trustees could exercise their respective rights under the respective indentures governing each series of our Senior Notes or whether and to what extent holders of our Senior Notes would be compensated for any delays in payment, if any, of principal, interest and costs, including the fees and disbursements of the respective trustees.

Non-U.S. holders of our Senior Notes are subject to restrictions on the transfer or resale of our notes.

Although we have registered certain series of our Senior Notes under the Securities Act, we did not, and we do not intend to, qualify our notes by prospectus in Canada, and, accordingly, the notes remain subject to restrictions on resale and transfer in Canada. In addition, non-U.S. holders remain subject to restrictions imposed by the jurisdiction in which the holder is resident.

U.S. investors in our Senior Notes may have difficulties enforcing civil liabilities.

We are incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec. Substantially all of our Directors, controlling persons and officers are residents of Canada or other jurisdictions outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of their assets and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. We have agreed, in accordance with the terms of the respective indentures governing each series of our Senior Notes (other than our Canadian-dollar denominated notes), to accept service of process in any suit, action or proceeding with respect to the indentures or such notes brought in any federal or state court located in New York City by an agent designated for such purpose, and to submit to the jurisdiction of such courts in connection with such suits, actions or proceedings. However, it may be difficult for holders of our Senior Notes to effect service of process within the United States upon directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States or to enforce against us or them in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liability under United States federal or state securities laws or other laws of the United States. In addition, there is doubt as to the enforceability in Canada of liabilities predicated solely upon United States federal or state securities laws against us or against our directors, controlling persons, officers and experts who are not residents of the United States, in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of courts of the United States.

Although our Senior Notes are referred to as “senior notes,” they are effectively subordinated to our secured indebtedness and structurally subordinated to the liabilities of our subsidiaries.

Our Senior Notes are unsecured and, therefore, are effectively subordinated to any secured indebtedness that we may incur to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of a bankruptcy or similar proceeding involving us, the assets that serve as collateral for any secured indebtedness will be available to satisfy the obligations under the secured indebtedness before any payments are made on the notes. The notes are effectively subordinated to any

 

21


Table of Contents

borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and the respective indentures governing our Senior Notes and the notes permit us to incur additional secured indebtedness in the future, which could be significant.

Our subsidiaries will not guarantee the Senior Notes and will have no obligation, contingent or otherwise, to pay amounts due under the notes or to make any funds available to pay those amounts, whether by dividend, distribution, loan or other payment. Holders of Senior Notes do not have a claim as a creditor against our subsidiaries. The Senior Notes are, therefore, structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. In the event of insolvency, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or other winding up of any such subsidiary, all of such subsidiary’s creditors (including trade creditors) would be entitled to payment in full out of such subsidiary’s assets before the holders of our Senior Notes would be entitled to any payment.

ITEM 4 — INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY

A - History and Development of Quebecor Media

Our legal and commercial name is Quebecor Media Inc. Our registered office is located at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, and our telephone number is (514) 380-1999. Our corporate website may be accessed through the URL http://www.quebecor.com. The information found on our corporate website or any other website to which we refer in this annual report does not, however, form part of this annual report and is not incorporated herein by reference. Our agent for service of process in the United States is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10011.

Quebecor Media was incorporated in Canada on August 8, 2000 under Part 1A of the Companies Act (Québec) (since February 14, 2011, the Business Corporations Act (Québec)).

Since December 31, 2009, we have undertaken and/or completed several business acquisitions, combinations, divestitures and business development projects and financing transactions through our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including, among others, the following:

 

   

We have continued to actively pursue the roll-out of Videotron’s 4G network. As of December 31, 2012, Videotron’s mobile telephony service was available to more than 7 million people across the Province of Québec and in Eastern Ontario. During 2012, we activated 112,058 net new lines on our new advanced mobile network at a pace of approximately 9,338 net new lines per month, bringing our total mobile customer base to 402,636 activated lines.

 

   

On October 11, 2012, we repurchased 20,351,307 of our common shares held by CDP Capital for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion, paid in cash, and, concurrently, with that transaction, Quebecor purchased 10,175,653 of our common shares held by CDP Capital. Following completion of these transactions, Quebecor’s interest in Quebecor Media increased from 54.7% to 75.4% and CDP Capital’s interest decreased from 45.3% to 24.6%.

 

   

On October 11, 2012, Quebecor Media issued US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 for net proceeds of $820.7 million (net of financing expenses) and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6   5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 for net proceeds of $493.8 million (net of financing expenses). Quebecor Media used the proceeds of these offerings to finance: (i) the repurchase for cancellation from CDP Capital of 20,351,307 of its common shares for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion, (ii) the redemption and retirement of US$320.0 million aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 7   3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued in 2007 and (iii) for the payment of related transaction fees and expenses.

 

   

On June 21, 2012, following an invitation to tender, Quebecor Media was selected to install, maintain and manage the advertising on Société de transport de Montréal (STM) bus shelters for the next 20 years.

 

22


Table of Contents
   

In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media repurchased and retired US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued in 2006.

 

   

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 5% Senior Notes due 2022 for net proceeds of $787.6 million (net of financing expenses). Videotron used the proceeds to repurchase and retire all US$395.0 million aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2014, to fully repay the borrowings under its revolving credit facility, to pay related fees and expenses and the remainder for general corporate purposes.

 

   

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

 

   

Effective February 3, 2012, Sun Media Corporation repaid and terminated its syndicated credit agreement, and its term loan credit facility. Sun Media Corporation’s liabilities no longer include any long-term debt.

 

   

On January 25, 2012, we amended our bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of our $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016.

 

   

In the third quarter of 2011, Nurun completed the acquisition of Odopod, a digital agency in San Francisco, California, that has expertise in brand promotion and interactive product development.

 

   

On September 12, 2011, TVA Group launched the TVA Sports channel that broadcasts Ottawa Senators, Toronto Blue Jays, Montréal Impact, Interbox, Ultimate Fighting Championship, Québec Major Junior Hockey League (“ QMJHL ”) and Canadian Hockey League events, among others.

 

   

On August 31, 2011, our subsidiary, Quebecor Media Network Inc. (“ Quebecor Media Network ”), launched Le Sac Plus . In addition to distributing all Quebecor Media community newspapers in the Province of Québec, Le Sac Plus door-knob bag contains advertising materials, such as flyers, leaflets, product samples and other value-added promotions every week.

 

   

In June, 2011, we acquired a QMJHL franchise, which is now known as L’Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand .

 

   

On July 20, 2011, Videotron amended its $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to modify certain other terms and conditions thereof.

 

   

On July 5, 2011, Videotron issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 for net proceeds of $294.8 million (net of financing expenses). Videotron used the net proceeds to redeem and retire US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Videotron’s issued and outstanding 6  7 / 8 % senior notes due 2014.

 

   

On April 18, 2011, we launched Sun News an English-language news and opinion specialty channel.

 

23


Table of Contents
   

In March 2011, Quebecor Media reached an agreement with Québec City granting Quebecor Media management and naming rights for a 25-year period to the new multipurpose arena/amphitheatre to be built in Québec City. These rights represent a major asset to Quebecor Media that will allow the Company to pursue initiatives to leverage growth and convergence opportunities and to cross-promote its brands, programs and other content. Pursuant to agreements entered into with Québec City in early September 2011, we will implement our business plan for the management of this multipurpose arena.

 

   

On February 3, 2011, Quebecor Media expanded its distribution network in the Province of Québec and its stable of community newspapers with the acquisition of Les Hebdos Montérégiens’ 15 newspapers.

 

   

On January 5, 2011, Quebecor Media issued $325.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 for net proceeds of $319.9 million (net of financing expenses). Quebecor Media used the net proceeds to effect a contribution (the “ QMI Contribution ”) to Sun Media and for general corporate purposes. On February 15, 2011, Sun Media used the proceeds of the QMI Contribution to redeem and retire all of its outstanding 7  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2013 and to finance the settlement and termination of related hedging contracts.

 

   

On September 9, 2010, Videotron launched its High Speed Packet Access (“ HSPA+ ”) mobile communication network.

 

   

In September 2010, Videotron launched illico mobile, a service delivered over its 4G network that provides customers with mobile telephone access to several television and Galaxy Music channels, and to the illico mobile store.

 

   

In June 2010, Videotron launched illico web (illicoweb.tv), an Internet television service offering an exceptional variety of content to our digital television and Internet customers, at no additional cost. Customers can access from a computer thousands of French and English movies, series and music from several different television channels.

 

   

In January 2010, Videotron issued $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2020 for net proceeds of $293.9 million (net of financing expenses). Videotron used the proceeds to repay the drawings under its senior secured credit facilities and for general corporate purposes.

B - Business Overview

Overview

Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, telecommunications, newspaper publishing, production and distribution of printing products, television broadcasting, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music recording, production and distribution, and new media services. Through its operating subsidiaries, Quebecor Media holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within its portfolio of media properties.

We operate in the following industry segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications.

Competitive Strengths

Leading Market Positions

In our Telecommunications segment, we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers. We believe that our strong market position has enabled us to launch and deploy new products and services more effectively. For example, since the introduction of our

 

24


Table of Contents

cable Internet access service, we estimate that we have become the largest provider of such service in the areas we serve. Our extensive proprietary and third-party retail distribution network of stores and points of sale, including both the Le SuperClub Vidéotron stores and our Videotron branded stores and kiosks, assist us in marketing and distributing our advanced telecommunications services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony, on a large scale basis. We are the franchisor of the largest chain of video stores in the Province of Québec through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary. Sun Media is the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation (according to management estimates) and is Canada’s second largest newspaper publisher in terms of weekly paid average circulation according to statistics published in Newpapers Canada’s “Daily Circulation Report 2011” (the “ Newspapers Canada Circulation Data ”). In our Broadcasting segment, we are the largest private-sector broadcaster of French-language entertainment, information and public affairs programs in North America in terms of market share.

Diverse Media Platform

Our diverse media platform allows us to extend our market reach and cross-promote our brands, programs and other content. In addition, it allows us to provide advertisers with an integrated solution for local, regional and national multi-platform advertising. We can leverage our content, management, sales and marketing and production resources to provide superior information and entertainment services to our customers.

Differentiated Bundled Services

Through our technologically advanced fixed and mobile network, we offer a differentiated, bundled suite of entertainment, information and communication services and products, including digital television, cable Internet access, video-on-demand and other interactive television services, as well as residential and commercial cable telephony services using VoIP technology, and mobile telephony services. In addition, we deliver high-quality services and products, including, for example, our standard cable Internet access service that enables our customers to download data at a higher speed than currently offered by standard digital subscriber line or DSL technology. We also offer the widest range of French-language programming in Canada including content from our illico-on-Demand service available on our illico Digital TV, illico web and illico mobile platforms. Customers can interrupt and resume programming at will on any of these three illico platforms.

Advanced Broadband Network

We are able to leverage our advanced broadband network, substantially all of which is bi-directional, to offer a wide range of advanced services on the same media, such as digital television, video-on-demand, cable Internet access and cable telephony services. We are committed to maintaining and upgrading our network capacity and, to that end, we currently anticipate that ongoing capital expenditures will be required to accommodate the evolution of our products and services and to meet the demand for increased capacity.

Focused and Highly Reliable Network Cluster

Our single hybrid fibre coaxial clustered network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s total addressable market and nine of the province’s top ten urban areas. We believe that our single cluster and network architecture provides many benefits, including a higher quality and more reliable network, the ability to launch and deploy new products and services such as illico TV new generation, and a lower cost structure through reduced maintenance and technical support costs.

Strong, Market-Focused Management Team

We have a strong, market-focused management team that has extensive experience and expertise in a range of areas, including marketing, finance, telecommunications, publishing and technology. Under the leadership of our senior management team, we have, among other things, improved penetration of our HSIA offering, our VoIP telephony services, our cable products and our mobile telephony services, including through the successful build-out and launch of our mobile telephony network.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our objective is to increase our revenues and profitability by leveraging the convergence and growth opportunities presented by our portfolio of leading media assets. We attribute our strong historical results and positive outlook for growth and profitability to an ability to develop and execute forward-looking business strategies. The key elements of our strategy include:

 

   

Leverage growth opportunities and convergence of content and platforms . We are the largest private sector French language programming broadcaster in North America, a leading producer of French language programming, the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation (according to management estimates), and a leading English and French language Internet news and information portal in Canada. As a result, we are able to generate and distribute content across a spectrum of media properties and platforms. In addition, these multi-platform media assets enable us to provide advertisers with integrated advertising solutions. We are able to provide flexible, bundled advertising packages that allow advertisers to reach local, regional and national markets, as well as special interest and specific demographic groups. We continue to explore and implement initiatives to leverage growth and convergence opportunities, including efforts to accelerate the migration of content generated by our various publications and broadcasters to our other media platforms, the launch of Sun News which is an addition to Sun Media’s English-language news media and website offering, the transfer of the printing of several of our publications to two state-of-the-art facilities owned by Quebecor Media Printing, the creation of Quebecor Media Network and the launch of Le Sac Plus , the sharing of editorial content between our News Media business and QMI Agency, the acquisition of our QMJHL hockey franchise and the broadcast of its games on our TVA Sports channel, and the integration of advertising assets with the creation of our national sales services (“ QMI National Sales ”) aimed at developing global, integrated and multi-platform advertising and marketing solutions.

 

   

Build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our 4G mobile services. We provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small and medium businesses that are based on effective, reliable technology, diverse and convergent content and unambiguous business policies. Our recently launched mobile service is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information.

 

   

Introduce new and enhanced products and services . We expect a significant portion of the revenue growth in our Telecommunications segment to be driven by the introduction of new products and services (such as Wideband Internet technology and products and services leveraging our new mobile network) and by the continuing penetration of our existing suite of products and services such as digital cable services, cable Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services, as well as high-definition television, video-on-demand and interactive television content of our digital television, Internet and mobile platforms. We believe that the continued increase in the penetration rate of our digital television, cable Internet access, telephony and mobile voice and data services will result in increased ARPU, and we are focusing sales and marketing efforts on the bundling of these value-added products and services.

 

   

Cross-promote brands, programs and other content . The geographic overlap of our cable, television, newspaper and magazine publishing, music and video store chains, and Internet platforms enables us to cost effectively promote and co-brand media properties. We will continue to promote initiatives to advance these cross-promotional activities, including the cross-promotion of various businesses, cross-divisional advertising and shared infrastructures. Our efforts to obtain a National Hockey League franchise for Québec City is an example of such initiatives.

 

   

Leverage geographic clustering . Our Videotron subsidiary holds cable licenses that cover approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s estimated 3 million residential and commercial premises. Geographic clusters facilitate bundled service offerings and, in addition, allow us to tailor our offerings to certain demographic markets. We aim to leverage the highly clustered nature of our systems to enable us to use marketing dollars more efficiently and to enhance customer awareness, increase use of products and services and build brand loyalty.

 

26


Table of Contents
   

Maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty . Across our media platform, we believe that maintaining a high level of customer satisfaction is critical to future growth and profitability. An important factor in our historical growth and profitability has been our ability to attract and satisfy customers with high quality products and services. We will continue our efforts to maximize customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty.

 

   

Manage expenses through success driven capital spending and technology improvements . In our Telecommunications segment, we support the growth in our customer base and bandwidth requirements through strategic success driven modernizations of our network and increases in network capacity. In our News Media segment, we have undertaken restructurings of certain printing facilities and news production operations, and invested in certain technology improvements with a view to modernizing our operations and improving our cost structure. In addition, we continuously seek to manage our salaries and benefits expenses, which comprise a significant portion of our costs.

Telecommunications

Through Videotron we are the largest cable operator in the Province of Québec and the third largest in Canada, in each case based on the number of cable customers, as well as an Internet service provider and a provider of cable and mobile telephony services in the Province of Québec. Our cable network covers approximately 78% of the Province of Québec’s approximately 3 million residential and commercial premises.

Our mobile network, which was launched in September 2010, is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information. The deployment of our 4G network and our enhanced offering of mobile communication services for residential and business customers allow us to consolidate our position as a provider of integrated telecommunication services.

In addition, through our Le SuperClub Vidéotron subsidiary, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We had a total of 205 retail locations as of December 31, 2012.

Videotron Business Sector is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider serving businesses of small, medium and large size. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunication segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services include Internet, television, cable and mobile telephony services, and business solutions products such as hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission.

We own a 100% voting and 100% equity interest in Videotron.

For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, our Telecommunications operations generated revenues of $2.6 billion and operating income of $1.2 billion. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Telecommunications operations generated revenues of $2.4 billion and operating income of $1.1 billion.

Products and Services

Videotron currently offers its customers cable services, mobile telephony services, business telecommunications services and video and video games rental services (as franchisor).

 

27


Table of Contents

Cable Services

Advanced Cable-Based Products and Services

Cable’s large bandwidth is a key factor in the successful delivery of advanced products and services. Several emerging technologies and increasing Internet usage by our customers have presented us with significant opportunities to expand our sources of revenue. We currently offer a variety of advanced products and services, including cable Internet access, digital television, cable telephony and selected interactive services. In April, 2012, we launched illico TV new generation, offering a new interface with entirely redesigned ergonomics for fluid, intuitive navigation, as well as additional value-added features. We intend to continue to develop and deploy additional added-value services to further broaden our service offering.

 

   

Cable Internet Access . Leveraging our advanced cable infrastructure, we offer cable Internet access to our customers primarily via cable modems. We generally provide this service at download speeds of up to 60 Mbps. In some portions of the network, we offer download speeds of up to 200 Mbps. As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,387,657 cable Internet access customers, representing 74.8% of our basic customers and 51.4% of our total homes passed. Based on internal estimates, we are the largest provider of Internet access services in the areas we serve with an estimated market share of 51.7% as of December 31, 2012.

 

   

Digital Television . We have installed headend equipment capable of delivering digitally encoded transmissions to a two-way digital set-top box in the customer’s home and premises. This digital connection provides significant advantages. In particular, it increases channel capacity, which allows us to increase both programming and service offerings while providing increased flexibility in packaging our services. Our basic digital package includes 29 television channels, audio services providing CD-quality music, 18 AM/FM radio channels, an interactive programming guide as well as television based e-mail capability. Our extended digital basic television offering allows customers to customize their choices with the ability to choose between custom or pre-assembled packages with a selection of more than 300 additional channels, including U.S. super-stations and other special entertainment programs. This also offers customers significant programming flexibility including the option of French-language only, English-language only or a combination of French- and English-language programming, as well as many foreign-language channels. We also offer pre-packaged themed service tiers in the areas of news, sports and discovery. Customers who purchase basic service and one customized package can also purchase channels on an à la carte basis at a specified cost per channel per month or choose one of our customized package adding 10, 20 or 30 of their favorite channels to the basic programming. As part of our digital service offering, customers can also purchase near-video-on-demand services on a per-event basis. As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,484,589 customers for our digital television service, representing 80.0% of our total basic customers and 55.0% of our total homes passed. Our customers currently have the option to purchase or lease the digital set-top boxes required for digital service.

 

   

Cable Telephony . We offer cable telephony service using VoIP technology. We offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services. As of December 31, 2012, we had 1,264,862 subscribers to our cable telephony service, representing a penetration rate of 68.2% of our basic cable subscribers and 46.8% of our homes passed.

 

   

Video-On-Demand . Video-on-demand service enables digital cable customers to rent content from a library of movies, documentaries and other programming through their digital set-top box, Internet access or mobile phone respectively through illico web and illico mobile. Our digital cable customers are able to rent their video-on-demand selections for a period of up to 24 hours, which they are then able to watch at their convenience with full stop, rewind, fast forward, pause and replay functionality during their rental period. In addition, customers can now resume viewing on-demand programming that was paused on either the television, illico web or illico mobile . We sometimes group movies, events or TV programs available on video-on-demand and offer them, when available, for a period of seven days. We also offer a substantial amount of video-on-demand content free of charge to our digital cable customers, comprised predominantly of previously aired television programs and youth-oriented programming. In March of

 

28


Table of Contents
 

2013, we introduced Club Unlimited, a flat-fee plan offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited, on-demand content (movies, television shows, children’s shows, documentaries, comedy performances and concerts). In addition, we offer pay television channels on a subscription basis that permits our customers to access and watch most of the movies available on the linear pay TV channels these clients subscribe to.

 

   

Pay-Per-View (Canal Indigo) . Canal Indigo is a group of pay-per-view channels that allows our digital customers to order live events and movies based on a pre-determined schedule.

Traditional Cable Television Services

Customers subscribing to our traditional analog “basic” and analog “extended basic” services generally receive a line-up of 42 channels of television programming, depending on the bandwidth capacity of their local cable system. We also feature an expanding offering of optional channels as well as customized selection of channels or channel packages tailored to satisfy the specific needs of the different customer segments we serve.

As of December 31, 2012, we had 370,392 customers for our analog television service, representing 20.0% of our total basic customers.

Mobile Services

On September 9, 2010, we launched our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G). As of December 31, 2012, most households and businesses on our cable footprint had access to our advanced mobile services. Prior to launching our HSPA+ network, we had been offering mobile wireless telephony services as a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (“ MVNO ”) since 2006.

Under an arrangement with Industry Canada, Videotron launched fixed wireless Internet access in selected rural areas of the Province of Québec in December 2011. Powered by our HSPA+ network, this service allows thousands of households and businesses that had no access to high speed cable Internet to benefit from a reliable and professionally installed high speed Internet. As a result, we extended our residential and business Internet footprint to dozens of underserved municipalities across the Province of Québec.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunications leader with our 4G mobile services. With these services, we provide an offering of advanced mobile telecommunications services to consumers and small and medium-sized businesses that are based on effective and reliable technology as well as diverse and convergent content. Our mobile service is the cornerstone of a corporate business strategy geared toward harnessing all of our creative resources and providing consumers with access to technology, services and information anytime, anywhere.

As of December 31, 2012, there were 402,636 lines activated on our mobile telephony services, representing a year-over-year increase of 112,058 lines (38.6%).

Business Telecommunications Services

Videotron Business Sector is a premier full-service business telecommunications provider. We serve three customer segments: small and medium-sized businesses, large businesses, and telecommunications carriers. In recent years, we have significantly grown our customer base and have become an important player in the business telecommunications segment in the Province of Québec. Products and services for small and medium-sized businesses are supported by our coaxial technology and our solid expertise in business services. Customized solutions designed to meet customers’ needs incorporating tools such as fiber-optic landlines, high speed Internet access, television, telephony services, website hosting, private network connectivity and audio and video transmission, all based on state-of-the-art technology, are also offered to large businesses and carriers. Videotron also offers mobile communication services, telephony services using our multiple label switching (“ MPLS ”) network and up to 200Mbps high speed Internet access targeted at small and medium-size businesses using our Hybrid fiber coaxial (“ HFC ”) network.

 

29


Table of Contents

Video Rental Services

Through Le SuperClub Vidéotron, we are the franchisor of the largest chain of video and video game rental stores in the Province of Québec and among the largest of such chains in Canada. We had a total of 205 retail locations as of December 31, 2012. With the majority of these retail locations offering our suite of telecommunication services and products, Le SuperClub Vidéotron is both a showcase and a valuable and cost-effective distribution network for Videotron’s growing array of advanced products and services, such as cable Internet access, digital television and cable and mobile telephony.

Jobboom and Réseau Contact

Jobboom.com is a unique web-based employment site with over 2.5 million members as of December 31, 2012. The activities of Jobboom also include Les Éditions Jobboom (a careers book editor) and Jobboom Formation (an internet directory of continuing education services).

RéseauContact.com is the largest French-language dating and friendship website in the Province of Québec.

Customer Statistics Summary

The following table summarizes our customer statistics for our analog and digital cable and advanced products and services:

 

     As of December 31,  
     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Homes passed (1)

     2,701,242        2,657,315        2,612,406        2,575,315        2,542,859   

Cable

          

Basic customers (2)

     1,854,981        1,861,477        1,811,570        1,777,025        1,715,616   

Penetration (3)

     68.7     70.1     69.3     69.0     67.5

Digital customers

     1,484,589        1,400,814        1,219,599        1,084,100        927,322   

Penetration (4)

     80.0     75.3     67.3     61.0     54.1

Dial-up Internet Access

          

Dial-up customers

     2,258        2,986        3,851        4,988        6,533   

Internet Over Wireless

          

Internet over wireless customers

     7,129        5,644        2,319        —          —     

Cable Internet Access

          

Cable modem customers

     1,387,657        1,332,551        1,252,104        1,170,570        1,063,847   

Penetration (3)

     51.4     50.1     47.9     45.5     41.8

Telephony Services

          

Cable telephony customers

     1,264,862        1,205,272        1,114,294        1,014,038        851,987   

Penetration (3)

     46.8     45.4     42.7     39.4     33.5

Mobile telephony lines (5)

     402,636        290,578        136,111        82,813        63,402   

 

(1) Homes passed means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable television distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.
(2) Basic customers are customers who receive basic cable service in either the analog or digital mode.
(3) Represents customers as a percentage of total homes passed.
(4) Represents customers for the digital service as a percentage of basic cable customers.
(5) Prior to September 9, 2010, represents lines under our MVNO service offering.

 

30


Table of Contents

Industry Overview

Cable Television Industry

Industry Data

Cable television has been available in Canada for more than 50 years and is a well developed market. As of August 31, 2011, the most recent date for which data is available, there were approximately 8.5 million cable television customers in Canada. For the twelve months ended August 31, 2011 (the most recent data available), total industry revenue was estimated to be over $10.9 billion and is expected to grow in the future based on the fact that Canadian cable operators have aggressively upgraded their networks and broadened their offerings of products and services. The following table summarizes the most recent available annual key statistics for the Canadian and U.S. cable television industries.

 

     Twelve Months Ended August 31,  
     2011      2010      2009      2008      2007      CAGR (1)  
     (Dollars in billions and basic cable customers in millions)  

Canada

                 

Industry Revenue (2)

     10.9       $ 10.1       $ 9.2       $ 8.2       $ 7.1         11.4

Basic Cable Customers (2)

     8.5         8.3         8.1         7.9         7.7         2.5

 

     2012     2011     2010     2009     2008     CAGR (3)  
     (U.S. dollars in billions, and homes passed and basic cable customers in millions)  

U.S.

            

Industry Revenue

     n/a      US$ 97.6      US$ 93.7      US$ 90.2      US$ 86.3        n/a   

Homes Passed (4)

     131.2        130.3        129.3        125.7        124.2        1.10

Basic Cable Customers

     56.8        58.0        59.8        62.6        63.7        -2.27

Basic Penetration

     43.7     44.4     45.5     49.8     51.3       

 

Source of Canadian data: CRTC.

Source of U.S. data: NCTA, A.C. Nielsen Media Research and SNL Kagan.

 

(1) Compounded Canadian annual growth rate from 2007 through 2011.
(2) Including IPTV since 2008.
(3) Compounded U.S. annual growth rate from 2008 through 2012.
(4) “Homes passed” means the number of residential premises, such as single dwelling units or multiple dwelling units, and commercial premises passed by the cable distribution network in a given cable system service area in which the programming services are offered.

Expansion of Digital Distribution and Programming

In recent years, digital technology has significantly expanded the range of services that may be offered to our customers. We now offer 421 channels on our digital platform (82 in HD), including 224 English-language channels, 100 French-language channels, 10 time-shifting channels, 65 radio/music channels and 25 others.

Many programming services have converted to high-definition format and HDTV programming is steadily increasing. We believe that the availability of HDTV programming will continue to increase significantly in the coming years and will result in a higher penetration level of digital distribution.

Our strategy over the coming years will be to continue the expansion in our offering and to maintain the quality of our programming. Our cable television service depends in large part on our ability to distribute a wide range of appealing, conveniently-scheduled television programming at reasonable rates and will be an important factor in our success to maintain the attractiveness of our services to customers. In addition, we will continue working on the expansion of our added-value products, such as video-on-demand, digital television interactive content and certain content, such as certain sporting events, movies and documentaries, using new 3D technologies.

 

31


Table of Contents

Mobile Telephony Industry

In terms of wireless penetration rate (i.e., the number of active SIM cards and/or connected lines versus total population, expressed as a percentage), the Canadian mobile telephony market is relatively under-developed. Based on The Netsize Guide 2011: Truly mobile , Canada occupies the fortieth position out of forty-one countries in terms of wireless penetration. Comparatively, according to Global Mobile Statistics , the United States had a penetration rate of 94.1% as of November 30, 2011, while Europe’s overall penetration rate reached 120%. As of September 30, 2012, the Province of Québec had a penetration rate under the Canadian average (67.8% vs 77.8% according to the CRTC).

The wireless spectrum auction completed in July 2008 has brought new players onto the market, which led to lower prices for customers. To respond to this new offer, traditional incumbents launched, or have operated for some time, low-price subsidiaries. As of September 30, 2012, incumbents were still dominant in the industry in Canada, with market share of approximately 90% in the Province of Québec, according to internal estimates.

With an increasing number of regional operators competing on price, coverage, handset offers and technological reliability, the Canadian wireless industry is highly competitive. With the deployment of Advanced Wireless Networks throughout the country and the increasing penetration rate among younger customers, the demand for technologically advanced bandwidth-hungry devices (smartphones, tablets, etc.) is increasing rapidly. As of December 31, 2012, there were more than 26.0 million subscribers in Canada.

Pricing of our Products and Services

Our revenues are derived from the monthly fees our customers pay for cable television, Internet and telephony and mobile services. The rates we charge vary based on the market served and the level of service selected. Rates are usually adjusted annually. We also offer discounts to our customers who subscribe to more than one of our services, when compared to the sum of the prices of the individual services provided to these customers. As of December 31, 2012, the average monthly invoice on recurring subscription fees per customer was $98.80 and approximately 79.0% of our customers were bundling two services or more. A one-time installation fee, which may be waived in part during certain promotional periods, is charged to new customers. Monthly fees for rented equipment, such as set-top boxes, are also charged to customers.

Although our service offerings vary by market, because of differences in the bandwidth capacity of the cable systems in each of our markets and other factors, our services are typically offered at monthly price ranges, which reflect discounts for bundled service offerings.

Our Network Technology

Cable

As of December 31, 2012, our cable systems consisted of 30,126 km of fibre optic cable and 45,444 km of coaxial cable, passing approximately 2.7 million homes and serving approximately 2.1 million customers. Our network is the largest broadband network in the Province of Québec covering approximately 78% of households and, according to our estimates, more than 75% of the businesses located in the major metropolitan areas of the Province of Québec. Our extensive network supports direct connectivity with networks in Ontario, the Maritimes and the United States.

Our cable television networks are comprised of four distinct parts including signal acquisition networks, main headends, distribution networks and subscriber drops. The signal acquisition network picks up a wide variety of television, radio and multimedia signals. These signals and services originate from either a local source or content provider or are picked up from distant sites chosen for satellite or over-the-air reception quality and transmitted to the main headends by way of over-the-air links, coaxial links or fibre optic relay systems. Each main headend processes, modulates, scrambles and combines the signals in order to distribute them throughout the network. Each main headend is connected to the primary headend in order to receive the digital MPEG2 signals and the IP backbone for the Internet services. The first stage of this distribution consists of a fibre optic link which distributes the signals to distribution or secondary headends. After that, the signal uses the hybrid fibre coaxial cable network made of wide-band optical nodes, amplifiers and coaxial cables capable of serving up to 30 km in radius from the distribution or secondary headends to the subscriber drops. The subscriber drop brings the signal into the customer’s television set directly or, depending on the area or the services selected, through various types of customer equipment including set-top boxes and cable modems.

 

32


Table of Contents

We have adopted the HFC network architecture as the standard for our ongoing system upgrades. HFC network architecture combines the use of fibre optic cable with coaxial cable. Fibre optic cable has excellent broadband frequency characteristics, noise immunity and physical durability and can carry hundreds of video and data channels over extended distances. Coaxial cable is less expensive and requires greater signal amplification in order to obtain the desired transmission levels for delivering channels. In most systems, we deliver our signals via fibre optic cable from the headend to a group of optical nodes and then via coax to the homes passed served by the nodes. Traditionally, our system design provided for cells of approximately 500 homes each to be served by fibre-optic cable. To allow for this configuration, secondary headends were put into operation in the Greater Montréal Area and in the Greater Québec City Area. Remote secondary headends must also be connected with fibre optic links. From the secondary headends to the homes, the customer services are provided through the transmission of a radiofrequency (“ RF ”) signal which contains both downstream and upstream information (two-way). The loop structure of the two-way HFC networks brings reliability through redundancy, the cell size improves flexibility and capacity, while the reduced number of amplifiers separating the home from the headend improves signal quality and reliability. The HFC network design provided us with significant flexibility to offer customized programming to individual cells of approximately 500 homes, which is critical to our advanced services, such as video-on-demand, Switched Digital Video Broadcast and the continued expansion of our interactive services. Starting in 2008, we began an extensive network modernization effort in the Greater Montréal Area in order to meet the ever expanding service needs of the customer in terms of video, telephony and Internet services. This ongoing modernization implies an extension of the upper limit of the RF spectrum available for service offerings and a deep fibre deployment, which significantly extends the fibre portion in the HFC network (thereby reducing the coax portion). Additional optical nodes were systematically deployed to increase the segmentation of customer cells, both for upstream and downstream traffic. This modernization initiative results in (i) a network architecture where the segmentation for the upstream traffic is for 125 homes while that for the downstream traffic is set to 250 (which can evolve to 125 homes), and (ii) the availability of a 1 GHz spectrum for service offerings. The robustness of the network is greatly enhanced (much less active equipment in the network such as RF amplifiers for the coax portion), the service offering potential and customization to the customer base is significantly improved (through the extension of the spectrum to 1 GHz and the increased segmentation) and allows much greater speeds of transmission for Internet services which are presently unrivalled. The overall architecture employs Division Wavelength Multiplexing (“ DWM ”), which allows us to limit the amount of fibre required, while providing an effective customization potential. As such, in addition to the broadcast information, up to 24 wavelengths can be combined on a transport fibre from the secondary headend to a 3,000 home aggregation point. Each of these wavelengths is dedicated to the specific requirements of 125 homes. The RF spectrum is set with analog content (to be phased out eventually) and digital information using quadrature amplitude modulation. MPEG video compression techniques and the Data over Cable Service Interface Specification (“ DOCSIS ”) protocol allow us to provide a great service offering of standard definition and high definition video, as well as complete voice and Internet services. This modernization project gives us flexibility to meet customer needs and future network evolution requirements. The modernization of the Greater-Montréal network is scheduled to be completed by 2017.

Our strategy of maintaining a leadership position in respect of the suite of products and services that we offer and launching new products and services requires investments in our network to support growth in our customer base and increases in bandwidth requirements. Approximately 99.7% of our network in the Province of Québec has been upgraded to a bandwidth of 750 MHz or greater. Also, in light of the greater availability of HDTV programming, the ever increasing speed of Internet access and increasing demand for our cable telephony service, further investment in the network will be required.

Mobile Telephony

During 2012, we continued our HSPA + network expansion and densification plan throughout the Province of Québec and over the Greater Ottawa Area. As of December 31, 2012, our network reached approximately 89% of the population of the Province of Québec and most of our cable homes passed, allowing the vast majority of our potential clients to have access to advanced mobile services from Videotron. The majority of our towers and antennas are linked through our fibre-optic network using a MPLS protocol, and our network was built and designed to support important customer growth in coming years.

 

33


Table of Contents

With the introduction of a new technology called Dual-Carrier technology in August 2011, our HSPA+ mobile communication network (4G) allows data transmission speeds up to 42 Mbps.

Our strategy in the coming years is to build on our position as a telecommunication leader with our 4G mobile services and to keep the technology at the cutting edge as it continues to evolve rapidly and new market standards such as Long Term Evolution-Advanced (“ LTE 4G ”) are appearing. We also expect to continue to expand our offer of handset devices in 2013.

Marketing and Customer Care

Our long term marketing objective is to increase our cash flow through deeper market penetration of our services, develop of new services and continue growth in revenue per customer. We believe that customers will come to view their cable connection as the best distribution channel to the home for a multitude of services. To achieve this objective, we are pursuing the following strategies:

 

   

develop attractive bundle offers to encourage our customers to subscribe to two or more products, which increases ARPU and customer retention as well as increasing our operating margin;

 

   

continue to rapidly deploy advanced products and services;

 

   

encourage our clients to migrate from analog to digital television using attractive incentives;

 

   

design product offerings that provide greater opportunity for customer entertainment and information choices;

 

   

target marketing opportunities based on demographic data and past purchasing behaviour;

 

   

develop targeted marketing programs to attract former customers, households that have never subscribed to our services and customers of alternative or competitive services;

 

   

enhance the relationship between customer service representatives and our customers by training and motivating customer service representatives to promote advanced products and services;

 

   

leverage the retail presence of Le SuperClub Vidéotron, our Videotron branded stores and kiosks, Archambault stores and third-party commercial retailers;

 

   

cross-promote the wide variety of content and services offered within the Quebecor Media group (including, for example, the content of TVA Group productions and the 1-900 service for audience voting during reality television shows popular in the Province of Québec) in order to distribute our cable, data transmission, cable telephony and mobile telephony services to our existing and future customers;

 

   

introduce new value-added packages of products and services, which we believe increases average revenue per user, or ARPU, and improves customer retention; and

 

   

leverage our business market, using our network and expertise with our commercial customer base, which should enable us to offer additional bundled services to our customers and may result in new business opportunities.

We continue to invest time, effort and financial resources in marketing new and existing services. To increase both customer penetration and the number of services used by our customers, we use coordinated marketing techniques, including door-to-door solicitation, telemarketing, media advertising, e-marketing and direct mail solicitation.

Maximizing customer satisfaction is a key element of our business strategy. In support of our commitment to customer satisfaction, we provide a 24-hour customer service hotline seven days a week for nearly all of our systems, in addition to our web-based customer service capabilities. All of our customer service representatives and technical support

 

34


Table of Contents

staff are trained to assist our customers with respect to all products and services offered by us, which in turn allows our customers to be served more efficiently and seamlessly. Our customer care representatives continue to receive extensive training to develop customer contact skills and product knowledge, which are key contributors to high rates of customer retention as well as to selling additional products and services and higher levels of service to our customers. To assist us in our marketing efforts, we utilize surveys, focus groups and other research tools as part of our efforts to determine and proactively respond to customer needs.

Programming

We believe that offering a wide variety of conveniently scheduled programming is an important factor in influencing a customer’s decision to subscribe to and retain our cable services. We devote resources to obtaining access to a wide range of programming that we believe will appeal to both existing and potential customers. We rely on extensive market research, customer demographics and local programming preferences to determine our channel and package offerings. The CRTC currently regulates the distribution of foreign content in Canada and, as a result, we are limited in our ability to provide such programming to our customers. We obtain basic and premium programming from a number of suppliers, including TVA Group.

Our programming contracts generally provide for a fixed term of up to seven years, and are subject to negotiated renewal. Programming tends to be made available to us for a flat fee per customer. Our overall programming costs have increased in recent years and may continue to increase due to factors including, but not limited to, additional programming being provided to customers as a result of system rebuilds that increase channel capacity, increased costs to produce or purchase specialty programming, inflationary or negotiated annual increases, and the concentration of broadcasters following recent acquisitions in the market.

Competition

We operate in a competitive business environment in the areas of price, product and service offerings and service reliability. We compete with other providers of television signals and other sources of home entertainment. Due to ongoing technological developments, the distinctions among traditional platforms (broadcasting, Internet, and telecommunications) are fading rapidly. The Internet as well as mobile devices are becoming important broadcasting and distribution platforms. In addition, mobile operators, with the development of their respective 4G networks, are now offering wireless and fixed wireless Internet services and our VoIP telephony service is also competing with Internet-based solutions.

 

   

Providers of Other Entertainment . Cable systems face competition from alternative methods of distributing and receiving television signals and from other sources of entertainment such as live sporting events, movie theatres and home video products, including digital recorders, OTT content providers, such as Netflix, DVD players and video games. The extent to which a cable television service is competitive depends in significant part upon the cable system’s ability to provide a greater variety of programming, superior technical performance and superior customer service than are available through competitive alternative delivery sources. Our introduction of Club Unlimited, a flat-fee plan offering a rich and varied selection of unlimited, on-demand content aims to reduce the effect of competition from alternative delivery sources.

 

   

Direct Broadcast Satellite . DBS is a significant competitor to cable systems. DBS delivers programming via signals sent directly to receiving dishes from medium and high-powered satellites, as opposed to cable delivery transmissions. This form of distribution generally provides more channels than some of our television systems and is fully digital. DBS service can be received virtually anywhere in Canada through the installation of a small rooftop or sidemounted antenna. Like digital cable distribution, DBS systems use video compression technology to increase channel capacity and digital technology to improve the quality of the signals transmitted to their customers.

 

   

DSL . The deployment of digital subscriber line technology, known as DSL, provides customers with Internet access at data transmission speeds greater than that available over conventional telephone lines. DSL service is comparable to cable-modem Internet access over cable systems. We also face competition from other providers of DSL services.

 

35


Table of Contents
   

Internet Video Streaming . The continuous technology improvement of the Internet combined with higher download speeds contributes to the emergence of alternative technologies such as IPTV digital content (movies, television shows and other video programming) offered on various Internet streaming platforms. While having a positive impact on the demand for our Internet services, this model could adversely impact the demand for our video-on-demand services.

 

   

VDSL . VDSL technology increases the available capacity of DSL lines, thereby allowing the distribution of digital video. Multi-system operators are now facing competition from ILECs, which have been granted licenses to launch video distribution services using this technology, which operates over copper phone lines. The transmission capabilities of VDSL will be significantly boosted with the deployment of technologies such as vectoring (the reduction or elimination of the effects of far-end crosstalk) and twisted pair bonding (use of additional twisted pairs to increase data carriage capacity). Certain ILECs have already started replacing many of their main feeds with fibre optic cable and positioning VDSL transceivers, a VDSL gateway, in larger multiple-dwelling units, in order to overcome the initial distance limitations of VDSL. With this added capacity, along with the evolution of compression technology, VDSL-2 will offer significant opportunities for services and increase its competitive threat against other multi-system operators.

 

   

Mobile Telephony Services . With our mobile telephony 4G network, we compete against a mix of market participants, some of them being active in some or all the products we offer, while others only offer mobile wireless telephony services in our market. In addition, users of mobile voice and data systems may find their communication needs satisfied by other current or developing adjunct technologies, such as Wi-Fi, WiMax, “hotspots” or trunk radio systems, which have the technical capability to handle mobile data communication and mobile telephone calls. Also, the Canadian incumbents have recently started the deployment of LTE 4G networks and this technology is deemed to become an industry standard. These LTE 4G technologies are being developed in anticipation of the additional network capacity that may be required to address the surging demand for wireless data. Such technologies evolved in the past year but will not offer voice over LTE until 2013.

 

   

Private Cable . Additional competition is posed by satellite master antenna television systems known as “SMATV systems” serving multi dwelling units, such as condominiums, apartment complexes, and private residential communities.

 

   

Wireless Distribution . Cable television systems also compete with wireless program distribution services such as multi channel multipoint distribution systems, or MDS. This technology uses microwave links to transmit signals from multiple transmission sites to line-of-sight antennas located within the customer’s premises.

 

   

Grey and Black Market DBS Providers . Cable and other distributors of television signals continue to face competition from the use of access codes and equipment that enable the unauthorized decoding of encrypted satellite signals, from unauthorized access to our analog and digital cable signals (black market) and from the reception of foreign signals through subscriptions to foreign satellite television providers that are not lawful distributors in Canada (grey market).

 

   

Telephony Service . Our cable telephony service competes against other telephone companies, including both the incumbent telephone service provider in the Province of Québec, which used to control a significant portion of the telephony market in the Province of Québec, and the other VoIP telephony service providers and mobile wireless telephone service providers.

 

   

Other Internet Service Providers . In the Internet access business, cable operators compete against other Internet service providers offering residential and commercial Internet access services. The CRTC requires the large Canadian incumbent cable operators to offer access to their high-speed Internet system to competitive Internet service providers at mandated rates.

 

36


Table of Contents

News Media

Our newspaper publishing operations, which we conduct through our Sun Media operating subsidiary, are the largest newspaper publisher in Canada based on total paid and unpaid circulation, according to management estimates. With a 23.3% average market share, our newspaper publishing operations are the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada in terms of weekly paid circulation, according to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data. As of December 31, 2012, our News Media segment published 36 paid-circulation dailies, six free commuter dailies and 229 community weekly newspapers, magazines, buyers guides, farm publications and other specialty publications. Our publications have an established presence on the Internet and offer classified and local advertising, as well as other services for local advertisers and readers. As of December 31, 2012, the combined weekly circulation of our News Media segment’s paid and unpaid newspapers was approximately 14.2 million copies, according to internal statistics.

In the second quarter of 2011, all of the internet portals that were formally owned by Canoe Inc. were transferred to Sun Media (other than Réseau Contact and Jobboom which were transferred to Videotron), including the Canoe Network , which logs over 10.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including more than 5.1 million in the Province of Québec, and ranks as the number one general news destination in Canada (according to ComScore Media Metrix figures for December 2012).

Our News Media segment is also engaged in the distribution of newspapers, magazines, inserts and flyers; commercial printing and related services to third-parties through our national network of printing and production facilities.

Quebecor Media continues the development of its News Media segment in order to broaden its revenue streams. In this regard, the QMI Agency established two newsrooms in Montréal and Toronto, creating multiplatform teams for event coverage, and centralizing photo coverage across Canada. Since July 1, 2010, the QMI Agency has been the main supplier of general Canadian news content to our media properties. In addition, we continue to leverage our printing capacities and distribution services with Quebecor Media Network which offers flyer printing and distributing across Canada.

Quebecor Media owns 100% of the voting and equity interests of Sun Media.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our News Media operations generated revenues of $960.0 million and operating income of $115.1 million, with 67.2% of these revenues derived from advertising, 17.1% from circulation, 4.5% from digital revenues and 11.2% from commercial printing and other revenues. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our News Media operations generated revenues of $1.02 billion and operating income of $150.1 million, with 69.0% of these revenues derived from advertising, 16.8% from circulation, 4.3% from digital revenues and 9.9% from commercial printing and other revenues.

Canadian Newspaper Publishing Industry Overview

Newspaper publishing is the oldest segment of the advertising based media industry in Canada. The industry is mature and is dominated by a small number of major newspaper publishers largely segmented in different markets and geographic areas. As of December 31, 2012, our News Media Segment’s combined average weekly circulation (paid and unpaid) was approximately 14.2   million copies, according to internal statistics. According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, Sun Media’s 23.3% market share of paid weekly circulation for Canadian daily newspapers makes our newspaper publishing operations the second largest newspaper publisher in Canada in terms of weekly paid average circulation.

According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, there are approximately 95 paid circulation daily newspapers, numerous paid non-daily publications and free-distribution daily and non-daily publications. Of the 95 paid circulation daily newspapers, 21 have average weekday circulation in excess of 50,000 copies. These include 15 English-language metropolitan newspapers, four French language daily newspapers and two national daily newspapers. In addition

 

37


Table of Contents

to daily newspapers, both paid and unpaid non-daily newspapers are distributed nationally and locally across Canada. Newspaper publishers may also produce and distribute niche publications that target specific readers with customized editorial content and advertising. The newspaper market consists primarily of two segments, broadsheet and tabloid newspapers, which vary in format. With the exception of the broadsheet the London Free Press , all of Sun Media’s urban paid daily newspapers are tabloids.

Newspaper publishers derive revenue primarily from the sale of retail, classified, national and insert advertising, and to a lesser extent through paid subscriptions and single copy sales of newspapers. The mature nature of the Canadian newspaper industry has resulted in limited growth, if any, for traditional newspaper publishers, for many years, and the newspaper industry is now undergoing fundamental changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising market. As a result of these changes in the market, competition in the newspaper industry now comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet and distribution over wireless devices) to consumers and advertisers. As a result, the newspaper industry is facing challenges to retain its revenues and circulation/readership, as advertisers and readers become increasingly fragmented in the increasingly populated media landscape.

Advertising and Circulation

Advertising revenue is the largest source of revenue for our News Media operations, representing 67.2% of our newspaper operations’ total revenues in 2012. Advertising rates are based upon the size of the market in which each newspaper operates, circulation, readership, demographic composition of the market and the availability of alternative advertising media. Our strategy is to maximize advertising revenue by providing advertisers with a range of pricing and marketing alternatives to better enable them to reach their target audience. Our newspapers offer a variety of advertising alternatives, including full-run advertisements in regular sections of the newspaper targeted to different readers (including automotive, real estate and travel), geographically targeted inserts, special interest pullout sections and advertising supplements.

The principal categories of advertising revenues in our newspaper operations are classified, retail and national advertising. Classified advertising is made up of four principal sectors: automotive, private party, recruitment and real estate, which appear in the classified section of our newspapers. Retail advertising is display advertising principally placed by local businesses and organizations. Most of our retail advertisers are department stores, electronics stores and furniture stores. National advertising is display advertising primarily from advertisers promoting products or services on a national basis, and sold through our national sales force.

In the smaller community papers, substantially all of the advertising revenues are derived from local retailers and classified advertisers. These newspapers publish advertising supplements with specialized themes such as agriculture, tourism, home improvement and gardening to encourage advertisers to purchase additional lineage in these special editions.

We believe our advertising revenues are diversified not only by category (classified, retail and national), but also by customer and geography. For the year ended December 31, 2012, our top ten national advertisers accounted for approximately 11.4% of the total advertising revenue and approximately 7.6% of the total revenue of our News Media segment. In addition, because we sell advertising in numerous regional markets in Canada, the impact of a decline in any one market can be offset by strength in other markets.

Circulation sales are our newspaper operations’ second-largest source of revenue and represented 17.1% of total revenues of our News Media segment in 2012. In the large urban markets, newspapers are available through newspaper boxes and retail outlets Monday through Sunday, except the London Free Press , which does not publish a Sunday edition. We offer daily home delivery in each of our newspaper markets. We derive our circulation revenues from single copy sales and subscription sales. Our strategy is to increase circulation revenue by adding newspaper boxes and point-of-sale locations, as well as expanding home delivery. In order to increase readership, we are targeting editorial content to identified groups through the introduction of niche products, and in recent years we have launched e-editions of a number of our newspapers.

 

38


Table of Contents

Digital revenues represented 4.5% of total revenues for our News Media segment in 2012. Digital revenues are generated from advertising on our websites, digital subscriptions to the e-editions of our newspapers and more recently through paywalls launched in our urban daily newspaper websites. Our News Media segment operates over 200 websites, which include publication websites to complement each of its urban and community paid daily newspaper publications. Revenues from digital products represent a potential growth opportunity for our News Media operations. To this end, in 2012, the News Media segment completed an overhaul and re-launch of its paid urban daily and English community websites to improve the look and feel of our publication websites while at the same time standardizing their format and design. Our strategy is to increase our digital revenues by improving the user’s overall experience by offering rich and visually-appealing content, including photo galleries and video clips, as well as improved navigation and functionalities, which in turn should increase traffic to our websites and provide advertisers with compelling media platforms on which to reach their target audience.

In the third quarter of 2012, Sun Media announced a strategic redesign of its operating structure, including the reorganization of its editorial, advertising and industrial operations into pillars and away from its traditional management-by-publication structure. Concurrent with this announcement, Sun Media appointed new leaders for each of its respective pillars and realigned its management structure with a focus on relationships with the media community – being our readers, advertisers, business opportunities and sales. In addition, the News Media segment announced the elimination of approximately 500 positions throughout its organization, including the closure of two production facilities in Ottawa and Kingston, Ontario, as well as the closure or merger of several unprofitable newspaper publications that were not considered a strategic fit to the News Media segment. The objective of these and other optimization initiatives, when completed, is to deliver more than $45.0 million annualized cost savings and to further streamline and optimize the segment’s operations to focus on its core competencies.

Newspaper Operations

We operate our newspaper business through our Sun Media subsidiary in urban and community markets principally through two groups of products:

 

   

the Urban Daily Group; and

 

   

the Community Newspaper Group.

A majority of Sun Media’s newspapers in the Community Newspaper Group are clustered around our eight paid urban dailies in the Urban Daily Group. Sun Media has strategically established its community newspapers near regional printing facilities in suburban and rural markets across Canada. This geographic clustering enables us to realize operating efficiencies and economic synergies through sharing of management, production, printing, and distribution functions.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing, we operate two printing state-of-the-art facilities located in Islington, Ontario, and Mirabel, Québec. 24 Hours in Toronto, the Toronto Sun , and a number of Ontario community publications are printed in Islington, Ontario. The Journal de Montréal , Ottawa Sun and 24 Heures (Montréal), as well as a number of our Québec community publications are printed in Mirabel, Québec.

The Urban Daily Group

Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group is comprised of eight paid daily newspapers, six free daily commuter publications and one free weekly publication.

Paid daily newspapers

Sun Media’s paid daily newspapers are published seven days a week and are all tabloids with the exception of the broadsheet the London Free Press which is also not published on Sundays. These are mass circulation newspapers that provide succinct and complete news coverage with an emphasis on local news, sports and entertainment. The tabloid format makes extensive use of color, photographs and graphics. Each newspaper contains inserts that feature subjects of interest such as fashion, lifestyle and special sections.

 

39


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, on a combined weekly basis, the eight paid daily newspapers in Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group had a circulation of approximately 5.1 million copies, according to internal statistics. These newspapers hold either the number one or number two position in each of their respective markets in terms of weekly readership.

Paid circulation is defined as average sales of a newspaper per issue. Readership (as opposed to paid circulation) is an estimate of the number of people who read or looked into an average issue of a newspaper and is measured by an independent survey conducted by NADbank ® Inc. According to the 2011 NADbank ® study (the “ NADbank ® Study ”), the most recent available survey, readership estimates are based upon the number of people responding to the Newspaper Audience Databank survey circulated by NADbank ® Inc. who report having read or looked into one or more issues of a given newspaper during a given period equal to the publication interval of the newspaper.

The following table lists Sun Media’s paid daily newspapers and their respective readership in 2011 as well as their market position by weekly readership during that period, based on information provided in the NADbank ® Study:

 

     2011 AVERAGE READERSHIP      MARKET POSITION
BY READERSHIP  (1)
 

NEWSPAPER

   SATURDAY      SUNDAY      MON-FRI     

Journal de Montréal

     617,300         407,900         597,900         1st   

Journal de Québec

     201,800         127,900         187,300         1st   

Toronto Sun

     589,400         672,500         642,400         2nd   

London Free Press

     143,600         n/a         152,400         1st   

Ottawa Sun

     86,600         74,000         128,200         2nd   

Winnipeg Sun

     87,600         77,700         120,900         2nd   

Edmonton Sun

     126,100         134,800         158,200         2nd   

Calgary Sun

     120,200         126,500         158,500         2nd   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total Average Readership

     1,972,600         1,621,300         2,145,800      
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

(1)

Based on paid weekly readership data published by the NADbank ® Study.

Journal de Montréal. The Journal de Montréal is published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. According to the Newspapers Canada Circulation Data, the Journal de Montréal ranks second in paid circulation among non-national dailies in Canada and first among French-language dailies in North America. The Journal de Montréal is the number one newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study. The main competitors of the Journal de Montréal are La Presse and The Montréal Gazette . Its website is accessible at www.journaldemontreal.com .

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of the Journal de Montréal for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Journal de Montréal

        

Saturday

     248,800         256,400         271,600   

Sunday

     227,700         232,500         236,900   

Monday to Friday

     233,700         234,000         242,200   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Journal de Québec. The Journal de Québec is published seven days a week and is distributed by Quebecor Media Network. The Journal de Québec is the number one newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study. The main competitor of the Journal de Québec is Le Soleil . Its website is accessible at www.lejournaldequebec.com .

 

40


Table of Contents

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of the Journal de Québec for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Journal de Québec

        

Saturday

     114,100         116,800         113,000   

Sunday

     98,900         103,400         98,800   

Monday to Friday

     100,500         100,800         96,300   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Toronto Sun. The Toronto Sun is published seven days a week throughout the greater metropolitan Toronto area. The Toronto Sun is the number two non-national daily newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study.

The Toronto newspaper market is very competitive. The Toronto Sun competes with Canada’s largest newspaper, the Toronto Star and to a lesser extent with the Globe & Mail and the National Post , which are national newspapers. As a tabloid newspaper, the Toronto Sun has a unique format compared to these broadsheet competitors. The competitiveness of the Toronto newspaper market is further increased by several free publications and niche publications relating to, for example, entertainment and television. Its website is accessible at www.torontosun.com .

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of the Toronto Sun for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Toronto Sun

        

Saturday

     138,300         141,400         149,100   

Sunday

     177,500         193,800         247,200   

Monday to Friday

     161,600         166,300         180,200   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

London Free Press. The London Free Press , one of Canada’s oldest daily newspapers, emphasizes national and local news, sports and entertainment and is distributed throughout the London area. It is the only local daily newspaper in its market and is published six days a week, Monday through Saturday. Its website is accessible at www.lfpress.com .

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of the London Free Press for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

London Free Press

        

Saturday

     75,300         77,600         81,400   

Monday to Friday

     69,500         70,600         73,000   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Ottawa Sun. The Ottawa Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout the Ottawa region. The Ottawa Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study. It competes daily with the English-language broadsheet, the Ottawa Citizen , and also with the French language paper, Le Droit . Its website is accessible at www.ottawasun.com .

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of the Ottawa Sun for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Ottawa Sun

        

Saturday

     33,000         34,800         37,900   

Sunday

     36,700         37,200         40,800   

Monday to Friday

     41,500         43,700         44,700   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

 

41


Table of Contents

Winnipeg Sun. The Winnipeg Sun is published seven days a week and serves the metropolitan Winnipeg area. The Winnipeg Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study, and it competes with the Winnipeg Free Press . Its website is accessible at www.winnipegsun.com .

The following table reflects the average daily paid circulation of the Winnipeg Sun for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Winnipeg Sun

        

Saturday

     23,300         28,400         34,000   

Sunday

     24,600         30,100         33,500   

Monday to Friday

     23,000         28,200         34,800   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Edmonton Sun. The Edmonton Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Edmonton. The Edmonton Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study, and it competes with Edmonton’s broadsheet daily, the Edmonton Journal . Its website is accessible at www.edmontonsun.com .

The following table presents the average daily paid circulation of the Edmonton Sun for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Edmonton Sun

        

Saturday

     40,600         43,100         49,200   

Sunday

     57,200         53,500         58,800   

Monday to Friday

     41,900         45,800         51,400   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Calgary Sun. The Calgary Sun is published seven days a week and is distributed throughout Calgary. The Calgary Sun is the number two newspaper in its market in terms of weekly readership according to the NADbank ® Study, and it competes with Calgary’s broadsheet daily, the Calgary Herald . Its website is accessible at www.calgarysun.com .

The following table presents the average daily circulation of the Calgary Sun for the periods indicated:

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

Calgary Sun

        

Saturday

     44,900         47,100         46,800   

Sunday

     54,600         56,600         60,900   

Monday to Friday

     42,700         45,700         45,700   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

 

42


Table of Contents

Free daily newspapers

Sun Media publishes free daily commuter publications in six urban markets including Toronto, Montréal, Vancouver, Ottawa, Calgary, and Edmonton. The editorial content of these free daily commuter publications concentrates on the greater metropolitan area of each of these cities, respectively.

The following table reflects the average weekday circulation of our free daily commuter publications:

 

     Year ended December 31,  

FREE DAILY COMMUTER PUBLICATIONS

   2012      2011      2010  

24 Hours — Toronto

     247,100         238,600         246,300   

24 Heures — Montréal

     159,100         153,200         151,500   

24 Hours — Vancouver

     118,100         123,100         123,000   

24 Hours — Calgary

     34,500         37,000         36,000   

24 Hours — Edmonton

     40,200         35,900         35,800   

24 Hours — Ottawa

     34,100         35,200         34,600   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Competition

The newspaper industry is seeing secular changes, including the growing availability of free access to media, shifting readership habits, digital transferability, the advent of real-time information and secular changes in the advertising market, all of which affect the nature of competition in the newspaper industry. Competition increasingly comes not only from other newspapers (including other national, metropolitan (both paid and free) and suburban newspapers), magazines and more traditional media platforms, such as broadcasters, cable systems and networks, satellite television and radio, direct marketing and solo and shared mail programs, but also from digital media technologies, which have introduced a wide variety of media distribution platforms (including, most significantly, the Internet, digital readers (e-readers) and distribution over wireless devices) to consumers and advertisers.

The rate of development of opportunities in, and competition from, these digital media services, including those related to the Internet, is increasing. Through internal development programs, joint initiatives among Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, and acquisitions, our efforts to explore new opportunities in news, information and communications businesses have expanded and will continue to do so. For instance, in order to leverage synergies and convergence among our subsidiaries, we have launched e-editions of a number of Sun Media’s newspapers, we have transferred the printing of several of our publications to two state-of-the-art facilities owned by Quebecor Media Printing (our wholly-owned subsidiary), we have created Quebecor Media Network which offers advertisers the full range of services from printing to the distribution of advertising materials, including Le Sac Plus , and our News Media business is sharing editorial content with QMI Agency. In addition, with the creation of QMI National Sales, we have integrated our advertising assets to offer our clients global, integrated and multiplatform advertising and marketing solutions. In 2012, we completed an overhaul and re-launch of our Urban Daily and English Community publication websites to improve the look and feel of our publication websites while at the same time standardizing their format and design.

We believe that the high cost associated with starting a major daily newspaper operation represents a barrier to entry to potential new competitors of Sun Media’s Urban Daily Group.

 

43


Table of Contents

The Community Newspaper Group

Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group consists of 28 paid daily community newspapers, 201 community weekly newspapers and shopping guides, and 27 agricultural and other specialty publications. The total average weekly circulation of the publications in Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2012 was approximately 4.2 million free copies and approximately 1.6 million paid copies, according to internal statistics. The table below sets forth the average daily paid circulation and geographic location of the daily newspapers published by Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

NEWSPAPER (1)

 

LOCATION

  AVERAGE DAILY  PAID
CIRCULATION
 

The Standard

  St. Catharines, Ontario     25,200   

The Kingston Whig-Standard

  Kingston, Ontario     20,500   

The Expositor

  Brantford, Ontario     15,100   

Niagara Falls Review

  Niagara Falls, Ontario     13,700   

The Sault Star

  Sault Ste Marie, Ontario     12,400   

The Tribune

  Welland, Ontario     12,200   

The Sudbury Star

  Sudbury, Ontario     12,100   

The Peterborough Examiner

  Peterborough, Ontario     11,900   

The Observer

  Sarnia, Ontario     11,400   

The Sun Times

  Owen Sound, Ontario     11,300   

North Bay Nugget

  North Bay, Ontario     11,000   

Cornwall Standard Freeholder

  Cornwall, Ontario     9,300   

The Intelligencer

  Belleville, Ontario     8,300   

The Recorder & Times

  Brockville, Ontario     7,800   

The Chatham Daily News

  Chatham, Ontario     7,100   

Beacon Herald

  Stratford, Ontario     7,100   

The Daily Press

  Timmins, Ontario     6,000   

Simcoe Reformer

  Simcoe, Ontario     5,200   

The Barrie Examiner

  Barrie, Ontario     4,700   

Packet & Times

  Orillia, Ontario     4,700   

Daily Herald Tribune

  Grande Prairie, Alberta     4,200   

Sentinel-Review

  Woodstock, Ontario     4,100   

The Daily Observer

  Pembroke, Ontario     3,800   

St. Thomas Time-Journal

  St. Thomas, Ontario     3,700   

Northumberland Today

  Northumberland, Ontario     3,600   

Kenora Daily Miner & News

  Kenora, Ontario     2,100   

Fort McMurray Today

  Fort McMurray, Alberta     1,900   

Portage Daily Graphic

  Portage La Prairie, Manitoba     1,500   
   

 

 

 

Total Average Daily Paid Circulation

    241,900   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

 

(1) The listed newspapers are published at least five days per week, except for the Kenora Daily Miner & News, Portage Daily Graphic and North Bay Nugget, which are published four days per week.

The number of community publications presented on a regional basis is as follows:

 

Province

   Number of
Publications
 

Ontario

     122   

Québec

     76   

Alberta

     40   

Manitoba

     13   

Saskatchewan

     4   

New Brunswick

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total Publications

     256   

 

Source: Internal Statistics

Our community newspaper publications generally offer news, sports and special features, with an emphasis on local information. We believe that these newspapers cultivate reader loyalty and create franchise value by emphasizing local news, thereby differentiating themselves from national newspapers.

 

44


Table of Contents

Competition

Several of the Community Newspaper Group’s publications maintain the number one position in the markets that they serve. Our community publications are generally located in small towns and are typically the only daily or weekly newspapers of general circulation published in their respective communities, although some face competition from daily or weekly publications published in nearby locations and circulated in the markets where we publish our daily or weekly publications. Historically, the Community Newspaper Group’s publications have been a consistent source of cash flow, derived primarily from advertising revenue.

Other Operations

Commercial Printing

Our national network of production and printing facilities enables us to provide printing services for web press (coldset and heatset) and sheetfed products, and graphic design for print and electronic media. Web presses utilize rolls of newsprint, whereas sheetfed presses use individual sheets of paper. Heatset web presses, which involve a more complex process than coldset web presses, are generally associated with printing on glossy paper. These operations provide commercial printing services for both Sun Media’s internal printing needs and for third parties. Sun Media’s printing facilities include ten printing facilities for its urban and community daily publications and seven other printing facilities operated by the Sun Media’s Community Newspaper Group in four provinces. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Quebecor Media Printing, we operate two printing state-of-the-art facilities located in Islington, Ontario, and Mirabel, Québec.

We also offer third party commercial printing services, which provides us with an additional revenue source that leverages existing equipment with excess capacity. In our third party commercial printing operations, we compete with other newspaper publishing companies as well as with commercial printers. Our competitive strengths in this area include our modern equipment, our status in some of our markets as the only local provider of commercial printing services and our ability to price projects on a variable cost basis, as our core newspaper business covers overhead expenses.

Distribution Network

Quebecor Media Network distributes dailies, weeklies, magazines and print media and reaches approximately 200,000 households and 14,000 retail outlets through its operations in the Province of Québec. Moreover, we continue to leverage our printing capacities and distribution services with Quebecor Media Network which offers flyer printing and distributing across Canada. In addition to distributing all Quebecor Media community newspapers in the Province of Québec, Le Sac Plus door-knob bag contains advertising materials, such as flyers, leaflets, product samples, and other value-added promotions every week.

Television

Sun News was launched in April 2011 and offers comprehensive coverage of the events that impact Canadian society and the country’s political and economic life. Sun News General Partnership is a partnership owned by Sun Media (51%) and TVA Group (49%). For additional information see “— Broadcasting” below.

Internet/Portals

The Canoe Network includes information and service sites for the general public. As such, it is one of the most popular Internet destinations in Canada, in both the English and French speaking markets, and a key vehicle for Internet users and advertisers alike. Advertising revenues constitute a large portion of the Canoe Network ’s annual revenues.

 

45


Table of Contents

Media Properties

The News Media segment operates the following portals and destination sites:

 

   

Canoe Network ( canoe.ca ), a bilingual portal with more than 374 million page views in December 2012, according to internal statistics;

 

   

Sun Media dedicated websites for its corresponding weekly and daily newspapers (such as www.torontosun.com , www.edmontonsun.com , www.journaldequebec.com and www.journaldemontreal.com ), which provide local and national news;

 

   

Canoe.tv , the first Canadian web broadcaster with unique content commissioned by Canoe.tv in addition to video content from traditional sources including Quebecor Media, the Sun Media network of newspapers and various external partners;

 

   

LeSacPlus.ca , a website that gives access to deals, promotional offers and discounts on a wide range of products, services and activities for Québec’s residents.

E-commerce Properties

The following e-commerce properties are included under the Canoe Network umbrella:

 

   

Autonet.ca , one of Canada’s leading Internet sites devoted entirely to automobiles;

 

   

Canoeclassifieds.ca , Vitevitevite.ca (formerly canoeclassees.ca ) and our recently launched local classified sites attached to our large urban newspaper brands, through which visitors can view more than 130,000 classified ads, reaching potential purchasers across the country by integrating more than 250 dailies and community newspapers;

 

   

YourLifeMoments.ca , Sun Media’s premier site for announcing, celebrating, sharing all of life’s special moments. YourLifeMoments.ca publishes an average of 2,000 announcements every week from over 250 dailies and community newspapers and is the leader in Canada in this niche market; and

 

   

Micasa.ca , one of the leading real-estate listing sites in the Province of Québec, providing comprehensive property listing services available to all real estate brokers as well as individual homeowners.

In the second quarter of 2011, all of the internet portals that were formerly owned by Canoe Inc. (other than Réseau Contact and Jobboom which were transferred to Videotron) were transferred to Sun Media, including the Canoe Network , which logs over 10.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including more than 5.1 million in the Province of Québec, and ranks as the number one general news destination in Canada (according to ComScore Media Metrix figures for December 2012).

Seasonality and Cyclicality

Canadian newspaper publishing companies operating results tend to follow a recurring seasonal pattern with higher advertising revenue in the spring and in the fall. Accordingly, the second and fourth fiscal quarters are typically our strongest quarters, with the fourth quarter generally being the strongest. Due to the seasonal retail decline and generally poor weather, the first quarter has historically been our weakest quarter.

Our newspaper business is cyclical in nature. Our operating results are sensitive to prevailing local, regional and national economic conditions because of our dependence on advertising sales for a substantial portion of our revenue. Expenditures by advertisers tend to be cyclical reflecting overall economic conditions, as well as budgeting and buying patterns and priorities. In addition, a substantial portion of our advertising revenue is derived from retail and automotive advertisers, who have historically been sensitive to general economic cycles, and our operating results have in the past been materially adversely affected by extended downturns in the Canadian retail and automotive sectors. Similarly, since a substantial portion of our advertising revenue is derived from local advertisers, our operating results in individual markets could be adversely affected by local or regional economic downturns.

 

46


Table of Contents

Raw Materials

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 9.4% ($79.8 million) of our News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our earnings, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our financial condition. We manage the effects of newsprint price increases through a combination of, among other things, waste management, technology improvements, web width reduction, inventory management, and by controlling the mix of editorial versus advertising content.

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (our “ Newsprint Supplier ”). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates for purchases above certain thresholds, and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint.

Broadcasting

Through TVA Group, we operate the largest private French-language television network in North America as well as 8 specialty services. Also through TVA Group, we hold minority interests in Sun News General Partnership and in the specialty channel Evasion . According to data published by the BBM People Meters (which is based on a measurement methodology using audimetry), we had a 32.2% market share of French-speaking viewers in the Province of Québec for the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012 and according to the Canadian TVB Report for the period from January 1, 2012 through November 30, 2012, our share of the Province of Québec’s French-language broadcast television advertising market was 41.5%.

For the period from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, we aired thirteen of the fifteen most popular TV programs in the Province of Québec, including Céline Dion… sans attendre, Le Banquier-Spécial Halloween and Star Académie 2012 . In addition, for the same period in 2012, the Réseau TVA (“ TVA Network ”) had 23 of the top 30 French-language prime time television shows in the Province of Québec, according to BBM People Meter data. Since May 1999, the TVA Network, which consists of ten stations, has been included in the basic channel line-up of most cable and satellite providers across Canada, enabling us to reach a significant portion of the French-speaking population of Canada outside the Province of Québec.

TVA Group also publishes 75 magazines, making it Quebec’s largest publisher of French-language magazines. TVA Group also offers custom publishing, commercial printed production services and premedia services that promote customers’ trademarks through print media.

As at December 31, 2012, we own 51.45% of the equity and control 99.97% of the voting power in TVA Group.

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2012, our Broadcasting operations generated revenues of $461.1 million and operating income of $38.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Broadcasting operations generated revenues of $445.5 million and operating income of $50.5 million.

Canadian Television Industry Overview

Canada has a well-developed television market that provides viewers with a range of viewing alternatives.

There are three main French language broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: Société Radio-Canada, “V” and TVA Network. In addition to French language programming, there are three English-language national broadcast networks in the Province of Québec: the Global Television Network, CTV and the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation, known as CBC. Global Television Network, V and CTV are privately held and are commercial networks. CBC and Société Radio-Canada are government owned and financed by a combination of federal government grants and advertising revenue. French language viewers in the Province of Québec also have access to certain U.S. networks.

 

47


Table of Contents

Drama and comedy programming are the most popular genres with French speaking viewers, followed by news and other information programming. Viewing trends by French speaking viewers are predominantly to French Canadian programs in all genres, with the exception of drama and comedy programs where the viewing has remained evenly split between Canadian and foreign programs.

The following table sets forth the market share of French speaking viewers in the Province of Québec as of December 31, 2012:

 

Network

   Share of Province
of Québec Television
 

TVA Network

     23.7

Société Radio-Canada

     11.8

V

     8.6

TVA Group’s French language specialty TV

     8.5

Various French language specialty and pay cable TV

     37.3

Others

     10.1

Source: BBM People Meters 2012 for the period between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012.

Television Broadcasting

Broadcast Network

Our French language network of ten stations, which consists of six owned and four affiliated stations, is available to a significant portion of the French speaking population in Canada.

Our owned and operated stations include: CFTM-TV in Montréal, CFCM-TV in Québec City, CHLT-TV in Sherbrooke, CHEM-TV in Trois-Rivières, CFER-TV in Rimouski Matane-Sept-Iles and CJPM-TV in Saguenay/Lac-St-Jean. Our four affiliated stations are CFEM-TV in Rouyn, CHOT-TV in Gatineau, CHAU-TV in Carleton and CIMT-TV in Rivière-du-Loup. We own a 45% interest of the latter two. A substantial portion of our network’s broadcast schedule is originated from our main station in Montréal. Our signal is transmitted from transmission and retransmission sites authorized by Industry Canada and licensed by the CRTC and is also retransmitted by satellite elsewhere in Canada as a distant signal by various modes of authorized distribution: cable, direct-to-home satellite distribution and multi channel MDS.

TVA Group’s website is accessible at groupetva.ca.

Specialty Broadcasting

Through various subsidiaries, we control or participate in the following 10 specialty services: LCN , a French-language all news service, Évasion , a French-language travel and tourism service, Argent , a French-language economic, business and personal finance news service, addikTV , a national French-language specialty television service devoted to mystery and suspense programming, Prise 2 , a French-language specialty television service devoted to the Province of Québec and American television classics, Moi&cie (formerly “Mlle”), a French-language specialty television service dedicated to style, beauty and the well-being of Québec women, CASA , a French-language specialty television service devoted to home-improvements, do-it-yourself and cooking, YOOPA , a French-language specialty television service aimed exclusively at preschoolers, TVA Sports , a French-language specialty television service devoted to sports, and Sun News , a national English-language specialty television service focused on news and opinion. Each of TVA Group’s specialty channels has its own dedicated website.

 

Type of Service

   Language    Voting Interest  

Category A Digital Specialty Services:

     

•      addikTV

   French      100.0

•      Argent (LCN—Affaires)

   French      100.0

•      Évasion

   French      8.3

 

48


Table of Contents

Type of Service

   Language    Voting Interest  

Category B Digital Specialty Services:

     

•       Prise 2

   French      100.0

•       CASA

   French      100.0

•       YOOPA

   French      100.0

•       Moi&cie (formerly “Mlle”)

   French      100.0

Category C Digital Specialty Services:

     

•       LCN — Le Canal Nouvelles

   French      100.0

•       TVA Sports

   French      100.0

•       Sun News

   English      49.0 %* 

 

* On June 30, 2012, TVA Group sold a 2% interest in SUN News to Sun Media Corporation, an affiliated company.

Advertising Sales and Revenue

We derive a majority of our revenues from the sale of air-time to national, regional and local advertisers. For the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2012, we derived approximately 70% of our advertising revenues from national advertisers and 30% from regional and local advertisers.

Programming

We produce a variety of French language programming, including a broad selection of entertainment, news and public affairs programming. We actively promote our programming and seek to develop viewer loyalty by offering a consistent programming schedule.

A majority of our programming is produced by our wholly-owned subsidiary, TVA Productions Inc. Through TVA Productions Inc. (and its affiliate TVA Productions II inc.), we produced approximately 1,600 hours of original programming from January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012, consisting primarily of soap operas, morning and general interest shows, variety shows and quiz shows.

The remainder of our programming is comprised of foreign and Canadian independently produced programming.

Publishing Activities

TVA Publications Inc. (“ TVA Publications ”) publishes 75 titles (which include its regular publications, special issues and seasonal publications). Its principal magazines focus on five main market niches: entertainment, women, decoration, services and customized publishing. According to the Audit Bureau of Circulations, TVA Publications represented approximately 69% of newsstand sales of French language magazines in the Province of Québec as of December 31, 2012. TVA Publications is the leading magazine publisher in the Province of Québec and we expect to leverage its focus on entertainment across our television and Internet programming.

Leisure and Entertainment

Our activities in the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retailing CDs, books, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, games and toys, video games, gifts and magazines through the Archambault chain of stores and the archambault.ca e-commerce site, online sales of downloadable music and ebooks through the archambault.ca e-commerce site, distribution of CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs (through Select, a division of Archambault Group), online music distribution by way of file transfer and streaming music service (through Select Digital, a division of Archambault Group), music recording and video production (through Musicor, a division of Archambault Group), the recording of live concerts, the production of live-event video shows and television advertising (through Les Productions Select TV Inc., a subsidiary of Archambault Group) and the production of music shows and concerts (through Musicor Spectacles, a division of Archambault Group). Through its production capacity made possible with Musicor Spectacles and Les Productions Select TV, Archambault Group is now fully integrated in Canada’s music industry, as a producer of a wider offering of media solutions, and a growing participant in the live-event production industry.

 

49


Table of Contents

We are also involved in book publishing and distribution through academic publisher CEC Publishing Inc. (“ CEC Publishing ”), 16 general literature publishers under the Groupe Sogides Inc. (“ Sogides Group ”) umbrella, and Messageries A.D.P. Inc. (“ Messageries ADP ”), the exclusive distributor for approximately 170 Québec and European French-language publishers.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Leisure and Entertainment segment generated revenues of $292.5 million and had an operating income of $13.1 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the revenues of our Leisure and Entertainment segment totalled $312.9 million and operating income totalled $26.6 million.

Cultural Products Production, Distribution and Retailing

Archambault Group is one of the largest chains of music and book stores in the Province of Québec with 16 retail locations, consisting of 15 Archambault megastores and one Paragraph bookstore. Archambault Group also offers a variety of games, toys and other gift ideas. Archambault Group’s products are also distributed through its website archambault.ca . Archambault Group also operates music and books downloading services with per-item fees and offers streaming music service through zik.ca .

Archambault Group, through Select, is also one of the largest independent music distributors in Canada with 25% of the Province of Québec market and 62% of the Province of Québec French market. Select has a catalogue of over 6,900 different CDs, LPs or other audio formats and 1,150 DVDs, VHS or other video formats, a large number of which are from French speaking artists. In addition, Archambault Group, through Select Digital, is a digital aggregator of downloadable products with a selection of approximately 140,500 songs available through 196 retailers worldwide.

Book Publishing and Distribution

Through Sogides Group (which is comprised of 16 publishing houses: six in Librex Group Inc., namely Éditions Libre Expression , Éditions Internationales Alain Stanké , Éditions Logiques , Éditions du Trécarré , Éditions Publistar and Les Éditions Québec-Livres , six in Groupe l’Homme, namely Les Éditions de l’Homme , Le Jour Éditeur , Utilis , Les Presses Libres , Petit Homme and La Griffe and four in Le Groupe Ville-Marie Littérature inc., namely Les Éditions de l’Hexagone , VLB Éditeur , Typo and Les Éditions La Bagnole ) and the academic publisher CEC Publishing, we are involved in French-language book publishing and we form one of the Province of Québec’s largest book publishing groups. In 2012, we published or reissued a total of 633 titles in paper format and 666 titles in digital format.

Through Messageries ADP, our book distribution company, we are the exclusive distributor for 174 Québec and European French-language publishers. We distribute French-language books to approximately 3,000 retail outlets in Canada. In addition, Messageries ADP distributes approximately 6,500 digital books.

Ownership

We own 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Archambault Group, CEC Publishing and Sogides Group.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Through Nurun, we provide interactive communication and technology services in North America, Europe and China. Nurun helps companies and other organizations develop innovative interactive products, including interface design, technical platform implementation, which includes e-commerce, online marketing programs, client relationships and social media strategy. Nurun’s clients include organizations and multinational corporations such as L’Oréal, Groupe Danone, Jean Coutu Group, Tag Heuer, Videotron, Home Depot, Google, Sony, McDonald’s, Walmart Canada, Pirelli, Sky Italy BBVA and the Government of Québec.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment (including Odopod) generated revenues of $145.5 million and operating income of $9.8 million. For the year ended December 31, 2011, our Interactive Technologies and Communications segment generated revenues of $120.9 million and operating income of $7.9 million.

 

50


Table of Contents

Ownership

We own 100% of the equity and voting interest in Nurun.

Intellectual Property

We use a number of trademarks for our products and services. Many of these trademarks are registered by us in the appropriate jurisdictions. In addition, we have legal rights in the unregistered marks arising from their use. We have taken affirmative legal steps to protect our trademarks and we believe our trademarks are adequately protected.

Television programming and motion pictures are granted legal protection under the copyright laws of the countries in which we operate, and there are substantial civil and criminal sanctions for unauthorized duplication and exhibition. The content of our newspapers and websites is similarly protected by copyright. We own copyright in each of our publications as a whole, and in all individual content items created by our employees in the course of their employment, subject to very limited exceptions. We have entered into licensing agreements with wire services, freelancers and other content suppliers on terms that we believe are sufficient to meet the needs of our publishing operations. We believe we have taken appropriate and reasonable measures to secure, protect and maintain our rights or obtain agreements from licensees to secure, protect and maintain copyright protection of content produced or distributed by us.

We have registered a number of domain names under which we operate websites associated with our television, publishing and Internet operations. As every Internet domain name is unique, our domain names cannot be registered by other entities as long as our registrations are valid.

Insurance

Quebecor Media is exposed to a variety of operational risks in the normal course of business, the most significant of which are transferred to third parties by way of insurance agreements. Quebecor Media maintains insurance coverage through third parties for property and casualty losses. Quebecor Media believes that it has a combination of third-party insurance and self-insurance sufficient to provide adequate protection against unexpected losses, while minimizing costs.

Environment

Some of our operations are subject to Canadian, provincial and municipal laws and regulations concerning, among other things, emissions to the air, water and sewer discharge, handling and disposal of hazardous materials, the recycling of waste, the soil remediation of contaminated sites, or otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Laws and regulations relating to workplace safety and worker health, which among other things, regulate employee exposure to hazardous substances in the workplace, also govern our operations.

Compliance with these laws has not had, and management does not expect it to have, a material effect upon our capital expenditures, net income or competitive position. Environmental laws and regulations and the interpretation of such laws and regulations, however, have changed rapidly in recent years and may continue to do so in the future. We have monitored the changes closely and have modified our practices where necessary or appropriate. For example, Québec’s regulation on the recovery and reclamation of products by enterprises officially came into force on July 13, 2011. This regulation will require certain subsidiaries of Quebecor Media, specifically Videotron, to implement a recycling program or to become member of a program from an organization accredited by Recyc-Québec. Recovery rates are stipulated for different categories of products commercialized by companies to which this regulation applies. Starting in 2015, penalties will be imposed upon those companies which fail to achieve the recovery targets set forth in the regulation and will vary as a function of the amount of products commercialized and the actual recovery rates of the company, with potential penalties reaching up to $600,000 annually and with fines for non compliance ranging between $5,000 and $250,000.

Our properties, as well as areas surrounding those properties, particularly those in areas of long-term industrial use, may have had historic uses, or may have current uses, in the case of surrounding properties, which may affect our properties and require further study or remedial measures. We are not currently conducting or planning any material study

 

51


Table of Contents

or remedial measure. Furthermore, we cannot provide assurance that all environmental liabilities have been determined, that any prior owner of our properties did not create a material environmental condition not known to us, that a material environmental condition does not otherwise exist as to any such property, or that expenditure will not be required to deal with known or unknown contamination.

C - Organizational Structure

The following chart illustrates the relationship among Quebecor Media and its significant operating subsidiaries and holdings as of December 31, 2012 and indicates the jurisdiction of incorporation of each entity. In each case, unless otherwise indicated, Quebecor Media owns a 100% equity and voting interest in its subsidiaries (where applicable, the number on the top indicates the percentage of equity owned directly and indirectly by Quebecor Media and the number on the bottom indicates the percentage of voting rights held).

 

LOGO

Quebecor, a communications holding company, owns 75.4% of Quebecor Media and CDP Capital, a wholly-owned subsidiary of CDPQ, owns the other 24.6% of Quebecor Media. Quebecor’s primary asset is its interest in Quebecor Media. The CDPQ is one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

D - Property, Plants and Equipment

Our corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8.

 

52


Table of Contents

Telecommunications

Videotron’s corporate offices are located in leased space at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec, Canada H3C 4M8, in the same building as Quebecor Media’s head office. Videotron also owns several buildings in Montréal, the largest building of which is located at 2155 Pie IX Street in Montréal (approximately 128,000 square feet). Videotron also owns a building located at 150 Beaubien Street in Montréal (approximately 72,000 square feet). Videotron leases approximately 52,000 square feet of office space in a building located at 800 de la Gauchetière Street in Montréal to accommodate staffing growth. Videotron also leases approximately 54,000 square feet in a building located at 4545 Frontenac Street in Montréal and 47,000 square feet in a building located at 888 De Maisonneuve Street in Montréal. In Québec City, Videotron owns a building of approximately 40,000 square feet where its regional headend for the Québec City region is located. Videotron also owns or leases a significant number of smaller locations for signal reception sites and customer service and business offices.

News Media

Sun Media’s principal business offices are located at 612 St-Jacques Street, Montreal, Québec, Canada, H3C 4M8.

The following table presents the addresses, the square footage and primary use of the main facilities and other buildings of our newspaper operations. No other single property currently used in our News Media segment exceeds 50,000 square feet. Unless stated otherwise, we own all of the properties listed below.

 

Address

  

Use of Property

   Floor Space Occupied
(sq.  ft.)
 

Islington, Ontario

2250 Islington Avenue

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Toronto Sun

24 Hours (Toronto)

     546,900   

Mirabel, Québec

12800 Brault Street

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Journal de Montréal

24 Heures (Montréal)

     235,000   

London, Ontario

369 York Street

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

London Free Press

     146,900   

Calgary, Alberta

2615-12 Street NE

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Calgary Sun

     90,000   

Vanier, Québec

450 Bechard Avenue

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Journal de Québec

     74,000   

Toronto, Ontario

333 King Street East

  

Operations building —

Toronto Sun and Head Office

(leased until 2020)

     71,700   

Montréal, Québec

4545 Frontenac Street (2)

  

Operations building —

Journal de Montréal

     102,200   

Winnipeg, Manitoba

1700 Church Avenue

  

Operations building,

including printing plant —

Winnipeg Sun

     63,000   

 

53


Table of Contents

Address

  

Use of Property

   Floor Space Occupied
(sq.  ft.)
 

St. Catharines, Ontario

17 Queen Street

  

Operations building —

St. Catharines Standard

     56,300   

Edmonton, Alberta

9300-47 Street

  

Printing plant —

Edmonton Sun

     50,700   

Television Broadcasting

Our television broadcasting operations are mainly carried out in Montréal at 1600 De Maisonneuve Boulevard East in a complex of four buildings owned by us which represent a total of approximately 600,000 square feet. We also own buildings in Québec City, Chicoutimi, Trois-Rivières, Rimouski, and Sherbrooke for local broadcasting and lease space in Longueuil for TVA Publications.

Leisure and Entertainment segment and Interactive Technologies and Communications segment

We generally lease space for the business offices, retail outlets and warehousing activities for the operation of our Leisure and Entertainment segment. Business offices for our Interactive Technologies and Communications operations are also primarily leased.

Liens and charges

Borrowings under our senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property (chattels). Our subsidiaries’ credit facilities are generally secured by first-ranking charges over all of their respective assets.

E - Regulation

Foreign Ownership Restrictions Applicable under the Telecommunications Act (Canada)

On June 29, 2012, the Government of Canada’s omnibus budget implementation bill (C-38) received Royal Assent. Included in the bill were provisions to exempt telecommunications companies with less than 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues from foreign investment restrictions under the Telecommunications Act (Canada). Companies that are successful in growing their market shares in excess of 10 percent of total Canadian telecommunications market revenues other than by way of merger or acquisition will continue to be exempt from the restrictions.

Ownership and Control of Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

The Governor in Council, through an Order-in-Council referred to as the Direction to the CRTC (Ineligibility of Non-Canadians), has directed the CRTC not to issue, amend or renew a broadcasting license to an applicant that is a non-Canadian. Canadian, a defined term in the Direction, means, among other things, a citizen or a permanent resident of Canada, a qualified corporation, a Canadian government, a non-share capital corporation of which a majority of the directors are appointed or designated by statute, regulation or specified governmental authorities, or a qualified mutual insurance company, qualified pension fund society or qualified cooperative of which not less than 80% of the directors or members are Canadian. A qualified corporation is one incorporated or continued in Canada, of which the chief executive officer (or if there is no chief executive officer, the person performing functions similar to those performed by a chief executive officer) and not less than 80% of the directors are Canadian, and not less than 80% of the issued and

 

54


Table of Contents

outstanding voting shares and not less than 80% of the votes are beneficially owned and controlled, directly or indirectly, by Canadians. In addition to the above requirements, Canadians must beneficially own and control, directly or indirectly, not less than 66.6% of the issued and outstanding voting shares and not less than 66.6% of the votes of the parent company that controls the subsidiary, and neither the parent company nor its directors may exercise control or influence over any programming decisions of the subsidiary if Canadians beneficially own and control less than 80% of the issued and outstanding shares and votes of the parent corporation, if the chief executive officer of the parent corporation is a non-Canadian or if less than 80% of the parent corporation’s directors are Canadian. There are no specific restrictions on the number of non-voting shares which may be owned by non-Canadians. Finally, an applicant seeking to acquire, amend or renew a broadcasting license must not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians, a question of fact which may be determined by the CRTC in its discretion. Control is defined broadly in the Direction to mean control in any manner that results in control in fact, whether directly through the ownership of securities or indirectly through a trust, agreement or arrangement, the ownership of a corporation or otherwise. Videotron, TVA Group and Sun Media are qualified Canadian corporations.

Regulations made under the Broadcasting Act require the prior approval of the CRTC for any transaction that directly or indirectly results in (i) a change in effective control of the licensee of a broadcasting distribution undertaking or a television programming undertaking (such as a conventional television station, network or pay or specialty undertaking service), (ii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 30% or more of the voting interests of a licensee or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of a licensee, or (iii) a person or a person and its associates acquiring 50% or more of the issued common shares of the licensee or of a person who has direct or indirect effective control of a licensee. In addition, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of at least 20% but less than 30% of the voting interests of a licensee, or of a person who has, directly or indirectly, effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified of the transaction. Similarly, if any act, agreement or transaction results in a person or a person and its associates acquiring control of 40% or more but less than 50% of the voting interests of a licensee, or a person who has directly or indirectly effective control of the licensee, the CRTC must be notified.

“Diversity of Voices”

The CRTC’s Broadcasting Public Notice CRTC 2008-4, entitled “Diversity of Voices,” sets forth the CRTC’s policies with respect to cross-media ownership; the common ownership of television services, including pay and specialty services; and the common ownership of broadcasting distribution undertakings (“BDUs”). This Notice operates in tandem with the CRTC’s other policies with respect to the common ownership of over-the-air (“OTA”) television and radio undertakings. Pursuant to these policies, the CRTC will generally permit ownership by one person of no more than one conventional television station in one language in a given market. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of broadcasting undertakings that would result in the ownership or control, by one person, of a local radio station, a local television station and a local newspaper serving the same market. Where a person that controls a local radio station and a local television station acquires a local newspaper serving the same market, the CRTC will, at the earliest opportunity, require the licensee to explain why, in light of this policy, its radio or television license(s) should be renewed. The CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in effective control that would result in the control, by one person, of a dominant position in the delivery of television services to Canadians that would impact on the diversity of programming available to television audiences. In terms of BDUs, the CRTC, as a general rule, will not approve applications for a change in the effective control of BDUs in a market that would result in one person being in a position to effectively control the delivery of programming services in that market. The CRTC is not prepared to allow one person to control all BDUs in any given market.

Jurisdiction Over Canadian Broadcast Undertakings

Videotron’s cable distribution undertakings and TVA Group’s programming activities are subject to the Broadcasting Act and regulations made under the Broadcasting Act that empower the CRTC, subject to directions from the Governor in Council, to regulate and supervise all aspects of the Canadian broadcasting system in order to implement the policy set out in the Broadcasting Act. Certain of Videotron’s and TVA Group’s undertakings are also subject to the Radiocommunication Act, which empowers Industry Canada to establish and administer the technical standards that networks and transmission must comply with, namely, maintaining the technical quality of signals.

 

55


Table of Contents

The CRTC has, among other things, the power under the Broadcasting Act and regulations promulgated thereunder to issue, subject to appropriate conditions, amend, renew, suspend and revoke broadcasting licenses, approve certain changes in corporate ownership and control, and establish and oversee compliance with regulations and policies concerning broadcasting, including various programming and distribution requirements, subject to certain directions from the Federal Cabinet.

Canadian Broadcasting Distribution (Cable Television)

Licensing of Canadian Broadcasting Distribution Undertakings

A cable distribution undertaking distributes broadcasting services to customers predominantly over closed transmission paths. A license to operate a cable distribution undertaking gives the cable television operator the right to distribute television programming services in its licensed service area. Broadcasting licenses may be issued for periods not exceeding seven years and are usually renewed, except in particular circumstances or in cases of a serious breach of the conditions attached to the license or the regulations of the CRTC. The CRTC is required to hold a public hearing in connection with the issuance, suspension or revocation of a license. Videotron operates 52 cable systems pursuant either to the issuance of a license or of an order that exempts certain network operations from the obligation to hold a license.

Cable systems with 20,000 customers or fewer and operating their own local headend are exempted from the obligation to hold a license pursuant to exemption orders issued by the CRTC on February 15, 2010 (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-544). These cable systems are required to comply with a number of programming carriage requirements set out in the exemption order and comply with the Canadian ownership and control requirements in the Direction to the CRTC. Pursuant to Decision CRTC 2010-87, Videotron remains with only 8 cable system licences.

In order to conduct our business, we must maintain our broadcasting distribution undertaking licenses in good standing. Failure to meet the terms of our licenses may result in their short-term renewal, suspension, revocation or non-renewal. We have never failed to obtain a license renewal for any cable systems.

Distribution of Canadian Content

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations issued by the CRTC pursuant to the Broadcasting Act mandate the types of Canadian and non-Canadian programming services that may be distributed by BDUs, including cable television systems. For example, Canadian television broadcasters are subject to “must carry” rules which require terrestrial distributors, like cable and MDS systems, to carry the signals of local television stations and, in some instances, regional television stations as part of their basic service. The guaranteed carriage enjoyed by local television broadcasters under the “must carry” rules is designed to ensure that the signals of local broadcasters reach cable households and enjoy advantageous channel placement. Furthermore, cable operators, DBS operators and MDS operators must offer their customers more Canadian programming than non-Canadian programming services. In summary, each cable television system is required to distribute all of the Canadian programming services that the CRTC has determined are appropriate for the market it serves, which includes local and regional television stations, certain specialty channels and pay television channels, and a pay-per-view service, but does not include Category B and C digital services.

Broadcasting Distribution Regulations

The Broadcasting Distribution Regulations which came into force in 1998 (the “1998 Regulations”), apply to broadcasting distribution undertakings in Canada. The 1998 Regulations promote competition among broadcasting distribution undertakings and the development of new technologies for the distribution of such services while ensuring that quality Canadian programs are broadcast. The 1998 Regulations introduced important new rules, including the following:

 

   

Competition and Carriage Rules . The 1998 Regulations provide equitable opportunities for all distributors of broadcasting services. Similar to the signal carriage and substitution requirements that are imposed on existing cable television systems, under the 1998 Regulations, new broadcasting distribution undertakings are also subject to carriage and substitution requirements. The 1998 Regulations prohibit a distributor from giving an undue preference to any person, including itself, or subjecting any person to an undue disadvantage. This gives the CRTC the ability to address complaints of anti-competitive behaviour on the part of certain distributors.

 

56


Table of Contents
   

Signal Substitution . A significant aspect of television broadcasting in Canada is simultaneous program substitution, or simulcasting, a regulatory requirement under which Canadian distribution undertakings, such as cable television systems with over 2,000 customers and DTH satellite operators, are required to substitute the foreign programming service, with local Canadian signal, including Canadian commercials, for broadcasts of identical programs by a U.S. station when both programs are exhibited at the same time. These requirements are designed to protect the program rights that Canadian broadcasters acquire for their respective local markets.

 

   

Contribution to local expression, Canadian programming and community television . All distributors, except systems with fewer than 2,000 customers, are required to contribute at least 5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the creation and presentation of Canadian programming including community programming. Moreover, distributors were required to contribute 1.5% of their gross annual broadcast revenues to the Local Programming Improvement Fund (LPIF). However, following the public hearing to review the CRTC’s policies and regulations relating to the LPIF, the CRTC published, on July 18, 2012, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2012-385 whereby the CRTC found that it would be inappropriate to maintain the LPIF in the long term. Therefore, in order to mitigate the effects of eliminating this source of funding for local stations, the CRTC will phase out the fund over the next two broadcast years. Specifically, the CRTC reduced the contribution rate from 1.5% to 1% for the 2012-2013 broadcast year. Moreover, the CRTC will, for the 2013-2014 broadcast year, reduce the contribution rate to 0.5%; and as of September 1, 2014, discontinue the LPIF. Further, the CRTC directed all licensed broadcasting distribution undertakings (BDUs) to file a report in order to describe the measures they have taken or will take, commencing September 1, 2012, to reduce subscriber bills by amounts corresponding to the reduction of the LPIF contribution, including evidence that they have notified subscribers concerning these reductions. Accordingly, Videotron filed its compliance report on September 17, 2012.

 

   

Inside Wiring Rules . The CRTC determined that the inside wiring portion of cable networks creates a bottleneck facility that could affect competition if open access is not provided to other distributors. Incumbent cable companies may retain the ownership of the inside wiring but must allow usage by competitive undertakings to which the cable company may charge a just and reasonable fee for the use of the inside wire. On September 3, 2002, the CRTC established a fee of $0.52 per customer per month for the use of cable inside wire in multiple-dwelling units. In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-774, the Commission found that it was appropriate to amend the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations to permit access by subscribers and competing broadcasting distribution undertakings to inside wire in commercial and institutional properties. Therefore, the CRTC directed all licensees to negotiate appropriate terms and conditions, including a just and reasonable rate, for the use by competitors of the inside wire such licensees own in commercial and institutional properties. If the inside wire configuration resembles that in a multi-unit dwelling, the CRTC would expect that the established $0.52 per subscriber per month rate would be reasonable. If parties cannot come to an agreement, either party may apply to the CRTC for dispute resolution.

Rates

Our revenue related to cable television is derived mainly from (a) monthly subscription fees for basic cable service; (b) fees for premium services such as specialty services, pay-television, pay-per-view television and video-on-demand; and (c) installation and additional outlets charges.

The CRTC does not regulate the fees charged by non-cable broadcast distribution undertakings and does not regulate the fees charged by cable providers.

 

57


Table of Contents

Complaint related to third-party access to TVA VOD content

On January 26, 2011, in Decision CRTC 2011-48, the CRTC set out its findings on complaints filed by TELUS and Bell concerning exclusive TVA content on Videotron’s illico-on-Demand service. The CRTC’s finding set out certain remedies and requirements, including that TVA programs distributed on VOD must be provided without delay to TELUS and to Bell and that the parties negotiate an agreement for the provision of TVA programming by VOD services or agree on a process for determining a reasonable fee and reasonable terms and conditions for the provision of TVA programming by third-party VOD services. In November 2011, Bell and TVA agreed on the terms and conditions pursuant to which TVA programs will be made available, thus ending the complaint. The negotiations with TELUS were suspended.

Vertical Integration

In September 2011, the CRTC released Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601 (the “Policy”) setting out its decisions on the regulatory framework for vertical integration. Vertical integration refers to the ownership or control by one entity of both programming services, such as conventional television stations or pay and specialty services, as well as distribution services, such as cable systems or DTH satellite services. The Policy: (i) prohibits companies from offering television programs on an exclusive basis to their mobile or Internet subscribers in a manner that they are dependent on the subscription to a specific mobile or retail Internet access service. Any program broadcast on television, including hockey games and other live events, must be made available to competitors under fair and reasonable terms; (ii) allows companies to offer exclusive programming to their Internet or mobile customers provided that it is produced specifically for an Internet portal or a mobile device; and (iii) adopts a code of conduct to prevent anti-competitive behaviour and ensure all distributors, broadcasters and online programming services negotiate in good faith (to protect Canadians from losing a television service during negotiations, broadcasters must continue to provide the service in question and distributors must continue to offer it to their subscribers.)

On July 26, 2012, the CRTC published Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2012-407 and announced amendments to the Television Broadcasting Regulations, 1987, the Pay Television Regulations, 1990, the Specialty Services Regulations, 1990, and the Broadcasting Distribution Regulations. These amendments, related to the distribution of Category B services, the “no head start” rule, the prohibition against tied selling, the standstill provisions and dispute resolution provisions, implement determinations made by the CRTC in Regulatory framework relating to vertical integration, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601, September 21, 2011.

On July 26, 2012, the CRTC published Broadcasting Order CRTC 2012-408. The CRTC amended the terms and conditions of the exemption order for terrestrial broadcasting distribution undertakings serving fewer than 20,000 subscribers. These amendments implement determinations made by the CRTC in Regulatory framework relating to vertical integration, Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-601, September 21, 2011.

Acquisition of Astral Media Inc. by BCE Inc.

The CRTC held hearings in September 2012 (CRTC’s Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2012-370) with regards to an application filed by BCE Inc., on behalf of Astral Media inc. and its licensed broadcasting subsidiaries, for authority to change the effective control of Astral’s broadcasting undertakings so that it is exercised by BCE Inc. A group of industry participants, including the Company, opposed the transaction on the basis that it would be prejudicial to the Canadian broadcasting system since it would cause the market to be too concentrated and would lessen competition. Consequently, it would reduce consumer choice and result in price increases.

On October 18, 2012, the CRTC published Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-574, in which it denied BCE’s application as it was not convinced that the transaction would provide significant and unequivocal benefits to the Canadian broadcasting system and to Canadians sufficient to outweigh the concerns related to competition, ownership concentration in television and radio, vertical integration and the exercise of market power.

On November 19, 2012, Astral Media and BCE announced that they had amended their arrangement agreement and submitted a new proposal to the CRTC for approval of Bell’s acquisition of Astral. On March 6, 2013, The CRTC published the Broadcasting Notice of Consultation CRTC 2013-106 in relation to the second application by Astral for authority to change its effective control, and control of its licensed broadcasting subsidiaries, to BCE Inc. The deadline for submitting interventions is April 5, 2013 and a public hearing will be held as of May 6, 2013.

 

58


Table of Contents

Digital transition

As a result of Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-198, on September 1st, 2011, the transition to digital television broadcasting occurred in major markets of Canada. Consequently, a majority of analog transmitters were shut down approximately on the same date.

VOD Conditions of licence

On May 17, 2012, in its Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-292, the CRTC renewed the broadcasting licence for Videotron VOD undertaking ( illico sur demande ) until August 31, 2014, by referring, notably, to the standard conditions of license for VOD undertakings established in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-59.

In Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2011-59, the CRTC established standard conditions of license to video-on-demand (“ VOD ”) undertakings pursuant to which exclusive programming rights were prohibited.

New media broadcasting undertakings

On October 22, 2009, the CRTC amended the Exemption Order applying to new media broadcasting undertakings (Appendix A to the Public Notice CRTC 1999-197). As such, the description of a “new media broadcasting undertaking” was amended to encompass all Internet-based and mobile point-to-point broadcasting services, to introduce an undue preference provision for new media broadcasting undertakings, and to introduce a reporting requirement for such undertakings (Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-660).

On July 28, 2009, in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2009-329 entitled “Review of Broadcasting in New Media,” the CRTC set out its determinations in its proceeding on Canadian broadcasting in new media. However, the CRTC did not determine the legal issue as to whether Internet access providers carry on, in whole or in part, “broadcasting undertakings” pursuant to the Broadcasting Act when they provide access to broadcasting through the Internet. Instead, the CRTC stated that it would refer the matter to the Federal Court of Appeal. Hence, the CRTC referred this question to the Federal Court of Appeal for hearing and determination in its Broadcasting Order CRTC 2009-452. On July 7, 2010, the Federal Court of Appeal determined that ISPs play a “content-neutral role” in the transmission of data and do not carry on broadcasting activities. On February 9, 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada subsequently upheld the Federal Court of Appeal’s decision.

Copyright Board Proceedings

Certain copyrights in radio, television, Internet and pay audio content are administered collectively and tariff rates are established by the Copyright Board of Canada (the “ Copyright Board ”). Tariffs set by the Copyright Board are generally applicable until a public process is held and a decision of the Copyright Board is rendered for a renewed tariff. Renewed tariffs are often applicable retroactively.

Royalties for the Retransmission of Distant Signals

Following the implementation in 1989 of the Canada-U.S. Free Trade Agreement, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended to require retransmitters, including Canadian cable television operators, to pay royalties in respect of the retransmission of distant television and radio signals.

Since this legislative amendment, the Copyright Act (Canada) empowers the Copyright Board to quantify the amount of royalties payable to retransmit these signals and to allocate them among collective societies representing the holders of copyright in the works thus retransmitted. Regulated cable television operators cannot automatically recover such paid retransmission royalties from their customers, although such charges might be a component of an application for a basic cable service rate increase based on economic need.

 

59


Table of Contents

For the period 2009-2013, the royalties have been set to between $0.48 and $0.98 per customer per month depending on the number of customers receiving the signal. The new tariff has been homologated after negotiation between the industry and collectives.

Royalties for the Transmission of Pay and Specialty Services

In 1989, the Copyright Act (Canada) was amended, in particular, to define copyright as including the exclusive right to “communicate protected works to the public by telecommunication.” Prior to the amendment, it was generally believed that copyright holders did not have an exclusive right to authorize the transmission of works carried on radio and television station signals when these signals were not broadcast but rather transmitted originally by cable television operators to their customers. In 1996, at the request of the Society of Composers, Authors and Music Publishers of Canada (SOCAN), the Copyright Board approved Tariff 17A, which required the payment of royalties by broadcasting distribution undertakings, including cable television operators, that transmit musical works to their customers in the course of transmitting television services on a subscription basis. Through a series of industry agreements, this liability was shared with the pay and specialty programming services.

In March 2004, the Copyright Board changed the name of this tariff from Tariff 17A to Tariff 17. The basic royalty rate is subject to reductions in certain cases, although there is no Francophone market discount. SOCAN has agreed, by filing proposed tariffs, that the 2005 to 2012 tariffs will continue on the same basis as in 2004, the royalty rate remaining at 1.9%. For 2013, SOCAN is seeking an increase to 2.1% which has been opposed by Videotron and the industry.

Royalties for Commercial Television

SOCAN’s Tariff 2.A requires the payment of royalties by commercial television stations to SOCAN in compensation for the right to communicate to the public by telecommunication, in Canada, musical or dramatico musical works forming part of its repertoire. The tariff has been set at a percentage of a television station’s revenues since 1959. In January 1998, the Copyright Board reduced the then applicable rate from 2.1% to 1.8% and set up a “modified blanket license,” allowing television stations to “opt out” of the traditional blanket license for certain programs.

In March 2004, the Copyright Board certified SOCAN’s Tariff 2.A.

SOCAN filed new proposed tariffs with the Copyright Board for the years 2008 through 2012. SOCAN is not seeking any increase or modifications to the current tariff. The royalties are likely to be maintained at 1.9% for the years 2008 through 2012, and a station still has the option to opt out of the traditional blanket license, but on a monthly basis. This election is allowed only twice in each calendar year. For 2013, SOCAN is seeking an increase to 2.1% which has been opposed by TVA Group and the industry.

SOCAN’s proposed Tariff 22.D would require television stations, including TVA, to pay for communications of musical works as part of audiovisual works from Internet sites. Pursuant to the proposed Tariff 22.D, the royalty would be the greater of 15% of Internet gross revenues or 15% of Internet gross operating expenses, with a minimum monthly fee of $200. The proposed tariff has been contested by the industry.

Royalties for Pay Audio Services

The royalties payable by distribution undertakings for the communication to the public by telecommunication of musical works in SOCAN’s repertoire in connection with the transmission of a pay audio signal other than retransmitted signals are as follows: a monthly fee of 12.35% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 6.175% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. SOCAN has filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the years 2008 through 2013 that proposes to maintain those rates.

For its part, Re:Sound filed a proposed Pay Audio Tariff for the period 2012-2013 asking for a monthly fee of 15% of the affiliation payments payable by a distribution undertaking for the transmission for private or domestic use of a

 

60


Table of Contents

pay audio signal, or an annual fee of 7.5% of the affiliation payments payable where the distribution undertaking is a small cable transmission system, an unscrambled low power or very low power television station or an equivalent small transmission system. The proposed rates have been opposed.

Royalties by Online Music Services

Archambault Group operates an online music downloading service, known as archambault.ca, with per-track fees. In 2007, the Copyright Board rendered two decisions on the tariffs proposed by, on one hand, CMRRA-SODRAC Inc. (CSI), an umbrella organization formed by the Canadian Musical Reproduction Rights Agency (CMRRA) and the Société du droit de reproduction des auteurs, compositeurs et éditeurs du Canada Inc. (SODRAC), for the royalties to be paid by online music services for the reproduction of musical works in CSI’s repertoire (CSI Tariff) and, on the other hand, SOCAN for the royalties to be paid for the public performance of musical works in SOCAN’s repertoire (SOCAN Tariff) for the purposes of communicating and transmitting the musical works in a file to consumers in Canada via the Internet and authorizing consumers in Canada to further reproduce the musical work for their own private use.

The certified tariffs, which resulted from those two decisions, cover a number of years (2005 to 2006 for the CSI Tariff and 1996 to 2007 for the SOCAN Tariff) and establish different formulae for the calculation of royalties payable by online music services that only offer on-demand streams or limited downloads with or without on-demand streams. With respect to services that offer permanent downloads, the combined royalty payable is 11% of the amount paid by the consumer for the download, subject to a minimum of 5.6¢ per permanent download within a bundle of 13 or more files and a minimum of 7.4¢ per permanent download in all other cases. In June 2009, CSI and SOCAN filed proposed tariffs which would double the royalty. The new tariffs have been contested by the industry. In July 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada rendered decisions that clarify the scope of the Copyright Act (Canada), namely, that permanent download of music and short previews are not subject to a copyright royalty, but music streaming is. It is expected that the Copyright Board will change the applicable Tariffs in light of the decisions.

Royalties for Online Music

It is expected that copyright collectives will try to certify tariffs for online music not part of an online music downloading service. This could result in higher costs for operating websites containing online music content.

Royalties for Ringtones

Since 2006, Videotron sells ringtones directly to cellular phone users. After negotiating a proposed increase, SOCAN and the industry, including Videotron, came to an agreement on a new Tariff 24 for the period July 1, 2006 to and including the year 2013, the rate is 6% with a minimum royalty of six cents for the period 2006 to 2009, and 5% with a minimum royalty of five cents for the period 2009 to and including 2013.

In July 2012, the Supreme Court of Canada issued decisions in five copyright cases in which the court ruled that songwriters and music publishers (represented by SOCAN) are not entitled to royalties for certain downloads and samples. Pursuant to those rulings, the industry has requested a refund of the royalties paid and the annulment of Tariff 24. It is expected that this matter will continue to be litigated.

ISP Liability

In 1996, SOCAN proposed a tariff to be applied against ISPs, in respect of composers’/publishers’ rights in musical works communicated over the Internet to ISPs’ customers. SOCAN’s proposed tariff was challenged by a number of industry groups and companies. In 1999, the Copyright Board decided that ISPs should not be liable for the communication of musical works by their customers, although they might be liable if they themselves operated a musical website. In June 2004, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld this portion of the decision of the Copyright Board and determined that ISPs do not incur liability for copyright content when they engage in normal intermediary activities, including web hosting for third parties and caching. As a consequence, ISPs may, however, be found liable if their conduct leads to the inference that they have authorized a copyright violation. At the end of 2012, amendments to the Copyright Act (Canada) received royal assent. The amendments clarify ISPs’ liability by putting in place a notice and notice process (i.e., copyright infringement notices must now be sent to the Internet end-users by ISPs).

 

61


Table of Contents

Canadian Broadcast Programming (Off the Air and Thematic Television)

Programming of Canadian Content

CRTC regulations require licensees of television stations to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming. Specialty or thematic television channels also have to maintain a specified percentage of Canadian content in their programming generally set forth in the conditions of their license. A licensee is required to devote not less than 55% of the broadcast year, and not less than 50% of the evening broadcast period (6:00 p.m. to midnight) to the broadcast of Canadian programs.

Broadcasting License Fees

Broadcasting licensees are subject to annual license fees payable to the CRTC. The license fees consist of two separate fees. One fee allocates the CRTC’s regulatory costs for the year to licensees based on a licensee’s proportion of the gross revenue derived during the year from the licensed activities of all licensees whose gross revenues exceed specific exemption levels. The other fee, also called the Part II license fee, for broadcasting undertakings that licensed activity exceeds $1,500,000. The total annual amount to be assessed by the Commission is the lower of: a) $100,000,000; and b) 1.365% multiplied by the aggregate fee revenues for the return year terminating during the previous calendar year of all licensees whose fee revenues exceed the applicable exemption levels, less the aggregate exemption level for all those licensees for that return year.

In a call for comments regarding certain aspects of the regulatory framework for over-the-air television, we had asked the regulator to consider leaving off-the-air TV networks like TVA to negotiate a fee with broadcast distributors for the carriage of the signal. On March 22, 2010, in Broadcasting Regulatory Policy CRTC 2010-167, the CRTC referred the question of its jurisdiction on a proposed regime for value for signal to the Federal Court of Appeal. On February 28, 2011, the Federal Court of Appeal rendered its decision determining that the CRTC has the power to establish a system to enable private local television stations to choose to negotiate with broadcasting distribution undertakings a fair value in exchange for the distribution of the programming services broadcast by those stations. An appeal was filed to the Supreme Court of Canada. The decision of the Supreme Court of Canada, published on December 13, 2012, determined that the Broadcasting Act may not be interpreted as authorizing the CRTC to implement the proposed value for signal regime.

Renewal of TVA’s licences

Following the public hearing held by the CRTC with regards to the renewal of TVA’s licences (TVA network and associated conventional television stations, along with several TVA specialty services), the CRTC published, on April 26, 2012, the Broadcasting Decision CRTC 2012-242 including, notably, the following determinations:

 

   

The Commission imposed a condition of licence to the effect that TVA shall, in each broadcast year, devote to the acquisition of or investment in Canadian programming at least 80% of the current broadcast year’s programming expenditures of the network and all conventional television stations of TVA. Moreover, the CRTC did not consider it necessary to impose a condition of licence with respect to either the broadcast of priority programs or to programs of national interest (PNI).

 

   

The CRTC chose to continue to require for the local TVA station in Quebec City, that, of the 18 hours of local programming per broadcast week, 9 hours must focus specifically on the Quebec region, including the 5 hours and 30 minutes of local newscasts (including two newscasts on weekends). The CRTC deemed it unnecessary that the remaining 3 hours and 30 minutes be broadcast exclusively in the local Quebec market and considered that it may be broadcast on the TVA network.

 

   

The CRTC chose to maintain the current Canadian programming expenditures (CPE) requirement for Addik TV at 40%.

The conditions of licence came into force on September 1, 2012 and will remain applicable until August 31, 2015.

 

62


Table of Contents

Canadian Telecommunications Services

Jurisdiction

The provision of telecommunications services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC pursuant to the Telecommunications Act. The Telecommunications Act provides for the regulation of facilities-based telecommunications common carriers under federal jurisdiction. With certain exceptions, companies that own or operate transmission facilities in Canada that are used to offer telecommunications services to the public for compensation are deemed “telecommunications common carriers” under the Telecommunications Act administered by the CRTC and are subject to regulation. Cable operators offering telecommunications services are deemed “Broadcast Carriers.”

In the Canadian telecommunications market, Videotron operates as a CLEC and a Broadcast Carrier. Videotron also operates its own 4G mobile wireless network and offers services over this network as a Wireless Service Provider (“ WSP ”).

The issuance of licenses for the use of radiofrequency spectrum in Canada is administered by Industry Canada under the Radiocommunication Act. Use of spectrum is governed by conditions of license which address such matters as license term, transferability and divisibility, technical compliance, lawful interception, research and development requirements, and requirements related to antenna site sharing and mandatory roaming.

Our AWS licenses were issued on December 23, 2008, for a term of ten years. At a minimum of two years before the end of this term, and any subsequent terms, we may apply for license renewal for an additional license term of up to ten years. AWS license renewal, including whether license fees should apply for a subsequent license term, will be subject to a public consultation process initiated in year eight.

Application of Canadian Telecommunications Regulation

In a series of decisions, the CRTC has determined that the carriage of “non-programming” services by a cable company results in that company being regulated as a carrier under the Telecommunications Act. This applies to a company serving its own customers, or allowing a third party to use its distribution network to provide non-programming services to customers, such as providing access to cable Internet services.

In addition, the CRTC regulates the provision of telephony services in Canada.

Elements of the CRTC’s local telecommunications regulatory framework to which Videotron is subject include: interconnection standards and inter-carrier compensation arrangements; the mandatory provision of equal access ( i.e. customer choice of long distance provider); standards for the provision of 911 service, message relay service and certain privacy features; the obligation not to prevent other local exchange carriers from accessing end-users on a timely basis under reasonable terms and conditions in multi dwelling units where Videotron provides service; and the payment of contribution on VoIP revenues for the purposes of the revenue-based contribution regime established by the CRTC to subsidize residential telephone services in rural and remote parts of Canada.

As a CLEC, Videotron is not subject to retail price regulation. ILECs remain subject to retail price regulation in those geographic areas where facilities-based competition is insufficient to protect the interests of consumers. Videotron’s ILEC competitors have requested and been granted forbearance from regulation of local exchange services in the vast majority of residential markets in which Videotron competes, as well as in a large number of business markets, including all of the largest metropolitan markets in the Province of Québec.

Right to Access to Telecommunications and Support Structures

The CRTC has concluded that some provisions of the Telecommunications Act may be characterized as encouraging joint use of existing support structures of telephone utilities to facilitate efficient deployment of cable distribution undertakings by Canadian carriers. We access these support structures in exchange for a tariff that is regulated by the CRTC. If it were not possible to agree on the use or conditions of access with a support structure owner, we could apply to the CRTC for a right of access to a supporting structure of a telephone utility. The Supreme Court of Canada,

 

63


Table of Contents

however, held on May 16, 2003 that the CRTC does not have jurisdiction under the Telecommunications Act to establish the terms and conditions of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities. Terms of access to the support structures of hydro-electricity utilities must therefore be negotiated with those utilities.

Videotron has entered into comprehensive support structure access agreements with all of the major hydro-electric companies and all of the major telecommunications companies in its service territory. Videotron’s agreement with Hydro-Québec, by far the largest of the hydro-electric companies, expired in December 2012. Negotiations are under way toward renewing this agreement.

On December 2, 2010, the CRTC issued a decision revising the large ILECs’ support structure service rates. Significant increases in rates, retroactive to mid-2009, were approved for some categories of support structures in Videotron’s operating territory. However, radical changes in rating methodology were rejected. A follow-on proceeding is considering further rating adjustments that may lead to further rate increases. We do not expect these changes to have a material impact on Videotron’s network cost structure.

Right to Access to Municipal Rights-of-Way

On September 23, 2011, the CRTC initiated a public proceeding to consider the development of a model agreement for access by Canadian carriers to municipal rights-of-way, such as street crossings and other municipal property, for the purposes of installing operating and maintaining transmission facilities. Issues to be considered include, among other things, liability requirements, types of costs to be recovered, costing methodologies and assumptions and public safety.

On February 7, 2012, the CRTC’s initial public notice was amended to accommodate the formation of an ad hoc carrier-municipality working group tasked with developing a model agreement based on the “Ledcor principles” established in Telecom Decision CRTC 2001-23 and other relevant Commission decisions. The deadline for the ad hoc working group to report back to the Commission has since been extended twice and is now set for April 15, 2013. Any items of non consensus are expected to be ruled on by the Commission by way of a follow-on proceeding.

The outcome of the carrier-municipality working group’s discussions and any follow-on CRTC proceeding could have a material impact on Videotron’s costs for municipal access for its wireline facilities.

Access by Third Parties to Cable Networks

In Canada, access to the Internet is a telecommunications service. While Internet access services are not regulated on a retail (price and terms of service) basis, Internet access for third-party ISPs is mandated and tariffed according to conditions approved by the CRTC for cable operators.

The largest cable operators in Canada, including Videotron, have been required by the CRTC to provide third-party ISPs with access to their cable systems at mandated cost-based rates. In a decision issued on August 30, 2010, the CRTC reaffirmed the network model underlying the cable operators’ third-party Internet access (“ TPIA ”) services, and also reaffirmed its directive that, at the same time we offer any new retail Internet service speed, we file proposed revisions to our TPIA tariff to include this new speed offering. TPIA tariff items have been filed and approved for all Videotron Internet service speeds. Several third party ISPs are interconnected to our cable network and are thereby providing retail Internet access services.

The CRTC also requires the large cable carriers, such as us, to allow third party ISPs to provide telephony and networking (LAS/VPN) applications services in addition to retail Internet access services. The CRTC has also approved technical solutions for the provision of static IP addresses under TPIA.

In a decision dated November 15, 2011, the CRTC made substantial changes to the practices that may be employed by incumbent telephone companies and cable operators to bill third parties for the access to and use of their underlying networks. The objective of these changes was to grant third parties greater flexibility to bring pricing discipline, innovation and consumer choice to the retail Internet service market. The new rules, which entered into force on February 1, 2012, required Videotron to replace its former end-user usage-based billing model by a new aggregate

 

64


Table of Contents

capacity-based billing model, for the vast majority of Videotron’s third party customers. On February 21, 2013, the CRTC ruled on a series of disputes related to the new wholesale regime. These recent rulings do not fundamentally alter the nature of the new regime. As a result of these changes, we may experience increased competition for retail cable Internet and telephony customers. In addition, because our third-party Internet access rates are regulated by the CRTC, we could be limited in our ability to recover our costs associated with providing this access.

Telemarketing

On September 30, 2008, a comprehensive reform of the CRTC’s telemarketing rules came into force, including the establishment of a new National Do Not Call List (DNCL). In accordance with new legislative powers granted under Bill C-37, which came into force on June 30, 2006, the CRTC has the authority to fine violators of its telemarketing rules up to $1,500 per violation in the case of an individual and $15,000 per violation in the case of a corporation. Videotron has established internal controls to minimize the risk of breaching these rules and to provide any required investigative assistance in relation to alleged third party violations.

Internet Traffic Management Practices

On October 21, 2009, the CRTC issued a regulatory policy regarding the Internet traffic management practices (ITMPs) of ISPs. The policy attempts to balance the freedom of Canadians to use the Internet for various purposes with the legitimate interests of ISPs to manage the traffic thus generated on their networks, consistent with legislation, including privacy legislation. Among other things, the policy sets rules for ensuring transparency in the use of economic and technical ITMPs, and establishes an ITMP framework that provides a structured approach to evaluating whether existing and future ITMPs are in compliance with the prohibition on unjust discrimination (e.g. as against specific applications or content) found in the Telecommunications Act. Specific rules are also established to ensure that wholesale customers are not subjected to unjust discrimination.

On June 30, 2010, the CRTC determined that the policy framework regarding ITMPs applies to the use of mobile wireless data services to provide Internet access.

While we consider Videotron’s current ITMPs to be fully compliant with the policy, we note that the policy may limit the range of ITMPs Videotron could choose in the future, thereby potentially constraining our ability to recover our costs associated with providing access to our network.

Regulatory Framework for Mobile Wireless Services

On March 14, 2012, the Government of Canada announced its policy framework for the auction of spectrum in the 700 MHz and 2500 MHz bands, both of which are considered attractive candidates for the deployment of LTE 4G mobile wireless technology. The policy framework includes several measures intended to sustain competition and robust investment in wireless telecommunications and promote the timely availability of advanced services, including:

 

   

Foreign investment restrictions have been lifted for companies that initially have a market share of less than 10% of the Canadian telecommunications market.

 

   

Spectrum caps will be employed in both the 700 MHz and the 2500 MHz auctions to ensure that in each region of Canada no fewer than four operators gain access to prime spectrum.

 

   

Tower sharing and roaming policies will be improved and extended.

 

   

Obligations will be imposed on 700 MHz licence holders to ensure advanced wireless services are quickly delivered to rural Canadians.

On March 7, 2013, the Government announced the final rules for the upcoming 700 MHz spectrum auction, which is scheduled to begin on November 19, 2013. In so doing, the government acted to maintain the pro-competitive policy framework it had previously announced in March 2012, notably as it relates to the use of spectrum caps and the strengthening of mandatory roaming and tower sharing rules. We will be studying the detailed auction format and rules in depth and will be setting our auction strategy accordingly.

 

65


Table of Contents

Expectations are that the Government will hold the 2500 MHz auction approximately one year after the 700 MHz auction. A consultations on the detailed auction design, rules and attributes for the 2500 MHz auction has already been completed and a decision is expected in due course.

On March 7, 2013, Industry Canada also released the final text of its revisions to the mandatory roaming and antenna tower and site sharing rules. These rules were put in place subsequent to the 2008 AWS auction in order to facilitate competitive entry into the wireless sector, among other objectives. Among the revisions that have been adopted are: an indefinite extension of the obligation to offer both in-territory and out-of-territory roaming services on commercial terms; measures to improve transparency and information exchange related to tower sharing; and measures to streamline the arbitration process in the event of disputes.

In addition, on March 7, 2013, Industry Canada initiated a consultation on considerations relating to transfers, divisions and subordinate licensing of spectrum licences. Among the matters being considered in this consultation are whether there is a threshold in the form of concentration or a measure of MHz-pop that Industry Canada should apply in deciding whether to conduct a detailed review of licence transfers, or whether some other type of threshold, screen or cap should be used to decide if a detailed review is required. The Department further proposes to introduce a notification requirement related to agreements that provide for the future transfer or division of a spectrum licence, or a subordinate licensing arrangement. Comments and reply comments on Industry Canada’s proposals are to be submitted on April 3 and May 3, 2013 respectively. The Department has stated that a decision on these matters will be made well in advance of the 700 MHz auction. The Department’s decision could have a material impact on the market for any spectrum licenses Videotron may in the future want to transfer or divide.

The CRTC also regulates mobile wireless services under the Telecommunications Act. On August 12, 1994, the CRTC released a decision forbearing from the exercise of most of its powers under the Telecommunications Act as they relate to mobile wireless service. However, the CRTC did maintain its ability to require conditions governing customer confidential information and to place other general conditions on the provision of mobile wireless service. Since 1994, the CRTC has exercised this power, for example, to mandate wireless number portability, and to require all WSPs to upgrade their networks to more precisely determine the location of a person using a mobile phone to call 911.

On October 11, 2012, the CRTC released a decision determining that the conditions for forbearance have not changed sufficiently to require the Commission to regulate rates or interfere in the competitiveness of the retail mobile wireless voice and data services market. However, on the same date, to ensure that consumers are able to participate in the competitive market in an informed and effective manner, and to fulfill the policy objectives of the Telecommunications Act, the CRTC initiated a public proceeding to establish a mandatory code for mobile wireless service providers to address the clarity and content of mobile wireless service contracts and related issues for consumers. This proceeding is currently under way. A decision on the contents of the code, to whom the code should apply, how the code should be enforced and promoted, and how the code’s effectiveness should be assessed and reviewed, is expected in mid-2013.

Municipal Siting Processes for Wireless Antenna Systems

On February 28, 2013, the Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association, of which Videotron is a member, and the Federation of Canadian Municipalities signed a joint protocol on the siting process for wireless antenna systems. The protocol establishes a more comprehensive notification and consultation process than current regulations, and emphasizes the need for meaningful pre-consultation to ensure local land use priorities and sensitivities are fully reflected in the location and design of new antenna systems. Telecommunications carriers have agreed for the first time to notify municipalities of all antennas being installed before their construction, regardless of height, and to undertake full public consultation for towers under 15 meters - whenever deemed necessary by the municipality.

Effective implementation of the joint protocol requires a willingness on the part of both carriers and municipalities to engage in constructive discussions related to antenna siting within the framework of current Industry Canada regulations. Any efforts by municipalities to refrain from constructive discussions or to impose requirements that fall outside of the framework of current Industry Canada regulations could have a material impact on Videotron’s ability to expand its existing HSPA+ network or to deploy a future LTE network on a timely and cost-effective basis.

 

66


Table of Contents

Canadian Publishing

Federal and provincial laws do not directly regulate the publication of newspapers in Canada. There are, however, indirect restrictions on the foreign ownership of Canadian newspapers by virtue of certain provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which limits the deductibility by Canadian taxpayers of advertising expenditures which are made in a newspaper other than, subject to limited exceptions, a “Canadian issue” of a “Canadian newspaper.” For any given publication to qualify as a Canadian issue of a Canadian newspaper, the entity that publishes it, if publicly traded on a prescribed stock exchange in Canada, must ultimately be controlled, in law and in fact, by Canadian citizens and, if a private company, must be at least 75% owned, in vote and in value, and controlled in fact by Canadians. In addition, the publication must be printed and published in Canada and edited in Canada by individuals resident in Canada. All of our newspapers qualify as “Canadian issues” of “Canadian newspapers” (or otherwise fall outside of the limitation on deductibility of advertising expenses) and, as a result, our commercial advertisers generally have the right to deduct their advertising expenditures with us for Canadian tax purposes.

ITEM 4A — UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 5 — OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS

The following Management Discussion and Analysis provides information concerning the operating results and financial condition of Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media” or the “Corporation”). This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Corporation’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

All amounts are in Canadian dollars (“CAN dollars”), unless otherwise indicated. This discussion contains forward-looking statements, which are subject to a variety of factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by these statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed under “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and in “Item 3. Key Information – Risk Factors.”

OVERVIEW

Quebecor Media is one of Canada’s leading media companies, with activities in cable distribution, telecommunications, newspaper publishing, production and distribution of printing products, television broadcasting, book, magazine and video retailing, publishing and distribution, music recording, production, distribution and streaming, new media services, video game development, out-of-home advertising and Quebec Major Junior Hockey League (“QMJHL”). Through its operating subsidiaries, Quebecor Media holds leading positions in the creation, promotion and distribution of news, entertainment and Internet-related services that are designed to appeal to audiences in every demographic category. Quebecor Media continues to pursue a convergence strategy to capture synergies within its portfolio of media properties.

Quebecor Media’s operating subsidiaries’ primary sources of revenue include: subscriptions for cable television, Internet access, cable and mobile telephony services and business solutions; newspaper advertising, circulation and Internet/portal services; television broadcasting, advertising, distribution and subscription; book and magazine publishing and distribution; retailing, distribution (traditional distribution and digital download) and production of music products (CDs, DVDs and Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, music recording and live event promotion and production); and rental and sale of videos and games.

The major components of Quebecor Media’s segments’ costs are comprised of employee costs and purchase of goods and services costs, which include royalties, rights and creation costs, cost of retail products, marketing, circulation and distribution expenses, service and printing contracts, and paper, ink and printing supplies.

TREND INFORMATION

Some of Quebecor Media’s lines of business are cyclical in nature. They are dependent on advertising and, in the News Media segment in particular, circulation sales. Operating results are therefore sensitive to prevailing economic conditions, especially in Québec, Ontario and Alberta.

In the News Media segment, circulation, measured in terms of copies sold, has been generally declining in the industry over the past several years. Also, the traditional run of press advertising for major multimarket retailers has been declining over the past few years due to consolidation in the retail industry, combined with a shift in marketing strategy toward other media. In order to respond to such competition, the News Media operations continue to develop their Internet presence through branded websites, including French—and English-language portals and specialized sites.

Changes in the price of newsprint can have a significant effect on the News Media segment’s operating results as newsprint is its principal expense, besides wages and benefits, representing approximately 9.4% ($79.8 million) of the News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. Newsprint prices have historically experienced significant volatility.

 

67


Table of Contents

Competition continues to be intense in the cable and alternative multichannel broadcast distribution industry and in the mobile telephony market. Moreover, the significant subscriber growth recorded in the Telecommunications sector in past years is not necessarily representative of future growth, due to the penetration rates currently reached.

The Telecommunications segment has in the past required substantial capital for the upgrade, expansion and maintenance of its network, the launch and expansion of new or additional services to support growth in its customer base, and demands for increased bandwidth capacity and other services. The Corporation expects that additional capital expenditures will be required in the short and medium term in order to expand and maintain the Telecommunications segment’s systems and services, including expenditures relating to the cost of its mobile services infrastructure upgrade, as well as costs relating to advancements in Internet access and high definition (“HD”) television. Moreover, the demand for wireless data services has been growing at unprecedented rates and it is projected that this demand will further increase in the future. The anticipated levels of data traffic will represent a growing challenge to the current mobile network’s ability to serve this traffic. The Telecommunications segment may have to acquire additional spectrum, as available, in order to address this increased demand.

The broadcasting industry is undergoing a period of significant change. Television audiences are fragmenting as viewing habits shift not only toward specialty channels, but also toward content delivery platforms that allow users greater control over content and timing, such as the Internet, video on demand and mobile devices. Audience fragmentation has prompted many advertisers to review their strategies. The Broadcasting segment is taking steps to adjust to the profound changes occurring in its industry so as to maintain its leadership position and offer audiences and advertisers alike the best available content, when they want it and on the media platform they want.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S SEGMENTS

Quebecor Media’s subsidiaries operate in the following business segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications.

QUEBECOR MEDIA’S INTEREST IN SUBSIDIARIES

Table 1 shows Quebecor Media’s equity interest in its main subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012.

Table 1

Quebecor Media’s interest (direct and indirect) in its main subsidiaries

December 31, 2012

 

     Percentage
of equity
    Percentage
of vote
 

Videotron Ltd.

     100.0     100.0

Sun Media Corporation

     100.0        100.0   

Quebecor Media Printing Inc.

     100.0        100.0   

TVA Group Inc.

     51.4        99.9   

Archambault Group Inc.

     100.0        100.0   

Sogides Group Inc.

     100.0        100.0   

CEC Publishing Inc.

     100.0        100.0   

Nurun Inc.

     100.0        100.0   

Quebecor Media’s interest in its subsidiaries has not varied significantly over the past three years.

On June 30, 2012, Sun Media Corporation bought a 2% interest in SUN News General Partnership (“SUN News”) from TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”), bringing its interest to 51%.

On May 1, 2011, Canoe Inc. (“Canoe”) was wound up and its operations integrated into Sun Media Corporation, with the exception of the operations of the specialty sites jobboom.com and reseaucontact.com , which were integrated into Videotron Ltd (“Videotron”).

On January 1, 2011, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. (“Osprey Media”) was wound up and its operations integrated into Sun Media Corporation.

 

68


Table of Contents

HIGHLIGHTS SINCE END OF 2011

Quebecor Media’s sales increased by $145.2 million (3.5%) to $4.35 billion in 2012, mainly because of the 8.4% revenue growth in the Telecommunications segment.

Telecommunications

 

 

Videotron reported revenue growth for all of its major services in 2012: Internet access (up $74.3 million or 10.6%), cable television ($66.7 million or 6.6%), mobile telephony ($58.9 million or 52.3%), and cable telephony ($18.2 million or 4.2%).

 

 

The net increase in revenue generating units 1 was 221,800 in 2012 compared with 379,100 in 2011. The 2011 figure constituted the largest one-year increase in revenue generating units since 2008, resulting mainly from the end of over-the-air analog television broadcasting in Canada.

 

 

The Telecommunications segment’s operating income increased by $126.2 million (11.5%) in 2012.

 

 

At the end of February 2013, Videotron launched illico Club Unlimited, a new subscription video on demand service that carries the largest unlimited on-demand selection of French-language titles in Canada.

 

 

Videotron rolled out illico TV new generation across its service area in the first half of 2012. illico TV new generation offers subscribers to Videotron’s digital service an entirely new interface for accessing video on demand, managing recordings, customizing the program guide, and using online services. It features innovative functions that deliver a smoother and more intuitive navigation experience.

 

 

On May 17, 2012, Videotron launched Ultimate Speed Internet 200, an Internet access service that sets a new standard for speed.

News Media

 

 

On February 15, 2013, Quebecor Media and Le Sac Plus announced a multiyear agreement to print and distribute JYSK Canada store flyers in Québec and English Canada. A Québec-wide media campaign developed by Quebecor Media will be carried by all of its media properties. The agreement provides for printing more than 4 million flyers per week and the distribution of nearly 23 million flyers per year in the Le Sac Plus door-knob bag in Québec. The agreement also involves Sun Media Corporation newspapers, another example of the News Media segment’s complementary multiproduct offerings.

 

 

On November 13, 2012, Sun Media Corporation also announced new restructuring initiatives designed to streamline its organizational structure to support better execution of business processes, while improving cost effectiveness. These initiatives are expected to yield total annual savings exceeding $45.0 million.

 

 

On September 27, 2012, Sun Media Corporation announced the reorganization of its news operations. At the same time, it announced the reorganization of its editorial, advertising and industrial operations across Canada, outside Québec, to focus on customers and on business opportunities at the local and national levels.

 

 

On June 21, 2012, following an invitation to tender, Quebecor Media was selected to install, maintain and advertise on Société de transport de Montréal (“STM”) bus shelters for the next 20 years. It was Quebecor Media’s first move into a line of business that is experiencing significant technological change.

 

 

Sun Media Corporation announced the acquisition of Pub Extra magazine, which is distributed monthly to nearly 190,000 households in the Montréal North Shore area. It also closed the acquisition of the community weekly L’Impact de Drummondville , with a circulation of nearly 50,000, and launched a new weekly in the Bois-Francs area, L’Écho de Victoriaville , with a circulation of more than 40,000. Quebecor Media’s Québec community newspapers network now has a combined weekly circulation of over 2.5 million copies.

 

 

On April 19, 2012, Quebecor Media Network Inc. (“Quebecor Media Network”) announced an exclusive agreement to distribute the Sears Canada Inc. (“Sears Canada”) national flyer in the Le Sac Plus door-knob bag. Under the agreement, Quebecor Media Network will distribute more than 100 million pieces of promotional literature per year for Sears Canada.

 

1  

The sum of cable television, cable and mobile Internet access, and cable telephony service subscriptions and subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

 

69


Table of Contents

Broadcasting

 

   

The 2012 edition of Star Académie was a resounding television and commercial success that had positive ripple effects across Quebecor Media’s properties and provided new opportunities for sharing value-added content. The weekly gala and the daily show broadcast on TVA Network were seen by an average of 2.2 million and 1.4 million viewers respectively. The Star Académie 2012  CD, released on March 6, 2012, sold more than 125,000 copies and was number one on the Canadian French-language charts and Québec charts (Source: Nielsen SoundScan).

 

   

On May 31, 2012, TVA Group closed the sale of its interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave.

Other highlights

 

   

In October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. In view of continuous weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries, the Corporation recorded a total non-cash charge of $187.0 million for impairment of goodwill, mastheads and customer relationships.

 

   

On March 25, 2012, Quebecor Media and Québec City announced finalization of the functional and technical program for the multipurpose arena to be built in Québec City.

 

   

On April 4, 2012, Archambault Group Inc. (“Archambault Group”) launched ZIK, a music streaming service that offers unlimited interactive access to millions of tracks, including the largest catalogue of French-language music.

Financing

A number of financial transactions were carried out during 2012.

 

 

On December 17, 2012, Quebecor Media prepaid the outstanding balance of its term loan “B” for a cash consideration of $153.9 million.

 

 

On October 11, 2012, Quebecor Media took advantage of favourable conditions on the debt markets to purchase for cancellation 20,351,307 of its common shares held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc. (“CDP Capital”), a subsidiary of Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion. The following financial operations were carried out as part of this major transaction:

 

   

Issuance, on October 11, 2012, of US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.75% and maturing in 2023, and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 6.625% and maturing in 2023, the latter being one of the largest single-tranche high-yield offerings ever completed in Canada;

 

   

Quebecor Media increased the size of the offering as a result of oversubscription and favourable financing terms, which provided an opportunity to extend the maturities of its credit instruments by redeeming, in November 2012, US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes issued in 2007 and maturing in 2016.

 

 

In March 2012, Videotron issued US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.0% Senior Notes maturing in 2022.

 

 

In March 2012, Videotron redeemed all of its 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million.

 

 

In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$260.0 million principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016 and settled the related hedging contracts.

 

 

Quebecor Media and TVA Group amended their bank credit facilities to extend the maturity dates to 2016 and 2017 respectively and to increase Quebecor Media’s revolving credit facility maturing in 2016 by $200.0 million.

 

 

Finally, Sun Media Corporation repaid the $37.6 million balance on its term loan credit facility and cancelled all its credit facilities.

 

70


Table of Contents

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES

The non-IFRS financial measures used by the Corporation to assess its financial performance, such as operating income, cash flows from segment operations, free cash flows from continuing operating activities, and average monthly revenue per user (“ARPU”), are not calculated in accordance with or recognized by IFRS. The Corporation’s method of calculating these non-IFRS financial measures may differ from the methods used by other companies and, as a result, the non-IFRS financial measures presented in this document may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures disclosed by other companies.

Operating Income

The Corporation defines operating income, as reconciled to net income under IFRS, as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments, charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing, and income taxes. Operating income as defined above is not a measure of results that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. It should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures of performance prepared in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s parent company, Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor”), considers the media segment as a whole and uses operating income in order to assess the performance of its investment in Quebecor Media. The Corporation’s management and Board of Directors use this measure in evaluating its consolidated results as well as the results of its operating segments. This measure eliminates the significant level of impairment and amortization of tangible and intangible assets and is unaffected by the capital structure or investment activities of Quebecor Media and its segments. Operating income is also relevant because it is a significant component of the Corporation’s annual incentive compensation programs. A limitation of this measure, however, is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in the Corporation’s segments. Quebecor Media uses other measures that do reflect such costs, such as cash flows from segment operations and free cash flows from continuing operating activities. In addition, measures like operating income are commonly used by the investment community to analyze and compare the performance of companies in the industries in which the Corporation is engaged. Quebecor Media’s definition of operating income may not be the same as similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

71


Table of Contents

Table 2 below provides a reconciliation of operating income to net income as disclosed in the Corporation’s condensed consolidated financial statements. The consolidated income statement data for the three-month periods ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 presented in Table 2 below is derived from the unaudited consolidated statements for such periods not included in this annual report.

Table 2

Reconciliation of the operating income measure used in this report to the net income measure used in the condensed consolidated financial statements

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     Year ended
December 31
    Three months ended
December 31
 
     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011  

Operating (loss) income:

          

Telecommunications

   $ 1,225.0      $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3      $ 310.4      $ 294.7   

News Media

     115.1        150.1        191.4        38.6        47.0   

Broadcasting

     38.1        50.5        74.9        17.2        20.6   

Leisure and Entertainment

     13.1        26.6        27.6        5.0        7.6   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     9.8        7.9        6.0        3.4        2.5   

Head Office

     4.2        2.3        4.7        —          (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,405.3        1,336.2        1,351.9        374.6        371.6   

Amortization

     (597.7     (509.3     (396.7     (166.8     (137.3

Financial expenses

     (326.4     (311.5     (300.7     (91.7     (76.0

Gain (loss) on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     198.3        54.6        46.1        (43.2     82.5   

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     (29.4     (30.2     (37.1     (0.6     (11.2

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     (201.5     —          —          —          —     

Loss on debt refinancing

     (67.7     (6.6     (12.3     (60.4     —     

Income taxes

     (137.0     (146.4     (162.6     4.2        (61.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6      $ 16.1      $ 168.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Segment Operations

Cash flows from segment operations represents operating income, less additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from disposal of assets. The Corporation uses cash flows from segment operations as a measure of the liquidity generated by its segments. Cash flows from segment operations represents funds available for interest and income tax payments, expenditures related to restructuring programs, business acquisitions, the payment of dividends, and the repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows from segment operations is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Cash flows from segment operations is used by the Corporation’s management and Board of Directors to evaluate cash flows generated by its segments’ operations. When cash flows from segment operation is reported, a detail calculation is provided in the same section of the report.

 

72


Table of Contents

Free Cash Flows from Continuing Operating Activities

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities consists of cash flows provided by operating activities, minus additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets (excluding disbursements for licence acquisitions and renewals), plus proceeds from disposal of assets. The Corporation uses free cash flows from continuing operating activities as a measure of total liquidity generated on a consolidated basis. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities represents funds available for business acquisitions, the payment of dividends and the repayment of long-term debt. Free cash flows from continuing operating activities is not a measure of liquidity that is consistent with IFRS. It is not intended to be regarded as an alternative to other financial operating performance measures or to the statement of cash flows as a measure of liquidity. The Corporation’s definition of free cash flows from continuing operating activities may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

Table 9 provides a reconciliation of free cash flows from continuing operating activities of the Corporation to cash flows provided by its operating activities reported in the consolidated financial statements.

Average Monthly Revenue per User

ARPU is an industry metric that the Corporation uses to measure its monthly cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony revenues per average basic cable customer. ARPU is not a measurement that is consistent with IFRS and the Corporation’s definition and calculation of ARPU may not be the same as identically titled measurements reported by other companies. The Corporation calculates ARPU by dividing its combined cable television, Internet access, cable telephony and mobile telephony revenues by the average number of basic customers during the applicable period, and then dividing the resulting amount by the number of months in the applicable period.

 

73


Table of Contents

2012/2011 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

The 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues: $4.35 billion, an increase of $145.2 million (3.5%).

 

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($204.4 million or 8.4% of segment revenues), Interactive Technologies and Communications ($24.6 million or 20.3%) and Broadcasting ($15.6 million or 3.5%).

 

 

Revenues decreased in News Media ($58.4 million or-5.7%) and Leisure and Entertainment ($20.4 million or -6.5%).

Operating income: $1.41 billion, an increase of $69.1 million (5.2%).

 

 

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($126.2 million or 11.5% of segment operating income) and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.9 million or 24.1%).

 

 

Operating income decreased in News Media ($35.0 million or-23.3%), Leisure and Entertainment ($13.5 million or -50.8%) and Broadcasting ($12.4 million or -24.6%).

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $10.4 million unfavourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2012 compared with 2011. The fair value of the options increased in 2012, whereas it decreased in 2011. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $2.6 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2012.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $245.7 million compared with $374.0 million in 2011, a decrease of $128.3 million.

 

 

The decrease was mainly due to:

 

   

$201.5 million charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets recorded in 2012;

 

   

$88.4 million increase in amortization charge;

 

   

$61.1 million unfavourable variance in loss on debt refinancing;

 

   

$14.9 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$143.7 million favourable variance in gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

 

   

$69.1 million increase in operating income.

Amortization charge: $597.7 million, an $88.4 million increase due essentially to the impact of significant capital expenditures since 2010 in the Telecommunications segment, including amortization of 4G network equipment and impact of emphasis on equipment leasing in the promotional strategy.

Financial expenses: $326.4 million, an increase of $14.9 million due mainly to higher indebtedness.

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $198.3 million in 2012 compared with $54.6 million in 2011. The positive variance of $143.7 million was mainly due to a favourable change in the fair value of early settlement options caused by interest rate and credit premium fluctuations.

 

74


Table of Contents

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items: $29.4 million in 2012 compared with $30.2 million in 2011, a favourable variance of $0.8 million.

 

 

In 2012, a $31.8 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the News Media segment, mainly in connection with staff-reduction programs implemented in the third quarter of 2012, compared with an $11.0 million net charge in 2011 for restructuring initiatives implemented that year. Also as part of those initiatives, a $7.5 million charge for impairment of certain assets was recorded in 2012, compared with a $0.8 million charge for impairment of intangible assets recorded in 2011.

 

 

A $12.9 million gain on disposal of businesses was recorded in 2012 in the Broadcasting segment as a result of the sale by TVA Group of its interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave. A $0.1 million restructuring charge was also recorded in the Broadcasting segment in 2012. In 2011, the Broadcasting segment recognized a $0.7 million charge for impairment of intangible assets, a $0.8 million restructuring charge related primarily to staff reductions, and a $0.2 million charge for other special items.

 

 

In connection with the startup of its 4G network, the Telecommunications segment recorded a $0.5 million charge for migration costs in 2012, compared with $14.8 million in 2011. In addition, a $0.6 million charge for restructuring of other operations was recorded in the segment in 2011.

 

 

In 2012, $2.4 million in other special items was recorded in other segments, compared with $1.3 million in 2011.

Charge for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets : $201.5 million in 2012.

 

 

In October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. Continuing weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries led the Corporation to perform impairment tests on the News Media and Music cash generating units (“CGUs”). Quebecor Media concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of both CGUs. Accordingly, a non-cash goodwill impairment charge of $145.0 million (without any tax consequences) and a non-cash impairment charge of $30.0 million on mastheads and customer relationships were recorded in the News Media segment and a goodwill impairment charge of $12.0 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded in the Leisure and Entertainment segment.

 

 

As a result of new tariffs adopted in 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, the costs of magazine publishing activities have been adversely affected. Accordingly, the Corporation reviewed its business plan for the segment and determined that goodwill was no longer fully recoverable. A $14.5 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge (without any tax consequences) was therefore recorded in 2012.

Loss on debt refinancing: $67.7 million in 2012 compared with $6.6 million in 2011, a $61.1 million unfavourable variance.

 

 

In 2012, Videotron redeemed all of its 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014 in the aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million. During the same period, Quebecor Media redeemed US$580.0 million principal amount of its outstanding 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016 and settled some of the related hedging contracts. Finally, Quebecor Media prepaid the outstanding balance of its term loan “B” credit facility for a cash consideration of $153.9 million. The transactions generated a total $67.7 million loss on debt refinancing including a gain of $15.3 million previously reported in “Other comprehensive income.”

 

 

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed and withdrew US$255.0 million principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014 and settled the related hedges. On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed and withdrew the entirety of its 7.625% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled the related hedges. The transactions generated a $6.6 million loss on debt refinancing, including a loss of $0.8 million previously reported in “Other comprehensive income.”

Income tax expense: $137.0 million (effective tax rate of 24.8%, considering only taxable and deductible items) in 2012, compared with $146.4 million (effective tax rate of 27.5%) in 2011.

 

 

The $9.4 million favourable variance was due primarily to lowering of statutory tax rate.

 

75


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Videotron, in Quebecor Media’s Telecommunications segment, is the largest cable operator in Québec and the third-largest in Canada by customer base. Its state-of-the-art network passes 2,701,200 homes and businesses. As of December 31, 2012, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,917,300. At that date, Videotron had 1,855,000 cable television customers, including 1,484,600 subscribers to its illico Digital TV service. Videotron is also an Internet Service Provider and telephony service provider, with 1,387,700 subscribers to its cable Internet access services and 1,264,900 subscribers to its cable telephony service. In September 2010, Videotron also launched a 4G network to deliver advanced mobile telephony services, including high-speed Internet access, mobile television, and many other functionalities supported by smartphones. As of December 31, 2012, there were 402,600 subscriber connections to Videotron’s mobile service. Videotron also includes Videotron Business Solutions, a full-service business telecommunications provider that offers telephony, high-speed data transmission, Internet access, hosting, and cable television services, and Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée (“Le SuperClub Vidéotron”) and its franchise network, which sells and rents DVDs, Blu-ray discs and console games. The Telecommunications segment also includes the activities of two specialty websites, the employment and training site jobboom.com and the dating site reseaucontact.com .

2012 operating results

Revenues: $2.64 billion, an increase of $204.4 million (8.4%).

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased $66.7 million (6.6%) to $1.08 billion, due primarily to higher revenue per client resulting from increases in some rates, the impact of migration to digital, leasing of digital set-top boxes, and an increase in subscriptions to HD services.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $74.3 million (10.6%) to $772.5 million. The favourable variance was mainly due to customer growth and increases in some rates.

 

 

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $18.2 million (4.2%) to $454.9 million, primarily as a result of customer base growth and more lines for business customers.

 

 

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $58.9 million (52.3%) to $171.6 million, essentially due to customer growth.

 

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $1.8 million (2.9%) to $64.9 million.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $12.5 million (-22.4%) to $43.4 million, mainly because of campaigns promoting cable television equipment leasing.

 

 

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $2.3 million (-10.6%) to $19.3 million, mainly as a result of store closures.

 

 

Other revenues decreased $0.7 million (-2.3%) to $29.2 million.

ARPU: $111.57 in 2012 compared with $103.28 in 2011, an increase of $8.29 (8.0%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units – As of December 31, 2012, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,917,300, an increase of 221,800 (4.7%) from the end of 2011 (Table 4). In 2011, the number of revenue generating units increased by 379,100. The 2011 figure constituted the largest one-year increase in revenue generating units since 2008, resulting largely from the marketing of bundled services, including mobile telephony, and the end of over-the-air analog television broadcasting. Revenue generating units are the sum of cable television, cable and mobile Internet access, and cable telephony service subscriptions and subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

 

76


Table of Contents

Cable television – The combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services decreased by 6,500 (-0.3%) in 2012 (Table 4), compared with an increase of 49,900 in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, Videotron had 1,855,000 customers for its cable television services, a household and business penetration rate of 68.7% (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,701,200 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network as of the end of December 2012, up from 2,657,300 at the end of December 2011), compared with 70.1% a year earlier.

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the number of subscribers to the illico Digital TV service stood at 1,484,600, a 12-month increase of 83,800 (6.0%), compared with a 181,200-subscriber increase in 2011. As of December 31, 2012, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 55.0% versus 52.7% a year earlier.

 

 

The customer base for analog cable television services decreased by 90,300 (-19.6%) in 2012, compared with a decrease of 131,300 customers in 2011, largely as a result of customer migration to illico Digital TV.

Cable Internet access – The number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,387,700 at December 31, 2012, an increase of 55,200 (4.1%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 80,400 in 2011 (Table 4). At December 31, 2012, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate of 51.4%, compared with 50.1% a year earlier.

Cable telephony service – The number of subscribers to cable telephony service stood at 1,264,900 at December 31, 2012, an increase of 59,600 (4.9%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 91,000 in 2011 (Table 4). At December 31, 2012, the cable telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 46.8% versus 45.4% a year earlier.

Mobile telephony service – As of December 31, 2012, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 402,600, an increase of 112,000 (38.5%) from year-end 2011, compared with an increase of 154,500 connections in 2011 (Table 3).

Table 3

Telecommunications segment year-end customer numbers (2008-2012)

(in thousands of customers)

 

     2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Cable television:

              

Analog

     370.4         460.7         592.0         692.9         788.3   

Digital

     1,484.6         1,400.8         1,219.6         1,084.1         927.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,855.0         1,861.5         1,811.6         1,777.0         1,715.6   

Cable Internet

     1,387.7         1,332.5         1,252.1         1,170.6         1,063.8   

Cable telephony

     1,264.9         1,205.3         1,114.3         1,014.0         852.0   

Mobile telephony 1

     402.6         290.6         136.1         82.8         63.4   

Internet over wireless 2

     7.1         5.6         2.3         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (revenue generating units)

     4,917.3         4,695.5         4,316.4         4,044.4         3,694.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

Thousands of connections

2  

Internet over wireless subscriptions have been added to revenue generating units because of recent growth.

Operating income: $1.23 billion, an increase of $126.2 million (11.5%).

 

 

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

 

   

impact of higher revenues.

Partially offset by:

 

   

increases in some operating expenses, among them network maintenance costs (including the 4G network), customer service costs incurred to support customer base growth, and marketing expenses;

 

   

$7.5 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 53.5% in 2012, compared with 54.8% in 2011.

 

 

The decrease was mainly due to the impact of revenue growth (as the fixed component of operating costs does not fluctuate in proportion to revenues), partially offset by the increase in some operating costs.

 

77


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $484.3 million in 2012, compared with $306.5 million in 2011 (Table 4).

 

 

The $177.8 million increase was due to the $126.2 million increase in operating income and the $55.7 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment, mainly reflecting lower investment in the 4G network and in network modernization, partially offset by the $5.1 million increase in additions to intangible assets.

Table 4: Telecommunications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income

   $ 1,225.0      $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (669.6     (725.3     (651.4

Additions to intangible assets

     (78.3     (73.2     (71.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     7.2        6.2        7.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 484.3      $ 306.5      $ 331.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

News Media

In Quebecor Media’s News Media segment, Sun Media Corporation operates Canada’s largest newspaper chain, counting both paid and free circulation, according to corporate figures. As of December 31, 2012, Sun Media Corporation was publishing 36 paid-circulation dailies and 6 free dailies, including newspapers in 9 of the 10 largest urban markets in the country. It also publishes 229 community weeklies, magazines, weekly buyers’ guides, farm publications, and other specialty publications. According to corporate figures, the aggregate circulation of the News Media segment’s paid and free newspapers was approximately 14.2 million copies per week as of December 31, 2012. Sun Media Corporation holds a 51% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel SUN News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with TVA Group, which holds 49%.

Sun Media Corporation’s newspapers disseminate information in traditional print form as well as through 8 urban daily news portals ( journaldemontreal.com , journaldequebec.com , ottawasun.com , torontosun.com , lfpress.com , winnipegsun.com , edmontonsun.com and calgarysun.com ), the portals of nearly 200 community newspapers, free dailies and magazines, as well as specialty information portals. The Canoe network also operates a number of sites, including canoe.ca , canoe.tv and lesacplus.ca , as well as the e-commerce sites micasa.ca (real estate), autonet.ca (automobiles), space.canoe.ca and espace.canoe.ca (social networking), classifiedExtra.ca (classified ads), and canoeklix.com (cost-per-click advertising solutions). The News Media segment’s portals log over 10.3 million unique visitors per month in Canada, including 5.1 million in Québec (according to comScore Media Metrix figures for December 2012).

As well, the News Media segment is engaged in the distribution of newspapers, magazines, inserts and flyers through the Quebecor Media Network, among others. The segment also includes QMI Agency, a news agency that provides content to all Quebecor Media properties and external customers. In addition, the News Media segment offers commercial printing and related services to other publishers through its national printing and production platform, and is also engaged in outdoor advertising through Quebecor Media Out of Home.

 

78


Table of Contents

2012 operating results

Revenues: $960.0 million, a decrease of $58.4 million (-5.7%).

 

 

Advertising revenues decreased 8.3%; circulation revenues decreased 3.8%; digital revenues increased 0.3%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources increased 6.4%, mainly because of higher volume in flyer distribution.

 

 

Revenues decreased 5.8% at the urban dailies and 7.5% at the community newspapers.

 

 

Portal revenues decreased 22.0%. Revenues unrelated to website development decreased 18.4%. Website development has been transferred to the Nurun Inc. subsidiary (“Nurun”).

Operating income: $115.1 million, a decrease of $35.0 million (-23.3%).

 

 

The decrease was due primarily to:

 

   

impact of revenue decrease;

 

   

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network;

 

   

unfavourable impact on 2012 comparative analysis of recognition in 2011 of non-recurring gains on rationalization of postretirement benefits of $5.8 million;

 

   

$4.0 million unfavourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits;

 

   

$3.4 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$30.5 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011 and 2012, and to other reductions in operating expenses.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 88.0% in 2012 compared with 85.3% in 2011. The increase was due to the unfavourable impact of investments in Quebecor Media Network, the fixed component of operating costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases, the unfavourable impact on the 2012 comparative analysis of the recognition in 2011 of gains on rationalization of postretirement benefits, multimedia tax credits, and the stock-based compensation charge, partially offset by the favourable impact in 2012 of lower operating expenses.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $97.9 million in 2012 compared with $131.2 million in 2011 (Table 5), a decrease of $33.3 million, mainly due to the $35.0 million decrease in operating income.

Table 5: News Media

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income

   $ 115.1      $ 150.1      $ 191.4   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (6.5     (13.7     (11.4

Additions to intangible assets

     (11.9     (10.8     (12.0

Proceeds from disposal of assets 1

     1.2        5.6        44.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 97.9      $ 131.2      $ 212.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

2010 figures include the sale of certain tangible assets.

 

79


Table of Contents

Broadcasting

In the Broadcasting segment, TVA Group operates the largest French-language private television network in North America. TVA Group is the sole owner of 6 of the 10 television stations in the TVA Network and the specialty channels LCN, addik TV , Argent, Prise 2, Yoopa, CASA, Moi&cie (formerly Mlle) and TVA Sports. TVA Group also holds interests in two other TVA Network affiliates and the Évasion specialty channel. As well, TVA Group holds a 49% interest in the English-language news and opinion specialty channel SUN News, launched in April 2011 in partnership with Sun Media Corporation, which holds 51%. TVA Group’s TVA Accès division is engaged in commercial production, its TVA Boutiques inc. subsidiary in teleshopping and online shopping, and its TVA Films division in the distribution of films and television programs. The TVA Publications Inc. (“TVA Publications”) subsidiary publishes more than 75 general-interest and entertainment magazines spread across more than 20 brands. It is the largest publisher of French-language magazines in Québec. Its TVA Studio division specializes in commercial production for the magazines.

2012 operating results

Revenues: $461.1 million, an increase of $15.6 million (3.5%).

 

 

Revenues from television operations increased $18.9 million, mainly due to:

 

   

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, attributable largely to the TVA Sports, SUN News, LCN, Moi&cie and Yoopa channels.

Partially offset by:

 

   

unfavourable variance caused by the sale of TVA Group’s interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave in the second quarter of 2012.

 

 

Total publishing revenues decreased $3.3 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues.

Operating income: $38.1 million, a decrease of $12.4 million (-24.6%).

 

 

Operating income from television operations decreased $6.7 million, mainly due to:

 

   

full year of operating costs at TVA Sports in 2012, compared with four months in 2011;

 

   

$1.9 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels.

 

 

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $5.8 million, mainly as a result of:

 

   

impact of recognition of a $3.4 million charge related to the adoption of new tariffs for 2010, 2011 and 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, of which $2.3 million is attributable to 2010 and 2011;

 

   

impact of revenue decrease.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 91.8% in 2012, compared with 88.7% in 2011. The increase in costs as a proportion of revenues was mainly due to the operating loss at TVA Sports, higher operating expenses at some other specialty channels, and recognition of costs related to waste-recovery services.

 

80


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $12.7 million in 2012, compared with $14.2 million in 2011 (Table 6). The $1.5 million decrease was due to the $12.4 million decline in operating income, partially offset by a $10.9 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets.

Table 6: Broadcasting

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income

   $ 38.1      $ 50.5      $ 74.9   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (22.1     (30.5     (18.5

Additions to intangible assets

     (3.3     (5.8     (5.9

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     —          —          0.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 12.7      $ 14.2      $ 51.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Leisure and Entertainment

The operations of the Leisure and Entertainment segment consist primarily of retail sales of CDs, books, DVDs, Blu-ray discs, musical instruments, games and toys, video games, gift ideas and magazines through the chain of stores operated by Archambault Group and the archambault.ca e-commerce site. They also include online sales of downloadable music and e-books; distribution of CDs and videos (Distribution Select); the ZIK music streaming service; distribution of music to Internet download services (Select Digital); music recording and video production (Musicor); recording of live concerts, production of concert videos and television commercials (Les Productions Select TV inc.), and concert promotion (Musicor Spectacles). With Musicor Spectacles and Les Productions Select TV inc., Archambault Group is a fully integrated Canadian music corporation, a producer offering a complete range of media solutions, and an increasingly active player in the concerts and cultural events industry.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment is also engaged in the book industry (Book division), specifically academic publishing through CEC Publishing Inc., general literature through 16 publishing houses, and physical and digital distribution through Messageries ADP inc. (“Messageries ADP”), the exclusive distributor for approximately 170 Québec and European French-language publishers. The general literature publishing houses and Messageries ADP are operated under the Sogides Group Inc. umbrella.

The Leisure and Entertainment segment also includes the QMJHL hockey team, Armada de Blainville-Boisbriand, and BlooBuzz Studios LP, a new Québec video game developer created in February 2012.

2012 operating results

Revenues: $292.5 million, a decrease of $20.4 million (-6.5%) compared with 2011.

 

 

Archambault Group’s revenues decreased 4.2%, mainly because of:

 

   

5.0% decrease in retail sales due to lower sales of CDs, videos and books than in 2011, which included an extra week;

 

   

9.3% decrease in distribution revenues reflecting the larger number of successful CD releases in 2011.

 

 

The Book division’s revenues decreased by 11.7%, mainly because of lower sales of textbooks in the academic segment following completion of the education reform in Québec and lower revenues from general literature publishing and distribution.

Operating income: $13.1 million, a decrease of $13.5 million (-50.8%) compared with 2011, due primarily to impact of decrease in revenues.

 

81


Table of Contents

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $3.2 million in 2012 compared with $18.6 million in 2011 (Table 7).

 

 

The $15.4 million decrease was due to the $13.5 million decrease in operating income and the $1.8 million increase in additions to intangible assets.

Table 7: Leisure and Entertainment

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income

   $ 13.1      $ 26.6      $ 27.6   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (6.3     (6.3     (4.2

Additions to intangible assets

     (3.6     (1.8     (5.4

Proceeds from disposal of assets

     —          0.1        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 3.2      $ 18.6      $ 18.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interactive Technologies and Communications

The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment consists of Nurun, which is engaged in Internet, intranet and extranet development, technological platforms, e-commerce, interactive television, automated publishing solutions, and e-marketing and online customer relationship management strategies and programs. Nurun has offices in North America, Europe and China.

2012 operating results

Revenues: $145.5 million, an increase of $24.6 million (20.3%).

 

 

The increase was mainly due to:

 

   

impact of acquisition of an interactive advertising agency in the United States in the third quarter of 2011;

 

   

higher volume from customers in North America, generated by new contracts, among other things;

 

   

higher volume from government customers.

Partially offset by:

 

   

lower volumes in Europe.

Operating income: $9.8 million, an increase of $1.9 million (24.1%). The favourable variance was mainly due to impact of revenue increase, partially offset by higher labour costs related to strategic personnel retention programs and provision for bonuses.

Cash flows from operations

Cash flows from segment operations: $5.6 million in 2012 compared with $3.6 million in 2011 (Table 8).

 

 

The $2.0 million increase was mainly due to the $1.9 million increase in operating income.

Table 8: Interactive Technologies and Communications

Cash flows from operations

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income

   $ 9.8      $ 7.9      $ 6.0   

Additions to property, plant and equipment

     (4.2     (4.3     (2.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from segment operations

   $ 5.6      $ 3.6      $ 3.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

2012/2011 FOURTH QUARTER COMPARISON

The fourth quarter of the 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenues: $1.14 billion, a decrease of $5.6 million (-0.5%).

 

 

Revenues decreased in News Media ($31.1 million or-11.3% of segment revenues), Leisure and Entertainment ($16.7 million or -15.7%) and Broadcasting ($2.7 million or-2.1%).

 

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($43.5 million or 6.9%).

Operating income: $374.6 million, an increase of $3.0 million (0.8%).

 

 

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($15.7 million or 5.3% of segment operating income) and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($0.9 million or 36.0%).

 

 

Operating income decreased in News Media ($8.4 million or-17.9%), Broadcasting ($3.4 million or-16.5%), and Leisure and Entertainment ($2.6 million or -34.2%).

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $3.1 million unfavourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with the same period of 2011. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $1.8 million unfavourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $11.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $162.7 million in the same period of 2011, an unfavourable variance of $151.3 million.

 

 

The unfavourable variance was due primarily to:

 

   

$125.7 million unfavourable variance in gains and losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

 

   

recognition of a $60.4 million loss on debt refinancing;

 

   

$29.5 million increase in amortization charge;

 

   

$15.7 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$10.6 million decrease in charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items.

Amortization charge: $166.8 million compared with $137.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2011, an increase of $29.5 million due essentially to the same factors as those noted above in the 2012/2011 financial year comparison.

Financial expenses: $91.7 million, an increase of $15.7 million, due primarily to higher indebtedness.

Loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $43.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with an $82.5 million gain in the same period of 2011. The unfavourable variance of $125.7 million was mainly due to an unfavourable change in the fair value of early settlement options caused by interest rate and credit premium fluctuations.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items: $0.6 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $11.2 million in the same period of 2011, a favourable variance of $10.6 million.

 

 

A $0.3 million net charge reversal was recorded in the News Media segment in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an $8.9 million net charge for restructuring of operations recorded in the fourth quarter of 2011 in connection with staff-reduction programs.

 

 

A $0.9 million net charge for restructuring and other special items was recorded in other segments in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with $2.3 million in the same period of 2011.

 

83


Table of Contents

Loss on debt refinancing: $60.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with nil in the same period of 2011.

 

 

In the fourth quarter of 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$320.0 million principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016. The transaction generated a $60.4 million loss on debt refinancing.

Reversal of income tax expense: $4.2 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a $61.4 million income tax expense (effective tax rate of 26.8%) in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

 

The $65.6 million favourable variance was mainly due to:

 

   

impact of decrease in income before income tax;

 

   

impact of tax rate mix on various components of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

 

84


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues: $678.3 million, an increase of $43.5 million (6.9%), essentially due to the same factors as those noted above in the 2012/2011 financial year comparison.

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services increased $12.6 million (4.8%) to $274.3 million.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $12.4 million (6.8%) to $195.6 million.

 

 

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $4.8 million (4.3%) to $116.3 million.

 

 

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $13.8 million (40.2%) to $48.1 million.

 

 

Revenues from Videotron Business Solutions decreased $0.4 million (-2.4%) to $16.1 million.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales increased $1.2 million (8.7%) to $15.0 million.

 

 

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $0.8 million (-13.3%) to $5.2 million.

 

 

Other revenues decreased $0.1 million (-1.3%) to $7.7 million.

ARPU: $114.02 in fourth quarter 2012 compared with $106.09 in the same period of 2011, an increase of $7.93 (7.5%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units – 59,400-unit increase (1.2%) in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a 102,200-unit increase in the same period of 2011.

Cable television – 2,100 (0.1%) increase in combined customer base for all cable television services in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 17,300 in the same quarter of 2011.

 

 

illico Digital TV: 26,800 (1.8%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 52,700 in the same period of 2011.

 

 

Analog cable TV: 24,700 (-6.3%) subscriber decrease in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with a decrease of 35,400 in the fourth quarter of 2011.

Cable Internet access – 18,100 (1.3%) increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 26,100 in the same period of 2011.

Cable telephony – 15,200 (1.2%) subscriber increase in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 25,900 in the same period of 2011.

Mobile telephony service – 24,300 (6.4%) increase in subscriber connections in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with an increase of 32,500 in the same period of 2011.

Operating income : $310.4 million, an increase of $15.7 million (5.3%).

 

 

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

 

   

impact of higher revenues.

Partially offset by:

 

   

increases in some operating expenses, related mainly to customer service costs, network maintenance, and advertising and sponsorship expenses;

 

   

$1.3 million increase in stock-based compensation charge.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.3% in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with 53.6% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to certain operating expense increases in the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

85


Table of Contents

News Media

Revenues: $244.5 million, a decrease of $31.1 million (-11.3%), due in part to the extra week in 2011.

 

 

Advertising revenues decreased 13.8%; circulation revenues decreased 9.1%; combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources decreased 4.3%; digital revenues increased 2.5%.

 

 

Revenues decreased 10.0% at the urban dailies and 13.7% at the community newspapers.

 

 

Portal revenues decreased 25.4% because of lower advertising revenues at the special-interest portals.

Operating income: $38.6 million, a decrease of $8.4 million (-17.9%).

 

 

The decrease was due primarily to:

 

   

impact of revenue decrease;

 

   

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Out of Home, which started up in the fourth quarter of 2012.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$7.7 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011 and 2012, and to other efforts to reduce operating expenses;

 

   

$2.1 million favourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 84.2% in the fourth quarter of 2012 compared with 82.9% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to the unfavourable impact of investments in Quebecor Media Out of Home and to the fixed component of operating costs, which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases, partially offset by the favourable impact of the reduction in operating costs in 2012.

Broadcasting

Revenues: $128.9 million, a decrease of $2.7 million (-2.1%).

 

 

Revenues from television operations decreased $2.1 million, mainly due to:

 

   

lower advertising revenues at the TVA Network and the specialty services, due in part to the extra week in 2011;

 

   

unfavourable variance resulting from the sale by TVA Group of its interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave in the second quarter of 2012 .

Partially offset by:

 

   

increased subscription revenues at the specialty channels, including TVA Sports and LCN.

 

 

Total publishing revenues decreased $0.9 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues.

Operating income: $17.2 million, a decrease of $3.4 million (-16.5%).

 

 

Operating income from television operations decreased by $2.9 million, mainly as a result of impact of revenue decrease.

 

 

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $0.7 million, also due to impact of lower revenues.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 86.7% in the fourth quarter of 2012, compared with 84.3% in the same period of 2011. The increase was mainly due to the decrease in revenues at TVA Network, since the fixed component of operating costs does not fluctuate in proportion to revenues.

 

86


Table of Contents

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues: $89.5 million, a decrease of $16.7 million (-15.7%) due in part to the extra week in 2011.

 

 

Archambault Group’s revenues decreased 15.5%, mainly because of:

 

   

8.2% decrease in revenues from retail sales, as well as lower sales of CDs and books;

 

   

36.3% decrease in distribution revenues, primarily because of a larger number of successful releases in the fourth quarter of 2011 than in the same period of 2012;

 

 

The Book division’s revenues decreased 16.5%, mainly because Messageries ADP distributed fewer books in the fourth quarter of 2012 than in the same period of 2011, in both the mass market and bookstore segments.

Operating income: $5.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2012, a decrease of $2.6 million (-34.2%) compared with the same period of 2011. The unfavourable variance was due primarily to impact of revenue decrease.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Revenues: $35.8 million, a decrease of $0.2 million (-0.6%).

 

 

The decrease was mainly due to:

 

   

decrease in volume in Europe.

Offset by:

 

   

customer growth in the United States;

 

   

higher volume from government customers.

Operating income: $3.4 million, an increase of $0.9 million (36.0%). The favourable variance was mainly due to a larger contribution to operating margin from the Montréal operations and to revenue growth in the United States.

 

87


Table of Contents

2011/2010 FINANCIAL YEAR COMPARISON

The 2011 financial year contained an additional week in the News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications segments.

Analysis of consolidated results of Quebecor Media

Revenue: $4.21 billion, an increase of $206.5 million (5.2%).

 

 

Revenues increased in Telecommunications ($201.9 million or 9.1% of segment revenues), Interactive Technologies and Communications ($22.9 million or 23.4%), Leisure and Entertainment ($10.4 million or 3.4%), and News Media ($3.4 million or 0.3%).

 

 

Revenues decreased in Broadcasting ($2.7 million or -0.6%).

 

 

New activities generated a $29.4 million unfavourable variance in intersegment sales in 2011.

Operating income: $1.34 billion, a decrease of $15.7 million (-1.2%).

 

 

Operating income decreased in News Media ($41.3 million or -21.6% of segment operating income), Broadcasting ($24.4 million or -32.6%), and Leisure and Entertainment ($1.0 million or -3.6%).

 

 

Operating income increased in Telecommunications ($51.5 million or 4.9%) and Interactive Technologies and Communications ($1.9 million or 31.7%).

 

 

The change in the fair value of Quebecor Media stock options resulted in a $12.8 million favourable variance in the consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2011 compared with 2010. The fair value of the options decreased in 2011, whereas it increased in 2010. The change in the fair value of Quebecor stock options resulted in a $6.6 million favourable variance in the Corporation’s consolidated stock-based compensation charge in 2011.

Net income attributable to shareholders: $374.0 million in 2011, compared with $470.3 million in 2010, a decrease of $96.3 million.

 

 

The decrease was mainly due to:

 

   

$112.6 million increase in amortization charge;

 

   

$15.7 million decrease in operating income;

 

   

$10.8 million increase in financial expenses.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$8.5 million favourable variance in gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments;

 

   

$6.9 million decrease in charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items;

 

   

$5.7 million decrease in loss on debt refinancing.

Amortization charge: $509.3 million, a $112.6 million increase essentially due to significant capital expenditures in 2010 and 2011 in the Telecommunications segment, including commencement of amortization of 4G network equipment and licences following network launch in September 2010, and impact of emphasis on equipment leasing in the promotional strategy.

Financial expenses: $311.5 million, an increase of $10.8 million.

 

 

The increase was due mainly to:

 

   

higher base interest rates and the impact of fixed-and floating-rate debt rebalancing on the average interest rate paid on the debt.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$6.3 million favourable variance in other financial expenses, reflecting among other things a reduction in interest following the settlement of a dispute.

 

88


Table of Contents

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments: $54.6 million in 2011 compared with $46.1 million in 2010, a favourable variance of $8.5 million.

 

 

The variance was due to a favourable change in the fair value of early settlement options due to interest rate and credit premium fluctuations, and to fluctuations in the ineffective portion of derivative financial instruments.

Charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items : $30.2 million in 2011 compared with $37.1 million in 2010, a favourable variance of $6.9 million.

 

 

In connection with the startup of its 4G network in the third quarter of 2010, the Telecommunications segment recorded a $14.8 million charge for migration costs in 2011, compared with $13.9 million in 2010. In addition, a $0.6 million charge for restructuring of other operations was recorded in 2011, the same as in 2010. A $3.3 million gain on disposal of assets and a $0.2 million charge for impairment of assets were also recorded in the Telecommunications segment in 2010.

 

 

An $11.0 million charge for restructuring of operations was recorded in the News Media segment in 2011 in connection with staff-reduction programs, compared with a $17.9 million charge in 2010. As a result of these initiatives, a $0.8 million non-cash impairment charge on intangible assets was recorded in the segment in 2011, compared with $3.5 million in 2010. In addition, some segment assets were sold in 2010, resulting in a $4.9 million net gain.

 

 

In 2010, the Broadcasting segment decided to terminate programming on its Sun TV conventional television station on the launch of the new SUN News specialty channel. In connection with this repositioning, the Broadcasting segment recognized an $8.2 million asset impairment charge on equipment and broadcast rights in 2010, compared with a $0.7 million asset impairment charge in 2011. In addition, a $0.8 million restructuring charge was recorded in 2011, primarily in connection with staff reductions, compared with $1.4 million in 2010. Finally, the Broadcasting segment recorded a $0.2 million charge for other special items in 2011, compared with a $0.5 million gain on disposal of assets in 2010.

 

 

A $0.2 million net charge for restructuring of operations and other special items was recorded in other segments in 2011, compared with $0.9 million in 2010. A $1.1 million charge for other special items was recorded in 2011, compared with a $0.8 million gain in 2010.

Loss on debt refinancing: $6.6 million in 2011 compared with $12.3 million in 2010.

 

 

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed US$255.0 million principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014 and settled the related hedges for a total cash consideration of $303.1 million. The transaction generated a $2.7 million gain on debt refinancing.

 

 

On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed and withdrew the entirety of its 7.625% Senior Notes in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled the related hedges for a total cash consideration of $308.2 million. The transaction generated a $9.3 million loss on debt refinancing.

 

 

On January 14, 2010, Quebecor Media made a US$170.0 million early payment on drawings on its term loan “B” and settled a corresponding portion of the related hedge agreements for a total cash disbursement of $206.7 million. As a result of this transaction, a $10.4 million loss on debt refinancing was charged to income.

 

 

In May 2010, Osprey Media paid down the balance of its term credit facility and settled related hedge agreements for a total cash consideration of $116.3 million. As a result of this transaction, a $1.9 million loss on debt refinancing was charged to income.

Income tax expense: $146.4 million (effective tax rate of 27.5%) in 2011, compared with $162.6 million (effective tax rate of 25.0%) in 2010.

 

 

The $16.2 million favourable variance was due to reduced income before income taxes, partially offset by the impact of a decrease in deferred income tax liabilities recorded in 2010 in light of developments in tax audits, jurisprudence and tax legislation.

 

89


Table of Contents

SEGMENTED ANALYSIS

Telecommunications

Revenues: $2.43 billion, an increase of $201.9 million (9.1%).

 

 

Combined revenues from all cable television services topped $1 billion for the first time, increasing by $62.0 million (6.5%) to $1.01 billion, mainly because of the higher ARPU generated by increases in some rates and the success of HD packages, the increase in pay TV orders, and the impact of customer base growth.

 

 

Revenues from Internet access services increased $54.0 million (8.4%) to $698.2 million. The favourable variance was mainly due to customer growth, increases in some rates and customer migration to upgraded service plans.

 

 

Revenues from cable telephony service increased $26.8 million (6.5%) to $436.7 million, primarily as a result of customer base growth and more lines per customer.

 

 

Revenues from mobile telephony service increased $59.6 million (112.1%) to $112.7 million, essentially due to customer growth resulting largely from the launch of the new network in September 2010.

 

 

Revenues of Videotron Business Solutions increased $3.2 million (5.4%) to $63.0 million, mainly because of higher revenues from network solutions.

 

 

Revenues from customer equipment sales decreased $4.0 million (-6.7%) to $55.9 million, mainly because of promotional strategies that emphasized cable equipment leasing, partially offset by increased sales of mobile telephony equipment.

 

 

Revenues of Le SuperClub Vidéotron decreased $1.6 million (-6.9%) to $21.6 million, mainly as a result of store closures in 2011, partially offset by higher revenues from franchise fees.

 

 

Other revenues increased $1.9 million (6.8%) to $29.9 million.

ARPU: $103.28 in 2011 compared with $95.73 in 2010, an increase of $7.55 (7.9%).

Customer statistics

Revenue generating units – As of December 31, 2011, the total number of revenue generating units stood at 4,695,500, an increase of 379,100 (8.8%) from the end of 2010 (Table 3). The net increase in revenue generating units in 2011 was 39.4% higher than in 2010 and constituted the largest annual increase, in absolute terms, in three years. This excellent performance was due to the effective strategy of marketing bundled services, including mobile telephony service, at a time of technological change in television broadcasting. The number of revenue generating units increased by 272,000 in 2010. Revenue generating units are the sum of cable television, Internet access and cable telephony service subscriptions and subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service.

Cable television – The combined customer base for all of Videotron’s cable television services increased by 49,900 (2.8%) in 2011 (Table 3), compared with an increase of 34,600 in 2010. As of December 31, 2011, Videotron had 1,861,500 customers for its cable television services, a household and business penetration rate of 70.1% (number of subscribers as a proportion of the total 2,657,300 homes and businesses passed by Videotron’s network as of the end of December 2011), compared with 69.3% at the end of December 2011.

 

 

The customer base for the Digital TV service stood at 1,400,800 at December 31, 2011, an increase of 181,200 (14.9%) during the year, compared with a 135,500 increase in 2010. It was the largest annual customer growth for Digital TV since the service was launched in 1999. As of December 31, 2011, illico Digital TV had a household and business penetration rate of 52.7% versus 46.7% a year earlier.

 

 

Migration from analog to digital service was the main reason for the 131,300 (-22.2%) decrease in the customer base for analog cable television services in 2011. By comparison, the number of subscribers to analog cable services decreased by 100,900 in 2010.

Cable Internet access – The number of subscribers to cable Internet access services stood at 1,332,500 at December 31, 2011, an increase of 80,400 (6.4%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 81,500 in 2010 (Table 3). At December 31, 2011, Videotron’s cable Internet access services had a household and business penetration rate of 50.1%, compared with 47.9% a year earlier.

 

90


Table of Contents

Cable telephony service – The number of subscribers to cable telephony service stood at 1,205,300 at the end of December 2011, an increase of 91,000 (8.2%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 100,300 in 2010 (Table 3). At December 31, 2011, the IP telephony service had a household and business penetration rate of 45.4%, compared with 42.7% a year earlier.

Mobile telephony service – As of December 31, 2011, the number of subscriber connections to the mobile telephony service stood at 290,600, an increase of 154,500 (113.5%) from year-end 2010, compared with an increase of 53,300 connections in 2010 (Table 3). At December 31, 2011, there were 3,100 connections to the Mobile Virtual Network Operator network.

Operating income: $1.10 billion, an increase of $51.5 million (4.9%).

 

 

The increase in operating income was mainly due to:

 

   

impact of higher revenues;

 

   

$10.6 million reduction in stock-based compensation charge.

Partially offset by:

 

   

increases in operating expenses, among them costs related to the roll-out of the 4G network, including acquisition costs and site overhead costs;

 

   

capitalization of some operating expenses during the build-out of the new mobile network, which also explains the unfavourable variance in operating expenses in 2011 compared with 2010.

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Telecommunications segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 54.8% in 2011, compared with 53.0% in 2010.

 

 

The increase was mainly due to operating cost increases related to the roll-out of the 4G network, partially offset by the impact of increases in some rates.

Cash flows from segment operations: $306.5 million in 2011, compared with $331.7 million in 2010, a decrease of $25.2 million.

 

 

The $51.5 million increase in operating income was offset by a $73.9 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment, mainly reflecting impact of emphasis on equipment leasing in the promotional strategy.

News Media

Revenues: $1.02 billion, an increase of $3.4 million (0.3%).

 

 

Combined revenues from commercial printing and other sources increased 14.2%, advertising revenues were flat, and circulation revenues decreased 5.1%.

 

 

Revenues decreased 3.6% at the urban dailies and increased 3.5% at the community newspapers. Excluding business acquisitions, revenues of the community newspapers decreased 2.3%.

 

 

Portal revenues decreased 5.2%, essentially because of lower revenues at the specialty portals, due primarily to the transfer of intercompany website development operations to the Nurun subsidiary and a decrease in advertising revenues.

Operating income: $150.1 million, a decrease of $41.3 million (-21.6%).

 

 

The decrease was due primarily to:

 

   

unfavourable variance related to investments in Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages ;

 

   

impact of revenue decreases at the urban dailies and community newspapers on a same-store basis;

 

   

increases in some operating expenses, including community newspaper startup costs in Québec;

 

   

$4.7 million increase in newsprint costs.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$5.8 million favourable impact of rationalization of postretirement benefits;

 

   

$3.9 million favourable variance related to the stock-based compensation plan;

 

   

$2.4 million favourable impact related to restructuring initiatives announced in November 2011;

 

   

$2.4 million favourable variance in multimedia employment tax credits;

 

   

contribution from acquired businesses.

 

91


Table of Contents

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all News Media segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 85.3% in 2011, compared with 81.1% in 2010.

 

 

The increase was due mainly to:

 

   

spending on community newspaper launches in Québec, as well as on Quebecor Media Network and Quebecor MediaPages ;

 

   

unfavourable impact of fixed component of operating costs (which does not fluctuate in proportion to revenue decreases);

 

   

impact of higher newsprint costs.

Partially offset by:

 

   

cost reductions related to postretirement benefits, compensation plans and employment tax credits.

Cash flows from segment operations: $131.2 million in 2011, compared with $212.5 million in 2010.

 

 

The $81.3 million decrease was due primarily to a $41.3 million decrease in operating income and a $38.9 million unfavourable variance in proceeds from disposal of assets, resulting primarily from the sale of certain tangible assets in 2010.

Broadcasting

Revenues: $445.5 million, a decrease of $2.7 million (-0.6%).

 

 

Revenues from television operations increased $1.6 million, mainly due to:

 

   

increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels;

 

   

higher revenues at the TVA Network, including increases in revenues from advertising, production, and the sale of content;

 

   

higher revenues at TVA Accès.

Partially offset by:

 

   

decrease in advertising revenues in light of repositioning of the Sun TV conventional television station following the creation of SUN News;

 

   

decrease in revenues at TVA Films, reflecting the larger number of successful releases in 2010.

 

 

Total publishing revenues decreased $4.4 million, mainly because of lower newsstand and advertising revenues, partially offset by higher revenues at TVA Studio.

Operating income: $50.5 million, a decrease of $24.4 million (-32.6%).

 

 

Operating income from television operations decreased $23.3 million, mainly due to:

 

   

startup operating losses at the SUN News, TVA Sports and Moi&cie specialty channels;

 

   

higher content costs at the TVA Network and specialty channels as a result of the programming strategy.

Partially offset by:

 

   

impact of increased advertising and subscription revenues at the specialty channels.

 

 

Operating income from publishing operations decreased by $1.0 million, mainly as a result of impact of revenue decrease, partially offset by savings in operating costs.

 

92


Table of Contents

Cost/revenue ratio: Operating costs for all Broadcasting segment operations, expressed as a percentage of revenues, were 88.7% in 2011 compared with 83.3% in 2010. The increase in costs as a proportion of revenues was mainly due to higher operating expenses related to the launch of the SUN News, TVA Sports and Moi&cie specialty channels, and to higher content costs.

Cash flows from segment operations: $14.2 million in 2011 compared with $51.3 million in 2010, a decrease of $37.1 million, mainly due to the $24.4 million decrease in operating income and the $12.0 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment, primarily reflecting spending on the new specialty channels.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues: $312.9 million, an increase of $10.4 million (3.4%).

 

 

Archambault Group’s revenues increased 8.3%, mainly because of:

 

   

25.2% increase in distribution revenues, primarily because of new intercompany DVD distribution activities;

 

   

increased production sales as a result of higher revenues from concert production and music recording, including the successful show Le retour de nos idoles.

 

 

The Book division’s revenues decreased by 5.1%, mainly because of lower sales of textbooks in the academic segment following completion of the education reform in Quebec, and lower distribution and publishing revenues in the general literature segment.

Operating income: $26.6 million in 2011, a decrease of $1.0 million from 2010, due primarily to decreased revenues in the Book division, partially offset by the positive impact of increased revenues and operating margins at Archambault Group.

Cash flows from segment operations: $18.6 million in 2011 compared with $18.0 million in 2010.

 

 

The $0.6 million favourable variance was due to the $1.5 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, partially offset by the $1.0 million decrease in operating income.

Interactive Technologies and Communications

Revenues: $120.9 million, an increase of $22.9 million (23.4%).

 

 

The increase was mainly due to:

 

   

higher volume from customers in Canada (generated by, among other things, the transfer of intercompany technological activities from the News Media segment) and in Europe;

 

   

impact of acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the third quarter of 2011.

Partially offset by:

 

   

decrease in volume in the United States.

Operating income: $7.9 million, an increase of $1.9 million (31.7%), mainly as a result of the favourable impact of the revenue increase.

Cash flows from segment operations: $3.6 million in 2011, compared with $3.4 million in 2010.

 

 

The $0.2 million favourable variance was due to the $1.9 million increase in operating income, partially offset by the $1.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

93


Table of Contents

CASH FLOWS AND FINANCIAL POSITION

This section provides an analysis of sources and uses of cash flows, as well as an analysis of the financial position as of the balance sheet date. This section should be read in conjunction with the discussions on trends under “Trend Information” above and on the Corporation’s financial risks under “Financial Instruments and Financial Risk” below.

Operating activities

2012 financial year

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities: $1.14 billion in 2012 compared with $882.2 million in 2011.

 

 

The $260.1 million favourable variance was mainly due to:

 

   

$276.9 million favourable variance in the net change in non-cash balances related to operations, mainly because of favourable variances in income tax liabilities, inventory, accounts payable, accrued charges, and provisions for restructuring of operations;

 

   

$126.2 million increase in operating income in the Telecommunications segment.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$74.7 million unfavourable variance in current income taxes;

 

   

operating income decreases in News Media ($35.0 million), Leisure and Entertainment ($13.5 million) and Broadcasting ($12.4 million);

 

   

$13.4 million increase in cash interest expense.

2011 financial year

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities: $882.2 million in 2011 compared with $834.8 million in 2010.

 

 

The $47.4 million increase was due primarily to:

 

   

$74.2 million favourable variance in current income taxes;

 

   

$51.5 million increase in operating income in the Telecommunications segment.

Partially offset by:

 

   

operating income decreases in News Media ($41.3 million) and Broadcasting ($24.4 million);

 

   

$10.5 million increase in cash interest expense.

2012/2011 financial year comparison

Profit growth in the Telecommunications segment had a favourable impact on cash flows in 2012 and 2011. On the other hand, the costs of product and service launches and the negative impact of more aggressive competition and weak market conditions in the News Media and Broadcasting segments had an unfavourable impact on cash flows provided by operating activities. Finally, the deferral of current income taxes of a general partnership created in 2011 had the effect of deferring some income tax expenses.

Working capital: Negative $81.7 million at December 31, 2012, compared with negative $71.8 million at December 31, 2011. The impact of an increase in cash and cash equivalents was outweighed by decreases in accounts receivable, inventory and income tax credits, and increases in accounts payable, accrued charges, provisions, and income tax liabilities.

 

94


Table of Contents

Investing activities

2012 financial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $710.6 million in 2012 compared with $780.7 million in 2011. The $70.1 million decrease was mainly due to:

 

 

$55.7 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Telecommunications segment, mainly because of reduced spending on the 4G network and network modernization;

 

 

$8.4 million decrease in the Broadcasting segment and a $7.2 million decrease in the News Media segment.

Additions to intangible assets: $94.9 million in 2012 compared with $91.6 million in 2011.

Business acquisitions: $2.0 million in 2012 compared with $55.7 million in 2011, a $53.7 million decrease mainly due to impact of acquisitions in 2011 of community newspapers in the News Media segment and of a digital agency in the United States in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment.

Disposal of businesses: $18.7 million in 2012, mainly reflecting the sale of the Broadcasting segment’s interest in the specialty channels mysteryTV and The Cave.

2011 financial year

Additions to property, plant and equipment: $780.7 million compared with $689.0 million in 2010. The $91.7 million variance was due primarily to:

 

 

$73.9 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Telecommunications segment, mainly due to emphasis on equipment leasing in the segment’s promotional strategy;

 

 

$12.0 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment in the Broadcasting segment, primarily reflecting spending on the new specialty channels.

Additions to intangible assets: $91.6 million in 2011 compared with $95.2 million in 2010.

Proceeds from disposal of assets: $12.0 million in 2011 compared with $53.0 million in 2010. The $41.0 million decrease essentially reflects the disposal of certain tangible assets in the News Media segment in the second quarter of 2010.

Business acquisitions: $55.7 million in 2011 compared with $3.1 million in 2010, a $52.6 million increase, mainly due to the acquisition of community newspapers in the News Media segment in 2011, and to the acquisition of a digital agency in the United States in the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment.

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

2012 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $345.2 million in 2012 compared with $21.9 million in 2011 (Table 9).

 

 

The $323.3 million increase was essentially due to:

 

   

$260.1 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities;

 

   

$70.1 million decrease in additions to property, plant and equipment.

 

95


Table of Contents

2011 financial year

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities: $21.9 million in 2011 compared with $103.6 million in 2010 (Table 9).

 

 

The $81.7 million decrease was mainly due to:

 

   

$91.7 million increase in additions to property, plant and equipment;

 

   

$41.0 million decrease in proceeds from disposal of assets.

Partially offset by:

 

   

$47.4 million increase in cash flows provided by continuing operating activities.

Table 9

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities reported in the financial statements and free cash flows from continuing operating activities

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Operating income:

      

Telecommunications

   $ 1,225.0      $ 1,098.8      $ 1,047.3   

News Media

     115.1        150.1        191.4   

Broadcasting

     38.1        50.5        74.9   

Leisure and Entertainment

     13.1        26.6        27.6   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     9.8        7.9        6.0   

Head Office

     4.2        2.3        4.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,405.3        1,336.2        1,351.9   

Cash interest expense 1

     (312.1     (298.7     (288.2

Cash portion of charge for restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items 2

     (34.8     (28.7     (33.9

Current income taxes

     (57.0     17.7        (56.5

Other

     6.2        (2.1     0.8   

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

     134.7        (142.2     (139.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by continuing operating activities

     1,142.3        882.2        834.8   

Additions to property, plant and equipment and additions to intangible assets, less proceeds from disposal of assets:

      

Telecommunications

     (740.7     (792.3     (715.6

News Media

     (17.2     (18.9     21.1   

Broadcasting

     (25.4     (36.3     (23.6

Leisure and Entertainment

     (9.9     (8.0     (9.6

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     (4.2     (4.3     (2.6

Head Office

     0.3        (0.5     (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (797.1     (860.3     (731.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flows from continuing operating activities

   $ 345.2      $ 21.9      $ 103.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

Interest on long-term debt, foreign currency translation on short-term monetary items and other interest expenses ( see note 4 in the consolidated financial statements).

2  

Charge for restructuring and other items ( see note 6 in the consolidated financial statements).

 

96


Table of Contents

Financing activities

2012 financial year

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank borrowings): $726.8 million increase in 2012; $17.6 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

 

 

Summary of debt increases in 2012:

 

   

issuance by Videotron on March 14, 2012 of US$800.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $787.6 million, net of financing fees of $11.9 million. The Notes bear interest at 5.0% and mature on July 15, 2022;

 

   

Issuance by Quebecor Media on October 11, 2012 of US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 5.75% and maturing in 2023, and $500.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes bearing interest at 6.625% and maturing in 2023, for total net proceeds of $1.31 billion, net of financing fees of $16.5 million.

 

 

Summary of debt reductions in 2012:

 

   

repayment by Videotron in March 2012 of all of its 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in January 2014, in the aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million;

 

   

repayment by Quebecor Media in March, April and November 2012 of US$580.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in March 2016;

 

   

prepayment by Quebecor Media in December 2012 of the outstanding balance on its term loan “B” for a cash consideration of $153.9 million;

 

   

$195.8 million decrease in debt due to favourable variance in fair value of embedded derivatives, resulting mainly from interest rate and credit premium fluctuations;

 

   

estimated $53.2 million favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. Any decrease in this item is offset by an increase in the liability (or decrease in the asset) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments”;

 

   

repayment of $37.6 million balance on Sun Media Corporation’s term credit facility on February 3, 2012 and cancellation of the facility;

 

   

current payments, totalling $47.4 million, on the credit facilities and other debt of TVA Group, Quebecor Media and Videotron.

 

 

Total proceeds of $1.31 billion from the issuance by Quebecor Media on October 11, 2012 of 5.75% Senior Notes maturing in 2023 and of 6.625% Senior Notes maturing in 2023 were used to purchase for cancellation 20,351,307 common shares of Quebecor Media’s capital stock held by CDP Capital for a total cash consideration of $1.00 billion and to redeem US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes maturing in 2016.

 

 

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net liability of $262.9 million at December 31, 2012, compared with a net liability of $280.5 million at December 31, 2011. The favourable net variance of $17.6 million was due to:

 

   

settlement of hedges by Quebecor Media following repayment in March and April 2012 of US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes;

 

   

favourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada, compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

Partially offset by:

 

   

unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on the value of derivative financial instruments.

 

97


Table of Contents
 

On January 25, 2012, Quebecor Media amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from January 2013 to January 2016 and added a new $200.0 million revolving credit facility “C,” also maturing in January 2016. In December 2012, this credit facility was combined with the existing facility for a total amount of $300.0 million.

 

 

On February 24, 2012, TVA Group amended its bank credit facilities to extend the maturity of its $100.0 million revolving credit facility from December 2012 to February 2017.

 

 

On June 4, 2012, Videotron announced a public exchange offer for the exchange of the entirety of its outstanding 5% Senior Notes maturing on July 15, 2022 for an equivalent principal amount of Notes registered pursuant to the Securities Act of   1933 . The exchange was completed on July 20, 2012.

2011 financial year

Consolidated debt (long-term debt plus bank borrowings): $183.6 million increase in 2011; $170.7 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments.

 

 

Summary of debt increases in 2011:

 

   

issuance by Videotron on July 5, 2011 of $300.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 6.875%, payable twice yearly on June 15 and December 15, and mature on July 15, 2021;

 

   

issuance by Quebecor Media on January 5, 2011 of $325.0 million principal amount of Senior Notes for net proceeds of $319.9 million, net of financing fees of $5.1 million. The Notes bear interest at a rate of 7.375%, payable twice yearly on June 15 and December 15, and mature on January 15, 2021;

 

   

use by Videotron of $69.6 million drawn on its secured export financing facility;

 

   

estimated $32.3 million unfavourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations. Any increase in this item is offset by a decrease in the liability (or increase in the asset) related to cross-currency swap agreements entered under “Derivative financial instruments.”

 

 

Summary of debt reductions in 2011:

 

   

repayment on July 18, 2011 of US$255.0 million principal amount of Videotron’s 6.875% Senior Notes maturing in 2014;

 

   

early repayment on February 15, 2011 of the entirety of Sun Media Corporation’s outstanding 7.625% Senior Notes maturing in 2013, in the aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million;

 

   

$52.5 million decrease in debt due to favourable variance in fair value of embedded derivatives, resulting mainly from interest rate and credit premium fluctuations;

 

   

current payments totalling $30.2 million on Quebecor Media’s credit facility and other debt.

 

 

Assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments totalled a net liability of $280.5 million at December 31, 2011, compared with a net liability of $451.2 million at December 31, 2010. The $170.7 million favourable net variance was caused primarily by:

 

   

settlement of hedges by Videotron following repayment, on July 18, 2011, of US$255.0 million principal amount of Videotron’s 6.875% Senior Notes;

 

   

settlement and revocation by Sun Media Corporation of hedges following the early repayment and withdrawal of all its outstanding Senior Notes on February 15, 2011;

 

   

favourable impact of exchange rate fluctuations on value of derivative financial instruments.

Partially offset by:

 

   

unfavourable impact of interest rate trends in Canada, compared with the United States, on the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

 

 

On July 20, 2011, Videotron amended its $575.0 million revolving credit facility to extend the expiry date from April 2012 to July 2016 and to modify some of the terms and conditions.

 

98


Table of Contents

Financial position at December 31, 2012

Net available liquidity: $1.09 billion for the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, consisting of $215.5 million in cash and $874.9 million in available unused lines of credit.

Consolidated debt: $4.43 billion at December 31, 2012, a $726.8 million increase compared with December 31, 2011; $17.6 million favourable net variance in assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments ( see “Financing Activities” above) .

 

 

Consolidated debt essentially consisted of Videotron’s $2.13 billion debt ($1.86 billion at December 31, 2011), TVA Group’s $74.4 million debt ($96.4 million at December 31, 2011) and Quebecor Media’s $2.23 billion debt ($1.71 billion at December 31, 2011). Sun Media Corporation’s debt was paid down in full in the first quarter of 2012 ($37.4 million at December 31, 2011).

As of December 31, 2012, minimum principal payments on long-term debt in the coming year and thereafter were as follows:

Table 10

Minimum principal payments on Quebecor Media’s long-term debt

12 month ending December 31

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

2013

   $ 21.3   

2014

     96.4   

2015

     195.2   

2016

     642.4   

2017

     10.7   

2018 and thereafter

     3,777.6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,743.6   
  

 

 

 

The weighted average term of Quebecor Media’s consolidated debt was approximately 7.1 years as of December 31, 2012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2011). The debt consists of approximately 90.9% fixed rate debt (84.7% as of December 31, 2011) and 9.1% floating rate debt (15.3% as of December 31, 2011).

Management believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, and dividends (or distributions). The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries. The Corporation believes it will be able to meet future debt maturities, which are fairly staggered over the coming years.

Pursuant to their financing agreements, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are required to maintain certain financial ratios. The key indicators listed in these financing agreements include debt service coverage ratio and debt ratio (long-term debt over operating income). At December 31, 2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all required financial ratios.

Dividends: In 2012, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid dividends totalling $100.0 million. In 2011, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid dividends totalling $100.0 million.

 

99


Table of Contents

Analysis of consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2012

Table 11

Consolidated balance sheet of Quebecor Media

Analysis of main variances between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     December 31,
2012
     December 31,
2011
     Difference    

Main reason for difference

Assets

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 228.7       $ 146.4       $ 82.3      Cash flows from operating activities in excess of investing and financing activities

Property, plant and equipment

     3,353.2         3,156.0         197.2      Additions to property, plant and equipment ( see  “Investing activities” above), less amortization for the period

Intangible assets

     956.7         1,041.0         (84.3   Partial write-down of customer relationships and mastheads in the News Media segment and amortization, partially offset by current acquisitions

Goodwill

     3,371.6         3,543.8         (172.2   Partial write-down of goodwill in the News Media segment, the Leisure and Entertainment segment’s Music division, and the TVA Group’s publishing segment

Liabilities

          

Long-term debt, including short-term portion and bank indebtedness

     4,428.7         3,701.9         726.8      See “Financing activities”

Derivative financial instruments 1

     262.9         280.5         (17.6   See “Financing activities”

Net future tax liabilities 2

     570.8         514.1         56.7      Use of tax benefits and capital cost allowance in excess of book amortization

 

1  

Current and long-term liabilities less long-term assets

2  

Long-term liabilities less long-term assets

 

100


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Contractual Obligations

At December 31, 2012, material contractual obligations of operating activities included: capital repayment and interest on long-term debt; operating lease arrangements; capital asset purchases and other commitments; and obligations related to derivative financial instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative financial instruments. Table 12 below shows a summary of these contractual obligations.

Table 12

Contractual obligations of Quebecor Media as of December 31, 2012

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     Total      Under
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      5 years
or more
 

Long-term debt 1

   $ 4,743.6       $ 21.3       $ 291.6       $ 653.1       $ 3,777.6   

Interest payments 2

     2,501.3         314.8         697.3         574.9         914.3   

Operating leases

     385.8         61.7         88.0         61.3         174.8   

Additions to property, plant and equipment and other commitments

     318.2         93.6         104.8         29.6         90.2   

Derivative financial instruments 3

     294.4         24.7         143.1         40.9         85.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 8,243.3       $ 516.1       $ 1,324.8       $ 1,359.8       $ 5,042.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2  

Estimated interest payable on long-term debt, based on interest rates, hedging of interest rates and hedging of foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2012.

3  

Estimated future disbursements, net of receipts, related to foreign exchange hedging using derivative financial instruments.

On October 30, 2012, Quebecor Media signed an agreement to install, maintain and advertise on STM bus shelters for the next 20 years. The agreement includes, among other terms, a commitment from Quebecor Media to pay total royalties of $120.0 million over the 20-year period. This commitment could increase based on future advertising revenues generated by the agreement.

Videotron leases sites for its 4G network and other equipment under operating lease arrangements and has contracted long-term commitments to acquire services and equipment for a total future consideration of $132.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2012, Videotron renewed or extended several leases and signed new operating lease arrangements.

In the normal course of business, TVA Group contracts commitments regarding broadcast rights for television programs and films, as well as distribution rights for audiovisual content. The outstanding balance on such commitments was $85.7 million at December 31, 2012.

Large quantities of newsprint, paper and ink are among the most important raw materials used by Quebecor Media. In 2012, the total newsprint consumption of its News Media segment’s operations was approximately 140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint accounted for approximately 9.4% ($79.8 million) of the News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. In order to obtain more favourable pricing, Quebecor Media sources substantially all of its newsprint from a single newsprint producer. Quebecor Media currently obtains newsprint from this supplier at a discount to market prices, and receives additional volume rebates for purchases above certain ceiling thresholds. However, there can be no assurance that this supplier will continue to supply newsprint to Quebecor Media on favourable terms or at all.

Pension Plan Contributions

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans will be $56.7 million in 2013 (contributions of $59.4 million were paid in 2012).

 

101


Table of Contents

Related Party Transactions

The following describes transactions in which the Corporation and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Corporation believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $14.4 million ($11.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in purchase of goods and services. The Corporation and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.8 million ($3.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Corporate reorganization

In the second quarter of 2010, the Corporation announced the creation of SUN News, a partnership between TVA Group and Sun Media Corporation. The partnership has launched an English-language news and opinion specialty channel in the spring of 2011. In connection with the launch of this new specialty channel, the Corporation terminated the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV, and undertook a related corporate reorganization.

On June 28, 2012, the Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (“CRTC”) approved the sale of a 2% interest in SUN News by TVA Group to Sun Media Corporation. The transaction closed on June 30, 2012 and, as a result, Sun Media Corporation holds a 51% interest and TVA Group a 49% interest in SUN News.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation.

In 2012, the Corporation received an amount of $1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and $2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with the Corporation’s shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2012, the parent corporation transferred $43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to the Corporation and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

 

102


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises with leases with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2012, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $16.8 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheets with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Financial instruments and financial risk

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

Quebecor and its subsidiaries use a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt, and derivative financial instruments. As a result of their use of financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation and its subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments (i) to set in CAN dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency, (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed- and floating-rate debts, and (iii) to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. The Corporation and its subsidiaries do not intend to settle their derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation and its subsidiaries designate their derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

 

103


Table of Contents

Table 13

Description of derivative financial instruments

As of December 31, 2012

(in millions of dollars)

Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Maturity

   CAN dollar
average exchange
rate per one
U.S. dollar
     Notional
amount sold
     Notional
amount
bought
 

Quebecor Media

        

2013 1

     0.9871       US$ 157.3       $ 155.3   

2016 2

     1.0154       US$ 320.0       $ 324.9   

Videotron

        

Less than 1 year

     0.9961       $ 87.8       US$ 88.1   

2014 3

     1.0151       US$   395.0       $ 401.0   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 

Hedged item

  

Hedging instrument

 
    

Period covered

         Notional      
amount
     Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest and
capital payments
per one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

          

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

   2007 to 2016    US$ 380.0         7.69     1.0001   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023 2

   2007 to 2016    US$ 320.0         7.69     0.9977   

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

   2006 to 2016    US$ 265.0         7.39     1.1597   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

   2016 to 2023    US$ 431.3         7.27     0.9792   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

   2012 to 2023    US$ 418.7         6.85     0.9759   

No hedged item 1

   2009 to 2013    US$ 109.8        
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.22

  
  
  

    1.1625   

No hedged item 1

   2006 to 2013    US$ 46.6         6.45     1.1625   

 

104


Table of Contents

Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

 

Hedged item

  

Hedging instrument

 
    

Period covered

         Notional      
amount
     Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest and
capital payments
per one U.S. dollar
 

Videotron

          

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

   2003 to 2014    US$ 200.0        
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.73

  
  
  

    1.3425   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

   2004 to 2014    US$ 60.0        
 
 

 

Bankers’
acceptances
3 months

+ 2.80

  
  
  

    1.2000   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

   2003 to 2014    US$ 135.0         7.66     1.3425   

6.375% Senior Notes due 2015

   2005 to 2015    US$ 175.0         5.98     1.1781   

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

   2008 to 2018    US$ 455.0         9.65     1.0210   

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

   2009 to 2018    US$ 260.0         9.12     1.2965   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

   2014 to 2022    US$ 543.1         6.01     0.9983   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

   2012 to 2022    US$ 256.9         5.81     1.0016   

 

1  

These cross-currency interest rate swaps, maturing in January 2013, were used by the Corporation to hedge the foreign currency exposure under its term loan “B” credit facility that was prepaid in full in December 2012. In conjunction with the prepayment of the term loan “B” and pending the maturity of these swaps in January 2013, the Corporation has entered into US$157.3 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the January 17, 2013 notional exchange.

2  

The Corporation initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 7.75% Senior Notes due 2016 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2016 on US$431.3 million of notional amount under its 5.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, the Corporation has entered into US$320.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the March 15, 2016 notional exchange.

3  

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2014 and redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2014 on US$543.1 million of notional amount under its 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on March 14, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$395.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse the hedging position related to the January 15, 2014 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

 

105


Table of Contents

The gains on valuation and translation of financial instruments for 2012, 2011 and 2010 are summarized in Table 14.

Table 14

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Gain on embedded derivatives and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

   $ (197.5   $ (55.2   $ (41.3

Gain on foreign currency translation of financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

     —          —          (6.9

Gain on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

     (1.1     —          —     

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

     0.3        0.6        2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (198.3   $ (54.6   $ (46.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A $33.1 million gain was recorded in 2012 under “Other comprehensive income” in relation to cash flow hedging relationships ($9.5 million loss in 2011 and $43.0 million gain in 2010).

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions (classified as other liabilities) approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

The fair value of cash equivalents and bank indebtedness, classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates. An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

 

106


Table of Contents

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

Table 15

Fair value of long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011  

Asset (liability)

   Carrying
value
    Fair value     Carrying
value
    Fair value  

Long-term debt 1

   $ (4,743.6   $ (5,007.6   $ (3,848.1   $ (4,002.2

Derivative financial instruments 2

        

Early settlement options

     264.9        264.9        138.0        138.0   

Interest rate swaps

     —          —          (0.9     (0.9

Foreign exchange forward contracts 3

     0.1        0.1        3.2        3.2   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 3

     (263.0     (263.0     (282.8     (282.8

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2  

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is a liability position of $168.9 million as of December 31, 2012 ($280.5 million as of December 31, 2011).

3  

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to reverse existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 0.1      $ 2.0   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (0.1     (2.0

Due to the judgment used in applying a wide range of acceptable techniques and estimates in calculating fair value amounts, fair values are not necessarily comparable among financial institutions or other market participants and may not be realized in an actual sale or on the immediate settlement of the instrument.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $29.6 million as of December 31, 2012 ($30.4 million as of December 31, 2011). As of December 31, 2012, 9.9 % of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (7.9 % as of December 31, 2011).

 

107


Table of Contents

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ 30.4      $ 39.1   

Charged to income

     35.0        20.0   

Utilization

     (35.8     (28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 29.6      $ 30.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation believes that the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will not be able to meet their financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation and its subsidiaries manage this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 7.1 years as of December 31, 2012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2011).

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S.-dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems, and capital expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2012:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

    

U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable

   $ (0.7   $ —     

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     1.0        79.6   

Decrease of $0.10

    

U.S.-dollar-denominated accounts payable

     0.7        —     

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     (1.0     (79.6

 

108


Table of Contents

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) Canadian London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate, and (v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 90.9% fixed-rate debt (84.7% in 2011) and 9.1% floating-rate debt (15.3% in 2011).

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2012 is $4.5 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 0.1      $ 2.0   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (0.1     (2.0

Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents. The capital structure is as follows:

Table 16

Capital structure of Quebecor Media

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

     2012     2011  

Bank indebtedness

   $ —        $ 4.0   

Long-term debt

     4,428.7        3,697.9   

Derivative financial instruments

     262.9        280.5   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (228.7     (146.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     4,462.9        3,836.0   

Equity

   $ 2,161.9      $ 3,025.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

 

109


Table of Contents

Contingencies

In February 2012, a settlement was reached in legal proceedings against some of the Corporation’s subsidiaries, initiated by another corporation in relation to printing contracts, including the cancellation of printing contracts. The settlement will have no material impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

In addition, a number of other legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

 

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

 

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

 

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

 

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

 

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main segments are as follows:

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on delivery, while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided.

News Media

Revenues derived from circulation are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Advertising revenues are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites. Revenues from the distribution of publications and products are recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns.

 

110


Table of Contents

Broadcasting

Revenues derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertisement has been broadcast on television. Revenues derived from subscriptions to specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is rendered. Circulation revenues derived from publishing activities are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Revenues from advertising related to publishing activities are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites.

Revenues derived from the distribution of televisual products and movies and from television program rights are recognized over the broadcasting period or over the viewing period in theatres based on a percentage of revenues generated, when exploitation, exhibition or sale can commence, and the license period of the arrangement has begun.

Revenues generated from the distribution of DVD and Blu-ray units are recognized at the time of their delivery, less a provision for estimated returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues derived from music distribution, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized on delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns.

Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in CGUs, which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset or the CGU, to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate the value in use, consisting of future cash flows derived mainly from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts consider each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate has been determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statements of income up to the extent that the resulting carrying value does not exceed the carrying value that would have been the result if no impairment losses had been previously recognized.

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the asset category.

In addition, when determining the fair value less costs to sell of an asset or CGU, assessment of the information available at the valuation date is based on management’s judgment and may involve estimates and assumptions. Furthermore, the discounted cash flow method used in determining the value in use of an asset or CGU relies on the use of estimates such as the amount and timing of cash flows, expected variations in the amount or timing of those cash flows, the time value of money as represented by the risk-free rate, and the risk premium associated with the asset or CGU.

 

111


Table of Contents

Therefore, the judgment used in determining the recoverable amount of an asset or CGU may affect the amount of the impairment loss to an asset or CGU to be recorded, as well as the potential reversal of the impairment charge in the future.

Based on the data and assumptions used in its last impairment test, the Corporation believes that at this time there are no significant amounts of long-lived assets with finite useful lives, or goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite useful lives on its books that present a significant risk of impairment in the near future.

The net book value of goodwill as at December 31, 2012 was $3.37 billion, and the net book value of intangible assets with indefinite useful lives as at December 31, 2012 was $148.2 million.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

 

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on long-term debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

 

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-dollar-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

 

 

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure resulting from changes in interest rates on certain debt. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

 

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in the accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long-term debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

 

112


Table of Contents

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract and are accordingly accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.

The judgment used in determining the fair value of derivative financial instruments including embedded derivatives, using valuation and pricing models, may have a significant effect on the value of the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income, and the value of the gain or loss on derivative financial instruments reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Also, valuation and financial models are based on a number of assumptions, including future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, credit default premium, volatility and discount factors.

In addition, judgment is required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

Pension and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

Quebecor Media’s defined benefit obligations with respect to defined benefit pension and postretirement benefits are measured at present value and assessed on the basis of a number of economic and demographic assumptions, which are established with the assistance of Quebecor Media’s actuaries. Key assumptions relate to the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, retirement age of employees, healthcare costs, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension plan assets are measured at fair value and consist of equities and corporate and government fixed-income securities.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and in retained earnings. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, experience adjustments on liabilities, or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income and in retained earnings. The assessment of the amount recoverable in the future, for the purpose of calculating the limit on the net benefit asset, is based on a number of assumptions, including future service costs and reductions in future plan contributions.

As an alternative to the recognition policy in other comprehensive income chosen by the Corporation, an accounting policy might have been adopted, applicable to all defined benefit plans, whereby actuarial gains and losses, as well as changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding adjustment, are recognized immediately in income or expense as they occur. The Corporation might have also elected as an accounting policy choice to account for actuarial gains and losses using the corridor method, as permitted under IFRS.

The Corporation considers all the assumptions used to be reasonable in view of the information available at this time. However, variances from those assumptions could have a material impact on the costs and obligations of pension plans and postretirement benefits in future periods.

Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock option awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant and assumptions such as the risk-free interest rate, the dividend yield, the expected volatility and the expected remaining life of the option.

The judgment and assumptions used in determining the fair value of liability classified stock-based awards may have an effect on the compensation cost recorded in the statements of income.

 

113


Table of Contents

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statements of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

The amount recognized as a provision is the best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date or to transfer it to a third party at that time, and is adjusted for the effect of time value when material. The amount recognized for onerous contracts is the lower of the cost necessary to fulfill the obligations, net of expected economic benefits deriving from the contracts, and any indemnity or penalty arising from failure to fulfill those obligations.

No amounts are recognized for obligations that are possible but not probable or for those for which an amount cannot be reasonably estimated.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The Corporation maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover anticipated losses from customers who are unable to pay their debts. The allowance is reviewed periodically and is based on an analysis of specific significant accounts outstanding, the age of the receivable, customer creditworthiness, and historical collection experience.

Business combinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the sum of the values ascribed to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities is recorded as goodwill. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value and the expected useful life of each acquired asset, and the estimated fair value of each assumed liability, can significantly impact net income, because, among other things, of the impact of the useful lives of the acquired assets, which may vary from projections. Also, future income taxes on temporary differences between the book and tax value of most of the assets are recorded in the purchase price equation, while no future income taxes are recorded on the difference between the book value and the tax value of goodwill. Consequently, to the extent that greater value is ascribed to long-lived than to shorter-lived assets under the acquisition method, less amortization may be recorded in a given period.

Determining the fair value of certain acquired assets, assumed liabilities and future contingent considerations requires judgment and involves complete absolute reliance on estimates and assumptions. The Corporation primarily uses the discounted future cash flows approach to estimate the value of acquired intangible assets.

The estimates and assumptions used in the allocation of the purchase price at the date of acquisition may also have an impact on the amount of an impairment charge to be recognized, if any, after the date of acquisition, as discussed above under “Impairment of assets.”

Income taxes

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The assessment of deferred income taxes is judgmental in nature and is dependent on assumptions and estimates as to the availability and character of future taxable income. The ultimate amount of deferred income tax assets realized could be slightly different from that recorded, since it is influenced by the Corporation’s future operating results.

The Corporation is at all times under audit by various tax authorities in each of the jurisdictions in which it operates. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which management has established a reserve is audited and resolved. The number of years between each tax audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Management believes that its estimates are reasonable and reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies, although the final outcome is difficult to predict.

 

114


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Unless otherwise indicated, based on current facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not expect to be materially affected by the application of the following standards.

 

(i) IFRS 9 Financial Instruments is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard also provides a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.

 

(ii) IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.

 

(iii) IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures , with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.

 

(iv) IFRS 12 – Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities, and other off-balance sheet vehicles.

 

(v) IAS 19 – Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended) is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013.

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the consolidated statements of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in retained earnings or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period.

 

115


Table of Contents

The adoption of the amended standard will have the following impacts will have the following impacts on years ended December 31:

Consolidated statements of income

 

Increase (decrease)

   2012     2011  

Employee costs

   $ 4.4      $ 2.8   

Net interest cost on defined benefit plans

     12.3        9.8   

Income tax expense

     (4.5     (3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ (12.2   $ (9.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

    

Shareholders

   $ (11.1   $ (8.4

Non-controlling interests

     (1.1     (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

 

Increase (decrease)

   2012     2011  

Net income

   $ (12.2   $ (9.2

Actuarial loss

     (18.3     (14.2

Deferred income taxes related to actuarial loss

     4.9        3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1.2      $ 1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

    

Shareholders

   $ 0.7      $ 0.7   

Non-controlling interests

     0.5        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

116


Table of Contents

ITEM 6 — DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES

A - Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers at March 10, 2013:

 

Name and Municipality of Residence

  

Age

  

Position

SERGE GOUIN (1)(3)

Outremont, Québec

   70    Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Compensation Committee

PIERRE KARL PÉLADEAU (1)

Outremont, Québec

   51    Director, President and Chief Executive Officer

JEAN LA COUTURE, FCPA, FCA (2)

Montréal, Québec

   66    Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee

ANDRÉ DELISLE (1)(2)

Montréal, Québec

   66    Director

A. MICHEL LAVIGNE, FCPA, FCA (1)(2)(3)

Laval, Québec

   62    Director

SAMUEL MINZBERG (3)

Westmount, Québec

   63    Director

THE RIGHT HONOURABLE BRIAN

MULRONEY, P.C., C.C., LL.D.

Westmount, Québec

   73    Director

NORMAND PROVOST

Brossard, Québec

   58    Director

JEAN-FRANÇOIS PRUNEAU

Repentigny, Québec

   42    Chief Financial Officer

FRANCE LAUZIÈRE

Town of Mount Royal, Québec

   46    Senior Vice President, QMI Content

J. SERGE SASSEVILLE

Montréal, Québec

   54    Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs

MARC TREMBLAY

Westmount, Québec

   52    Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs

ÉDITH PERREAULT

Candiac, Québec

   47    Executive Vice President, National Sales

SYLVAIN BERGERON

Longueuil, Québec

   52    Vice President, Taxation

GUY DESROCHERS

Candiac, Québec

   56    Vice President, Internal Audit

ISABELLE LECLERC

Montréal, Québec

   44    Vice President, Human Resources

DENIS SABOURIN

Kirkland, Québec

   52    Vice President and Corporate Controller

CLAUDINE TREMBLAY

Montréal, Québec

   59    Vice President and Secretary

MARTIN TREMBLAY

Montréal, Québec

   37    Vice President, Public Affairs

CHLOÉ POIRIER

Nuns’ Island, Québec

   43    Treasurer

CHRISTIAN MARCOUX

Laval, Québec

   38    Assistant Secretary

 

(1) Member of the Executive Committee
(2) Member of the Audit Committee
(3) Member of the Compensation Committee

 

117


Table of Contents

Serge Gouin , Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chairman of the Compensation Committee . Mr. Gouin has been a Director of Quebecor Media since May 2001, and he re-assumed the position of Chairman of the Board of Directors in May 2005, having also held that position from January 2003 to March 2004. Mr. Gouin also re-assumed the position of Chairman of our Compensation Committee in February 2006, having also held that position from May 2003 to May 2004. Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media from March 2004 until May 2005. Mr. Gouin has served as a Director and Chairman of the Board of Directors of Videotron and Sun Media since July 2001 and May 2004, respectively. Mr. Gouin was an Advisory Director of Citigroup Global Markets Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2003. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Gouin served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. From 1987 to 1991, Mr. Gouin was President and Chief Executive Officer of Télé-Métropole inc. (now TVA Group). Mr. Gouin is also a member of the Board of Directors of Onex Corporation, Gates Corporation and TVA Group and Chairman of Anges Quebec Capital Fund.

Pierre Karl Péladeau , Director and President and Chief Executive Officer . Mr. Péladeau has been a Director of Quebecor Media since August 2000. Mr. Péladeau has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media since August 2008, a position he also previously held from August 2000 to March 2004. Mr. Péladeau is also President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Sun Media. He was Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of the Company from May 2006 to August 2008 and President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor World Inc., from March 2004 to May 2006. Mr. Péladeau joined Quebecor’s communications division in 1985 as Assistant to the President. Since then, he has occupied various positions within the Quebecor group of companies. In 1998, Mr. Péladeau spearheaded the acquisition of Sun Media and in 2000, he was responsible for the acquisition of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. Mr. Péladeau was also the President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron from July 2001 until June 2003. Mr. Péladeau is a director of numerous Quebecor group companies and is active in many charitable and cultural organizations. Mr. Péladeau is also Chairman of the Board of the Fondation de l’entrepreneurship .

Jean La Couture , FCPA, FCA, Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee . Mr. La Couture has been a Director of Quebecor Media and the Chairman of its Audit Committee since May 5, 2003 and is also a Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee of Quebecor and Videotron. Mr. La Couture was Director of Quebecor World Inc. from December 2007 to December 2008. Mr. La Couture, a Fellow Chartered Professional Accountant, is President of Huis Clos Ltée., a management and mediation firm. He is also President of the Regroupement des assureurs de personnes à charte du Québec (RACQ), a position he has held since August 1995. From 1972 to 1994, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of three organizations, including The Guarantee Company of North America, a Canadian specialty line insurance company from 1990 to 1994. He is Chairman of the boards of directors of Innergex Renewable Energy Inc., Groupe Pomerleau (a Quebec-based construction company) and Institute of Corporate Directors, Quebec Chapter and a Director of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec .

André Delisle , Director and member of the Audit Committee . Mr. Delisle has served as a Director of Quebecor Media and a member of its Audit Committee since October 31, 2005. Since that date, he has also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Videotron. From August 2000 until July 2003, Mr. Delisle acted as Assistant General Manager and Treasurer of the City of Montréal. He previously acted as internal consultant for the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from February 1998 until August 2000. From 1982 through 1997, he worked for Hydro-Québec and the Quebec Department of Finance, mainly in the capacity of Chief Financial Officer at Hydro-Québec or Assistant Deputy Minister at the Department of Finance. Mr. Delisle is also a member of the Audit Committee of the Ministère des affaires municipales, Régions et Occupation du territoire (MAMROT) and of the Public Policy Committee of the Association des économistes du Québec (ASDEQ). Mr. Delisle is a member of the Institute of Corporate Directors, a member of the Association of Québec Economists and a member of the Barreau du Québec .

A. Michel Lavigne , FCPA, FCA, Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee . Mr. Lavigne has served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee of Quebecor Media since June 30, 2005. Since that date, Mr. Lavigne has also served as a Director and member of the Audit Committee of Videotron and TVA Group. Mr. Lavigne is a Director of Canada Post, as well as the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Primary Energy Recycling Corporation and Teraxion Inc. Until May 2005, he served as President and

 

118


Table of Contents

Chief Executive Officer of Raymond Chabot Grant Thornton in Montréal, Quebec, as Chairman of the Board of Grant Thornton Canada and as a member of the Board of Governors of Grant Thornton International. Mr. Lavigne is a Fellow Chartered Professional Accountant of the Ordre des comptables professionnels agréés du Québec and a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1973.

Samuel Minzberg , Director and member of the Compensation Committee . Mr. Minzberg has been a Director of Quebecor Media since June 2002 and is a member of the Compensation Committee. Mr. Minzberg is a partner with Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP. From January 1998 to December 2002, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of Claridge Inc., a management and holding company on behalf of the Charles R. Bronfman family. Until December 1997, he was a partner at the Montréal predecessor law firm to Davies Ward Phillips & Vineberg LLP (Montréal). He also serves as a Director of HSBC Bank Canada, HSBC North America Holdings Inc., HSBC Finance Corporation, Reitmans (Canada) Limited and Richmont Mines Inc. Mr. Minzberg received a B.A., B.C.L. and LL.B from McGill University.

The Right Honourable Brian Mulroney , P.C., C.C., LL.D, Director . Mr. Mulroney has been a Director of Quebecor Media since January 31, 2001. Mr. Mulroney has also served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor World Inc. from April 2002 to July 2009. Mr. Mulroney served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Sun Media from January 2000 to June 2001. Since 1993, Mr. Mulroney has been a Senior Partner with the law firm Norton Rose Canada LLP (formerly Ogilvy Renault LLP) in Montréal, Québec. Prior to that, Mr. Mulroney was the Prime Minister of Canada from 1984 until 1993. Mr. Mulroney practiced law in Montréal and served as President of The Iron Ore Company of Canada before entering politics in 1983. Mr. Mulroney serves as a Director of a number of public corporations, including Quebecor, Barrick Gold Corporation, Wyndham Worldwide Corporation, The Blackstone Group LP, Lion Capital (London) and Tuckamore Capital.

Normand Provost , Director . Mr. Provost has been a Director of Quebecor Media since July 2004. Mr. Provost has served as Executive Vice President, Private Equity, of the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec since November 2003. In addition to his responsibilities in the investment sector, Mr. Provost served as Chief Operations Officer from April 2009 to March 2012. Mr. Provost joined the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec in 1980 and has held various management positions during his time there. He namely served as President of CDP Capital Americas from 1995 to 2004. Mr. Provost is a member of the Leaders’ Networking Group of Québec and the Montréal Chamber of Commerce.

Jean-François Pruneau , Chief Financial Officer . Mr. Pruneau has served as Vice President, Finance of the Company from May 2009 to November 2010 and was then promoted Chief Financial Officer. He also serves as Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor and as Vice President of Videotron and Sun Media. From October 2005 to May 2009, Mr. Pruneau served as Treasurer of the Company, Sun Media and Videotron. From February 2007 to May 2009, he also served as Treasurer of Quebecor. Prior to that, Mr. Pruneau served as Director, Finance and Assistant Treasurer Corporate Finance of Quebecor Media. Before joining Quebecor Media in May 2001, Mr. Pruneau was Associate Director of BCE Media from 1999 to 2001. From 1997 to 1999, he served as Corporate Finance Officer at Canadian National Railway. He has been a member of the CFA Institute, formerly the Association for Investment Management and Research, since 2000.

France Lauzière , Senior Vice President, QMI Content. Ms. Lauzière was appointed to her current position in January 2013. She also serves as Vice President, Programming, Brand and Content of TVA Group Inc. since February 2006. Ms. Lauzière first joined the TVA Group in 2001 as Manager of Variety Programming before taking on the position of General Manager, Programming. In 2007, she also took the responsibilities of managing TVA Productions. Two years later, she established a division called TVA Création.

J. Serge Sasseville, Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs . Mr. Sasseville was promoted Senior Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs in March 2012 from his previous position as Vice President, Corporate and Institutional Affairs of Quebecor Media, a position he held since November 2008. Mr. Sasseville joined the Quebecor Group in 1987 and has served in many capacities both as a lawyer and manager, including Vice President, Legal Affairs and Secretary of Videotron and its subsidiaries and President, Music Sector of Archambault Group. Mr. Sasseville is a member of the boards of directors of Archambault Group and the Quebecor Fund. He is also a member of the Executive Committee and the Vice-Chair of the Board of Directors of CWTA (Canadian Wireless Telecommunications Association) and a member of the Board of Directors of CPAC (Cable Public Affairs Channel). He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1981 and practiced law at the law firm Stein, Monast in Québec City from 1981 to 1987.

 

119


Table of Contents

Marc Tremblay , Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs . Mr. Tremblay was promoted Senior Vice President, Legal Affairs in March 2012 from his previous position as Vice President, Legal Affairs at Quebecor Media, a position he held from March 2007. Prior to that date, Mr. Tremblay practiced law at Ogilvy Renault LLP (now Norton Rose Canada LLP) for 22 years. He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 1983.

Édith Perreault , Executive Vice President, National Sales . Ms. Perreault was appointed to her current position in November 2011. She also serves as Vice President, Sales and Marketing of TVA Group Inc. since February 2007.

Sylvain Bergeron , Vice President, Taxation . Mr. Bergeron was promoted to his current position in February 2011. Mr. Bergeron is also Vice President, Taxation, of Quebecor. Mr. Bergeron joined Videotron in 1990 as Tax Adviser and later became Assistant Director, Taxation of Le Groupe Videotron ltée. Following the acquisition of Le Groupe Vidéotron ltée by the Company, Mr. Bergeron was promoted Director, Taxation of the Company in 2001. Prior to that, Mr. Bergeron was successively Auditor and Tax Specialist for Samson, Belair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Bergeron has been a member of the Canadian Institute of the Chartered Accountants and of the Ordre des comptables professionnels agréés (CPA) du Québec (formerly Corporation professionnelle des comptables agréés du Québec ) since 1987.

Guy Desrochers , Vice President, Internal Audit . Mr. Desrochers was appointed Vice President, Internal Audit of Quebecor Media in September 2012. He acts in the same capacity for Videotron. Prior to joining Quebecor Media, Mr. Desrochers was in charge of the Internal Audit Services of Molson Coors Brewing Company (Canadian operations) from 2003 to 2012. He also held several financial management positions at Bombardier Aerospace and Pratt & Whitney Canada from 1984 to 2002. He holds a bachelor degree in Business Administration from Laval University, is a member of the Ordre des comptables professionnels agréés (CPA) du Québec (formerly Corporation des Comptables en Management Accrédités du Québec ) since 1984, is a Board member and President of the Executive Committee of the Institute of Internal Auditors (Montreal chapter), and is a Certified Internal Auditor.

Isabelle Leclerc , Vice President, Human Resources . Ms. Leclerc was promoted to her current position in June 2011. From 2007 to her appointment, Ms. Leclerc served as Director, Human Resources and, Senior Director, Talent Management. From 2003 to 2007, Ms. Leclerc held several functions within Quebecor World Inc. Prior to joining Quebecor, Ms. Leclerc was a compensation consultant for 10 years with Towers Perrin and then with Aon Consulting Group. She is a member of the North American professional association World@Work, and Vice President of the board of Mutuelle de Formation FCCQ , a not-for-profit organization, since June 2011. She holds an executive MBA.

Denis Sabourin , Vice President and Corporate Controller . Mr. Sabourin was appointed Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor Media in March 2004. Prior to that date, he held the position of Senior Manager, Control. Mr. Sabourin is also Vice President and Corporate Controller of Quebecor. Prior to joining Quebecor Media, Mr. Sabourin served as corporate controller of Compagnie Unimédia (previously known as Unimédia Inc.) from 1994 to 2001 and as Operating Controller for the Hotel Group Auberges des Gouverneurs  Inc. from 1990 to 1994. He also spent seven years with Samson Bélair/Deloitte & Touche, Chartered Accountants. Mr. Sabourin has been a member of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants since 1984.

Claudine Tremblay , Vice President and Secretary . Ms. Tremblay was appointed Vice President and Secretary of Quebecor Media on January 1, 2008. She holds the same position within Quebecor, TVA Group, Sun Media and Videotron. Prior to her appointment to her current position, Ms. Tremblay was Senior Director, Corporate Secretariat for Quebecor Media, Quebecor World Inc. and Quebecor from 2003 to December 2007. Prior to joining the Quebecor group of companies as Assistant Secretary in 1987, Ms. Tremblay was Assistant Secretary and Administrative Assistant at National Bank of Canada from 1979 to 1987. She has also been a member of the Chambre des notaires du Québec since 1977.

Martin Tremblay , Vice President, Public Affairs . Mr. Tremblay was appointed Vice President, Public Affairs in August 2012. Mr. Tremblay joined the Company in 2010 as Manager, Special Projects and Special Counsel to the President. Prior to that, he had worked for ten years in different political cabinets and at CASACOM, a Montreal public relations firm, as Senior Counsel in public affairs. Mr. Tremblay holds a bachelor degree in Political Science from the Université du Québec à Chicoutimi.

 

120


Table of Contents

Chloé Poirier , Treasurer . Ms. Poirier was appointed Treasurer of Quebecor Media in July 2009. She also serves as Treasurer of Quebecor, Sun Media and Videotron. Ms. Poirier joined the Company in 2001 as Director, Treasury / Assistant Treasurer, Treasury Operations. Prior to that, she was Analyst, Treasury and Finance with Natrel inc./Agropur from 1997 to 2001 and a trader at the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec from 1995 to 1997. She is a Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA) and holds a Bachelor degree in Actuarial Science and an MBA from Université Laval .

Christian Marcoux , Assistant Secretary . Mr. Marcoux was appointed Assistant Secretary of Quebecor Media in January 2008. Mr. Marcoux joined Quebecor Media in 2006 as Senior Legal Counsel, Compliance and was promoted to Director, Compliance, Corporate Secretariat in February 2010. He is also currently acting as Assistant Secretary of Quebecor, TVA Group, Sun Media and Videotron. From January 2004 to December 2006, Mr. Marcoux was Manager, Listed Issuer Services at the Toronto Stock Exchange. Prior to January 2004, Mr. Marcoux practiced law at the law firm BCF LLP for three years. He has been a member of the Barreau du Québec since 2000.

Changes to Corporate Management

On March 14, 2013, following the end of the period covered by this annual report, Quebecor announced that Mr. Pierre Karl Péladeau will be stepping down as President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor and Quebecor Media and will be replaced by Mr. Robert Dépatie, the current President and Chief Executive Officer of Videotron.

Mr. Péladeau will be appointed Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media and of TVA Group, in replacement of Mr. Serge Gouin, who will be retiring and stepping down after serving as Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Media since the company’s creation in 1999 and of TVA Group since 2011. Mr. Péladeau will also become Vice-Chairman of the Board of Quebecor Inc., which will continue to be chaired by Ms. Françoise Bertrand. Mr. Péladeau will continue overseeing the Quebecor’s strategic files in his new position.

Ms. Manon Brouillette, the current President, Consumer Markets, of Videotron, will be appointed as President and Chief Operating Officer of Videotron. Mr. Dépatie will remain Chief Executive Officer.

The changes are expected to come into effect at the time of Quebecor’s next annual shareholders meeting, to be held in Montréal on May 8, 2013.

B - Compensation

Compensation of Directors

Our Directors who are also employees of Quebecor Media are not entitled to receive any additional compensation for serving as our Directors. Since January 1, 2011, each Director is entitled to receive an annual director’s fee of $50,000 from Quebecor Media. Directors are also entitled to receive an attendance fee of $2,000 for each meeting of the Board of Directors or committee meeting attended (other than the Audit Committee) and an attendance fee of $3,000 for each Audit Committee meeting attended, each payable quarterly. The Chairman of our Audit Committee receives additional fees of $14,000 per year and the Chairman of our Compensation Committee receives additional fees of $5,000 per year. Each Compensation Committee member, other than the Chairman, also receive additional fees of $2,000 per year. Each Audit Committee member, other than the Chairman, also receives additional fees of $5,000 per year. Each Executive Committee member receives additional fees of $3,000 per year. All of our Directors are reimbursed for travel and other reasonable expenses incurred in attending meetings of the Board of Directors or of one of its committees. Mr. Serge Gouin, who serves as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media, receives compensation from us for acting in such capacity.

During the financial year ended December 31, 2012, the amount of compensation (including benefits in kind) paid to seven of our Directors (other than Pierre Karl Péladeau) for services in all capacities to Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries (other than TVA Group) was $825,000. None of our Directors have contracts with us or any of our subsidiaries that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

 

121


Table of Contents

Compensation of Executive Officers

Compensation of our senior executive officers is composed primarily of base salary and the payment of cash bonuses. Cash bonuses are generally tied to the achievement of financial performance indicators and personal objectives, and they may vary from 15% to 100% of base salary depending upon the level of responsibilities of the senior executive officer. Our executive compensation package is also complemented by long-term incentives in the form of option.

For the financial year ended December 31, 2012, our senior executive officers, as a group, received aggregate compensation of $11.0 million for services they rendered in all capacities during 2011, which amount includes base salary, bonuses, benefits in kind and deferred compensation paid to such senior executive officers.

Quebecor Media’s Stock Option Plan

We maintain a stock option plan to attract, retain and motivate our Directors, executive officers and key contributors, as well as those of our subsidiaries. The Compensation Committee is responsible for the administration of this stock option plan and, as such, designates the participants under the stock option plan and determines the number of options granted, the vesting schedule, the expiration date and any other terms and conditions relating to the options.

Under this stock option plan, 6,180,140 Quebecor Media common shares (representing 6% of all of the outstanding shares of Quebecor Media) have been set aside for Directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of ten years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the common shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by our Board of Directors (if the common shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant) or the 5-day weighted average closing price ending on the day preceding the date of the grant of the common shares of Quebecor Media on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. For so long as the shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following annual periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29 and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options to receive an amount in cash equal to the difference between the fair market value of the common shares, as determined by our Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options or, subject to certain stated conditions, purchase common shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless our Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by our Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33  1 / 3 % vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. Pursuant to the terms of this plan, no optionee may hold options representing more than 5% of the outstanding common shares of Quebecor Media.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, an aggregate total of 146,000 options were granted under this plan to officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, with a weighted average exercise price of $52.06 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. During the year ended December 31, 2012, a total of 1,480,355 options were exercised by officers and employees of Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, for aggregate gross value realized of $12.5 million. The value realized on option exercises represents the difference between the option exercise price and the fair market value of Quebecor Media common shares (as determined as set forth above) at the date of exercise. As of December 31, 2012, an aggregate total of 1,349,007 options were outstanding (of which 251,266 were vested as at that date), with a weighted average exercise price of $45.02 per share, as determined by Quebecor Media’s Compensation Committee. For more information on this stock option plan, see Note 22 to our audited consolidated financial statements included under “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report.

 

122


Table of Contents

Quebecor Inc.’s Stock Option Plan

Under a stock option plan established by Quebecor, 6,500,000 Quebecor Class B Shares have been set aside for Directors, officers, senior employees and other key employees of Quebecor and its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the grant of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding ten years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows:  1 / 3 after one year,  2 / 3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the Quebecor stock option plan have the choice, when they want to exercise their options, to acquire Quebecor Class B Shares at the corresponding option exercise price or to receive a cash payment from Quebecor equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of Quebecor may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 49,447 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $36.86 per share, were granted to one senior executive officer of Quebecor Media. More specifically, the foregoing number represents the portion of all options granted to this executive in the year ended December 31, 2012 which was allocated to us. As of December 31, 2012, a total of 123,742 options to purchase Quebecor Class B Shares, with a weighted average exercise price of $35.72 per share, were held by senior executive officers of Quebecor Media for acting in such capacity. The closing sale price of the Quebecor Class B Shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange on December 31, 2012 was $38.67.

Pension Benefits

Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries maintain a pension plan for their executive officers. The benefits under the Quebecor Media plan equal 2% of the average salary over the best five consecutive years of salary (including bonuses), multiplied by the number of years of membership in the plan as an executive officer. The pension so calculated is payable at the normal retirement age, which is 65 years of age, or sooner at the election of the executive officer, and, from age 61, without early retirement reduction. In addition, the pension may be deferred, but not beyond the age limit under the provisions of the Income Tax Act (Canada), in which case the pension is adjusted to take into account the delay in payment thereof in relation to the normal retirement age. The maximum pension payable under such pension plan is as prescribed by the Income Tax Act (Canada) and is based on a maximum salary of $134,834. An executive officer contributes to the plan an amount equals to 5% of his or her salary up to a maximum of $6,742 in respect of 2013. Quebecor Media closed this pension plan to all new employees hired on and after December 27, 2008. New employees are eligible to enroll on a retirement savings plan.

The total amount contributed by Quebecor Media in 2012 to provide the pension benefits was $73.5 millions on a consolidated basis. For a description of the amount set aside or accrued for pension plans and post-retirement benefits by Quebecor Media see Note 28 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable at the normal retirement age of 65 years:

 

     Years of Participation  

Compensation

   10      15      20      25      30  

$134,834 or more

   $ 26,967       $ 40,450       $ 53,933       $ 67,417       $ 80,900   

Supplemental Retirement Benefit Plan (“SERP”) for Designated Executives

In addition to the pension plans in force, Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries provide supplemental retirement benefits to certain designated executives. Three senior executive officers of Quebecor Media are participants in a SERP.

Two senior executives participate in the Quebecor Media plan and the benefits are equal, for each year of membership under the plan, to 2% of the difference between their respective average salaries (including bonuses) for the best five consecutive years and the maximum salary under the pension plan. The pension is payable for life without

 

123


Table of Contents

reduction from age 61. Upon a beneficiary’s death after retirement, the plan provides for the payment of a pension to the eligible surviving spouse which represents 50% of the retiree’s pension and payable for up to ten years. The other senior executive officer participates in another SERP established by one of Quebecor Media’s subsidiary.

As of December 31, 2012, these three senior executive officers of Quebecor Media had credited service of approximately seven years or less. The table below indicates the annual pension benefits that would be payable under Quebecor Media’s plan at the normal retirement age of 65 years:

 

     Years of Credited Service  

Compensation

   10      15      20      25      30  

$200,000

   $ 13,033       $ 19,550       $ 26,067       $ 32,583       $ 39,100   

$300,000

   $ 33,033       $ 49,550       $ 66,067       $ 82,583       $ 99,100   

$400,000

   $ 53,033       $ 79,550       $ 106,067       $ 132,583       $ 159,100   

$500,000

   $ 73,033       $ 109,550       $ 146,067       $ 182,583       $ 219,100   

$600,000

   $ 93,033       $ 139,550       $ 186,067       $ 232,583       $ 279,100   

$800,000

   $ 133,033       $ 199,550       $ 266,067       $ 332,583       $ 399,100   

$1,000,000

   $ 173,033       $ 259,550       $ 346,067       $ 432,583       $ 519,100   

$1,200,000

   $ 213,033       $ 319,550       $ 426,067       $ 532,583       $ 639,100   

$1,400,000

   $ 253,033       $ 379,550       $ 506,067       $ 632,583       $ 759,100   

C - Board Practices

In accordance with our charter, our Board of Directors may consist of at least one Director and no more than 20 Directors. Our Board of Directors currently consists of eight Directors. Each Director serves a one-year term and holds office until the next annual general shareholders’ meeting or until the election of his or her successor, unless he or she resigns or his or her office becomes vacant by reason of death, removal or other cause. Pursuant to a Consolidated and Amended Shareholders’ Agreement, dated as of December 11, 2000, as amended, among Quebecor, certain wholly owned subsidiaries of Quebecor, Capital Communications CDPQ Inc. (now Capital CDPQ) and Quebecor Media (the “ Company’s Shareholders Agreement ”), our Board of Directors is comprised of nominees of each of Quebecor and of Capital CDPQ. In May 2011, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, decreased the size of our Board of Directors from nine directors to eight, and established that Quebecor would be entitled to nominate four directors and Capital CDPQ would be entitled to nominate four directors. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” below for a description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement and the shareholders’ resolution decreasing the size of the Board of Directors to eight.

Reference is made to “A. Directors and Senior Management” above for the current term of office, if applicable, and the period during which our directors and senior management have served in that office.

Executive Committee

The Executive Committee of our Board of Directors is currently composed of four members, namely Messrs. Pierre Karl Péladeau, Serge Gouin, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Executive Committee. Subject to the provisions of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement, the Committee has and may exercise all the powers of the Board of Directors, subject to the restrictions that shall be imposed by the Board of Directors from time to time and by the Business Corporations Act (Québec). However, the Committee does not have the power to grant options, which power has already been delegated by the Board of Directors to its Compensation Committee.

Audit Committee

Our Audit Committee is currently composed of three Directors, namely Messrs. Jean La Couture, André Delisle and A. Michel Lavigne. Mr. La Couture is the Chairman of our Audit Committee and our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under SEC rules. See “Item 16A — Audit Committee Financial Expert”. Our Board of Directors has adopted the mandate of our Audit Committee in light of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related SEC rulemaking. Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing our financial controls and reporting. Our Audit Committee also oversees our compliance with financial covenants and legal and regulatory requirements governing financial disclosure matters and financial risk management.

 

124


Table of Contents

The current mandate of our Audit Committee provides, among other things, that our Audit Committee reviews our annual and quarterly financial statements before they are submitted to our Board of Directors, as well as the financial information contained in our annual reports on Form 20-F, our management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, our quarterly reports furnished to the SEC under cover of Form 6-K and other documents containing similar information before their public disclosure or filing with regulatory authorities; reviews our accounting policies and practices; and discusses with our independent auditors the scope of their audit, as well as our auditors’ recommendations and observations with respect to the audit, our accounting policies and financial reporting, and the responses of our management with respect thereto. Our Audit Committee is also responsible for ensuring that we have in place adequate and efficient internal control and management information systems to monitor our financial information and to ensure that our transactions with related parties are made on terms that are fair for us. Our Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services and permitted non-audit services and pre-approves all the fees pertaining to those services that are payable to our independent auditors, and it submits the appropriate recommendations to our Board of Directors in connection with these services and fees. Our Audit Committee also reviews the scope of the audit and the results of the examinations conducted by our internal audit department. In addition, our Audit Committee recommends the appointment of our independent auditors, subject to our shareholders’ approval. It also reviews and approves our code of ethics (“ Code of Ethics ”) for the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, controller, principal financial officer and other persons performing similar functions.

Compensation Committee

Our Compensation Committee is composed of Messrs. Serge Gouin, A. Michel Lavigne and Samuel Minzberg. Mr. Gouin is the Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Our Compensation Committee was formed with the mandate to examine and decide upon the global compensation and benefits policies of us and those of our subsidiaries that do not have a Compensation Committee, and to formulate appropriate recommendations to the Board of Directors, among other things, concerning long-term compensation in the form of stock option grants. Our Compensation Committee is also responsible for the review, on an annual basis, of the compensation of our Directors.

Liability Insurance

Quebecor carries liability insurance for the benefit of its Directors and officers, as well as for the Directors and officers of its subsidiaries, including Quebecor Media and our subsidiaries, against certain liabilities incurred by them in such capacity. These policies are subject to customary deductibles and exceptions. The premiums in respect of this insurance are entirely paid by Quebecor, which is then reimbursed by Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries for their ratable portion thereof.

D - Employees

At December 31, 2012, we had approximately 16,865 employees on a consolidated basis. At December 31, 2011 and 2010, we had approximately 16,950 and 16,360 employees on a consolidated basis, respectively. A number of our employees work part-time. The following table sets forth certain information relating to our employees in each of our operating segments as of December 31, 2012.

 

125


Table of Contents

Operations

   Approximate total
number
of employees
     Approximate number of
employees under
collective agreements
     Number of
collective agreements
 

Telecommunications

     6,460         3,810         5   

News Media

     5,180         1,280         72   

Broadcasting

     2,120         1,230         13   

Leisure and Entertainment

     1,485         380         8   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     1,200         —           —     

Corporate (1)

     420         —           —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     16,865         6,700         98   

 

(1) Includes QMI Agency and National Sales Offices

At December 31, 2012, approximately 40% of our employees were represented by collective bargaining agreements. Through our subsidiaries, we are currently a party to 98 collective bargaining agreements:

 

   

Videotron is party to five collective bargaining agreements representing approximately 3,810 unionized employees. The two most important collective bargaining agreements, covering unionized employees in the Montréal and Québec City regions, have terms extending to December 31, 2013. There are also two collective bargaining agreements covering unionized employees in the Saguenay and Gatineau regions, with terms running through December 31, 2014 and August 31, 2015, respectively, and one other collective bargaining agreement, covering approximately 50 employees of our SETTE inc. subsidiary, which expired on December 31, 2012. Negotiations regarding this collective bargaining agreement is in progress.

 

   

Sun Media is party to 70 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,100 unionized employees. 22 collective bargaining agreements have expired, representing approximately 290 unionized employees, or 25% of its unionized workforce. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are either in progress or will be undertaken in 2013. Of the other collective bargaining agreements, 14 will expire in 2013, representing approximately 731 employees or 65% of its unionized workforce and the others to expire on various dates through December 2019.

 

   

TVA Group is party to 13 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,230 unionized employees. Of this number, three collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 1,080 unionized employees or 50% of its unionized workforce, have expired. Negotiations regarding these collective bargaining agreements are in progress. One agreement was reached on January 13, 2013 with respect to 125 of these unionized employees. Two additional collective bargaining agreements representing approximately 54 unionized employees or less than 1% of its unionized workforce will expire in 2013. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between 2014 and 2015.

 

   

Of the other 10 collective bargaining agreements, representing approximately 540 unionized employees, one collective bargaining agreement representing approximately 40 unionized employees is expired. Negotiations regarding this collective bargaining agreement are in progress. The other collective bargaining agreements will expire between April 2015 and December 2017.

We currently have no labour disputes nor do we currently anticipate any such labour dispute in the near future.

We can neither predict the outcome of current or future negotiations relating to labour disputes, if any, union representation or renewal of collective bargaining agreements, nor guarantee that we will not experience further work stoppages, strikes or other forms of labour protests pending the outcome of any current or future negotiations. If our unionized workers engage in a strike or any other form of work stoppage, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, damage to our property and/or interruption to our services, which could adversely affect our business, assets, financial position, results of operations and reputation. Even if we do not experience strikes or other forms of labour protests, the outcome of labour negotiations could adversely affect our business and results of operations. Such

 

126


Table of Contents

could be the case if current or future labour negotiations or contracts were to further restrict our ability to maximize the efficiency of our operations. In addition, our ability to make short-term adjustments to control compensation and benefits costs is limited by the terms of our collective bargaining agreements.

E - Share Ownership

Except as disclosed under “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” of this annual report, none of our equity securities are held by any of our Directors or senior executive officers. For a description of Quebecor Media’s stock option plan, see “B. Compensation” above.

ITEM 7 — MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

A - Major Shareholders

In October 2012 we entered into an agreement (the “ CDP Agreement ”) with CDPQ regarding a partial sale of Capital CDPQ’s interest in Quebecor Media. The CDP Agreement provided for the following transactions:

 

   

the repurchase and cancellation by Quebecor Media of 20,351,307 shares of Quebecor Media held by Capital CDPQ, representing approximately 36.4% of Capital CDPQ’s interest before closing, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion; and

 

   

the purchase by Quebecor of 10,175,653 shares of Quebecor Media held by Capital CDPQ, representing approximately 18.2% of Capital CDPQ’s interest before closing.

Following the completion of these transactions, Capital CDPQ indirectly held 25,439,134 shares of our Company, representing a 24.6% interest in Quebecor Media (excluding dilution from options under Quebecor Media’s stock option plan) and Quebecor held, directly and indirectly, 77,812,366 common shares of our Company, representing a 75.4% voting and equity interest in us. The primary asset of Quebecor, a communications holding company, is its interest in us. Capital CDPQ is a wholly owned subsidiary of the CDPQ, one of Canada’s largest pension fund managers.

To the knowledge of our Directors and officers and according to public information available, the only persons or companies which, as at March 12, 2013, beneficially owned or exercised control or direction over more than 10% of the shares of any class of voting shares of Quebecor were: Pierre Karl Péladeau, Beutel, Goodman & Co. Ltd. and Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc.

 

Name

   Number of
Class A Shares
held
     % of
Class A Shares
held
    Number of
Class B Shares
held
     % of
Class B Shares
held
    % of voting rights
attached to
outstanding
Class A and B
Shares
 

Pierre Karl Péladeau

     17,468,464         89.23     207,260         0.48     73.22

Beutel, Goodman & Co. Ltd.

     —           —          9,590,203         22.43     4.02

Letko, Brosseau & Associates Inc.

     —           —          4,451,309         10.41     1.87

B - The Company’s Shareholders Agreement

We entered into a shareholders’ agreement, dated October 23, 2000, with Quebecor and certain of its wholly owned subsidiaries, and Capital CDPQ, as consolidated and amended by a shareholders’ agreement dated December 11, 2000, which sets forth the rights and obligations of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ as our shareholders. Except as specifically provided in the Company’s Shareholders Agreement, the rights thereunder apply only to shareholders holding at least 10% of our equity shares, which we refer to as “ QMI Shares ”, on a fully-diluted basis.

 

127


Table of Contents

The Company’s Shareholders Agreement provides, among other things, for:

 

  (a) standard rights of first refusal with respect to certain transfers of QMI Shares;

 

  (b) standard preemptive rights which permit shareholders to maintain their respective holdings of QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis in the event of issuances of additional QMI Shares or our convertible securities;

 

  (c) rights of representation on our Board of Directors in proportion to shareholdings, with Quebecor initially having five nominees and Capital CDPQ having four nominees to our Board of Directors;

 

  (d) consent rights in certain circumstances with respect to matters relating to us and our non-reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries, including (1) a substantial change in the nature of our business and our subsidiaries taken as a whole, (2) an amendment to our articles or certain of our subsidiaries, (3) the merger or amalgamation of us or certain of our subsidiaries with a person other than an affiliate, (4) the issuance by us or certain of our subsidiaries of shares or of securities convertible into shares except in the event of an initial public offering of QMI Shares, (5) any transaction having a value of more than $75,000,000, other than the sale of goods and services in the normal course of business, and (6) a business acquisition in a business sector unrelated to sectors in which we and certain of our subsidiaries are involved;

 

  (e) standard rights of first refusal in favor of Capital CDPQ with respect to the sale of all or substantially all of the shares or assets of TVA Group or Videotron; and

 

  (f) a non-competition covenant by Quebecor in respect of it and its affiliates pursuant to which Quebecor and its affiliates shall not compete with Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries in their areas of activity so long as Quebecor has “ de jure ” or “ de facto ” control of us, subject to certain limited exceptions.

The Company’s Shareholders Agreement provides that once we become a reporting issuer and have a 20% public “float” of QMI Shares, certain provisions of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement will cease to apply, including the consent rights described under subsections (d)(4) and (f) in the description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement above.

In a separate letter agreement, dated December 11, 2000, Quebecor and Capital CDPQ agreed, subject to applicable laws, fiduciary obligations and existing agreements, to attempt to apply the same board representation and consent rights as set forth in the Company’s Shareholders Agreement to our reporting issuer (public) subsidiaries so long as Capital CDPQ holds at least 20% of the QMI Shares on a fully diluted basis or, in the case of TVA Group only, 10%.

On May 25, 2011, our shareholders, acting by written resolution, decreased the size of our Board of Directors to eight directors and established that each of Quebecor and Capital CDPQ would be entitled to nominate four directors. See “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees — Directors and Senior Management”.

In connection with the CDP Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereunder, our shareholders agreed to amend the Company’s Shareholders Agreement and entered into an amending agreement among Quebecor, certain of Quebecor’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, CDPQ and Capital CDPQ providing for, among other things:

 

  (a) the addition of demand registration rights and piggyback registration rights in favour of Capital CDPQ, effective from and after January 1, 2019;

 

  (b) the addition of exit rights, effective on or after January 1, 2019, including the right of Capital CDPQ to require Quebecor Media to carry out an initial public offering and the right of Capital CDPQ to sell its remaining interest in Quebecor Media to a financial third party, without providing any right of first refusal or first offer to Quebecor or Quebecor Media; and

 

  (c) the addition of consent rights in respect of the declaration or payment of cumulative dividends by Quebecor Media in any financial year exceeding the greater of (i) 25% of its consolidated net earnings in the immediately preceding financial year and (ii) $225 million.

 

128


Table of Contents

C - Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

The following describes transactions in which the Company and its directors, executive officers and affiliates are involved. The Company believes that each of the transactions described below was on terms no less favourable to Quebecor Media than could have been obtained from independent third parties.

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $14.4 million ($11.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in purchase of goods and services. The Company and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.8 million ($3.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Corporate reorganization

In the second quarter of 2010, the Company announced the creation of SUN News, a partnership between TVA Group and Sun Media Corporation. The partnership has launched an English-language news and opinion specialty channel in the spring of 2011. In connection with the launch of this new specialty channel, the Company terminated the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV, and undertook a related corporate reorganization.

On June 28, 2012, the CRTC approved the sale of a 2% interest in SUN News by TVA Group to Sun Media Corporation. The transaction closed on June 30, 2012 and, as a result, Sun Media Corporation holds a 51% interest and TVA Group holds a 49% interest in SUN News.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Company. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Company provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Company’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation.

In 2012, the Company received an amount of $1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and $2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with the Company’s shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2012, the parent corporation transferred $43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to the Company and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed to between the parties. As a result, the Company recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

D - Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

129


Table of Contents

ITEM 8 — FINANCIAL INFORMATION

A - Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

The consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media as at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows of Quebecor Media for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, as well as the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm thereon, are presented in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this annual report (beginning on page F-1).

B - Legal Proceedings

We are involved from time to time in various claims and lawsuits incidental to the conduct of our business in the ordinary course. In the opinion of our management, the outcome of these proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial position.

C - Dividend Policy and Dividends

Dividend Policies and Payments

Our authorized share capital consists of (i) common shares, (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, consisting of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares, Series D Shares, Series F Shares and Series G Shares, and (iii) Preferred Shares, Series E. As of December 31, 2012, our issued and outstanding share capital was as follows:

 

   

103,251,500 common shares outstanding, of which 77,812,366 were held by Quebecor and 25,439,134 were held by Capital CDPQ; and

 

   

1,630,000 Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G, outstanding, all of which were held by 9101-0835 Québec Inc., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Quebecor Media.

Holders of our common shares are entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of any Preferred Shares, to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine in its discretion. In 2012, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $100 million. In 2011, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $100 million. In 2010, the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media declared and paid aggregate cash dividends on our common shares of $87.5 million. We currently expect, to the extent permitted by our Articles of Incorporation, the terms of our indebtedness and applicable law, to continue to pay dividends to our shareholders or reduce paid-up capital in the future.

Holders of our Series A Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 12.5% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series A Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series B Shares are entitled to receive a cumulative cash dividend, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The dividend shall be payable only upon conversion of the Series B Shares into Common shares. Dividends are determined by the Board of Directors in accordance with our Articles of Incorporation.

Holders of our Series C Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.25% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series C Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series D Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 11.0% per share per annum. The dividends declared on the Series D Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

130


Table of Contents

Holders of our Series E Shares are entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferred monthly dividend at a rate of 1.25% per month, calculated on the redemption price of the Series E Shares when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

Holders of our Series F Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series F Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on January 14 and July 14 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

Holders of our Series G Shares are entitled to receive fixed cumulative preferred dividends at a rate of 10.85% per annum per share. The dividends declared on the Series G Shares are payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on June 20 and December 20 of each year. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

D - Significant Changes

Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including under “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects”), there has been no significant change in our financial position since December 31, 2012.

ITEM 9 — THE OFFER AND LISTING

A - Offer and Listing Details

Not applicable.

B - Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

C - Markets

Outstanding Notes

On October 11, 2012, we issued and sold CAN$500.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 and US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2023, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In connection with the issuance of the 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023, we agreed to file, within 210 days after the issue date of the notes, an exchange offer registration statement relating to the exchange without novation of these privately placed notes for our new SEC-registered 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 evidencing the same continuing indebtedness and having substantially identical terms. We have also agreed to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to become effective within 330 days after the issue date of the 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 and to consummate the exchange offer within 360 days after the issue date of the notes. Our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

On January 5, 2011, we issued and sold CAN$325.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 in private placements exempt from the registration requirement of the Securities Act and prospectus requirements of applicable Canadian securities laws. Our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 are unsecured and are due on January 15, 2021, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. Our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

131


Table of Contents

On October 5, 2007, we issued and sold US$700.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and are due March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In connection with the private placement of these unregistered notes, we filed a registration statement on Form F-4 with the SEC on November 20, 2007 and completed the registered exchange offer on March 31, 2008. As a result of this exchange offer, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued on October 7, 2007 have been registered under the Securities Act. These notes were issued under a different indenture than, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2006, as described in the next paragraph. In November 2012, we effected an optional partial redemption of $320,000,000 aggregate principal amount of these 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016.

On January 17, 2006, we issued and sold US$525.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 in a private placement exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. In connection with the issuance of these unregistered notes, we filed a registration statement on Form F-4 on May 8, 2006 and completed the registered exchange offer in July 2006. Our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 are unsecured and are due March 15, 2016, with cash interest payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media purchased or redeemed and retired $260,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued in January 2006. As a result, we have US$265.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes outstanding and registered under the Securities Act.

There is currently no established trading market for our Senior Notes. There can be no assurance as to the liquidity of any market that may develop for our outstanding notes, the ability of the holders of any such notes to sell them or the prices at which any such sales may be made. We have not and do not presently intend to apply for a listing of our outstanding notes on any exchange or automated dealer quotation system. The record holder of each respective series of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 and our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 is Cede & Co., a nominee of The Depository Trust Company, and the record holder of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 is CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

D - Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

E - Dilution

Not applicable.

F - Expenses of the Issuer

Not applicable.

ITEM 10 — ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

A - Share Capital

In addition to our common shares, our authorized share capital is comprised of (i) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, or Series A Shares; (ii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B, or Series B Shares; (iii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C, or Series C Shares; (iv) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D, or Series D Shares; (v) Preferred Shares, Series E, or Series E Shares; (vi) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F, or Series F Shares; and (vii) Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G, or Series G Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series A Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series B Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series C Shares.

 

132


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series D Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series E Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were no issued and outstanding Series F Shares.

As of December 31, 2012, there were 1,630,000 of our Series G Shares issued and outstanding, all of which are held by 9101-0835 Québec Inc., one of our indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries. These Series G Shares have been issued in connection with transactions that consolidate tax losses within the Quebecor Media group. The Series G Shares are non-voting shares. Holders of Series G Shares are entitled to a cumulative annual dividend of 10.85% per annum per share. Holders may require us to redeem the Series G Shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series G Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends.

B - Memorandum and Articles of Association

On January 17, 2013, our Articles of Incorporation and the various Articles of Amendment were consolidated, as permitted by the Business Corporations Act (Quebec). These Articles of Consolidation are filed as an exhibit to this annual report. In this description, we refer to our Articles of Consolidation as the “ Articles ”. The following is a summary of certain provisions of our Articles and our by-laws.

We were incorporated, in Canada, under Part IA of the Companies Act (Quebec) as 9093-9687 Québec Inc. on August 8, 2000 under registration number 1149501992. Since its coming into force on February 14, 2011, we are governed by the Business Corporations Act (Quebec). On August 18, 2000, a Certificate of Amendment was filed to change our name to Media Acquisition Inc. Our name was further changed to Quebecor Media on September 26, 2000. Our Articles do not describe our object and purpose.

 

1.   (a)   Our by-laws provide that a director must disclose the nature and value of any interest he has in a contract or transaction to which our Company is a party. A director must also disclose a contract or transaction to which the Company and any of the following are a party:
      a)    an associate of the director;
      b)    a group of which the director is a director;
      c)    a group in which the director or an associate of the director has an interest.
    No director may vote on a resolution to approve, amend or terminate the contract or transaction, or be present during deliberations concerning the approval, amendment or termination of such a contract or transaction unless the contract or transaction:
      a)    relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as a director of the Company or an affiliate of the Company;
      b)    relates primarily to the remuneration of the director or an associate of the director as an officer, employee or mandatary of the Company or an affiliate of the Company, if the Company is not a reporting issuer;
      c)    is for the indemnification of the directors in certain circumstances or liability insurance taken out by the Company;
      d)    is with an affiliate of the Company, and the sole interest of the director is as a director or officer of the affiliate.
  (b)   Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain provisions with respect to directors’ power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to determine their remuneration.

 

133


Table of Contents
  (c) Subject to any restriction which may from time to time be included in the Articles or our by-laws, or the terms, rights or restrictions of any of our shares or securities outstanding, the directors may authorize us to borrow money and obtain advances upon the credit of our Company, from any bank, corporation, firm, association or person, upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors may authorize the issuance of bonds or other evidences of indebtedness of our Company, and may authorize the pledge or sale of the same upon such terms and conditions, in all respects, as they think fit. The directors are also authorized to hypothecate the property, undertaking and assets, movable or immovable, of our Company to secure payment for any bonds or other evidences of indebtedness or otherwise give guarantees to secure the payment of loans.

Neither the Articles nor our by-laws contain any provision with respect to (i) the retirement of directors under an age limit requirement or (ii) the number of shares, if any, required for the qualification of directors.

 

2. The rights, preferences and restrictions attaching to our common shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares (consisting of the Series A Shares, the Series B Shares, the Series C Shares, the Series D Shares, the Series F Shares and the Series G Shares) and our Preferred Shares, Series E are set forth below:

Common Shares

 

  (a) Dividend rights : Subject to the rights of the holders of our Preferred Shares, each common share shall be entitled to receive such dividends as our Board of Directors shall determine.

 

  (b) Voting rights : The holders of our common shares shall be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of our shareholders and to attend and vote on all matters to be voted on by our shareholders, except at meetings at which only the holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each common share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Other than as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of our common shares are entitled to receive dividends as determined by our Board of Directors) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of our common shares are entitled to participation in our remaining property and assets available for distribution in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of our common shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in our remaining property and assets available for distribution to our shareholders, without preference or distinction.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : None

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. Our directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of common shares as a result of such holder owning a substantial number of shares : None

For a description of the Company’s Shareholders Agreement among the holders of our common stock, see “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions — Major Shareholders” in this annual report.

 

134


Table of Contents

Cumulative First Preferred Shares

Our Board of Directors may issue Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of our liquidation or dissolution. Unless the Articles otherwise provide, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over our common shares and any other class of our shares, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of our assets in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

As long as there are Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, we shall not, unless consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), (a) create any other class of shares ranking pari passu or in priority to any outstanding series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, (b) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve our Company or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of assets on any other shares of our capital stock or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to any series of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (Series A Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series A Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive a 12.5% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series A Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series A Shares may require us to redeem the Series A preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series A Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series A Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

 

135


Table of Contents

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (Series B Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive a single cumulative dividend, payable in cash, in an amount to be determined by our Board of Directors in accordance with the Articles, which dividend, once determined by our Board of Directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into our common shares. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series B Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series B Shares, as such, shall not be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders, unless we shall have failed to pay the dividend due to such holders. In that event and only for so long as the said dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series B Shares are entitled to receive the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of the Series B Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above in the event of liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share held and the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series B Shares may require us to redeem the Series B Shares at any time at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series B Shares at a price of $1.00 per share plus the dividend referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series B Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (Series C Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.25% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

136


Table of Contents
  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series C Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series C Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive a 11.25% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series C Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series C Shares may require us to redeem the Series C preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series C Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series C Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (Series D Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative preferred dividends at the rate of 11.0% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series D Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay certain dividends on the Series D Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c)

Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series D Shares are entitled to receive a 11.0% cumulative preferential dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of

 

137


Table of Contents
  Series D Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation: In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series D Shares may require us to redeem the Series D preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at its option, redeem the Series D Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by us : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series D Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (Series F Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series F Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series F Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series F Shares may require us to redeem the Series F preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series F Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

138


Table of Contents
  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series F Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (Series G Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive in each fiscal year fixed cumulative semi-annual dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series G Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders unless we shall have failed to pay eight semi-annual dividends on the Series G Shares. In that event and only for so long as the dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series G Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive a 10.85% cumulative preferential semi-annual dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series G Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series G Shares may require us to redeem the Series G preferred shares at any time at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto. In addition, we may, at our option, redeem the Series G Shares at a price of $1,000 per share plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series G Shares as a result of such holders owning a substantial number of shares : None.

 

139


Table of Contents

Preferred Shares

Preferred Shares, Series E (Series E Shares)

 

  (a) Dividend rights : The holders of record of the Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive a maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at the rate of 1.25% per share per month, which dividend shall be calculated based on the redemption price (the amount equal to the aggregate consideration for such share). The Series E Shares rank senior to the common shares but junior to the Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares.

 

  (b) Voting rights : Holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, or attend or vote at, any meeting of our shareholders.

 

  (c) Rights to share in our profits : Except as provided in paragraph (a) above (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive a 1.25% maximum non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend) and paragraph (d) below (the holders of Series E Shares are entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above), none.

 

  (d) Rights upon liquidation : In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or reorganization or any other distribution of our assets among our shareholders for the purpose of winding-up our affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of common shares, but subsequent to the holders of Series A Shares, Series B Shares, Series C Shares and Series D Shares, an amount equal to the redemption price of the Series E Shares held and the amount of any declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares referred to in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (e) Redemption provisions : Holders of Series E Shares may require us to redeem the Series E preferred shares at any time at a price equal to the redemption price plus an amount equal to any dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date of redemption. The redemption price shall be equal to the aggregate consideration received for such share.

 

  (f) Sinking fund provisions : None.

 

  (g) Liability to capital calls by Quebecor Media : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) provide that our directors may, from time to time, accept subscriptions, allot, issue, grant options in respect of or otherwise dispose of the whole or any part of the unissued shares of our share capital on such terms and conditions, for such consideration not contrary to law or to the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) and as determined by the Board of Directors. The directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the shareholders in respect of any moneys unpaid upon their shares.

 

  (h) Provisions discriminating against existing or prospective holders of Series E Shares : None.

 

3.

Actions necessary to change the rights of shareholders : For a description of the action necessary to change the rights of holders of our Cumulative First Preferred Shares, see “Cumulative First Preferred Shares” in section 2 above. As regards our Preferred Shares, Series E, we will not, unless consented to by the holders of the Series E Shares and upon compliance with the provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), repeal, amend or otherwise alter any provisions of the Articles relating to the Series E Shares. Under the general provisions of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec), (i) our Articles may be amended by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds (  2 / 3 ) of the votes cast by the shareholders at a special meeting, and (ii) our by-laws may be amended by our Boad of Directors and ratified by a majority of the votes cast by the shareholders at the next shareholders meeting. Unless they are rejected by the shareholders at the close of the meeting or not submitted to the

 

140


Table of Contents
  shareholders, the amended by-laws are effective as of the date of the resolution of the Board of Directors approving them. However, by-laws amendments relating to procedural matters with respect to shareholders meetings take effect only once they have received shareholders approval.

 

4. Shareholder meetings : Our by-laws and the Business Corporations Act (Québec) provide that the annual meeting of our shareholders shall be held fifteen (15) months after the last preceding annual meeting. All shareholders meetings shall be held within the province of Quebec at the place and time determined by our Board of Directors and may be called by order of our Board of Directors.

Our by-laws provide that notice specifying the place, date, time and purpose of any meeting of our shareholders shall be sent to all the shareholders entitled to vote and to each director at least 21 days but not more than 60 days before the meeting by any means providing proof of the date of sending at the addresses indicated in our records.

Our chairman of the board or, in his absence, our vice-chair of the board, if any, or in his absence, our president and chief executive officer or any other person that may be named by the board shall preside at all meetings of our shareholders. If the person who is to chair the meeting is not present at the meeting within 15 minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present choose one of their own to chair of the board the meeting.

Our by-laws provide that a quorum of shareholders is present at a shareholders meeting if, at the opening of the meeting, one or several holders of 50% or more of the shares that carry the right to vote at the meeting are present in person or represented by proxy.

 

5.

Limitations on right to own securities : There are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings as described under “Item 4 — Information on the Company — Regulation”. There is no other limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles or other constituent documents on the right of nonresidents or foreign owners to hold or vote shares, other than as provided in the Investment Act and the Radiocommunication Act. The Investment Act requires “non-Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Act) individuals, governments, corporations and other entities who wish to acquire control of a “Canadian business” (as defined in the Investment Act) to file either an application for review (when certain asset value thresholds are met) or a post closing notification with the Director of Investments appointed under the Investment Act, unless a specific exemption applies. The Investment Act requires that, when an acquisition of control of a Canadian business by a “non-Canadian” is subject to review, it must be approved by the Minister responsible for the Investment Act on the basis that the Minister is satisfied that the acquisition is “likely to be of net benefit to Canada”, having regard to criteria set forth in the Investment Act. Radio licenses may be issued under the Radiocommunication Act to radiocommunication service providers (“ Service Providers ”) that meet the eligibility criteria of Canadian ownership and control set forth in the Canadian Telecommunications Common Carrier Ownership and Control Regulations (“ CTCCOCR ”). Under the CTCCOCR, the holding corporation of a Service Provider may refuse to accept any subscription for or register the transfer of any of its voting shares unless it receives a declaration that such subscription or transfer would not result in the percentage of the total voting shares of the holding corporation of the Service Provider that are beneficially owned and controlled by non-Canadians exceeding 33  1 / 3 %.

 

6. Provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control : The Articles provide that none of our shares may be transferred without the consent of the directors expressed in a resolution duly adopted by them.

A register of transfers containing the date and particulars of all transfers of shares of our share capital shall be kept either at our head office or at any other place designated by the Board of Directors.

 

7. Not applicable.

 

8. Not applicable.

 

9. Not applicable.

 

141


Table of Contents

C - Material Contracts

The following is a summary of each material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, to which we or any of our subsidiaries is a party, for the two years preceding publication of this annual report.

 

  (a)

Indenture relating to CAN$500,000,000 of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued CAN$500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole” redemption prices set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. The notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

  (b)

Indenture relating to US$850,000,000 of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On October 11, 2012, we issued US$850,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 pursuant to an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2023. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the “make-whole” redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (c)

Indenture relating to CAN$325,000,000 of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 5, 2011, we issued CAN$325,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2021. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. The notes issued pursuant to this indenture were not and will not be registered under the Securities Act or under the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

142


Table of Contents
  (d)

Indenture relating to US$700,000,000 of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On October 5, 2007, we issued US$700,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7   3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. These notes were issued under a different indenture from, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2006, as described in paragraph (e) below.

 

  (e)

Indenture relating to US$525,000,000 of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.

On January 17, 2006, we issued US$525,000,000 aggregate principal amount of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on March 15, 2016. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are not guaranteed by our subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at our option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in this indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Quebecor Media and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than our bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately. These notes were issued under a different indenture from, and do not form a single series and are not fungible with, our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 which we issued in 2007, as described in the previous paragraph.

 

  (f) Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, as amended, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.

Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities are comprised of a $300.0 million revolving credit facility (“Revolving Facility”) that matures on January 15, 2016. Our Senior Secured Credit Facilities also provide us with the ability to borrow an additional $800 million under an uncommitted incremental facility (or increase to the Revolving Facility), subject to compliance at all times with all financial covenants, absence of default and lenders being willing to fund the incremental amount. This incremental facility (unless made through an increase of the Revolving Facility) will have a term to be agreed with the lenders. We may draw letters of credit under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The proceeds of our Revolving Facility may be used for our general corporate purposes.

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate, the bankers’ acceptance rate or U.S. LIBOR, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. With regard to Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances, the applicable margin is determined by our Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities) and ranges from 1.25% when this ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 2.00% when this ratio is greater that 4.5x. With regard to bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, the applicable margin ranges from 2.25% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. With regard to U.S. LIBOR advances, the applicable margin ranges from 2.25% when our Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 2.75x to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than 4.5x. Specified commitment fees or drawing fees may also be payable. Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are repayable in full on January 15, 2016.

 

143


Table of Contents

Borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec and security agreement (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all of our movable property and first-ranking pledges of all of the shares (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) of Sun Media and Videotron.

The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit our ability to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary financial covenants. The Senior Secured Credit Facilities contain customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Quebecor Media and its subsidiaries, and the occurrence of a change of control.

 

  (g)

Indenture relating to US$650,000,000 of Videotron’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association) as trustee, as supplemented.

On October 8, 2003, Videotron issued US$335.0 million aggregate principal amount of 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014 and, on November 19, 2004, Videotron issued an additional US$315.0 million aggregate principal amount of these notes, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of October 8, 2003, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank Minnesota, N.A. (now Wells Fargo Bank, National Association), as trustee. In March 2012, Videotron redeemed and retired the entire outstanding principal amount outstanding of these 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2014. These notes were unsecured, bearing a maturity date of January 15, 2014. Interest on these notes was payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year. These notes were guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. The notes were redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contained customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default.

 

  (h)

Indenture relating to US$175,000,000 of Videotron’s 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On September 16, 2005, Videotron issued US$175,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes

 

144


Table of Contents

are unsecured and mature on December 15, 2015. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (i)

Indenture relating to US$715,000,000 of Videotron’s 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, dated as of April 15, 2008, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee.

On April 15, 2008, Videotron issued US$455,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. On March 5, 2009, Videotron issued an additional US$260.0 million aggregate principal amount of these 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2018. These notes, which form a single series and class, are unsecured and mature on April 15, 2018. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (j)

Indenture relating to CAN$300,000,000 of Videotron’s 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On January 13, 2010, Videotron issued CAN$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on January 15, 2020. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (k)

Indenture relating to CAN$300,000,000 of Videotron’s 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021, dated as of July 5, 2011, as supplemented, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.

On July 15, 2011, Videotron issued CAN$300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 6  7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 5, 2021. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on June 5 and December 5 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by

 

145


Table of Contents

most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the redemption prices set forth in the indenture. The indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries, and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then-outstanding notes may declare all the notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (l) Indenture relating to US$800,000,000 of Videotron’s 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee .

On March 14, 2012, Videotron issued US$800,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 5% Senior Notes due 2022, pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron, the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee. These notes are unsecured and mature on July 15, 2022. Interest on these notes is payable in cash semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and June 15 of each year. These notes are guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by most, but not all, of Videotron’s subsidiaries. These notes are redeemable, at Videotron’s option, under certain circumstances and at the make-whole redemption price set forth in the indenture. This indenture contains customary restrictive covenants with respect to Videotron and certain of its subsidiaries and customary events of default. If an event of default occurs and is continuing, other than Videotron’s bankruptcy or insolvency, the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount at maturity of the then outstanding notes may declare all of such notes to be due and payable immediately.

 

  (m) Credit Agreement originally dated as of November 28, 2000, as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, as borrower, the guarantors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as lenders, and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, as amended.

Videotron’s $650.0 million senior secured credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures on July 19, 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures on June 15, 2018. The proceeds of the revolving credit facility can be used for general corporate purposes including, without limitation, to issue letters of credit and to pay dividends to Quebecor Media subject to certain conditions. The proceeds of the term loan were used for payments and/or reimbursement of payments of export equipment and local services in relation to Videotron’s contracts for mobile infrastructure equipment with an affiliate of Nokia Corporation and also for the financing of the Finnvera guarantee fee (Finnvera plc being a specialized financing company owned by the State of Finland which is providing an export buyer credit guarantee in favor of the lenders under the export financing facility covering political and commercial risks).

Advances under Videotron’s revolving credit facility bear interest at the Canadian prime rate, the U.S. prime rate (solely under the swingline commitment) or the bankers’ acceptance rate plus, in each instance, an applicable margin determined by the Leverage Ratio (as defined in Videotron’s credit agreement) of the Relevant Group (as defined in the credit agreement). The applicable margin for Canadian prime rate advances and U.S. prime rate advances ranges from 0.50% when this ratio is less than 1.75x, to 2.00% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. The applicable margin for bankers’ acceptance advances or letters of credit fees ranges from 1.50% when this ratio is less than 1.75x, to 3.00% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. Videotron has agreed to pay a commitment fee based on the aggregate amount undrawn under its revolving credit facility ranging from 0.3375% when the Leverage Ratio is less than 1.75x, to 0.75% when this ratio is greater than or equal to 4.25x. Advances under Videotron’s export financing facility bear interest at the bankers’ acceptance rate and Canadian LIBOR, plus a margin at a rate of 0.875%.

The revolving credit facility will be repayable in full on July 19, 2016. Drawdowns under the export financing facility are repayable by way of seventeen equal and consecutive semi-annual payments that commenced on June 15, 2010.

Borrowings under Videotron’s senior secured credit facilities and under eligible derivative instruments are secured by a first-ranking hypothec or security interest (subject to certain permitted encumbrances) on all current and future assets of Videotron and of the guarantors under the credit facilities (which include most, but not all of Videotron’s subsidiaries), guarantees by such guarantors, pledges of shares by Videotron and such guarantors and other security.

 

146


Table of Contents

Videotron’s senior secured credit facilities contain customary covenants that restrict and limit the ability of Videotron and the members of the VL Group (as defined in the credit agreement to mean Videotron and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries) to, among other things, enter into merger or amalgamation transactions or liquidate or dissolve, grant encumbrances, sell assets, pay dividends or make other distributions, issue shares of capital stock, incur indebtedness and enter into related party transactions. In addition, the senior secured credit facilities contain customary financial covenants and customary events of default including the non-payment of principal or interest, the breach of any financial covenant, the failure to perform or observe any other covenant, certain bankruptcy events relating to Videotron or any member of the VL Group (other than an Immaterial Subsidiary, as defined in the credit agreement), and the occurrence of a change of control.

D - Exchange Controls

There are currently no laws, decrees, regulations or other legislation in Canada that restrict the export or import of capital, or affect the remittance of dividends, interest or other payments to non-resident holders of the Company’s securities, other than withholding tax requirements. Canada has no system of exchange controls.

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles of Incorporation or other charter documents of the Company on the right of a non-resident to hold voting shares of the Company, other than as provided by the Investment Canada Act , as amended (the “ Investment Act ”), as amended by the North American Free Trade Agreement Implementation Act (Canada), and the World Trade Organization (WTO) Agreement Implementation Act . The Investment Act requires notification and, in certain cases, advance review and approval by the Government of Canada of the acquisition by a “non-Canadian” of “control of a Canadian business”, all as defined in the Investment Act. Generally, the threshold for review will be higher in monetary terms for a member of the WTO or NAFTA.

In addition, there are regulations related to the ownership and control of Canadian broadcast undertakings. See “Item 4 — Information on the Company — Regulation”.

E - Taxation

Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued on January 17, 2006 (the “ 2006 notes ”) and our 7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2016 issued on October 5, 2007 (the “ 2007 OID notes ”), our 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2021 issued on January 5, 2011 (the “ 2011 C$ notes ”), our 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “ 2012 US$ notes ”), and our 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012 (the “ 2012 C$ notes ”) (and collectively with our 2006 notes, 2007 OID notes, 2011 C$ notes and 2012 US$ notes, the “ notes ”) by a U.S. Holder (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax effects. This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect. All of these are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or different interpretations.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to particular U.S. Holders in light of their specific circumstances (for example, U.S. Holders subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or U.S. Holders subject to the newly effective 3.8% Medicare tax on net investment income) or to holders that may be subject to special rules under U.S. federal income tax law, including:

 

   

dealers in stocks, securities or currencies;

 

   

persons using a mark-to-market accounting method;

 

   

banks and financial institutions;

 

   

insurance companies;

 

147


Table of Contents
   

regulated investment companies;

 

   

real estate investment trusts;

 

   

tax-exempt organizations;

 

   

persons holding notes as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle;

 

   

persons deemed to sell notes under the constructive sale provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons who or that are, or may become, subject to the expatriation provisions of the Code;

 

   

persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; and

 

   

direct, indirect or constructive owners of 10% or more of our outstanding voting shares.

The summary also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to U.S. Holders. Moreover, the discussion is limited to U.S. Holders who acquire and hold the notes as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). In addition, this summary assumes that the notes are properly characterized as debt that is not contingent debt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

For purposes of this summary, “ U.S. Holder ” means the beneficial holder of a note who or that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is:

 

   

an individual citizen or resident alien of the United States;

 

   

a corporation or other entity treated as such formed in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more “U.S. persons” (within the meaning of the Code) have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or if a valid election is in effect to be treated as a U.S. person.

We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the notes or that any such position will not be sustained.

If a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the notes, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partner should consult its own tax advisor as to the tax consequences of the partnership purchasing, owning and disposing of the notes.

To ensure compliance with requirements imposed by the IRS, we inform you that the U.S. tax advice contained herein: (i) is written in connection with the promotion or marketing by Quebecor Media of the transactions or matters addressed herein, and (ii) is not intended or written to be used, and cannot be used by any taxpayer, for the purpose of avoiding U.S. tax penalties. Each taxpayer should seek advice based on the taxpayer’s particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.

PROSPECTIVE U.S. INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS.

 

148


Table of Contents

Interest on the Notes

Interest on the 2006 notes, 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ notes and 2012 C$ notes

Payments of stated interest on the 2006 notes, 2011 C$ notes, 2012 US$ notes and our 2012 C$ notes generally will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income at the time that such payments are received or accrued, in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Our 2011 C$ notes and our 2012 C$ notes (collectively, the “ C$ notes ”) are denominated in Canadian dollars. Interest on these notes will be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income in an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar amount, regardless of whether the Canadian dollars are converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, a U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of tax accounting will determine such U.S. dollar value using the spot rate of exchange on the date of receipt. A cash method U.S. Holder generally will not realize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of the interest payment but may have foreign currency gain or loss attributable to the actual disposition of the Canadian dollars received.

Generally, a U.S. Holder of C$ notes that uses the accrual method of tax accounting will determine the U.S. dollar value of accrued interest income using the average rate of exchange for the accrual period (or, with respect to an accrual period that spans two taxable years, at the average rate for the partial period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year). Alternatively, an accrual basis U.S. Holder may make an election (which must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) to translate accrued interest income at the spot rate of exchange on the last day of the accrual period (or the last day of the taxable year in the case of a partial accrual period) or the spot rate on the date of receipt, if that date is within five business days of the last day of the accrual period. A U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting for tax purposes will recognize foreign currency gain or loss on the receipt of an interest payment if the exchange rate in effect on the date payment is received differs from the rate applicable to an accrual of that interest. The amount of foreign currency gain or loss to be recognized by such U.S. Holder will be an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the Canadian dollar interest payment (determined on the basis of the spot rate on the date the interest income is received) in respect of the accrual period and the U.S. dollar value of the interest income that has accrued during the accrual period (as determined above). This foreign currency gain or loss will be ordinary income or loss and generally will not be treated as an adjustment to interest income or expense.

Foreign currency gain or loss generally will be U.S. source provided that the residence of a taxpayer is considered to be the United States for purposes of the rules regarding foreign currency gain or loss.

Interest on the 2007 OID notes

The 2007 OID notes are treated as issued with original issue discount (“ OID ”) in an amount equal to the difference between their “stated redemption price at maturity” (the sum of all payments to be made on the notes other than “qualified stated interest”) and their issue price (generally the first price at which a substantial amount of the 2007 OID notes were sold to the public for cash). A U.S. Holder generally must include OID in gross income in advance of the receipt of cash attributable to that income, regardless of the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

The term “qualified stated interest” generally means stated interest that is unconditionally payable in cash or in property (other than debt instruments of the issuer) at least annually at a single fixed rate. Payments of qualified stated interest on a 2007 OID note will be includible in the gross income of a U.S. Holder as ordinary interest income at the time the interest is received or accrued, depending on the U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. tax purposes.

The amount of OID that a U.S. Holder must include in income with respect to a 2007 OID note will generally equal the sum of the “daily portions” of OID with respect to the 2007 OID note for each day during the taxable year or portion of the taxable year on which the U.S. Holder held such note (“accrued OID”). The daily portion is determined by allocating to each day in any “accrual period” a pro rata portion of the OID allocable to that accrual period. An “accrual period” for a note may be of any length and may vary in length over the term of the 2007 OID note, provided that each accrual period is no longer than one year and each scheduled payment of principal or interest occurs on the first day or the

 

149


Table of Contents

final day of an accrual period. The amount of OID allocable to any accrual period is an amount equal to the difference between (i) the product of the 2007 OID note’s adjusted issue price at the beginning of such accrual period and its yield to maturity (determined on the basis of compounding at the close of each accrual period and properly adjusted for the length of the accrual period) and (ii) the amount of any qualified stated interest allocable to the accrual period. Under these rules, a U.S. Holder will generally have to include in income increasingly greater amounts of OID in successive accrual periods.

OID allocable to a final accrual period is the difference between the amount payable at maturity (other than a payment of qualified stated interest) and the adjusted issue price at the beginning of the final accrual period. The “adjusted issue price” of a 2007 OID note at the beginning of any accrual period is equal to its issue price increased by the accrued OID for each prior accrual period and reduced by any payments received on the notes that were not payments of qualified stated interest.

Instead of reporting under a U.S. Holder’s normal method of accounting, a U.S. Holder may elect to include in gross income all interest that accrues on a debt security by using the constant yield method applicable to OID, subject to OID, de minimis OID, market discount, de minimis market discount, and unstated interest, as adjusted by any amortizable bond premium or acquisition premium.

U.S. Holders may obtain information regarding the amount of OID, the issue price, the issue date and the yield to maturity by contacting Quebecor Media, 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Quebec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs (telephone: (514) 380-1999).

The rules regarding OID are complex. U.S. Holders of 2007 OID notes are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their particular situation.

Market Discount, Acquisition Premium, and Bond Premium

Market Discount

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount less than their stated redemption price at maturity in the case of 2006 notes, or their revised issue price in the case of 2007 OID notes (which generally should be equal to the sum of the issue price of the 2007 OID notes and all OID includible in income by all holders prior to such Holder’s acquisition of the 2007 OID notes (without regard to reduction of OID for acquisition premium), and less any cash payments on the 2007 OID notes other than qualified stated interest), this difference is treated as market discount. Subject to a de minimis exception, gain realized on the maturity, sale, exchange or retirement of a market discount note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued market discount not previously recognized (including, in the case of a note exchanged for a registered note pursuant to a registration offer, any market discount accrued on the related outstanding note). A U.S. Holder may elect to include market discount in income currently as it accrues, on either a ratable or constant yield method. In that case, such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the notes will increase by such income inclusions. An election to include market discount in income currently, once made, will apply to all market discount obligations acquired by the U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. If a U.S. Holder does not make such an election, in general, all or a portion of the interest expense on any indebtedness incurred or continued in order to purchase or carry notes may be deferred until the maturity of the notes, or certain earlier dispositions. Unless a U.S. Holder elects to accrue market discount under a constant yield method, any market discount will accrue ratably during the period from the date of acquisition of the related note to its maturity date.

In the case of C$ note, market discount is accrued in Canadian dollars, and the amount includible in income by a U.S. Holder upon a sale of a C$ note in respect of accrued market discount will be the U.S. dollar value of the amount accrued. Such U.S. dollar value is generally calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date the C$ note is sold. Any market discount on a C$ note that is currently includible in income under the election noted above will be translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the accrual period or portion of such accrual period within the U.S. Holder’s taxable year. In such case, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize foreign currency gain or loss with respect to accrued market discount under the rules similar to those that apply to accrued interest on a note received by an accrual basis U.S. Holder, as described above.

 

150


Table of Contents

Acquisition Premium

In the case of 2007 OID notes, if a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than their adjusted issue price but less than or equal to the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, such U.S. Holder will have purchased the 2007 OID notes with acquisition premium. Under the acquisition premium rules, the amount of OID which must be included in gross income for the 2007 OID notes for any taxable year, or any portion of a taxable year in which the 2007 OID notes are held, generally will be reduced (but not below zero) by the portion of the acquisition premium allocated to the period.

Bond Premium

If a U.S. Holder purchases notes for an amount greater than the sum of all amounts (other than qualified stated interest) payable with respect to the notes after the date of acquisition, the U.S. Holder is treated as having purchased the related notes with amortizable bond premium. A U.S. Holder generally will not be required to include OID in income and may elect to amortize the premium from the purchase date to the maturity date of the notes under a constant yield method. Amortizable premium generally may be deducted against interest income on such notes and generally may not be deducted against other income. A U.S. Holder’s basis in a note will be reduced by any premium amortization deductions. An election to amortize premium on a constant yield method, once made, generally applies to all debt obligations held or subsequently acquired by such U.S. Holder during the taxable year of the election and thereafter, and may not be revoked without IRS consent. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a note. In the case of a C$ note, premium is computed in Canadian dollars. At the time amortized bond premium offsets interest income, foreign currency gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) will be realized on such amortized bond premium based on the difference between the spot rate of exchange on the date or dates such premium is recovered through interest payments on the C$ note and the spot rate of exchange on the date on which the U.S. Holder acquired the C$ note. For a U.S. Holder that did not elect to amortize bond premium, the amount of such premium will be included in such U.S. Holder’s tax basis upon the sale of a C$ note.

The market discount, acquisition premium, and bond premium rules are complicated, and U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of owning and disposing of notes with market discount, acquisition premium, or bond premium, including the availability of certain elections.

Other

Interest on the notes will constitute income from sources outside the United States and generally, with certain exceptions, will be “passive category income”, which is treated separately from other income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a U.S. Holder under the federal income tax laws. Due to the complexity of the foreign tax credit rules, U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the amount of foreign taxes that may be claimed as a credit.

In certain circumstances we may be obligated to pay amounts in excess of stated interest or principal on the notes or may make payments or redeem the notes in advance of their expected maturity. According to U.S. Treasury regulations, the possibility that any such payments or redemptions will be made will not affect the amount of interest income a U.S. Holder recognizes if there is only a remote chance as of the date the notes were issued that such payments will be made, or if such payments are incidental. We believe the likelihood that we will make any such payments is remote and/or incidental. Therefore, we do not intend to treat the potential payments or redemptions pursuant to the provisions related to changes in Canadian laws or regulations applicable to tax-related withholdings or deductions, any registration rights provisions, or the other redemption and repurchase provisions as part of the yield to maturity of the notes or as affecting the tax treatment of the notes. Our determination that these contingencies are remote and/or incidental is binding on a U.S. Holder unless such holder discloses its contrary position in the manner required by applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Our determination is not, however, binding on the IRS, and if the IRS were to challenge this determination, a U.S. Holder may be required to accrue income on its notes in excess of interest that would otherwise accrue and to treat as ordinary income rather than capital gain any income realized on the taxable disposition of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In the event a contingency occurs, it would affect the amount and timing of the income recognized by a U.S. Holder. If we pay additional amounts on the notes, U.S. Holders will be required to recognize such amounts as income.

 

151


Table of Contents

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of a Note

A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than pursuant to a tax-free transaction), redemption, retirement or other taxable disposition of a note, equal to the difference, if any, between:

 

   

the amount realized (less any portion allocable to the payment of accrued interest or, in the case of 2007 OID notes, OID not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary interest income); and

 

   

the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note.

Except with respect to gains or losses attributable to changes in exchange rates, as described below, any such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss (except as described under “— Market Discount, Acquisition Premium, and Bond Premium” above) and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than one year at the time of the disposition. Long-term capital gains of noncorporate U.S. Holders, including individuals, may be taxed at lower rates than items of ordinary income. The ability of a U.S. Holder to offset capital losses against ordinary income is limited. Any capital gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of a note generally will be treated as income from sources within the United States or loss allocable to income from sources within the United States. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the source of gain attributable to market discount.

A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s cost therefor, increased by any market discount previously included in income and, in the case of the 2007 OID notes, by any OID previously included in income, and reduced by any payments (other than payments constituting qualified stated interest) received on the notes, any amount treated as a return of pre-issuance accrued interest excluded from income, and the amount of amortized bond premium, if any, previously taken into account with respect to the note. If a U.S. Holder purchases a C$ note with Canadian dollars, the U.S. dollar cost of the C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the purchase price upon the date of purchase calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. The amount realized upon the disposition of a C$ note will generally be the U.S. dollar value of the amount received on the date of the disposition calculated at the spot rate of exchange on that date. However, if the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder) will determine the U.S. dollar value of the cost of or amount received on the C$ note, as applicable, by translating the amount paid or received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase or disposition. The election available to accrual basis U.S. Holders in respect of the purchase and disposition of C$ notes traded on an established securities market must be applied consistently to all debt instruments from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS.

Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or retirement of a C$ note that is attributable to changes in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and foreign currency generally will be treated as U.S. source ordinary income or loss. Such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (i) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition and (ii) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of purchase of the C$ note. If the C$ note is traded on an established securities market, with respect to a cash basis U.S. Holder (and, if it so elects, an accrual basis U.S. Holder), such foreign currency gain or loss will equal the difference between (x) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the disposition and (y) the U.S. dollar value of the U.S. Holder’s Canadian dollar purchase price for the C$ note calculated at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the purchase of the C$ note. Such foreign currency gain or loss is recognized on the sale or retirement of such note only to the extent of total gain or loss recognized on the sale or retirement of such note. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding certain foreign currency translation elections that may be available with respect to a sale, exchange, or redemption of the C$ notes.

Transactions in Foreign Currency

Foreign currency received as a payment of interest on, or on the sale or retirement of, a C$ note will have a tax basis equal to its U.S. dollar value at the time such interest is received or at the time the note is disposed of or payment is

 

152


Table of Contents

received in consideration of such sale or retirement (as applicable). The amount of gain or loss recognized on a subsequent sale or other disposition of such foreign currency will be equal to the difference between (i) the amount of U.S. dollars, or the fair market value in U.S. dollars of the other currency or property received in such sale or other disposition, and (ii) the tax basis of the recipient in such foreign currency. A U.S. Holder who acquires such note with previously owned foreign currency will recognize ordinary income or loss in an amount equal to the difference, if any, between such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the foreign currency and the U.S. dollar fair market value of the note on the date of acquisition. Such gain or loss generally will be treated as income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Reportable Transaction Reporting

Under certain U.S. Treasury Regulations, U.S. Holders that participate in “reportable transactions” (as defined in the regulations) must attach to their U.S. federal income tax returns a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Under the relevant rules, a U.S. Holder may be required to treat a foreign currency exchange loss from the C$ note as a reportable transaction if this loss exceeds the relevant threshold in the regulations. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to the possible obligation to file IRS Form 8886 with respect to the ownership or disposition of the C$ notes, or any related transaction, including without limitation, the disposition of any non-U.S. currency received as interest or as proceeds from the sale, exchange, retirement or other disposition of the C$ notes.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

In general, information reporting requirements may apply to payments of principal and interest (including OID) on a note and to the proceeds of the sale or other disposition of a note made to U.S. Holders other than certain exempt recipients (such as corporations). A U.S. Holder of the notes may be subject to “backup withholding” with respect to certain “reportable payments,” including interest payments and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes or upon the receipt of proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the U.S. Holder, among other things:

 

   

fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”) certified under penalty of perjury within a reasonable time after the request for the TIN;

 

   

furnishes an incorrect TIN;

 

   

is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report properly interest or dividends; or

 

   

under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding.

A U.S. Holder that does not provide us with its correct TIN also may be subject to penalties imposed by the IRS. Any amount withheld from a payment to a U.S. Holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the U.S. Holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain exempt U.S. Holders, including corporations and tax-exempt organizations, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

Recent legislation requires U.S. individuals that hold specified foreign financial assets (including stock and securities of a foreign issuer) to report their holdings, along with other information, on their tax returns, with certain exceptions. Holders should consult their own tax advisors to determine the scope of these disclosure responsibilities.

Certain Canadian Federal Income Tax Considerations for Residents of the United States

The following is a summary of the principal Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable to you if you invested, as initial purchaser or through a subsequent investment, in any of our Senior Notes and if you, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Income Tax Act (Canada), which we refer to as the “ Tax Act ”, are the beneficial owner of the Senior Notes, including entitlements to all payments thereunder, deal at arm’s length with, and are not affiliated with, Quebecor Media and hold the Senior Notes as capital property. Generally, the Senior Notes will be considered

 

153


Table of Contents

capital property to a holder provided that the holder does not use or hold and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business and has not acquired them in a transaction or transactions considered to be an adventure in the nature of trade (a “ Holder ”).

The following summary is generally applicable to a Holder who, at all relevant times, for purposes of the Tax Act and the Canada-United States Income Tax Convention (1980), as amended, (i) is not, and is not deemed to be, a resident of Canada (and has never been, or been deemed to be, a resident of Canada), (ii) deals at arm’s length with any transferee resident or deemed resident in Canada to whom the Holder disposes of Senior Notes, (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold the Senior Notes in the course of carrying on a business or part of a business in Canada, (iv) does not receive any payment of interest on the Senior Notes in respect of a debt or other obligation to pay an amount to a person with whom Quebecor Media does not deal at arm’s length, and (v) is not a “specified shareholder” and deals at arm’s length with each person who is a “specified shareholder” of Quebecor Media for the purposes of the thin capitalization rules in the Tax Act (a “ Non-Resident Holder ”).

This summary is not applicable to: (a) a Holder that is a “financial institution”, as defined in the Tax Act for purposes of the mark-to-market rules; (b) a Holder that is an “authorized foreign bank”, as defined in the Tax Act; (c) a Holder that is a “registered non-resident insurer”, as defined in the Tax Act; (d) a Holder that is a non-resident insurer carrying on an insurance business in Canada and elsewhere; (e) a Holder, an interest in which would be a “tax shelter investment”, as defined in the Tax Act; (f) a Holder which has made a “functional currency” election under the Tax Act to determine its Canadian tax results in a currency other than Canadian currency; or (g) a Holder that is a “specified financial institution” as defined in the Tax Act. Any such Holder to which this summary does not apply should consult its own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of acquiring, holding and disposing of the Senior Notes.

This summary is based on the current provisions of the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder and the current administrative and assessing practices and policies of the Canada Revenue Agency published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary takes into account all specific proposals to amend the Tax Act and the regulations thereunder announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance of Canada prior to the date hereof (the “ Proposed Amendments ”) and assumes that all Proposed Amendments will be enacted in the form proposed. However, no assurance can be given that the Proposed Amendments will be enacted as proposed or at all. This summary does not otherwise take into account or anticipate any changes in law or any administrative or assessing practice, whether by judicial, governmental, regulatory or legislative decision or action, nor does it take into account provincial, territorial or foreign income tax considerations which may differ from the Canadian federal income tax considerations described herein.

THIS SUMMARY IS OF A GENERAL NATURE ONLY AND IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE OF ALL CANADIAN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS THAT MAY BE RELEVANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE INTERPRETED AS, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER, AND NO REPRESENTATION WITH RESPECT TO THE INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER IS MADE. ACCORDINGLY, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.

No Canadian withholding tax will apply to interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium paid or credited by Quebecor Media on the Senior Notes to a Non-Resident Holder, or to the proceeds received by a Non-Resident Holder on a disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

No other taxes on income or gains will be payable under the Tax Act by a Non-Resident Holder on interest (including any amounts deemed to be interest), principal or premium or on the proceeds received by such Non-Resident Holder on the disposition of a Senior Note, including a redemption, payment on maturity, repurchase or purchase for cancellation.

F - Dividends and Paying Agents

Not applicable.

 

154


Table of Contents

G - Statement by Experts

Not applicable.

H - Documents on Display

We file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy this information at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549, or obtain copies of this information by mail from the public reference room at prescribed rates. The SEC also maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers like us who file electronically with the SEC. The URL of that website is http://www.sec.gov.

In addition, you may obtain a copy of the documents to which we refer you in this annual report without charge upon written or oral request to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Quebec, Canada H3C 4M8, Attention: Investor Relations. Our telephone number is (514) 380-1999.

I - Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

ITEM 11 — QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

We use certain financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts, to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risk exposures. These instruments are used solely to manage the financial risks associated with our obligations and are not used for trading or speculation purposes.

Foreign currency risk and interest rate risk

Most of the Company’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems, and capital expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Company’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

Some of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) Canadian LIBOR, (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate and (v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Company and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. The Company and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 90.9% fixed-rate debt (84.7% in 2011) and 9.1% floating-rate debt (15.3% in 2011).

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2012 is $4.5 million.

Commodity price risk

Newsprint, which is the basic raw material used to publish newspapers, has historically been and may continue to be subject to significant price volatility. During 2012, the total newsprint consumption of our newspaper operations was approximately 140,300 metric tonnes. Newsprint represents our single largest raw material expense and one of our most significant operating costs. Newsprint expense represented approximately 9.4 % ($79.8 million) of our News Media segment’s operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2012. Changes in the price of newsprint could significantly affect our income, and volatile or increased newsprint costs have had, and may in the future have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

155


Table of Contents

In order to obtain more favourable pricing, we source substantially all of our newsprint from a single newsprint producer (our “ Newsprint Supplier ”). Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier, we obtain newsprint at a discount to market prices, receive additional volume rebates if certain thresholds are met and benefit from a ceiling on the unit cost of newsprint. Our agreement with our Newsprint Supplier expires on December 31, 2014 and there can be no assurance that we will be able to renew this agreement or that our Newsprint Supplier will continue to supply newsprint to us on favourable terms or at all after the expiry of our agreement. If we are unable to continue to source newsprint from our Newsprint Supplier on favourable terms, or if we are unable to otherwise source sufficient newsprint on terms acceptable to us, our costs could increase materially, which could materially adversely affect the profitability of our newspaper business and our results of operations. We also rely on our Newsprint Supplier for deliveries of newsprint. The availability of our newsprint supply, and therefore our operations, may be adversely affected by various factors, including labor disruptions affecting our Newsprint Supplier or the cessation of operations of our Newsprint Supplier.

In addition, since our newspaper operations are labour intensive and located across Canada, our newspaper business has a relatively high fixed-cost structure. During periods of economic contraction, our revenue may decrease while certain costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Company if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Company continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Company’s consolidated trade receivables. The Company establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $29.6 million as of December 31, 2012 ($30.4 million as of December 31, 2011). As of December 31, 2012, 9.9 % of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (7.9 % as of December 31, 2011).

The Company believes that the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Company does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Company and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Company and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Company’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

Fair value of financial instruments

See “Item 5 – Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Additional Information – Financial Instruments and Financial Risk – Fair Value of Financial Instruments” in this annual report.

Material limitations

Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant market information about the financial instruments. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgement and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.

 

156


Table of Contents

Principal repayments

As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of minimum principal payments on long-term debt required in each of the next five years and thereafter, based on borrowing levels as at that date, are as follows:

 

Twelve month period ending December 31,       
(in millions)       

2013

   $ 21.3   

2014

     96.4   

2015

     195.2   

2016

     642.4   

2017

     10.7   

2018 and thereafter

     3,777.6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,743.6   

ITEM 12 — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES

Not applicable.

 

157


Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 13 — DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES

A - None.

B - Not applicable.

ITEM 14 — MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF PROCEEDS

A - Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders

There have been no material modifications to the rights of security holders.

B - Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

ITEM 15 — CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

As at the end of the period covered by this report, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Chief Financial Officer, together with members of Quebecor Media’s senior management, have carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. These are defined (in Rule 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) as controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within specified time periods. As of the date of the evaluation, Quebecor Media’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Quebecor Media’s Chief Financial Officer concluded that Quebecor Media’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding disclosure.

Quebecor Media’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Company (as defined by Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of Quebecor Media’s assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), and that receipts and expenditures of Quebecor Media are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Quebecor Media; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of Quebecor Media’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Quebecor Media’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, management concluded that Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2012.

Pursuant to the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and related SEC rules, Quebecor Media is not required to include in its annual report an attestation report of Quebecor Media’s registered public

 

158


Table of Contents

accounting firm regarding our internal control over financial reporting. Our management’s report regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting was therefore not subject to attestation procedures by our registered public accounting firm.

There have been no changes in Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15 or 15d-15 under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the period covered by this annual report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Quebecor Media’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 16 — [RESERVED]

ITEM 16A — AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “audit committee financial expert” (as defined in Item 16A of Form 20-F) serving on our Audit Committee. Our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. La Couture is an “independent” director, as defined under SEC rules.

ITEM 16B — CODE OF ETHICS

We have a Code of Ethics that applies to all directors, officers and employees of Quebecor Media, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, principal accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is included as an exhibit to this annual report on Form 20-F.

ITEM 16C — PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

Ernst & Young LLP has served as our independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. The audited consolidated financial statements for each of the fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 are included in this annual report on Form 20-F.

Our Audit Committee establishes the independent auditors’ compensation. The Audit Committee adopted a policy relating to the pre-approval of services to be rendered by its independent auditors. The Audit Committee pre-approves all audit services, determines which non-audit services the independent auditors are prohibited from providing, and authorizes permitted non-audit services to be performed by the independent auditors to the extent those services are permitted by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and Canadian law. For each of the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, none of the non-audit services described below were approved by the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors pursuant to the “ de minimis exception” to the pre-approval requirement for non-audit services. The following table presents the aggregate fees billed for professional services and other services rendered by our independent auditor, Ernst & Young LLP, for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Audit Fees (1)

   $ 2,810,841       $ 2,978,183       $ 3,647,806   

Audit related Fees (2)

     245,103         229,296         205,322   

Tax Fees (3)

     74,685         50,782         115,006   

All Other Fees (4)

     82,316         72,408         64,675   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,212,945       $ 3,330,669       $ 4,032,809   

 

(1) Audit Fees consist of fees approved for the annual audit of the Company’s consolidated financial statements and quarterly reviews of interim financial statements of the Company with the SEC, including required assistance or services that only the external auditor reasonably can provide and accounting consultations on specific issues and translation. It also includes audit and attestation services required by statute or regulation, such as comfort letters and consents, SEC prospectus and registration statements, other filings and other offerings, including annual reports and SEC forms and statutory audits.
(2) Audit related Fees consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are traditionally performed by the external auditor, and include consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards on proposed transactions, due diligence or accounting work related to acquisitions; employee benefit plan audits, and audit or attestation services not required by statute or regulation.
(3) Tax Fees include fees billed for tax compliance services, including the preparation of original and amended tax returns and claims for refunds, tax consultations, such as assistance and representation in connection with tax audits and appeals, tax advice related to mergers, acquisitions and divestitures, transfer pricing, and requests for advance tax rulings or technical interpretations.
(4) All Other Fees include fees billed for forensic accounting and occasional training services, assistance with respect to internal controls over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures.

 

159


Table of Contents

ITEM 16D — EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES

Not applicable.

ITEM 16E — PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS

Not applicable.

ITEM 16F — CHANGES IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT

Not applicable.

ITEM 16G — CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Not applicable.

 

160


Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 17 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 18 — FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Our consolidated balance sheets as at December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012, including the notes thereto and together with the report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, are included beginning on page F-1 of this annual report.

ITEM 19 — EXHIBITS

EXHIBITS

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this annual report on Form 20-F:

 

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

  1.1    Certificate and Articles of Incorporation of Quebecor Media as of January 17, 2013.
  1.2    By-laws of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.3 to Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.3    By-law number 2004-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.4    By-law number 2004-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 31, 2005, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.5    By-law number 2005-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.10 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 31, 2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.6    By-law number 2007-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.12 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006, filed on March 30, 2007, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.7    By-law number 2007-2 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.14 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, filed on March 27, 2008, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  1.8    By-law number 2008-1 of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.15 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 12, 2009, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  2.1    Form of 7  3 / 4 % Senior Note due 2016 of Quebecor Media originally issued on January 17, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.7 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).

 

161


Table of Contents
  2.2    7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.8 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  2.3    Form of 7  3 / 4 % Senior Note due 2016 of Quebecor Media originally issued on October 5, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
  2.4    7  3 / 4 % Senior Notes Indenture, dated as of October 5, 2007, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
  2.5    Form of 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 of Quebecor Media (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  2.6    Indenture relating to Quebecor Media’s 7  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021, dated as of January 5, 2011, by and between Quebecor Media and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.6 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  2.7    Form of 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.8 below).
  2.8    Indenture, relating to Quebecor Media’s 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee.
  2.9    Form of 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media (included as Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.10 below).
  2.10    Indenture, relating to Quebecor Media’s 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023, dated as of October 11, 2012, by and between Quebecor Media, and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee.
  2.11    Form of 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due December 15, 2015 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
  2.12    Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of Videotron’s 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 4.3 to Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
  2.13    Indenture relating to Videotron 6  3 / 8 % Senior Notes, dated as of September 16, 2005, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto, and Wells Fargo, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Videotron’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated October 14, 2005, Registration Statement No. 333-128998).
  2.14    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron, Videotron US Inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.10 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).

 

162


Table of Contents
  2.15    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.16    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.15 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.17    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of September 16, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.19 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.18    Form of 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due April 15, 2018 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.14 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.19    Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 9  1 / 8 % Senior Notes of Videotron due April 15, 2018 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.13 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.20    Indenture, dated as of April 15, 2008, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.14 of Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, filed on March 6, 2009, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.21    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 5, 2009, by and among Videotron Ltd., Le SuperClub Vidéotron Ltée, CF Cable TV Inc., Videotron US Inc. and 9193-2926 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.16 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
  2.22    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.21 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.23    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.22 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.24    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of April 15, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.29 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012).

 

163


Table of Contents
  2.25    Form of 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
  2.26    Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2020 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010).
  2.27    Indenture relating to Videotron 7  1 / 8 % Senior Notes, dated as of January 13, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.17 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.28    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 29, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., 9227-2590 Québec inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.24 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.29    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of December 22, 2010, by and among Videotron Ltd., Videotron G.P., Videotron L.P. and 9230-7677 Québec inc., as guarantors, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.25 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 21, 2011, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.30    Supplemental Indenture, dated as of May 2, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., Jobboom inc., as guarantor, and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee, to the Indenture dated as of January 13, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.37 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.31    Form of 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.32    Form of Notation of Guarantee of the subsidiary guarantors of the 6   7 / 8 % Senior Notes due July 15, 2021 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.33    Indenture, dated as of July 5, 2011, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.42 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.34    Form of 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  2.35    Form of Notation of Guarantee by the subsidiary guarantors of the 5% Senior Notes due July 15, 2022 of Videotron Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit E to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).

 

164


Table of Contents
  2.36    Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2012, by and among Videotron Ltd., the subsidiary guarantors signatory thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.47 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  3.1    Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media, together with a summary thereof in the English-language (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.1 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001, Registration Statement No. 333-13792).
  3.2    Letter Agreement dated December 11, 2000 between Quebecor Inc. and Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 9.2 to Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated September 5, 2001 Registration Statement 333-13792).
  3.3    Written resolution adopted by the Shareholders of Quebecor Media on May 25, 2011 relating to the decrease in the size of the Board of Directors of Quebecor Media (translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to Quebecor Media’a Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  3.4    Amendment Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, amending the Shareholders’ Agreement dated December 11, 2000 by and among Quebecor Inc., Capital Communications CDPQ inc. (now known as Capital d’Amérique CDPQ inc.) and Quebecor Media.
  4.1    Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005, filed on March 29, 2006).
  4.2    First Amending Agreement, dated as of January 14, 2010, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2006 among Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  4.3    Second Amendment Agreement, dated as of January 25, 2012, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of January 17, 2006, by and among, inter alia , Quebecor Media, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 22, 2012, Commission file No. 333-13792).
  4.4    Credit Agreement, dated as of April 7, 2006, by and between Société Générale (Canada), as lender, and Quebecor Media, as borrower (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Quebecor Media’s Registration Statement on Form F-4, dated November 20, 2007, Registration Statement No. 333-147551).
  4.5    First Amending Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2007, amending the Credit Agreement dated as of April 7, 2006 among Quebecor Media, as borrower, and Société Générale (Canada), as lender (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of Quebecor Media’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, filed on March 16, 2010, Commission file No. 333-13792).

 

165


Table of Contents
  4.6    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2011, by and among Videotron, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, and the financial institutions signatory thereto and acknowledged by Le SuperClub Videotron, Videotron Infrastructures Inc., Jobboom Inc., Videotron US Inc., 9227-2590 Québec Inc., 9230-7677 Québec Inc., Videotron G.P., and Videotron L.P., as guarantors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  4.7    Form of Guarantee of the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule D of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  4.8    Form of Share Pledge of the shares of Videotron Ltd. and the Guarantors of the Credit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Schedule E of Exhibit 4.1 to Videotron’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, filed on March 21, 2012, Commission file No. 033-51000).
  7.1    Statement regarding calculation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
  8.1    Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media.
11.1    Code of Ethics.
12.1    Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
12.2    Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78(m)(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.1    Certification of Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
13.2    Certification of Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

166


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
By:  

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

  Name:   Jean-François Pruneau
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 20, 2013

 

167


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

 

 

Report of Ernst & Young LLP to the Board of Directors and to the Shareholders of Quebecor Media (with respect to Quebecor Media’s consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010)

     F-2   

Consolidated financial statements

  

Consolidated statements of income

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of comprehensive income

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of equity

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6   

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-8   

Segmented information

     F-10   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-14   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and to the shareholders of

Quebecor Media Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and the significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Quebecor Media Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Montréal, Canada   /s/    Ernst & Young LLP (1)
March 20, 2013  

 

1  

CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit no. A104687

 

F-2


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2012     2011     2010  

Revenues

     2       $ 4,351.8      $ 4,206.6      $ 4,000.1   

Employee costs

     3         1,057.8        1,011.4        935.3   

Purchase of goods and services

     3         1,888.7        1,859.0        1,712.9   

Amortization

        597.7        509.3        396.7   

Financial expenses

     4         326.4        311.5        300.7   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     5         (198.3     (54.6     (46.1

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

     6         29.4        30.2        37.1   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     7         201.5        —          —     

Loss on debt refinancing

     8         67.7        6.6        12.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

        380.9        533.2        651.2   

Income taxes

     10         137.0        146.4        162.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

      $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

         

Shareholders

      $ 245.7      $ 374.0      $ 470.3   

Non-controlling interests

        (1.8     12.8        18.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2012     2011     2010  

Net income

      $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6   

Other comprehensive loss:

         

(Loss) gain on translation of net investments in foreign operations

        (1.4     1.6        (2.9

Cash flows hedges:

         

Gain (loss) on valuation of derivative financial instruments

        33.1        (9.5     43.0   

Deferred income taxes

        2.9        (2.0     (2.7

Defined benefit plans:

         

Actuarial loss and net change in asset limit and in minimum funding liability

     28         (36.3     (91.0     (64.0

Deferred income taxes

        9.6        24.0        16.9   

Reclassification to income:

         

Other comprehensive (gain) loss related to cash flows hedges

     8         (15.3     0.8        8.4   

Deferred income taxes

        0.5        (0.2     (2.5
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        (6.9     (76.3     (3.8
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

      $ 237.0      $ 310.5      $ 484.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to:

         

Shareholders

      $ 241.6      $ 305.9      $ 469.0   

Non-controlling interests

        (4.6     4.6        15.8   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Equity attributable to shareholders              
     Capital
stock

(note 21)
    Contributed
surplus
    Deficit     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
(loss) income
(note 23)
    Equity
attributable
to non-
controlling
interests
    Total
equity
 

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ 1,752.4      $ 3,178.6      $ (2,608.4   $ (18.7   $ 119.4      $ 2,423.3   

Net income

     —          —          470.3        —          18.3        488.6   

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     —          —          (44.6     43.3        (2.5     (3.8

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —          (2.0     —          —          (1.0     (3.0

Dividends

     —          —          (87.5     —          (2.4     (89.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     1,752.4        3,176.6        (2,270.2     24.6        131.8        2,815.2   

Net income

     —          —          374.0        —          12.8        386.8   

Other comprehensive loss

     —          —          (58.8     (9.3     (8.2     (76.3

Issuance of shares of a subsidiary

     —          —          —          —          1.0        1.0   

Dividends

     —          —          (100.0     —          (1.2     (101.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     1,752.4        3,176.6        (2,055.0     15.3        136.2        3,025.5   

Net income

     —          —          245.7        —          (1.8     243.9   

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     —          —          (23.9     19.8        (2.8     (6.9

Acquisition of non-controlling interests

     —          (0.3     —          —          0.3        —     

Reclassification of stated capital (note 21)

     3,175.0        (3,175.0     —          —          —          —     

Repurchase of shares (note 21)

     (811.3     —          (188.8     —          —          (1,000.1

Dividends

     —          —          (100.0     —          (0.5     (100.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 4,116.1      $ 1.3      $ (2,122.0   $ 35.1      $ 131.4      $ 2,161.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

    

Note

  2012     2011     2010  

Cash flows related to operating activities

        

Net income

     $ 243.9      $ 386.8      $ 488.6   

Adjustments for:

        

Amortization of property, plant and equipment

   13     457.1        388.4        322.9   

Amortization of intangible assets

   14     140.6        120.9        73.8   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

   5     (198.3     (54.6     (46.1

Gain on disposal of assets and businesses

   6     (12.9     —          (8.7

Impairment of assets

   6     7.5        1.5        11.9   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   7     201.5        —          —     

Loss on debt refinancing

   8     67.7        6.6        12.3   

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

   4     14.3        12.8        12.5   

Deferred income taxes

   10     80.0        164.1        106.1   

Other

       6.2        (2.1     0.8   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
       1,007.6        1,024.4        974.1   

Net change in non-cash balances related to operating activities

       134.7        (142.2     (139.3
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operating activities

       1,142.3        882.2        834.8   

Cash flows related to investing activities

        

Business acquisitions

   9     (2.0     (55.7     (3.1

Business disposals

   6     18.7        —          —     

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   13     (710.6     (780.7     (689.0

Additions to intangible assets

   14     (94.9     (91.6     (95.2

Proceeds from disposals of assets

       8.4        12.0        53.0   

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

   27     (10.2     —          (6.0

Net change in temporary investments

       —          —          30.0   

Other

       (1.4     (1.7     1.7   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

       (792.0     (917.7     (708.6

Cash flows related to financing activities

        

Net change in bank indebtedness

       (4.0     (0.9     3.9   

Net change under revolving facilities

       (19.7     1.7        2.0   

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

   19     2,102.1        685.8        292.7   

Repayments of long-term debt

   8     (1,202.3     (487.1     (358.8

Settlement of hedging contracts

   8     (43.6     (160.2     (32.4

Repurchase of Common Shares

   21     (1,000.1     —          —     

Dividends

       (100.0     (100.0     (87.5

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

       (0.5     (1.2     (2.4

Other

       0.1        1.0        —     
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

       (268.0     (60.9     (182.5

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

       82.3        (96.4     (56.3

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents denominated in foreign currencies

       —          0.1        (1.0

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

       146.4        242.7        300.0   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

     $ 228.7      $ 146.4      $ 242.7   
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

          2012     2011     2010  

Additional information on the consolidated statements of cash flows

         

Cash and cash equivalents consist of:

         

Cash

      $ 76.0      $ 29.9      $ 122.1   

Cash equivalents

        152.7        116.5        120.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 228.7      $ 146.4      $ 242.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in non-cash balances related to operating activities (net of effect of business acquisitions and disposals):

         

Accounts receivable

      $ 22.2      $ (13.8   $ (72.5

Inventories

        23.7        (38.1     (69.6

Accounts payable, accrued charges and provisions

        91.2        (18.9     (33.0

Income taxes

        53.0        (51.2     15.9   

Stock-based compensation

        (8.0     (14.8     9.7   

Deferred revenues

        (8.6     22.9        46.5   

Defined benefit plans

        (24.0     (29.9     (20.0

Other

        (14.8     1.6        (16.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ 134.7      $ (142.2   $ (139.3
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing activities:

         

Net change in additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets financed with accounts payable

      $ 52.8      $ (26.7   $ (16.4
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest and taxes reflected as operating activities:

         

Cash interest payments

      $ 301.3      $ 309.9      $ 285.0   

Cash income tax payments (net of refunds)

        6.6        30.7        37.0   
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2012      2011  

Assets

        

Current assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

      $ 228.7       $ 146.4   

Accounts receivable

     11         578.0         602.6   

Income taxes

        10.6         29.0   

Amounts receivable from parent corporation

        11.5         17.4   

Inventories

     12         255.5         283.6   

Prepaid expenses

        37.5         30.5   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        1,121.8         1,109.5   

Non-current assets

        

Property, plant and equipment

     13         3,353.2         3,156.0   

Intangible assets

     14         956.7         1,041.0   

Goodwill

     15         3,371.6         3,543.8   

Derivative financial instruments

     26         35.7         34.9   

Deferred income taxes

     10         19.7         20.6   

Other assets

     16         102.1         92.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
        7,839.0         7,889.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

      $ 8,960.8       $ 8,998.7   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (continued)

December 31, 2012 and 2011

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

     Note      2012     2011  

Liabilities and equity

       

Current liabilities

       

Bank indebtedness

      $ —        $ 4.0   

Accounts payable and accrued charges

     17         784.9        764.9   

Provisions

     18         45.9        33.7   

Deferred revenue

        289.0        295.7   

Income taxes

        33.9        2.7   

Derivative financial instruments

     26         28.5        —     

Current portion of long-term debt

     19         21.3        80.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,203.5        1,181.3   

Non-current liabilities

       

Long-term debt

     19         4,407.4        3,617.6   

Derivative financial instruments

     26         270.1        315.4   

Other liabilities

     20         327.4        324.2   

Deferred income taxes

     10         590.5        534.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        5,595.4        4,791.9   

Equity

       

Capital stock

     21         4,116.1        1,752.4   

Contributed surplus

        1.3        3,176.6   

Deficit

        (2,122.0     (2,055.0

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     23         35.1        15.3   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders

        2,030.5        2,889.3   

Non-controlling interests

        131.4        136.2   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,161.9        3,025.5   

Commitments and contingencies

     18, 24        

Guarantees

     25        
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

      $ 8,960.8      $ 8,998.7   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

On March 13, 2013, the Board of Directors approved the consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,

 

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau   

/s/ Jean La Couture

Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer   

Jean La Couture, Director

 

F-9


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

S EGMENTED INFORMATION

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

Quebecor Media Inc. (“Quebecor Media” or the “Corporation”) is incorporated under the laws of Québec and is a subsidiary of Quebecor Inc. (“Quebecor” or the “parent corporation”). The Corporation’s head office and registered office is located at 612 rue Saint-Jacques, Montréal (Québec), Canada. The percentages of voting rights and of equity in its major subsidiaries are as follows:

 

     % voting     % equity  

Videotron Ltd.

     100.0     100.0

Sun Media Corporation

     100.0     100.0

Quebecor Media Printing Inc.

     100.0     100.0

TVA Group Inc.

     99.9     51.4

Archambault Group Inc.

     100.0     100.0

Sogides Group Inc.

     100.0     100.0

CEC Publishing Inc.

     100.0     100.0

Nurun Inc.

     100.0     100.0

The Corporation is engaged, through its subsidiaries, in the following industry segments: Telecommunications, News Media, Broadcasting, Leisure and Entertainment, and Interactive Technologies and Communications. The Telecommunications segment offers television distribution, Internet, business solutions, cable and mobile telephony services in Canada, operates in the rental of movies and televisual products through its video-on-demand service and its distribution and rental stores, and operates specialized Internet sites. The News Media segment produces original content in Canada for all of Quebecor Media’s platforms. Its operations include the printing, publishing and distribution of daily newspapers, weekly newspapers and commercial inserts in Canada, the operation of Internet sites in Canada, including French- and English-language portals and specialized sites, and the operation of out-of-home advertising. The Broadcasting segment operates general-interest television networks, specialized television networks, magazine publishing, and movie distribution businesses in Canada. The Leisure and Entertainment segment combines book publishing and distribution, retail sales of CDs, books, DVD and Blu-ray units, musical instruments and magazines in Canada, online sales of downloadable music and books, music streaming service, music production and distribution in Canada and operation of a Quebec Major Junior Hockey League team. The Interactive Technologies and Communications segment offers e-commerce solutions through a combination of strategies, technology integration, IP solutions and creativity on the Internet and is active in Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia.

These segments are managed separately since they all require specific market strategies. The accounting policies of each segment are the same as the accounting policies used for the consolidated financial statements. Segment income includes income from sales to third parties and inter-segment sales. Transactions between segments are measured at exchange amounts between the parties.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

 

     Telecommunications      News
Media
     Broadcasting      Leisure and
Entertainment
     Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
     Head office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                                              2012  

Revenues

   $ 2,635.1       $ 960.0       $ 461.1       $ 292.5       $ 145.5       $ (142.4   $ 4,351.8   

Employee costs

     365.1         345.3         152.3         55.3         89.3         50.5        1,057.8   

Purchase of goods and services

     1,045.0         499.6         270.7         224.1         46.4         (197.1     1,888.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income 1

     1,225.0         115.1         38.1         13.1         9.8         4.2        1,405.3   

Amortization

                      597.7   

Financial expenses

                      326.4   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

                      (198.3

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

                      29.4   

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

                      201.5   

Loss on debt refinancing

                      67.7   
                   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

                    $ 380.9   
                   

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 669.6       $ 6.5       $ 22.1       $ 6.3       $ 4.2       $ 1.9      $ 710.6   

Additions to intangible assets

     78.3         11.9         3.3         3.6         —           (2.2     94.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-11


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS (continued)

 

     Telecommunications      News
Media
     Broadcasting      Leisure and
Entertainment
     Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
     Head office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                                              2011  

Revenues

   $ 2,430.7       $ 1,018.4       $ 445.5       $ 312.9       $ 120.9       $ (121.8   $ 4,206.6   

Employee costs

     326.7         363.6         142.7         54.0         78.7         45.7        1,011.4   

Purchase of goods and services

     1,005.2         504.7         252.3         232.3         34.3         (169.8     1,859.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income 1

     1,098.8         150.1         50.5         26.6         7.9         2.3        1,336.2   

Amortization

                      509.3   

Financial expenses

                      311.5   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

                      (54.6

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

                      30.2   

Loss on debt refinancing

                      6.6   
                   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

  

              $ 533.2   
                   

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 725.3       $ 13.7       $ 30.5       $ 6.3       $ 4.3       $ 0.6      $ 780.7   

Additions to intangible assets

     73.2         10.8         5.8         1.8         —           —          91.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-12


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

S EGMENTED INFORMATION (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(in millions of Canadian dollars)

 

 

INDUSTRY SEGMENTS (continued)

 

     Telecommunications      News
Media
     Broadcasting      Leisure and
Entertainment
     Interactive
Technologies
and
Communications
     Head office
and
Intersegments
    Total  
                                              2010  

Revenues

   $ 2,228.8       $ 1,015.0       $ 448.2       $ 302.5       $ 98.0       $ (92.4   $ 4,000.1   

Employee costs

     270.0         378.0         135.7         51.3         62.8         37.5        935.3   

Purchase of goods and services

     911.5         445.6         237.6         223.6         29.2         (134.6     1,712.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income 1

     1,047.3         191.4         74.9         27.6         6.0         4.7        1,351.9   

Amortization

                      396.7   

Financial expenses

                      300.7   

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments

                      (46.1

Restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items

                      37.1   

Loss on debt refinancing

                      12.3   
                   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

                    $ 651.2   
                   

 

 

 

Additions to property, plant and equipment

   $ 651.4       $ 11.4       $ 18.5       $ 4.2       $ 2.6       $ 0.9      $ 689.0   

Additions to intangible assets

     71.9         12.0         5.9         5.4         —           —          95.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

The Chief Executive Officer uses operating income as the measure of profit to assess the performance of each segment. Operating income is referred as a non-International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) measure and is defined as net income before amortization, financial expenses, gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments, restructuring of operations, impairment of assets and other special items, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, loss on debt refinancing and income taxes.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

  (a) Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”).

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for certain financial instruments (note 1(j)) and the liability related to stock-based compensation (note 1(t)), which have been measured at fair value, and are presented in Canadian dollars (“CAN dollars”), which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate (“functional currency”).

Comparative figures for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been restated to conform to the presentation adopted for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

  (b) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Corporation. Control is achieved where the Corporation has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of an entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.

Non-controlling interests in the net assets and results of consolidated subsidiaries are identified separately from the parent’s ownership interest in them. Non-controlling interests in the equity of a subsidiary consist of the amount of non-controlling interests calculated at the date of the original business combination and their share of changes in equity since that date. Changes in non-controlling interests in a subsidiary that do not result in a loss of control by the Corporation are accounted for as equity transactions.

 

  (c) Business combinations

A business combination is accounted for by the acquisition method. The cost of an acquisition is measured at the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for control of the business acquired at the acquisition date. This consideration can be comprised of cash, assets transferred, financial instruments issued, or future contingent payments. The identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired are recognized at their fair value at the acquisition date. Results of operations of a business acquired are included in the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements from the date of the business acquisition. Business acquisition and integration costs are expensed as incurred.

Non-controlling interests in an entity acquired are presented in the consolidated balance sheet within equity, separately from the equity attributable to shareholders and are initially measured at fair value.

 

  (d) Foreign currency translation

Financial statements of foreign operations are translated using the rate in effect at the balance sheet date for assets and liabilities, and using the average exchange rates during the period for revenues and expenses. Adjustments arising from foreign currency translation since January 1, 2010 are recorded in other comprehensive income.

Foreign currency transactions are translated to the functional currency by applying the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Translation gains and losses on assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are included in financial expenses, or in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments, unless hedge accounting is used.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (e) Revenue recognition

The Corporation recognizes operating revenues when the following criteria are met:

 

   

the amount of revenue can be measured reliably;

 

   

the receipt of economic benefits associated with the transaction is probable;

 

   

the costs incurred or to be incurred in respect of the transaction can be measured reliably;

 

   

the stage of completion can be measured reliably where services have been rendered; and

 

   

significant risks and rewards of ownership, including effective control, have been transferred to the buyer where goods have been sold.

The portion of revenue that is unearned is recorded under “Deferred revenue” when customers are invoiced.

Revenue recognition policies for each of the Corporation’s main segments are as follows:

Telecommunications

The Telecommunications segment provides services under arrangements with multiple deliverables, for which there are two separate accounting units: one for subscriber services (cable television, Internet, cable telephony or mobile telephony, including connection costs and rental of equipment); the other for equipment sales to subscribers. Components of multiple deliverable arrangements are separately accounted for, provided the delivered elements have stand-alone value to the customer and the fair value of any undelivered elements can be objectively and reliably determined. Arrangement consideration is allocated among the separate accounting units based on their relative fair values.

Cable connection revenues are deferred and recognized as revenues over the estimated average period that subscribers are expected to remain connected to the network. The incremental and direct costs related to cable connection costs, in an amount not exceeding the revenue, are deferred and recognized as an operating expense over the same period. The excess of those costs over the related revenues is recognized immediately in income. Operating revenues from cable and other services, such as Internet access, cable and mobile telephony, are recognized when services are rendered. Promotional offers and rebates are accounted for as a reduction in the service revenue to which they relate. Revenues from equipment sales to subscribers and their costs are recognized in income when the equipment is delivered. Promotional offers related to equipment, with the exclusion of mobile devices, are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on delivery while promotional offers related to the sale of mobile devices are accounted for as a reduction of related equipment sales on activation. Operating revenues related to service contracts are recognized in income over the life of the specific contracts on a straight-line basis over the period in which the services are provided.

News Media

Revenues derived from circulation are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Advertising revenues are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites. Revenues from the distribution of publications and products are recognized upon delivery, net of provisions for estimated returns.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (e) Revenue recognition (continued)

 

Broadcasting

Revenues derived from the sale of advertising airtime are recognized when the advertisement has been broadcast on television. Revenues derived from subscriptions to specialty television channels are recognized on a monthly basis at the time service is rendered. Circulation revenues derived from publishing activities are recognized when the publication is delivered, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns. Revenues from advertising related to publishing activities are also recognized when the publication is delivered. Website advertising is recognized when advertisements are placed on websites.

Revenues derived from the distribution of televisual products and movies and from television program rights are recognized over the broadcasting period or over the viewing period in theatres based on a percentage of revenues generated, when exploitation, exhibition or sale can commence and the license period of the arrangement has begun.

Revenues generated from the distribution of DVD and Blu-ray units are recognized at the time of their delivery, less a provision for estimated returns, or are accounted for based on a percentage of retail sales.

Leisure and Entertainment

Revenues derived from music distribution, book publishing and distribution activities are recognized on delivery of the products, net of provisions for estimated returns based on the segment’s historical rate of returns.

 

  (f) Impairment of assets

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped in cash-generating units (“CGUs”), which represent the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by those assets. The Corporation reviews at each balance sheet date whether events or circumstances have occurred to indicate that the carrying amounts of its long-lived assets with finite useful lives may be less than their recoverable amounts. Goodwill, other intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, and intangible assets not yet available for use are tested for impairment on April 1 of each financial year, as well as whenever there is an indication that the carrying amount of the asset, or the CGU to which an asset has been allocated, exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value less costs to sell and the value in use of the asset or the CGU. Fair value less costs to sell represents the amount an entity could obtain at the valuation date from the asset’s disposal in an arm’s length transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties, after deducting the costs of disposal. The value in use represents the present value of the future cash flows expected to be derived from the asset or the CGU.

An impairment loss is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of an asset or a CGU exceeds its recoverable amount. When the recoverable amount of a CGU to which goodwill has been allocated is lower than the CGU’s carrying amount, the related goodwill is first impaired. Any excess amount of impairment is recognized and attributed to assets in the CGU, prorated to the carrying amount of each asset in the CGU.

An impairment loss recognized in prior periods for long-lived assets with finite useful lives and intangible assets having an indefinite useful life, other than goodwill, can be reversed through the consolidated statement of income to the extent that the resulting carrying value does not exceed the carrying value that would have been the result if no impairment losses had been previously recognized.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (g) Barter transactions

In the normal course of operations, the News Media and the Broadcasting segments principally offer advertising in exchange for goods and services. Revenues thus earned and expenses incurred are accounted for on the basis of the fair value of the goods and services provided.

For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation recorded $16.9 million of barter advertising revenues ($15.5 million in 2011 and $15.7 million in 2010).

 

  (h) Income taxes

Current income taxes are recognized with respect to amounts expected to be paid or recovered under the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.

Deferred income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities in the consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted or substantively enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred income tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the substantive enactment date. A deferred tax asset is recognized initially when it is probable that future taxable income will be sufficient to use the related tax benefits and may be subsequently reduced, if necessary, to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. A deferred tax expense or benefit is recognized in other comprehensive income or otherwise directly in equity to the extent that it relates to items that are recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity in the same or a different period.

In the course of the Corporation’s operations, there are a number of uncertain tax positions due to the complexity of certain transactions and due to the fact that related tax interpretations and legislation are continually changing. When a tax position is uncertain, the Corporation recognizes an income tax benefit or reduces an income tax liability only when it is probable that the tax benefit will be realized in the future or that the income tax liability is no longer probable.

 

  (i) Leases

Assets under leasing agreements are classified at the inception of the lease as (i) finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the asset to the lessee, or as (ii) operating leases for all other leases. All of the Corporation’s current leases are classified as operating leases.

Operating lease rentals are recognized in the consolidated statement of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease. Any lessee incentives are deferred and then recognized evenly over the lease term.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (j) Financial instruments

Classification, recognition and measurement

Financial instruments are classified as held for trading, available for sale, held to maturity, loans and receivables, or as other financial liabilities, and measurement in subsequent periods depends on their classification. The Corporation has classified its financial instruments (except derivative financial instruments) as follows:

 

Held for trading

  

Loans and receivables

  

Available for sale

  

Other liabilities

•   Cash and cash equivalents

•   Bank indebtedness

  

•   Accounts receivable

•   Amounts receivable from parent corporation

•   Loans and other long-term receivables included in “Other assets”

  

•   Other portfolio investments included in “Other assets”

  

•   Accounts payable and accrued charges

•   Provisions

•   Long-term debt

•   Other long-term financial liabilities included in “Other liabilities”

Financial instruments held-for-trading are measured at fair value with changes recognized in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Available-for-sale portfolio investments are measured at fair value or at cost in the case of equity investments that do not have a quoted market price in an active market and where fair value is insufficiently reliable, and changes in fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income. Financial assets classified as loans and receivables and financial liabilities classified as other liabilities are initially measured at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, using the effective interest rate method of amortization. Liabilities recognized as a result of contingent consideration arising from a business acquisition and included in other liabilities, are initially recorded at their acquisition-date fair value and re-measured at fair value in subsequent periods. These changes in fair value are recorded in income as other special items.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Corporation uses various derivative financial instruments to manage its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Corporation does not hold or use any derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. Under hedge accounting, the Corporation documents all hedging relationships between hedging items and hedged items, as well as its strategy for using hedges and its risk management objective. It also designates its derivative financial instruments as either fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting. The Corporation assesses the effectiveness of derivative financial instruments when the hedge is put in place and on an ongoing basis.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (j) Financial instruments (continued)

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting (continued)

 

The Corporation generally enters into the following types of derivative financial instruments:

 

   

The Corporation uses foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on anticipated equipment or inventory purchases in a foreign currency. The Corporation also uses foreign exchange forward contracts in combination with cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on long-term debt. These foreign exchange forward contracts are designated as cash flow hedges.

 

   

The Corporation uses cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge (i) foreign currency rate exposure on interest and principal payments on foreign currency denominated debt, and/or (ii) fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. The cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars are designated as cash flow hedges. The Corporation’s cross-currency interest rate swaps that set all future interest and principal payments on U.S.-denominated debt in fixed CAN dollars, in addition to converting the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or converting a floating rate index to another floating rate index, are designated as fair value hedges.

 

   

The Corporation uses interest rate swaps to manage fair value exposure on certain debt resulting from changes in interest rates. These swap agreements require a periodic exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount on which the payments are based. These interest rate swaps are designated as fair value hedges when they convert the interest rate from a fixed rate to a floating rate, or as cash flow hedges when they convert the interest rate from a floating rate to a fixed rate.

Under hedge accounting, the Corporation applies the following accounting policies:

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as fair value hedges, changes in the fair value of the hedging derivative recorded in income are substantially offset by changes in the fair value of the hedged item to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the carrying value of the hedged item is no longer adjusted and the cumulative fair value adjustments to the carrying value of the hedged item are amortized to income over the remaining term of the original hedging relationship.

 

   

For derivative financial instruments designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of a hedge is reported in other comprehensive income until it is recognized in income during the same period in which the hedged item affects income, while the ineffective portion is immediately recognized in income. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued, the amounts previously recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income are reclassified to income when the variability in the cash flows of the hedged item affects income.

Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments recorded in income is included in gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments. Interest expense on hedged long-term debt is reported at the hedged interest and foreign currency rates.

Derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting, including derivatives that are embedded in financial or non-financial contracts that are not closely related to the host contracts, such as early settlement options on long term-debt, are reported on a fair value basis in the consolidated balance sheets. Any change in the fair value of these derivative financial instruments is recorded in income as a gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments.

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract and are accordingly accounted for separately from the debt when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (k) Financing fees

Financing fees related to long-term debt are capitalized in reduction of long-term debt and amortized using the effective interest rate method.

 

  (l) Tax credits and government assistance

The Corporation has access to several government programs designed to support production and distribution of televisual products and movies, as well as music products, magazine and book publishing in Canada. In addition, the Corporation receives tax credits mainly related to its research and development activities, publishing activities and digital activities. Government financial assistance is accounted for as revenue or as a reduction in related costs, whether capitalized and amortized or expensed, in the year the costs are incurred and when management has reasonable assurance that the conditions of the government programs are met.

 

  (m) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments purchased three months or less from maturity and are recorded at fair value. These highly liquid investments consisted mainly of Bankers’ acceptances and term deposits.

 

  (n) Trade receivables

Trade receivables are stated at their nominal value, less an allowance for doubtful accounts and an allowance for sales returns. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. Individual trade receivables are written off when management deems them not collectible.

 

  (o) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost, determined by the first-in, first-out method or the weighted-average cost method, and net realizable value. Net realizable value represents the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale. When the circumstances that previously caused inventories to be written down below cost no longer exist, the amount of the write-down is reversed. Work in progress is valued at the prorated billing value of the work completed.

In particular, Broadcasting segment inventories, which primarily are comprised of programs and broadcast and distribution rights, are accounted for as follows:

 

  (i) Programs produced and productions in progress

Programs produced and productions in progress related to broadcasting activities are accounted for at the lesser of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes direct charges for goods and services and the share of labour and general expenses related to each production. The cost of each program is charged to operating expenses when the program is broadcast.

 

  (ii) Broadcast rights

Broadcast rights are essentially contractual rights allowing the limited or unlimited broadcast of televisual products or movies. The Broadcasting segment records the broadcast rights acquired as inventory and the obligations incurred under a license agreement as a liability when the broadcast period begins and all of the following conditions have been met: (a) the cost of each program, movies or series is known or can be reasonably determined; (b) the programs, movies or series have been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the broadcast license agreement; (c) the programs, movies or series are available for first showing or telecast.

Amounts paid for broadcast rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid broadcast rights.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (o) Inventories (continued)

 

  (ii) Broadcast rights (continued)

 

Broadcast rights are classified as short or long term, based on management’s estimate of the broadcast period. These rights are charged to operating expenses when televisual products and movies are broadcast over the contract period, using a method based on future revenues and the estimated number of showings. Broadcast rights payable are classified as current or long-term liabilities based on the payment terms included in the license.

 

  (iii) Distribution rights

Distribution rights include costs to acquire distribution rights for televisual products and movies and other operating costs incurred that generate future economic benefits. The Broadcasting segment records an inventory and a liability for the distribution rights and obligations incurred under a license agreement when (a) the cost of the license is known or can be reasonably estimated, (b) the televisual product and movie has been accepted in accordance with the conditions of the license agreement, and (c) the televisual product or movie is available for distribution.

Amounts paid for distribution rights before all of the above conditions are met are recorded as prepaid distribution rights. Distribution rights are charged to operating expenses using the individual film forecast computation method based on actual revenues realized over total revenues expected.

Estimates of future revenues used to determine net realizable values of inventories related to the distribution or broadcasting of television products and movies, are examined periodically by Broadcasting segment management and revised as necessary. The carrying value of programs produced and productions in progress, broadcast rights and distribution rights is reduced to net realizable value, as necessary, based on this assessment.

 

  (p) Long-term investments

Investments in companies subject to significant influence are accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the share of the results of operations of the associated corporation is recorded in the consolidated statement of income. Carrying values of investments are reduced to estimated fair values if there is objective evidence that the investment is impaired.

 

  (q) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost represents the acquisition costs, net of government grants and investment tax credits, or construction costs, including preparation, installation and testing costs. In the case of projects to construct cable and mobile networks, the cost includes equipment, direct labour and direct overhead costs. Projects under development may also be comprised of advance payments made to suppliers for equipment under construction.

Borrowing costs are also included in the cost of property, plant and equipment when the development of the asset commenced after January 1, 2010. Future expenditures, such as maintenance and repairs, are expensed as incurred.

Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Buildings and leasehold improvements

     10 to 40 years   

Machinery and equipment

     3 to 20 years   

Telecommunication networks

     3 to 20 years   

 

F-21


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (q) Property, plant and equipment (continued)

 

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant property, plant and equipment are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the lease and economic life.

The Corporation does not record any decommissioning obligations in connection with its cable distribution networks. The Corporation expects to renew all of its agreements with utility companies to access their support structures in the future, making the retirement date so far into the future that the present value of the restoration costs is insignificant for these assets. A decommissioning obligation is however recorded for the rental of sites related to the advanced mobile network.

 

  (r) Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

For all business acquisitions entered into since January 1, 2010, goodwill initially arising from a business acquisition is measured and recognized as the excess of the fair value of the consideration paid over the fair value of the recognized identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. When the Corporation acquires less than 100% of the equity interests in the business acquired at the acquisition date, goodwill attributable to the non-controlling interests is also recognized at fair value.

For business acquisitions that occurred prior to January 1, 2010, goodwill represented the excess of the cost of acquisition over the Corporation’s interest in the fair value of the identifiable assets and liabilities of the business acquired at the date of acquisition. No goodwill attributable to non-controlling interests was recognized.

Goodwill is allocated as at the date of a business acquisition to a CGU for purposes of impairment testing (note 1(f)). The allocation is made to the CGU or group of CGUs expected to benefit from the synergies of the business acquisition.

Intangible assets

Broadcasting licenses and mastheads have indefinite useful lives. In particular, given the low cost of renewal of broadcasting licenses, management believes it is economically compelling to renew the licenses and to comply with all rules and conditions attached to those licenses.

Internally generated intangible assets are mainly comprised of internal costs in connection with the development of software to be used internally or for providing services to customers. These costs are capitalized when the development stage of the software application begins and costs incurred prior to that stage are recognized as expenses.

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an intangible asset that commenced after January 1, 2010 are also included as part of the cost of that asset during the development phase.

Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized over their useful lives using the straight-line method over the following periods:

 

Assets

   Estimated useful life  

Advanced mobile services (“AWS”) spectrum licenses 1

     10 years   

Software

     3 to 7 years   

Customer relationships

     3 to 10 years   

Non-competition agreements and other

     3 to 5 years   

 

1  

The useful life represents the initial term of the licenses issued by Industry Canada.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (r) Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)

 

Intangible assets (continued)

 

Amortization methods, residual values, and the useful lives of significant intangible assets are reviewed at each financial year-end. Any change is accounted for prospectively as a change in accounting estimate.

 

  (s) Provisions

Provisions are recognized when (i) the Corporation has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation, and when (ii) the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated. Restructuring costs, comprised primarily of termination benefits, are recognized when a detailed plan for the restructuring exists and a valid expectation has been raised in those affected that the plan will be carried out.

Provisions are reviewed at each balance sheet date and changes in estimates are reflected in the consolidated statement of income in the reporting period in which changes occur.

 

  (t) Stock-based compensation

Stock-based awards to employees that call for settlement in cash or other assets at the option of the employee are accounted for at fair value and classified as a liability. The compensation cost is recognized in expenses over the vesting period. Changes in the fair value of stock-based awards between the grant date and the measurement date result in a change in the liability and compensation cost.

Estimates of the fair value of stock option awards are determined by applying an option-pricing model, taking into account the terms and conditions of the grant. Key assumptions are described in note 22.

 

  (u) Pension plans and postretirement benefits

The Corporation offers defined contribution pension plans and defined benefit pension plans to some of its employees.

 

  (i) Defined contribution pension plans

Under its defined contribution pension plans, the Corporation pays fixed contributions to participating employees’ pension plans and it has no legal or constructive obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution pension plans are recognized as employee benefits in the consolidated statements of income when the contributions become due.

 

  (ii) Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans

Defined benefit pension plan costs are determined using actuarial methods and are accounted for using the projected unit credit method, which incorporates management’s best estimates of future salary levels, other cost escalations, retirement ages of employees, and other actuarial factors. Defined benefit pension costs recognized in the consolidated statements of income, as part of employee costs, include the following:

 

   

cost of pension plan benefits provided in exchange for employee services rendered during the year;

 

   

interest cost of pension plan obligations;

 

   

expected return on pension fund assets;

 

   

recognition of prior service costs on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.

When an event gives rise to both a curtailment and a settlement, the curtailment is accounted for prior to the settlement.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (u) Pension plans and postretirement benefits (continued)

 

  (ii) Defined benefit pension plans and postretirement plans (continued)

 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and in the deficit. Actuarial gains and losses arise from the difference between the actual rate of return on plan assets for a given period and the expected rate of return on plan assets for that period, experience adjustments on liabilities, or changes in actuarial assumptions used to determine the defined benefit obligation.

The recognition of the net benefit asset is limited under certain circumstances to the amount recoverable, which is primarily based on the extent to which the Corporation can unilaterally reduce future contributions to the plan. In addition, an adjustment to the net benefit asset or the net benefit obligation can be recorded to reflect a minimum funding liability in a certain number of the Corporation’s pension plans. Changes in the net benefit asset limit or in the minimum funding liability are recognized immediately in other comprehensive income and in the deficit.

The Corporation also offers health, life and dental insurance plans to some of its retired employees. The cost of postretirement benefits is determined using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans. The benefits related to these plans are funded by the Corporation as they become due.

 

  (v) Use of estimates and judgments

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, related amounts of revenues and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Although these estimates are based on management’s best judgment and information available at the time of the assessment date, actual results could differ from these estimates.

The following significant areas represent management’s most difficult, subjective or complex estimates:

 

  (i) Fair value of an asset or a CGU

When an impairment test is performed on an asset or a CGU, management estimates the recoverable amount of the asset or CGU based on its fair value less costs to sell or its value in use. These estimates are based on valuation models requiring the use of a number of assumptions such as pre-tax discount rate (WACC) and perpetual growth rate. These assumptions have a significant impact on the results of impairment tests and on the impairment charge, as the case may be, recorded in the consolidated statement of income. A description of key assumptions used in the goodwill impairment tests and a sensitivity analysis of recoverable amounts are presented in note 15.

 

  (ii) Fair value of derivative financial instruments, including embedded derivatives not closely related to the host contract

Derivative financial instrument must be accounted for at their fair value, which is estimated using valuation models based on a number of assumptions such as future cash flows, period-end swap rates, foreign exchange rates, and credit default premium. Also, the fair value of embedded derivatives related to early settlement option on debt is determined with option pricing models using market inputs, including volatility and discount factors. The assumptions used in the valuation models have a significant impact on the gain or loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of income, the gain or loss on valuation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and the carrying value of derivative financial instruments in the consolidated balance sheet. A description of valuation models used and sensitivity analysis on key assumptions are presented in note 26.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (v) Use of estimates and judgments (continued)

 

  (iii) Cost and obligation related to pension and postretirement benefit plans

Estimates of costs and obligations related to pension and postretirement benefit obligations are based on a number of assumptions, such as the discount rate, the expected return on the plan’s assets, the rate of increase in compensation, the retirement age of employees, health care costs, and other actuarial factors. These assumptions have a significant impact on employee costs recorded in the consolidated statement of income, the actuarial gain or loss recorded in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, and on the carrying value of other assets or other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Key assumptions and sensitivity analysis of key assumptions are presented in note 28.

 

  (iv) Provisions

The recognition of provisions requires management to estimate expenditure required to settle a present obligation or to transfer it to third parties at the date of assessment. An assessment of the probable outcomes of legal proceedings or other contingency is also required. A description of the main provisions, including management expectations on the potential effect on the consolidated financial statements of the possible outcomes of legal disputes, is presented in note 18.

The following areas represent management’s most significant judgments, apart from those involving estimates:

 

  (i) Determination of useful life periods for the amortization of assets with finite useful lives

For each class of assets with finite useful lives, management has to determine over which period the Corporation will consume the assets’ future economic benefits. The determination of a useful life period involves judgment and has an impact on the amortization charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income.

 

  (ii) Determination of CGUs for the purpose of impairment test

The determination of CGUs requires judgment when determining the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows generated by the group of assets. In identifying assets to group in CGUs, the Corporation considers, among other factors, offering bundled services, sharing telecommunication or broadcasting networks infrastructure, integration of media assets, geographical proximity, similarity on exposure to market risk, and materiality. The determination of CGUs could affect the results of impairment tests and, as the case may be, the impairment charge recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

 

  (iii) Determination if early settlement options are not closely related to their debt contract

Early settlement options are not considered closely related to their debt contract when the corresponding option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. Judgment is required to determine if an option exercise price is not approximately equal to the amortized cost of the debt. This determination may have a significant impact on the amount of gains or losses on valuation and translation of financial instruments recorded in the consolidated statement of income.

 

  (iv) Interpretation of laws and regulations

Interpretation of laws and regulation, including tax regulations, requires judgment from management that could have an impact on the recognition of provisions for legal litigation and income taxes in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (w) Recent accounting pronouncements

Unless otherwise indicated, based on current facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not expect to be materially affected by the application of the following standards.

 

  (i) IFRS 9 – Financial Instruments is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2015, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 9 simplifies the measurement and classification for financial assets by reducing the number of measurement categories and removing complex rule-driven embedded derivative guidance in IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement . The new standard also provides for a fair value option in the designation of a non-derivative financial liability and its related classification and measurement.

 

  (ii) IFRS 10 – Consolidated Financial Statements is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 10 replaces SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities and parts of IAS 27 Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and provides additional guidance regarding the concept of control as the determining factor in whether an entity should be included in the consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation.

 

  (iii) IFRS 11 – Joint Arrangements is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures , with guidance that focuses on the rights and obligations of the arrangement, rather than its legal form. It also withdraws the option to proportionately consolidate an entity’s interests in joint ventures. The new standard requires that such interests be recognized using the equity method.

 

  (iv) IFRS 12 – Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013, with early adoption permitted.

IFRS 12 is a new and comprehensive standard on disclosure requirements for all forms of interests in other entities, including joint arrangements, associates, special purpose entities and other off-balance sheet vehicles.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)

 

  (w) Recent accounting pronouncements (continued)

 

  (v) IAS 19 – Post-employment Benefits (including Pensions) (Amended) is required to be applied retrospectively for periods beginning January 1, 2013.

Amendments to IAS 19 involve, among other changes, the immediate recognition of the re-measurement component in other comprehensive income, thereby removing the accounting option previously available in IAS 19 to recognize or to defer recognition of changes in defined benefit obligations and in the fair value of plan assets directly in the consolidated statement of income. IAS 19 allows amounts recorded in other comprehensive income to be recognized either immediately in deficit or as a separate category within equity. IAS 19 also introduces a net interest approach that replaces the expected return on assets and interest costs on the defined benefit obligation with a single net interest component determined by multiplying the net defined benefit liability or asset by the discount rate used to determine the defined benefit obligation. In addition, all past service costs are required to be recognized in profit or loss when the employee benefit plan is amended and no longer spread over any future service period. The adoption of the amended standard will have the following impacts on years ended December 31:

Consolidated statement of income

 

Increase (decrease)

   2012     2011  

Employee costs

   $ 4.4      $ 2.8   

Net interest cost on defined benefit plans

     12.3        9.8   

Income tax expense

     (4.5     (3.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ (12.2   $ (9.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to:

    

Shareholders

   $ (11.1   $ (8.4

Non-controlling interests

     (1.1     (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

 

Increase (decrease)

   2012     2011  

Net income

   $ (12.2   $ (9.2

Actuarial loss

     (18.3     (14.2

Deferred income taxes related to actuarial loss

     4.9        3.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 1.2      $ 1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to:

    

Shareholders

   $ 0.7      $ 0.7   

Non-controlling interests

     0.5        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

2. REVENUES

The breakdown of revenues between services rendered and product sales is as follows:

 

     2012      2011      2010  

Services rendered

   $ 3,717.6       $ 3,555.3       $ 3,322.9   

Product sales

     634.2         651.3         677.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 4,351.8       $ 4,206.6       $ 4,000.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

3. EMPLOYEE COSTS AND PURCHASE OF GOODS AND SERVICES

The main components are as follows:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Employee costs

   $ 1,181.9      $ 1,131.5      $ 1,052.2   

Less: Employee costs capitalized to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

     (124.1     (120.1     (116.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,057.8        1,011.4        935.3   

Purchase of goods and services

      

Royalties, rights and creation costs

     664.6        631.0        598.2   

Cost of retail products

     302.2        337.8        262.3   

Marketing, circulation and distribution expenses

     189.6        182.3        180.5   

Service and printing contracts

     229.9        214.8        202.0   

Paper, ink and printing supplies

     113.2        112.9        102.6   

Other

     389.2        380.2        367.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,888.7        1,859.0        1,712.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 2,946.5      $ 2,870.4      $ 2,648.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4. FINANCIAL EXPENSES

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Interest on long-term debt

   $ 311.7      $ 303.2      $ 284.8   

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

     14.3        12.8        12.5   

Loss on foreign currency translation on current monetary items

     3.2        1.6        3.2   

Other

     (2.8     (6.1     0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 326.4      $ 311.5      $ 300.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

5. GAIN ON VALUATION AND TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Gain on embedded derivatives and derivative financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

   $ (197.5   $ (55.2   $ (41.3

Gain on foreign currency translation of financial instruments for which hedge accounting is not used

     —          —          (6.9

Gain on the ineffective portion of cash flow hedges

     (1.1     —          —     

Loss on the ineffective portion of fair value hedges

     0.3        0.6        2.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (198.3   $ (54.6   $ (46.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

6. RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS

 

     2012     2011      2010  

Restructuring of operations

   $ 33.3      $ 27.4       $ 34.7   

Impairment of assets

     7.5        1.5         11.9   

Gain on disposal of assets and businesses

     (12.9     —           (8.7

Other

     1.5        1.3         (0.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 29.4      $ 30.2       $ 37.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (a) Telecommunications

For the year ended December 31, 2012, Videotron Ltd. (“Videotron”) recorded costs of $0.5 million for the migration of its pre-existing Mobile Virtual Network Operator subscribers to its mobile network ($14.8 million in 2011 and $13.9 million in 2010).

The Telecommunications segment recorded a charge for restructuring costs of $0.6 million in 2011 and 2010. A gain of $3.3 million related to the sale of assets and an impairment charge of $0.2 million were also recorded in 2010.

 

  (b) News Media

In recent years, the News Media segment has implemented various restructuring initiatives to reduce operating costs and, in particular, during the third quarter of 2012, the News Media segment announced the reorganization of its editorial, advertising and industrial operations in Canada. As a result of these initiatives, the News Media segment recorded restructuring costs of $31.8 million in 2012 ($11.0 million in 2011 and $17.9 million in 2010), mainly related to the elimination of positions at several publications.

As part of these restructuring initiatives, an impairment charge of $7.5 million related to tangible and intangible assets was recorded in 2012 ($0.8 million in 2011 and $3.5 million in 2010). Certain assets were also sold in the second quarter of 2010, resulting in a net gain of $4.9 million.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

6. RESTRUCTURING OF OPERATIONS, IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS AND OTHER SPECIAL ITEMS (continued)

 

  (c) Broadcasting

In the second quarter of 2012, the Broadcasting segment disposed of its interests in two specialized channels, The Cave and mysteryTV, for a total cash consideration of $17.9 million, resulting in a gain of $12.9 million. The Broadcasting segment also recorded a charge for restructuring costs of $0.1 million in 2012 ($0.8 million in 2011 and $1.4 million in 2010), a charge for other special items of $0.2 million in 2011 and a gain on disposal of assets of $0.5 million in 2010.

In 2011, the Broadcasting segment recorded an impairment charge on certain equipment and broadcasting rights of $0.7 million ($8.2 million in 2010) related to the termination of the operations of its general-interest television station, Sun TV.

 

  (d) Other segments

In 2012, other segments recorded restructuring costs of $0.9 million ($0.2 million in 2011 and $0.9 million in 2010) and a charge for other special items of $1.5 million (a charge of $1.1 million in 2011 and a gain of $0.8 million in 2010 ).

 

7. IMPAIRMENT OF GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

News Media and Leisure and Entertainment

In October 2012, the Corporation completed its annual review of its three-year strategic plan. Continuing weak economic and market conditions in the newspaper and music industries led the Corporation to perform impairment tests on the News Media and Music CGUs. The Corporation concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of both CGUs. Accordingly, a goodwill impairment charge of $145.0 million (without any tax consequences) and an impairment charge of $30.0 million on mastheads and customer relationships were recorded in the News Media segment and a goodwill impairment charge of $12.0 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded in the Leisure and Entertainment segment.

Broadcasting

As a result of new tariffs adopted in 2012 with respect to business contributions for costs related to waste recovery services provided by Québec municipalities, the costs of the magazine publishing activities have been adversely affected. Accordingly, the Corporation reviewed its business plan for these activities and performed an impairment test on the Publishing CGU included in the Broadcasting segment. The Corporation concluded that the recoverable amount based on value in use was less than the carrying amount of the Publishing CGU and a goodwill impairment charge of $14.5 million (without any tax consequences) was recorded during the first quarter of 2012.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

8. LOSS ON DEBT REFINANCING

2012

 

   

In March 2012, Videotron redeemed all of its 6.875% Senior Notes due January 2014 in an aggregate principal amount of US$395.0 million for a cash consideration of $394.1 million.

 

   

In March and April 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$260.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 2016 and settled hedging contracts for a total cash consideration of $304.9 million.

 

   

In November 2012, Quebecor Media redeemed US$320.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its 7.75% Senior Notes due March 2016 for a cash consideration of $327.1 million.

 

   

In December 2012, Quebecor Media prepaid the balance outstanding under its term loan “B” credit facility for a cash consideration of $153.9 million.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $67.7 million (before income taxes) in 2012, including a gain of $15.3 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

2011

 

   

On February 15, 2011, Sun Media Corporation redeemed all of its 7.625% Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount of US$205.0 million and settled its related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $308.2 million.

 

   

On July 18, 2011, Videotron redeemed US$255.0 million in aggregate principal amount of its issued and outstanding 6.875% Senior Notes due in 2014 and settled its related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $303.1 million.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $6.6 million (before income taxes) in 2011, including a loss of $0.8 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

2010

 

   

On January 14, 2010, Quebecor Media prepaid drawings under its term loan “B” credit facility in an aggregate amount of US$170.0 million and settled a corresponding portion of its hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $206.7 million.

 

   

In May 2010, Osprey Media Publishing Inc. (“Osprey Media”), which is now part of Sun Media Corporation since January 1, 2011, paid the balance on its term credit facility and settled the related hedging contracts, representing a total cash consideration of $116.3 million. On June 30, 2010, Osprey Media’s credit facilities were terminated.

These transactions resulted in a total loss of $12.3 million (before income taxes) in 2010, including a loss of $8.4 million previously reported in other comprehensive income.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

9. BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

2012

 

   

In May 2012, the News Media segment acquired two community publications in the Province of Québec.

2011

 

   

In February 2011, the News Media segment acquired 15 community publications in the Province of Québec. The assets acquired were mainly comprised of goodwill of $28.7 million and intangible assets of $15.7 million.

 

   

In August 2011, the Interactive Technologies and Communications segment acquired a digital agency in the United States for a cash consideration and contingent amounts subject to the achievement of specific targets in the future. The assets acquired were mainly comprised of goodwill of $7.8 million and intangible assets of $11.3 million.

 

   

Other businesses, principally in the Leisure and Entertainment segment, were also acquired by the Corporation during the year ended December 31, 2011.

2010

 

   

In 2010, the Corporation increased its interest in the News Media segment’s distribution network.

The fair value of identifiable assets and liabilities related to business acquisitions in 2011 are summarized as follows:

 

     2011  

Assets acquired

  

Non-cash current assets

   $ 2.0   

Property, plant and equipment

     0.9   

Intangible assets

     31.4   

Goodwill

     37.1   
  

 

 

 
     71.4   

Liabilities assumed

  

Non-cash current liabilities

     (1.3

Deferred income taxes

     (3.1
  

 

 

 
     (4.4
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired at fair value

   $ 67.0   
  

 

 

 

Consideration

  

Cash

     55.7   

Contingent liability

     11.3   
  

 

 

 
   $ 67.0   
  

 

 

 

The pro forma revenues and net income in 2012 would not be significantly different than actual figures if all business acquisitions had occurred at the beginning of the year.

The amount of goodwill that is deductible for tax purposes is $0.6 million in 2012 ($29.2 million in 2011 and nil in 2010).

 

F-32


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES

Income tax expenses are as follows:

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Current

   $ 57.0       $ (17.7   $ 56.5   

Deferred

     80.0         164.1        106.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 137.0       $ 146.4      $ 162.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table reconciles income taxes at the Corporation’s domestic statutory tax rate of 26.9% in 2012 (28.4% in 2011 and 29.9% in 2010), and income taxes in the consolidated statements of income:

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Income taxes at domestic statutory tax rate

   $ 102.5      $ 151.4      $ 194.7   

(Reduction) increase resulting from:

      

Effect of provincial tax rate differences

     (0.5     (0.4     (1.0

Effect of non-deductible charges, non-taxable income and differences between current and future tax rates

     (4.3     (9.1     (7.5

Change in benefit arising from current and prior year tax losses

     (7.3     (0.8     (10.1

Tax consolidation transactions with the parent corporation

     (1.5     —          (2.7

Impairment of goodwill

     46.1        —          —     

Other

     2.0        5.3        (10.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 137.0      $ 146.4      $ 162.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The significant items comprising the Corporation’s net deferred income tax liability and their impact on the deferred income tax expense are as follows:

 

     Consolidated
balance sheets
    Consolidated
income statements
 
     2012     2011     2012     2011     2010  

Loss carryforwards

   $ 22.9      $ 56.9      $ 44.2      $ (33.3   $ 2.9   

Accounts payable, accrued charges, provisions and deferred revenue

     8.7        11.5        2.8        7.7        3.0   

Defined benefit plans

     62.4        58.4        5.6        12.5        0.3   

Property, plant and equipment

     (412.1     (400.6     11.5        51.9        54.5   

Goodwill, intangible assets and other assets

     (108.1     (106.3     1.8        6.3        18.9   

Long-term debt and derivative financial instruments

     (48.8     (33.9     18.3        17.8        15.6   

Benefits from a general partnership

     (101.4     (108.6     (7.2     108.6        —     

Other

     5.6        8.5        3.0        (7.4     10.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (570.8   $ (514.1   $ 80.0      $ 164.1      $ 106.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

10. INCOME TAXES (continued)

 

Changes in the net deferred income tax liability are as follows:

 

     Note      2012     2011  

Balance as of beginning of the year

      $ (514.1   $ (369.3

Recognized in statement of income

        (80.0     (164.1

Recognized in other comprehensive income

        13.0        21.8   

Business acquisitions

        —          (3.1

Acquisition of tax deductions

     27         10.2        —     

Other

        0.1        0.6   
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of the end of the year

      $ (570.8   $ (514.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax asset

      $ 19.7      $ 20.6   

Deferred income tax liability

        (590.5     (534.7
     

 

 

   

 

 

 
      $ (570.8   $ (514.1
     

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, the Corporation had loss carryforwards for income tax purposes of $63.5 million available to reduce future taxable income, including $42.0 million that will expire between 2026 and 2032, and $21.5 million that can be carried forward indefinitely. Of these losses, an amount of $10.5 million has not been recognized. The Corporation also had capital losses of $883.1 million that can be carried forward indefinitely and applied only against future capital gains, of which $854.4 million were not recognized.

The Corporation has not recognized a deferred income tax liability for the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries in the current or prior years since the Corporation does not expect to sell or repatriate funds from those investments, in which case the undistributed earnings might become taxable.

There are no income tax consequences attached to the payment of dividends in 2012, 2011 or 2010 by the Corporation to its shareholders.

 

11. ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

     Note     2012      2011  

Trade

     26  (c)    $ 523.1       $ 519.6   

Other

       54.9         83.0   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     $ 578.0       $ 602.6   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

12. INVENTORIES

 

     2012      2011  

Raw materials and supplies

   $ 30.1       $ 36.1   

Work in progress

     14.2         23.3   

Finished goods

     146.5         162.1   

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

     64.7         62.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 255.5       $ 283.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of inventories included in purchase of goods and services amounted to $871.0 million in 2012 ($901.2 million in 2011 and $805.7 million in 2010). Write-downs of inventories totalling $6.8 million were recognized in purchase of goods and services in 2012 ($17.6 million in 2011 and $3.3 million in 2010).

 

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, changes in the net carrying amount of property, plant and equipment are as follows:

 

     Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Telecommunications
networks
    Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost

          

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 420.6      $ 945.5      $ 3,383.4      $ 125.5      $ 4,875.0   

Additions

     25.4        197.4        324.3        233.6        780.7   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —          (1.8     22.6        4.0        24.8   

Reclassification

     2.0        33.4        254.8        (290.2     —     

Retirement, disposals and other

     (10.0     (76.8     (21.4     0.1        (108.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     438.0        1,097.7        3,963.7        73.0        5,572.4   

Additions

     43.6        208.3        389.7        69.0        710.6   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     0.6        —          (47.4     0.5        (46.3

Reclassification

     1.9        32.1        57.9        (91.9     —     

Retirement, disposals and other

     (7.4     (91.5     (82.1     —          (181.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 476.7      $ 1,246.6      $ 4,281.8      $ 50.6      $ 6,055.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (continued)

 

     Land,
buildings and
leasehold
improvements
    Machinery
and
equipment
    Telecommunications
networks
    Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

           

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 145.5      $ 417.8      $ 1,563.8      $ —         $ 2,127.1   

Amortization

     15.8        112.3        260.3        —           388.4   

Retirement, disposals and other

     (4.9     (73.6     (20.6     —           (99.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     156.4        456.5        1,803.5        —           2,416.4   

Amortization

     17.1        143.9        296.1        —           457.1   

Retirement, disposals and other

     (6.1     (82.3     (82.6     —           (171.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 167.4      $ 518.1      $ 2,017.0      $ —         $ 2,702.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

           

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 281.6      $ 641.2      $ 2,160.2      $ 73.0       $ 3,156.0   

As of December 31, 2012

   $ 309.3      $ 728.5      $ 2,264.8      $ 50.6       $ 3,353.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-36


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, changes in the net carrying amount of intangible assets are as follows:

 

     AWS
spectrum
licences
     Software     Customer
relationships
and other
     Broadcasting
licences
    Mastheads      Projects
under
development
    Total  

Cost

                 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 458.8       $ 368.9      $ 187.0       $ 134.1      $ 105.6       $ 120.3      $ 1,374.7   

Additions

     —           63.1        3.3         0.1        —           25.1        91.6   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —           1.7        —           —          —           0.2        1.9   

Reclassification

     —           16.2        —           —          —           (16.2     —     

Business acquisitions

     —           0.5        25.7         —          5.2         —          31.4   

Retirement, disposals and other

     —           (0.1     3.7         (30.8     —           —          (27.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     458.8         450.3        219.7         103.4        110.8         129.4        1,472.4   

Additions

     —           61.8        4.6         —          —           28.5        94.9   

Net change in additions financed with accounts payable

     —           (6.4     —           —          —           (0.1     (6.5

Reclassification

     —           34.1        —           —          —           (34.1     —     

Retirement, disposals and other

     —           3.2        0.6         (0.4     —           —          3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 458.8       $ 543.0      $ 224.9       $ 103.0      $ 110.8       $ 123.7      $ 1,564.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The cost of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $358.4 million as of December 31, 2012 ($297.8 million as of December 31, 2011). For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation recorded additions of internally generated intangible assets of $52.9 million ($58.3 million in 2011 and $60.2 million in 2010).

 

F-37


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

14. INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)

 

     AWS
spectrum
licences
     Software      Customer
relationships
and other
    Broadcasting
licences
    Mastheads      Projects
under
development
     Total  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

                  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 14.7       $ 165.1       $ 78.8      $ 31.6      $ 48.2       $ —         $ 338.4   

Amortization

     52.4         47.6         20.9        —          —           —           120.9   

Retirement, disposals and other

     —           0.4         2.5        (30.8     —           —           (27.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     67.1         213.1         102.2        0.8        48.2         —           431.4   

Amortization

     55.6         61.9         23.1        —          —           —           140.6   

Impairment

     —           —           18.0        —          16.6         —           34.6   

Retirement, disposals and other

     —           1.2         (0.3     —          —           —           0.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 122.7       $ 276.2       $ 143.0      $ 0.8      $ 64.8       $ —         $ 607.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

                  

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 391.7       $ 237.2       $ 117.5      $ 102.6      $ 62.6       $ 129.4       $ 1,041.0   

As of December 31, 2012

   $ 336.1       $ 266.8       $ 81.9      $ 102.2      $ 46.0       $ 123.7       $ 956.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accumulated amortization and impairment losses of internally generated intangible assets, mainly composed of software, was $161.5 million as of December 31, 2012 ($115.2 million as of December 31, 2011). For the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation recorded $41.2 million of amortization ($29.3 million in 2011 and $22.9 million in 2010).

The net carrying value of internally generated intangible assets was $196.9 million as of December 31, 2012 ($182.6 million as of December 31, 2011).

Broadcasting licenses are allocated to the Broadcasting group of CGUs and mastheads are allocated to the News Media group of CGUs.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

15. GOODWILL

For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, changes in the net carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

 

Cost

  

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 6,955.3   

Business acquisitions

     37.1   

Other

     1.5   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     6,993.9   

Business acquisitions

     0.6   

Other

     (1.3
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 6,993.2   
  

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

  

Balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

   $ 3,450.1   

Impairment loss (note 7)

     171.5   
  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 3,621.6   
  

 

 

 

Net carrying amount

  

As of December 31, 2011

   $ 3,543.8   

As of December 31, 2012

   $ 3,371.6   
  

 

 

 

The net carrying amount of goodwill as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is allocated to the following significant groups of CGUs:

 

          2012      2011  

Industry segment

  

Group of CGUs

             

Telecommunications

  

Telecommunications

   $ 2,570.3       $ 2,570.2   
  

Specialized websites

     19.5         19.5   

News Media

  

News Media

     682.6         827.1   

Broadcasting

  

Broadcasting

     3.1         3.1   
  

Publishing

     37.3         51.8   

Leisure and Entertainment

  

Book publishing and distribution

     16.3         16.3   
  

Music

     8.9         20.9   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

  

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     33.6         34.9   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

      $ 3,371.6       $ 3,543.8   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

15. GOODWILL (continued)

 

Recoverable amounts

Recoverable amounts were determined based on value in use with respect to the impairment tests performed. The Corporation uses the discounted cash flow method to estimate value in use, consisting of future cash flows derived primarily from the most recent budget and three-year strategic plan approved by the Corporation’s management and presented to the Board of Directors. These forecasts considered each CGU’s past operating performance and market share as well as economic trends, along with specific and market industry trends and corporate strategies. A range of growth rates is used for cash flows beyond this three-year period. The discount rate used by the Corporation is a pre-tax rate derived from the weighted average cost of capital pertaining to each CGU, which reflects the current market assessment of (i) the time value of money, and (ii) the risk specific to the assets for which the future cash flow estimates have not been risk-adjusted. The perpetual growth rate was determined with regard to the specific markets in which the CGUs participate. The following key assumptions were used to determine recoverable amounts in the most recent impairment tests performed:

 

     2012 2     2011 1  

Group of CGUs

   Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
    Perpetual
growth rate
    Pre-tax discount
rate (WACC)
    Perpetual
growth rate
 

Telecommunications:

        

Telecommunications 3

     9.03     3.00     10.19     3.00

Specialized websites

     17.88        2.00        15.00        3.00   

News Media

     12.86        0.00        11.24        1.00   

Broadcasting:

        

Broadcasting 3

     11.27        1.00        11.43        1.00   

Publishing

     16.26        1.00        15.89        1.00   

Leisure and Entertainment:

        

Book publishing and distribution 3

     13.97        1.00        14.14        1.00   

Music

     14.88        0.50        15.00        1.00   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     17.05        4.00        15.17        4.00   

 

1  

All tests were performed as of April 1, 2011.

2  

All tests were performed as of April 1, 2012, except for the Publishing CGU in the Broadcasting segment, which is as of March 31, 2012 (note 7), and for the News Media CGU and Music CGU which are as of September 30, 2012 (note 7).

3  

As allowed by IAS 36, Impairment of assets , recoverable amounts calculated as of January 1, 2010 were used in the 2011 impairment test performed for these groups of CGUs.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

15. GOODWILL (continued)

 

Sensitivity of recoverable amounts

The following table presents, for each principal group of CGUs, the change in the discount rate and in the perpetual growth rate used for the tests performed that would have been required in order for the recoverable amount to equal the carrying value of the CGU as of the most recent impairment tests in 2012:

 

Group of CGUs 1 , 2

   Incremental increase
in pre-tax discount rate
(WACC)
    Incremental decrease
in perpetual

growth rate
 

Telecommunications

     4.07     4.30

Broadcasting

     3.41        4.14   

Book publishing and distribution

     7.23        11.19   

Interactive Technologies and Communications

     3.87        5.16   

 

1  

No sensitivity tests were performed for the Publishing CGU in the Broadcasting segment, the News Media CGU and the Music CGU in the Leisure and Entertainment segment since impairment charges were recorded as a result of the latest impairment tests on these CGUs (note 7).

2  

The recoverable amount of the specialized websites CGU exceeded significantly its carrying value on the latest impairment test and therefore, has a low level of sensitivity to these assumptions.

 

16. OTHER ASSETS

 

     2012      2011  

Programs, broadcast and distribution rights

   $ 33.6       $ 35.5   

Deferred connection costs

     38.2         38.7   

Other

     30.3         18.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 102.1       $ 92.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

17. ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED CHARGES

 

     2012      2011  

Trade and accruals

   $ 577.6       $ 557.0   

Salaries and employee benefits

     160.6         166.5   

Interest payable

     33.6         23.6   

Stock-based compensation

     13.1         17.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 784.9       $ 764.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-41


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

18. PROVISIONS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

     Restructuring
of operations
    Contingencies
and legal
disputes
    Contractual
obligations
and other
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 22.7      $ 5.8      $ 9.8      $ 38.3   

Net change in income

     33.3        (0.1     1.7        34.9   

Payments

     (21.4     (0.8     (1.7     (23.9

Other

     —          —          0.3        0.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 34.6      $ 4.9      $ 10.1      $ 49.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current portion

   $ 34.2      $ 4.9      $ 6.8      $ 45.9   

Non-current portion

     0.4        —          3.3        3.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The recognition of provisions, in terms of both timing and amounts, requires the exercise of judgment based on relevant circumstances and events that can be subject to change over time. Provisions are primarily comprised of the following:

Restructuring of operations

Provisions for restructuring activities primarily cover severance payments related to initiatives to eliminate positions in the News Media segment.

Contingencies and legal disputes

There are a number of legal proceedings against the Corporation and its subsidiaries that are pending. In the opinion of the management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, the outcome of those proceedings is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s results or on its financial position. Management of the Corporation, after taking legal advice, has established provisions for specific claims or actions considering the facts of each case. The Corporation cannot determine when and if a payment related to these provisions will be made.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT

 

     Effective interest
rate as of
December 31,
2012
    2012     2011  

Quebecor Media

      

Bank credit facilities (i) (note 8)

     —     $ —        $ 162.6   

Other credit facility (ii)

     1.75     31.9        42.5   

Senior Notes (iii) (note 8)

     (iii     2,303.7        1,544.6   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       2,335.6        1,749.7   

Videotron (iv)

      

Bank credit facilities (v)

     2.76     58.9        69.6   

Senior Notes (iii) (note 8)

     (iii     2,274.1        1,898.4   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       2,333.0        1,968.0   

Sun Media Corporation

      

Bank credit facilities

     —       —          37.4   
      

TVA Group (iv)

      

Bank credit facilities (vi)

     5.54     75.0        93.0   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

       4,743.6        3,848.1   

Change in fair value related to hedged interest rate risk

       —          15.5   

Adjustments related to embedded derivatives

       (254.5     (120.0

Financing fees, net of amortization

       (60.4     (45.7
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       (314.9     (150.2
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
       4,428.7        3,697.9   

Less current portion

       (21.3     (80.3
    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     $ 4,407.4      $ 3,617.6   
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-43


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

  (i) The bank credit facilities of Quebecor Media are comprised of (a) a US$350.0 million term loan “B” credit facility, fully prepaid in 2012 (the balance was $162.6 million as of December 31, 2011), and (b) a $300.0 million revolving credit facility, bearing interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, U.S. London Interbanking Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio, and maturing in January 2016. These credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. They are collateralized by liens on all of the movable property and assets of the Corporation (primarily shares of its subsidiaries), now owned or hereafter acquired. As of December 31, 2012, the credit facilities of the Corporation were secured by assets with a carrying value of $4,492.3 million ($3,845.1 million in 2011). As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility.

 

  (ii) The long-term credit facility with Société Générale (Canada) for the CAN dollar equivalent of €59.4 million, bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, plus a premium, and matures in 2015. The facility is secured by all the property and assets of the Corporation, now owned and hereafter acquired. This facility mostly contains the same covenants as the bank facilities described in (i).

 

  (iii) The Senior Notes are unsecured and contain certain restrictions on the respective issuers, including limitations on their ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions. Some notes are redeemable at the option of the issuer, in whole or in part, at a price based on a make-whole formula during the first five years of the term of the notes and at a decreasing premium thereafter, while the remaining notes are redeemable or at a price based on a make-whole formula at any time prior to maturity. The notes issued by Videotron are guaranteed by specific subsidiaries of Videotron. The following table summarizes the terms of the outstanding Senior Notes as of December 31, 2012:

 

Principal amount

   Annual nominal
interest rate
    Effective interest rate
(after discount or
premium at issuance)
    Maturity date      Interest payable
every 6 months on
 

Quebecor Media

         

US$ 380.0

     7.750     8.810     March 15, 2016         June and December 15   

US$ 265.0

     7.750     7.750     March 15, 2016         June and December 15   

     $ 325.0 1

     7.375     7.375     January 15, 2021         June and December 15   

US$ 850.0 2

     5.750     5.750     January 15, 2023         June and December 15   

     $ 500.0 2

     6.625     6.625     January 15, 2023         June and December 15   

Videotron

         

US$ 175.0

     6.375     6.444     December 15, 2015         June and December 15   

US$ 715.0

     9.125     9.366     April 15, 2018         June and December 15   

     $ 300.0 3

     7.125     7.125     January 15, 2020         June and December 15   

     $ 300.0 4

     6.875     6.875     July 15, 2021         June and December 15   

US$ 800.0 5

     5.000     5.000     July 15, 2022         January and July 15   

 

1  

The notes were issued in January 2011 for net proceeds of $319.9 million, net of financing fees of $5.1 million.

2  

The notes were issued in October 2012 for net proceeds of $1,314.5 million, net of financing fees of $16.5 million.

3  

The notes were issued in January 2010 for net proceeds of $293.9 million, net of financing fees of $6.1 million.

4  

The notes were issued in July 2011 for net proceeds of $294.8 million, net of financing fees of $5.2 million.

5  

The notes were issued in March 2012 for net proceeds of $787.6 million, net of financing fees of $11.9 million.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

19. LONG-TERM DEBT (continued)

 

  (iv) The debts of these subsidiaries are non-recourse to Quebecor Media.

 

  (v) The bank credit facilities provide for a $575.0 million secured revolving credit facility that matures in July 2016 and a $75.0 million secured export financing facility providing for a term loan that matures in June 2018. The revolving credit facility bears interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate, plus a margin, depending on Videotron’s leverage ratio. Advances under the export financing facility bear interest at Bankers’ acceptance rate and Canadian LIBOR plus a margin. The bank credit facilities are secured by a first ranking hypothec on the universality of all tangible and intangible assets, current and future, of Videotron and its wholly owned subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2012, the bank credit facilities were secured by assets with a carrying value of $6,206.2 million ($5,990.0 million in 2011). The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2012, $58.9 million ($69.6 million in 2011) was outstanding on the secured export financing facility.

 

  (vi) The bank credit facilities of TVA Group Inc. (“TVA Group”) are comprised of an unsecured revolving credit facility in the amount of $100.0 million, maturing in February 2017, and an unsecured term credit facility in the amount of $75.0 million, maturing in December 2014. TVA Group’s revolving credit facility bears interest at floating rates based on Bankers’ acceptance rate, LIBOR, Canadian prime rate or U.S. prime rate plus a premium determined by a leverage ratio, while the term loan bears interest at a rate of 5.54%, payable every six months on June 15 and December 15. The bank credit facilities contain covenants such as maintaining certain financial ratios, limiting its ability to incur additional indebtedness and restricting the payment of dividends and other distributions. As of December 31, 2012, no amount was drawn on the revolving credit facility ($18.0 million in 2011), and $75.0 million ($75.0 million in 2011) was outstanding on the term credit facility.

On December 31, 2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries were in compliance with all debt covenants.

Principal repayments of long-term debt over the coming years are as follows:

 

2013

   $ 21.3   

2014

     96.4   

2015

     195.2   

2016

     642.4   

2017

     10.7   

2018 and thereafter

     3,777.6   

 

F-45


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

20. OTHER LIABILITIES

 

     Note      2012      2011  

Defined benefit plans

     28       $ 249.4       $ 237.3   

Deferred revenue

        49.5         51.4   

Stock-based compensation 1

     22         5.0         8.3   

Other

        23.5         27.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
      $ 327.4       $ 324.2   
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

1  

The current portion of $13.1 million of stock-based compensation is included in accounts payable and accrued charges ($17.8 million in 2011) (note 17).

 

21. CAPITAL STOCK

 

  (a) Authorized capital stock

An unlimited number of Common Shares, without par value;

An unlimited number of non-voting Cumulative First Preferred Shares, without par value; the number of preferred shares in each series and the related characteristics, rights and privileges are determined by the Board of Directors prior to each issue:

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (“Preferred A Shares”), carrying a 12.5% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (“Preferred B Shares”), carrying a fixed cumulative preferential dividend generally equivalent to the Corporation’s credit facility interest rate, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (“Preferred C Shares”), carrying an 11.25% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (“Preferred D Shares”), carrying an 11.0% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“Preferred F Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

 

   

An unlimited number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (“Preferred G Shares”), carrying a 10.85% annual fixed cumulative preferential dividend, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation;

An unlimited number of non-voting Preferred Shares, Series E (“Preferred E Shares”), carrying a non-cumulative dividend subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, redeemable at the option of the holder and retractable at the option of the Corporation.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

21. CAPITAL STOCK (continued)

 

  (b) Issued and outstanding capital stock

 

     Common Shares  
     Number     Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2010 and 2011

     123,602,807      $ 1,752.4   

Increase of stated capital

     —          3,175.0   

Redemption

     (20,351,307     (811.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

     103,251,500      $ 4,116.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On September 27, 2012, the Board of Directors approved a special resolution to increase the stated capital of the Corporation’s Common Shares by $3,175.0 million and to reduce the contributed surplus of the Corporation by the same amount.

On October 11, 2012, the Corporation repurchased 20,351,307 of its common shares held by CDP Capital d’Amérique Investissement inc., a subsidiary of Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, for an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 billion paid in cash. All repurchased shares were cancelled. Transaction fees of $0.1 million and the excess of $188.7 million of the purchase price over the carrying value of the common shares repurchased were recorded in increase to the deficit.

 

  (c) Cumulative First Preferred Shares

All Cumulative First Preferred Shares are owned by subsidiaries of the Corporation and are eliminated on consolidation. The following Cumulative First Preferred Shares are issued and outstanding:

 

     Preferred G Shares  
     Number      Amount  

Balance as of December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012

     1,630,000       $ 1,630.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

  (a) Quebecor plans

 

  (i) Stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by the parent corporation, 6,500,000 of Class B shares of the parent corporation have been set aside for directors, officers, senior employees, and other key employees of the parent corporation and its subsidiaries. The exercise price of each option is equal to the weighted average trading price of the parent corporation’s Class B shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange over the last five trading days immediately preceding the granting of the option. Each option may be exercised during a period not exceeding 10 years from the date granted. Options usually vest as follows: 1/3 after one year, 2/3 after two years, and 100% three years after the original grant. Holders of options under the stock option plan have the choice, when they exercise their options, of acquiring the Class B shares at the corresponding option exercise price, or receiving a cash payment equivalent to the difference between the market value of the underlying shares and the exercise price of the option. The Board of Directors of the parent corporation may, at its discretion, affix different vesting periods at the time of each grant.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     356,957      $ 26.99         502,381      $ 23.38   

Granted

     49,447        36.86         48,148        35.09   

Exercised

     (282,662     24.90         (193,572     19.63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     123,742      $ 35.72         356,957      $ 26.99   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     29,123      $ 34.92         185,876      $ 27.65   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 282,662 stock options of the Quebecor plan were exercised for a cash consideration of $3.3 million (193,572 stock options for $2.7 million in 2011).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$34.72 to 36.86

     123,742         8.44       $ 35.72         29,123       $ 34.92   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-48


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (a) Quebecor plans (continued)

 

  (ii) Mid-term stock-based compensation plan

Under the mid-term stock-based compensation plan, participants are entitled to receive a cash payment at the end of a three-year period, based on the appreciation of the Quebecor Class B share price, and subject to the achievement of certain non-market performance criteria. As of December 31, 2012, 439,287 units awarded to participants in Quebecor Media were outstanding at an average exercise price of $31.97 (288,649 units at an average exercise price of $31.33 in 2011).

 

  (b) Quebecor Media stock option plan

Under a stock option plan established by the Corporation, 6,180,140 Common Shares of the Corporation have been set aside for officers, senior employees, directors, and other key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Each option may be exercised within a maximum period of 10 years following the date of grant at an exercise price not lower than, as the case may be, the fair market value of the Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the date of grant, as determined by its Board of Directors (if the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a stock exchange at the time of the grant), or the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of grant of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of grant. As long as the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not listed on a recognized stock exchange, optionees may exercise their vested options during one of the following periods: from March 1 to March 30, from June 1 to June 29, from September 1 to September 29, and from December 1 to December 30. Holders of options under the plan have the choice at the time of exercising their options of receiving an amount in cash (equal to the difference between either the five-day weighted average market price ending on the day preceding the date of exercise of the Common Shares of the Corporation on the stock exchange(s) where such shares are listed at the time of exercise or the fair market value of the Common Shares, as determined by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, and the exercise price of their vested options) or, subject to certain stated conditions, exercise their options to purchase Common Shares of Quebecor Media at the exercise price. Except under specific circumstances, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The vesting on 200,000 options is also subject to market-related performance criteria as the achievement of specific targets in regards to the fair value of the Corporation’s shares in the future.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (b) Quebecor Media stock option plan (continued)

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options granted as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     2,768,712      $ 43.85         3,515,668      $ 42.69   

Granted

     146,000        52.06         114,000        50.18   

Exercised

     (1,480,355     43.44         (695,423     38.74   

Cancelled

     (85,350     46.66         (165,533     45.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     1,349,007      $ 45.02         2,768,712      $ 43.85   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     251,266      $ 45.36         789,921      $ 44.54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2012, 1,480,355 of the Corporation’s stock options were exercised for a cash consideration of $12.5 million (695,423 stock options for $7.9 million in 2011).

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$30.47 to 41.05

     302,848         6.53       $ 36.50         26,348       $ 35.93   

$44.45 to 46.48

     716,818         6.83         46.25         110,577         45.10   

$47.29 to 53.40

     329,341         7.77         50.15         114,341         47.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

$30.47 to 53.40

     1,349,007         6.99       $ 45.02         251,266       $ 45.36   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-50


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (c) TVA Group stock option plan

Under this stock option plan, 2,200,000 Class B shares of TVA Group have been set aside for senior executives and directors of TVA Group and its subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of options granted are determined by TVA Group’s Compensation Committee. The subscription price of an option cannot be less than the closing price of Class B shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange the day before the option is granted. Options granted prior to January 2006 usually vest equally over a four-year period, with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary date of the date of grant. Beginning January 2006, and unless the Compensation Committee decides otherwise, options vest over a five-year period in accordance with one of the following vesting schedules as determined by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant: (i) equally over five years with the first 20% vesting on the first anniversary of the date of the grant; (ii) equally over four years with the first 25% vesting on the second anniversary of the date of grant; and (iii) equally over three years with the first 33 1/3% vesting on the third anniversary of the date of grant. The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years. Holders of options under the plan have the choice, at the time of exercising their options, of receiving a cash payment from TVA Group equal to the number of shares corresponding to the options exercised, multiplied by the difference between the market value of the Class B shares and the exercise price of the option or, subject to certain conditions, exercise their options to purchase TVA Group Class B shares at the exercise price. The market value is defined as the average closing market price of the Class B shares for the last five trading days preceding the date on which the option was exercised.

The following table gives details on changes to outstanding options for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012      2011  
     Options     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Options      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

Balance at beginning of year

     833,610      $ 16.35         833,610       $ 16.35   

Cancelled

     (14,189     16.84         —           —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

     819,421      $ 16.34         833,610       $ 16.35   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Vested options at end of year

     819,421      $ 16.34         720,266       $ 16.59   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following table gives summary information on outstanding options as of December 31, 2012:

 

     Outstanding options      Vested options  

Range of exercise price

   Number      Weighted
average years
to maturity
     Weighted
average
exercise price
     Number      Weighted
average
exercise price
 

$14.50 to 16.40

     628,412         4.44       $ 14.95         628,412          $ 14.95   

$20.50 to 21.38

     191,009         1.87         20.91         191,009            20.91   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

$14.50 to 21.38

     819,421         3.84       $ 16.34         819,421          $ 16.34   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

  

 

 

 

 

F-51


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

22. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS (continued)

 

  (d) Assumptions in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards

The fair value of stock-based awards under the stock option plans of the parent corporation, Quebecor Media and TVA Group was estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of all outstanding stock options under the stock option plans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

December 31, 2012

   Quebecor     Quebecor Media     TVA Group  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.46     1.29     1.13

Dividend yield

     0.52     1.71     —  

Expected volatility

     31.99     23.88     37.05

Expected remaining life

     4.5 years        3.0 years        1.4 year   

December 31, 2011

   Quebecor     Quebecor Media     TVA Group  

Risk-free interest rate

     1.20     1.16     1.05

Dividend yield

     0.57     1.66     —  

Expected volatility

     34.21     29.44     36.26

Expected remaining life

     3.4 years        2.8 years        1.9 year   

Except for Quebecor Media, the expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the underlying share price for a period equivalent to the expected remaining life of the options. Since the Common Shares of Quebecor Media are not publicly traded on a stock exchange, expected volatility is derived from the implied volatility of Quebecor’s stock. The expected remaining life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate over the expected remaining life of the option is based on the Government of Canada yield curve in effect at the time of the valuation. Dividend yield is based on the current average yield.

 

  (e) Liability of vested options

As of December 31, 2012, the liability for all vested options was $3.1 million as calculated using the intrinsic value ($4.7 million as of December 31, 2011).

 

  (f) Consolidated compensation charge

For the year ended December 31, 2012, a consolidated charge related to all stock-based compensation plans was recorded in the amount of $8.7 million (net reversal of $4.3 million in 2011 and net charge of $15.1 million in 2010).

 

F-52


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

23. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

 

     Translation of net
investments in
foreign operations
    Cash flow
hedges
    Total  

Balance as of January 1, 2010

   $ —        $ (18.7   $ (18.7

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (2.9     46.2        43.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

     (2.9     27.5        24.6   

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     1.6        (10.9     (9.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

     (1.3     16.6        15.3   

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (1.4     21.2        19.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ (2.7   $ 37.8      $ 35.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No significant amount is expected to be reclassified in income over the next 12 months in connection with derivatives designated as cash flow hedges. The balance is expected to reverse over a 10-year period.

 

24. COMMITMENTS

The Corporation rents premises and equipment under operating leases and has entered into long-term commitments to purchase services, capital equipment, broadcasting rights, and to pay royalties on an out-of-home advertisement contract. Rent payments include an amount of $74.4 million for future payments to the parent company. The operating leases have various terms, escalation clauses, purchase options and renewal rights. The minimum payments for the coming years are as follows:

 

     Leases      Other
commitments
 

2013

   $ 61.7          $ 93.6   

2014 to 2017

     149.3            134.4   

2018 and thereafter

     174.8            90.2   

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ operating lease expenses amounted to $76.4 million in 2012 ($72.5 million in 2011 and $66.7 million in 2010).

 

F-53


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

25. GUARANTEES

In the normal course of business, the Corporation enters into numerous agreements containing guarantees, including the following:

Operating leases

The Corporation has guaranteed a portion of the residual values of certain assets under operating leases for the benefit of the lessor. Should the Corporation terminate these leases prior to term (or at the end of the lease terms) and should the fair value of the assets be less than the guaranteed residual value, then the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor for a portion of the shortfall. In addition, the Corporation has provided guarantees to the lessor of certain premises leases with expiry dates through 2017. Should the lessee default under the agreement, the Corporation must, under certain conditions, compensate the lessor. As of December 31, 2012, the maximum exposure with respect to these guarantees was $16.8 million and no liability has been recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Business and asset disposals

In the sale of all or part of a business or an asset, in addition to possible indemnification relating to failure to perform covenants and breach of representations or warranties, the Corporation may agree to indemnify against claims related to the past conduct of the business. Typically, the term and amount of such indemnification will be limited by the agreement. The nature of these indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay to guaranteed parties. The Corporation has not accrued any amount in respect of these items in the consolidated balance sheet. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

Outsourcing companies and suppliers

In the normal course of its operations, the Corporation enters into contractual agreements with outsourcing companies and suppliers. In some cases, the Corporation agrees to provide indemnifications in the event of legal procedures initiated against them. In other cases, the Corporation provides indemnification to counterparties for damages resulting from the outsourcing companies and suppliers. The nature of the indemnification agreements prevents the Corporation from estimating the maximum potential liability it could be required to pay. No amount has been accrued in the consolidated balance sheet with respect to these indemnifications. The Corporation has not made any payments relating to these guarantees in prior years.

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Corporation’s financial risk management policies have been established in order to identify and analyze the risks faced by the Corporation, to set appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and in the Corporation’s activities.

The Corporation uses a number of financial instruments, mainly cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, long-term investments, bank indebtedness, trade payables, accrued liabilities, long-term debt and derivative financial instruments. As a result of their use of financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to credit risk, liquidity risk and market risks relating to foreign exchange fluctuations and interest rate fluctuations.

In order to manage its foreign exchange and interest rate risks, the Corporation and its subsidiaries use derivative financial instruments (i) to set in CAN dollars all future payments on debts denominated in U.S. dollars (interest and principal) and certain purchases of inventories and other capital expenditures denominated in a foreign currency, (ii) to achieve a targeted balance of fixed- and floating-rate debts, and (iii) to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. The Corporation and its subsidiaries do not intend to settle their derivative financial instruments prior to their maturity as none of these instruments is held or issued for speculative purposes. The Corporation and its subsidiaries designate their derivative financial instruments either as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges when they qualify for hedge accounting.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (a) Description of derivative financial instruments

 

  (i) Foreign exchange forward contracts

 

Maturity

   CAN dollar
average
exchange rate
per one U.S.
dollar
     Notional
amount sold
     Notional
amount bought
 

Quebecor Media

           

2013 1

     0.9871       US$           157.3       $ 155.3   

2016 2

     1.0154       US$           320.0       $ 324.9   

Videotron

           

Less than 1 year

     0.9961            $           87.8       US$ 88.1   

2014 3

     1.0151       US$           395.0       $ 401.0   

 

  (ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps

 

Hedged item

   Hedging instrument  
     Period
covered
     Notional
amount
     Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest
and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Quebecor Media

             

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

     2007 to 2016       US$           380.0         7.69     1.0001   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023 2

     2007 to 2016       US$           320.0         7.69     0.9977   

7.750% Senior Notes due 2016

     2006 to 2016       US$           265.0         7.39     1.1597   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2016 to 2023       US$           431.3         7.27     0.9792   

5.750% Senior Notes due 2023

     2012 to 2023       US$           418.7         6.85     0.9759   

No hedged item 1

     2009 to 2013       US$           109.8        
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.22
  
  
  
    1.1625   

No hedged item 1

     2006 to 2013       US$           46.6         6.45     1.1625   

 

F-55


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (a) Description of derivative financial instruments (continued)

 

  (ii) Cross-currency interest rate swaps (continued)

 

Hedged item

   Hedging instrument  
     Period
covered
     Notional
amount
     Annual
interest rate
on notional
amount in
CAN dollars
    CAN dollar
exchange rate
on interest
and capital
payments per
one U.S. dollar
 

Videotron

             

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

     2003 to 2014       US$           200.0        
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.73
  
  
  
    1.3425   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

     2004 to 2014       US$           60.0        
 
 
 
Bankers’
acceptances
3 months +
2.80
  
  
  
    1.2000   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022 3

     2003 to 2014       US$           135.0         7.66     1.3425   

6.375% Senior Notes due 2015

     2005 to 2015       US$           175.0         5.98     1.1781   

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

     2008 to 2018       US$           455.0         9.65     1.0210   

9.125% Senior Notes due 2018

     2009 to 2018       US$           260.0         9.12     1.2965   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2014 to 2022       US$           543.1         6.01     0.9983   

5.000% Senior Notes due 2022

     2012 to 2022       US$           256.9         5.81     1.0016   

 

1  

These cross-currency interest rate swaps, maturing in January 2013, were used by the Corporation to hedge the foreign currency exposure under its term loan “B” credit facility that was prepaid in full in December 2012 (note 8). In conjunction with the prepayment of the term loan “B” and pending the maturity of these swaps in January 2013, the Corporation has entered into US$157.3 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the January 17, 2013 notional exchange.

2  

The Corporation initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 7.75% Senior Notes due 2016 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2016 on US$431.3 million of notional amount under its 5.75% Senior Notes due 2023 issued on October 11, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, the Corporation has entered into US$320.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the March 15, 2016 notional exchange.

3  

Videotron initially entered into these cross-currency interest rate swaps to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure under its 6.875% Senior Notes due 2014 redeemed in 2012. These swaps are now used to set in CAN dollars all coupon payments through 2014 on US$543.1 million of notional amount under its 5.00% Senior Notes due 2022 issued on March 14, 2012. In conjunction with the repurposing of these swaps, Videotron has entered into US$395.0 million offsetting foreign exchange forward contracts to reverse its hedging position related to the January 15, 2014 notional exchange.

Certain cross-currency interest rate swaps entered into by the Corporation and its subsidiaries include an option that allows each party to unwind the transaction on a specific date at the then settlement amount.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  b) Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amount of accounts receivable from external or related parties (classified as loans and receivables), accounts payable, accrued charges due to external or related parties, and provisions (classified as other liabilities), approximates their fair value since these items will be realized or paid within one year or are due on demand. Other financial instruments classified as loans and receivables or as available for sale are not significant and their carrying value approximates their fair value.

The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on quoted market prices when available or on valuation models. When the Corporation uses valuation models, the fair value is estimated using discounted cash flows using year-end market yields or the market value of similar instruments with the same maturity.

In accordance with IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures , the Corporation has considered the following fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in measuring its other financial instruments accounted for at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets:

 

•     Level 1:

   quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•     Level 2:

   inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices); and

•     Level 3:

   inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The fair value of cash equivalents and bank indebtedness classified as held for trading and accounted for at their fair value on the consolidated balance sheets, is determined using Level 2 inputs.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments recognized on the consolidated balance sheets is estimated as per the Corporation’s valuation models. These models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using the contractual terms of the derivative instrument and factors observable in external markets data, such as period-end swap rates and foreign exchange rates (Level 2 inputs). An adjustment is also included to reflect non-performance risk impacted by the financial and economic environment prevailing at the date of the valuation in the recognized measure of the fair value of the derivative instruments by applying a credit default premium estimated using a combination of observable and unobservable inputs in the market (Level 3 inputs) to the net exposure of the counterparty or the Corporation. Accordingly, financial derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of early settlement options recognized as embedded derivatives is determined by option pricing models using Level 2 market inputs, including volatility and discount factors.

 

F-57


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The carrying value and fair value of long term debt and derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Asset (liability)

   Carrying
value
    Fair value     Carrying
value
    Fair value  

Long-term debt 1

   $ (4,743.6   $ (5,007.6   $ (3,848.1   $ (4,002.2

Derivative financial instruments 2

        

Early settlement options

     264.9        264.9        138.0        138.0   

Interest rate swaps

     —          —          (0.9     (0.9

Foreign exchange forward contracts 3

     0.1        0.1        3.2        3.2   

Cross-currency interest rate swaps 3

     (263.0     (263.0     (282.8     (282.8

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2  

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges is a liability position of $168.9 million as of December 31, 2012 ($280.5 million as of December 31, 2011).

3  

The value of foreign exchange forward contracts entered into to reverse existing hedging positions is netted from the value of the offset financial instruments.

The following table shows changes to the carrying value and fair value of derivative financial instruments (Level 3) in 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Asset (liability)

    

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ (280.5   $ (451.2

Loss recognized in the consolidated statement of income 1, 2

     (10.0     (4.2

(Loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive income 3

     (10.2     22.7   

Settlements

     37.8        152.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ (262.9   $ (280.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

Losses were largely related to derivative instruments held as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011.

2  

The loss is offset by a gain on valuation and translation of long-term debt of $9.4 million in 2012 ($3.6 million in 2011).

3  

The loss is offset by a gain on translation of long-term debt of $43.3 million in 2012 (gain offset by a loss of $32.2 million in 2011).

 

F-58


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (b) Fair value of financial instruments (continued)

 

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the credit default premium used to calculate the fair value of derivative financial instruments as of December 31, 2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 0.1      $ 2.0   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (0.1     (2.0

 

  (c) Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Corporation if a customer or counterparty to a financial asset fails to meet its contractual obligations.

In the normal course of business, the Corporation continuously monitors the financial condition of its customers and reviews the credit history of each new customer. As of December 31, 2012, no customer balance represented a significant portion of the Corporation’s consolidated trade receivables. The Corporation establishes an allowance for doubtful accounts based on the specific credit risk of its customers and historical trends. The allowance for doubtful accounts amounted to $29.6 million as of December 31, 2012 ($30.4 million as of December 31, 2011). As of December 31, 2012, 9.9% of trade receivables were 90 days past their billing date (7.9% as of December 31, 2011).

The following table shows changes to the allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     2012     2011  

Balance as of beginning of year

   $ 30.4      $ 39.1   

Charged to income

     35.0        20.0   

Utilization

     (35.8     (28.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of end of year

   $ 29.6      $ 30.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation believes that the diversity of its customer base and its product lines are instrumental in reducing its credit risk, as well as the impact of fluctuations in product-line demand. The Corporation does not believe that it is exposed to an unusual level of customer credit risk.

As a result of their use of derivative financial instruments, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are exposed to the risk of non-performance by a third party. When the Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into derivative contracts, the counterparties (either foreign or Canadian) must have credit ratings at least in accordance with the Corporation’s risk management policy and are subject to concentration limits.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (d) Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will not be able to meet their financial obligations as they fall due or the risk that those financial obligations will have to be met at excessive cost. The Corporation and its subsidiaries manage this exposure through staggered debt maturities. The weighted average term of the Corporation’s consolidated debt was approximately 7.1 years as of December 31, 2012 (5.1 years as of December 31, 2011).

The Corporation’s management believes that cash flows and available sources of financing should be sufficient to cover committed cash requirements for capital investments, working capital, interest payments, debt repayments, pension plan contributions, and dividends (or distributions) in the future. The Corporation has access to cash flows generated by its subsidiaries through dividends (or distributions) and cash advances paid by its wholly owned subsidiaries.

As of December 31, 2012, material contractual obligations related to financial instruments included capital repayment and interest on long-term debt and obligations related to derivative instruments, less estimated future receipts on derivative instruments. These obligations and their maturities are as follows:

 

    Total     Less than
1 year
    1-3 year     3-5 years     5 years
or more
 

Accounts payable and accrued charges

  $ 784.9      $ 784.9      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Long-term debt 1

    4,743.6        21.3        291.6        653.1        3,777.6   

Interest payments 2

    2,501.3        314.8        697.3        574.9        914.3   

Derivative instruments 3

    294.4        24.7        143.1        40.9        85.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 8,324.2      $ 1,145.7      $ 1,132.0      $ 1,268.9      $ 4,777.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

1  

The carrying value of long-term debt excludes adjustments to record changes in the fair value of long-term debt related to hedged interest risk, embedded derivatives and financing fees.

2  

Estimate of interest to be paid on long-term debt is based on hedged and unhedged interest rates and hedged foreign exchange rates as of December 31, 2012.

3  

Estimated future disbursements, net of future receipts, on derivative financial instruments related to foreign exchange hedging.

 

  (e) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices due to foreign exchange rates, interest rates and/or equity prices will affect the value of the Corporation’s financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to mitigate and control exposures within acceptable parameters while optimizing the return on risk.

Foreign currency risk

Most of the Corporation’s consolidated revenues and expenses, other than interest expense on U.S. dollar-denominated debt, purchases of set-top boxes, handsets and cable modems and certain capital expenditures, are received or denominated in CAN dollars. A large portion of the interest, principal and premium, if any, payable on its debt is payable in U.S. dollars. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into transactions to hedge the foreign currency risk exposure on 100% of their U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2012, to hedge their exposure on certain purchases of set-top boxes, handsets, cable modems and capital expenditures, and to reverse existing hedging positions through offsetting transactions. Accordingly, the Corporation’s sensitivity to variations in foreign exchange rates is economically limited.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (e) Market risk (continued)

 

Foreign currency risk (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a variance of $0.10 in the year-end exchange rate of a CAN dollar per one U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2012:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of $0.10

    

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

   $ (0.7   $ —     

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     1.0        79.6   

Decrease of $0.10

    

U.S. dollar-denominated accounts payable

     0.7        —     

Gain on valuation and translation of financial instruments and derivative financial instruments

     (1.0     (79.6

Interest rate risk

Some of the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ revolving and bank credit facilities bear interest at floating rates based on the following reference rates: (i) Bankers’ acceptance rate, (ii) Canadian LIBOR, (iii) U.S. LIBOR, (iv) Canadian prime rate, and (v) U.S. prime rate. The Senior Notes issued by the Corporation and its subsidiaries bear interest at fixed rates. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have entered into various interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swap agreements in order to manage cash flow and fair value risk exposure due to changes in interest rates. As of December 31, 2012, after taking into account the hedging instruments, long-term debt was comprised of 90.9% fixed-rate debt (84.7% in 2011) and 9.1% floating-rate debt (15.3% in 2011).

The estimated sensitivity on interest payments, of a 100 basis-point variance in the year-end Canadian Bankers’ acceptance rate as of December 31, 2012 is $4.5 million.

The estimated sensitivity on income and other comprehensive income, before income tax, of a 100 basis-point variance in the discount rate used to calculate the fair value of financial instruments as of December 31, 2012, as per the Corporation’s valuation models, is as follows:

 

Increase (decrease)

   Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Increase of 100 basis points

   $ 0.1      $ 2.0   

Decrease of 100 basis points

     (0.1     (2.0

 

F-61


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

26. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (continued)

 

  (f) Capital management

The Corporation’s primary objective in managing capital is to maintain an optimal capital base in order to support the capital requirements of its various businesses, including growth opportunities.

In managing its capital structure, the Corporation takes into account the asset characteristics of its subsidiaries and planned requirements for funds, leveraging their individual borrowing capacities in the most efficient manner to achieve the lowest cost of financing. Management of the capital structure involves the issuance of new debt, the repayment of existing debt using cash flows generated by operations, and the level of distributions to shareholders. The Corporation has not significantly changed its strategy regarding the management of its capital structure since the last financial year.

The Corporation’s capital structure is composed of equity, bank indebtedness, long-term debt, net assets and liabilities related to derivative financial instruments, less cash and cash equivalents. The capital structure is as follows:

 

     2012     2011  

Bank indebtedness

   $ —        $ 4.0   

Long-term debt

     4,428.7        3,697.9   

Derivative financial instruments

     262.9        280.5   

Cash and cash equivalents

     (228.7     (146.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net liabilities

     4,462.9        3,836.0   

Equity

   $ 2,161.9      $ 3,025.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporation is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements other than certain restrictions under the terms of its borrowing agreements, which relate, among other things, to permitted investments, inter-corporation transactions, the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions.

 

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Key management personnel compensation

Key management personnel comprise members of the Board of Directors and key senior management of the Corporation and its main subsidiaries. Their compensation is as follows:

 

     2012      2011     2010  

Salaries and short-term benefits

   $ 7.7       $ 8.0      $ 7.6   

Post-employment benefits

     0.5         0.4        0.3   

Share-based compensation

     5.3         (0.3     10.3   

Other long-term benefits

     2.2         1.9        1.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 15.7       $ 10.0      $ 19.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-62


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (continued)

 

Operating transactions

During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Corporation and its subsidiaries made purchases and incurred rent charges with the parent corporation and affiliated companies in the amount of $14.4 million ($11.7 million in 2011 and $14.8 million in 2010), which are included in purchase of goods and services. The Corporation and its subsidiaries made sales to an affiliated corporation in the amount of $3.8 million ($3.2 million in 2011 and $3.6 million in 2010). These transactions were concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and were accounted for at the consideration agreed between parties.

Management arrangements

The parent corporation has entered into management arrangements with the Corporation. Under these management arrangements, the parent corporation and the Corporation provide management services to each other on a cost-reimbursement basis. The expenses subject to reimbursement include the salaries of the Corporation’s executive officers, who also serve as executive officers of the parent corporation. In 2012, the Corporation received an amount of $1.7 million, which is included as a reduction in employee costs ($2.0 million in 2011 and $2.1 million in 2010), and incurred management fees of $1.1 million ($1.1 million in 2011 and 2010) with the shareholders.

Tax transactions

In 2012, the parent corporation transferred $43.4 million of non-capital losses (none in 2011 and $26.4 million in 2010) to the Corporation and its subsidiaries in exchange for a total cash consideration of $10.2 million (none in 2011 and $6.0 million in 2010). This transaction was concluded on terms equivalent to those that prevail on an arm’s length basis and was accounted for at the consideration agreed between the parties. As a result, the Corporation recorded a reduction of $1.5 million in its income tax expense in 2012 (none in 2011 and $1.5 million in 2010).

 

F-63


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Corporation maintains various flat-benefit plans, various final-pay plans with indexation features from zero to 2%, and defined contribution plans. The Corporation’s policy is to maintain its contribution at a level sufficient to cover benefits. The Corporation provides postretirement benefits to eligible retired employees. The costs of these benefits, principally health care, are accounted for during the employee’s active service period.

The following tables show a reconciliation of the changes in the plans’ benefit obligations and the fair value of plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Change in benefit obligations

        

Benefit obligations at beginning of year

   $ 906.2      $ 823.2      $ 54.7      $ 47.6   

Service costs

     35.1        26.5        1.2        0.8   

Interest costs

     43.9        43.7        2.6        2.1   

Plan participants’ contributions

     15.9        16.1        —          —     

Actuarial loss

     50.7        39.7        3.4        11.6   

Benefits and settlements paid

     (46.6     (43.4     (1.3     (1.0

Curtailment gain

     —          —          —          (6.4

Plan amendments and other

     1.3        0.4        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligations at end of year

   $ 1,006.5      $ 906.2      $ 60.6      $ 54.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Change in plan assets

        

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

   $ 720.1      $ 689.9      $ —        $ —     

Actual return on plan assets

     68.1        8.0        —          —     

Employer contributions

     58.1        49.5        1.3        1.0   

Plan participants’ contributions

     15.9        16.1        —          —     

Benefits and settlements paid

     (46.6     (43.4     (1.3     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

   $ 815.6      $ 720.1      $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-64


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Plan assets are comprised of:

 

     2012     2011  

Equity securities

     56.7     55.9

Debt securities

     39.8        41.9   

Other

     3.5        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2012, plan assets included shares of the parent corporation in the amount of $0.6 million ($0.7 million as of December 31, 2011).

The reconciliation of funded status to the net amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets is as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2012     2011     2012     2011  

Reconciliation of funded status

        

Unfunded benefit obligations

   $ (36.5   $ (35.2   $ (60.6   $ (54.7

Funded benefit obligations

     (970.0     (871.0     —          —     

Fair value of plan assets

     815.6        720.1        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plan deficit

     (190.9     (186.2     (60.6     (54.7

Past service costs – unvested portion

     2.1        3.6        —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

   $ (188.8   $ (182.6   $ (60.6   $ (54.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-65


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Components of actuarial gain or loss are as follows:

 

    Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
    2012     2011     2012     2011  

Difference between expected and actual return on plan assets:

       

Gain (loss)

  $ 17.8      $ (41.5   $ —        $ —     

As a proportion of plan assets

    2.2     5.8     —          —     

Experience losses and changes in assumptions on benefit obligations:

       

Loss

  $ (50.7   $ (39.7   $ (3.4   $ (11.6

As a proportion of benefit obligations

    5.0     4.4     5.6     21.2

Components of the net benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Service costs

   $ 35.1      $ 26.5      $ 16.9      $ 1.2      $ 0.8      $ 1.0   

Interest costs

     43.9        43.7        41.8        2.6        2.1        2.4   

Expected return on plan assets

     (50.3     (49.5     (44.3     —          —          —     

Net prior service costs

     3.1        1.8        1.6        —          —          —     

Special termination benefits, curtailment loss (gain) and other

     —          1.4        1.0        (0.2     (6.4     (0.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net benefit costs

   $ 31.8      $ 23.9      $ 17.0      $ 3.6      $ (3.5   $ 2.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The expense related to defined contribution pension plans amounted to $14.1 million in 2012 ($13.2 million in 2011 and $11.7 million in 2010).

The expected employer contributions to the Corporation’s defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefits plans will be $56.7 million in 2013 (contributions of $59.4 million were paid in 2012).

 

F-66


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Assumptions

The expected long-term rate-of-return-on-assets assumption is selected by first identifying the expected range of long-term rates of return for each major asset class. The Corporation’s investment strategy for plan assets takes into account a number of factors, including the time horizon of the pension plans’ obligations and the investment risk. For each of the plans, an allocation range by asset class is developed whereby a mix of equities and fixed-income investments is used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets. Expected long-term rates of return are developed based on long-term historical averages and current expectations of future returns. In addition, consideration is given to the extent active management is employed in each class and to inflation rates. A single expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is then calculated using the weighted average return of each asset class.

The Corporation determines its assumption for the discount rate to be used for purposes of computing annual service and interest costs based on an index of high-quality corporate bond-yield and matched-funding yield curve analysis as of the measurement date.

The actuarial assumptions used in measuring the Corporation’s benefit obligations as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 and current periodic benefit costs are as follows:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  
     2012     2011     2010     2012     2011     2010  

Benefit obligations

            

Rates as of year-end:

            

Discount rate

     4.40     4.75     5.25     4.40     4.75     5.25

Rate of compensation increase

     3.25        3.25        3.25        3.25        3.25        3.25   

Current periodic costs

            

Rates as of preceding year-end:

            

Discount rate

     4.75     5.25     6.25     4.75     5.25     6.25

Expected return on plan assets

     7.00        7.00        7.00        —          —          —     

Rate of compensation increase

     3.25        3.25        3.50        3.25        3.25        3.50   

The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the accumulated postretirement benefit obligations was 7.8% at the end of 2012. These costs, as per the estimate, are expected to decrease gradually over the next 14 years to 5.0% and to remain at that level thereafter.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

28. PENSION PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS (continued)

 

Sensitivity analysis

A decrease of 25 basis point in the discount rate (at the beginning of the year having an impact on income and at the end of the year having an impact on comprehensive income) and in the expected return on plan assets would have had the following impacts, before income tax, for the year ended December 31, 2012:

 

     Pension benefits     Postretirement benefits  

Increase (decrease)

   Obligation
in balance
sheet
     Income     Other
comprehensive
income
    Obligation
in balance
sheet
     Income     Other
comprehensive
income
 

Discount rate

   $ 41.5       $ (2.1   $ (41.5   $ 2.5       $ (0.1   $ (2.5

Expected return on plan assets

     —           (1.8     1.8        —           —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-68


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION

The Corporation has access to the cash flows generated by its subsidiaries by way of dividends declared by its public subsidiaries and dividends and advances from its private subsidiaries. However, some of the Corporation’s subsidiaries have restrictions, based on contractual debt obligations and corporate solvency tests, regarding the amounts of dividends and advances that can be paid to the Corporation.

The U.S Securities and Exchange Commission requires that the non-consolidated financial statements of the parent corporation be presented when its subsidiaries have restrictions that may limit the amount of cash that can be paid to the parent corporation. These non-consolidated and condensed financial statements, as prepared under IFRS, are shown below.

Non-consolidated condensed statements of income and comprehensive income

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Revenues:

      

Dividends

   $ 821.0      $ 249.1      $ 566.4   

Interest

     1.1        32.7        14.8   

Management fees

     58.5        45.3        58.9   

Other

     43.6        39.0        9.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     924.2        366.1        649.7   

General and administrative expenses

     102.9        92.5        68.7   

Amortization

     6.4        2.3        1.8   

Financial expenses

     76.2        140.0        120.2   

Loss on debt refinancing

     69.1        —          10.4   

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (116.0     1.6        (22.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     785.6        129.7        471.3   

Income taxes

     16.7        7.1        5.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     768.9        122.6        465.7   

Other comprehensive (loss) income

     (3.1     (13.2     22.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 765.8      $ 109.4      $ 488.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

Non-consolidated and condensed statements of cash flows

 

     2012     2011     2010  

Cash flows related to operations

      

Net income

   $ 768.9      $ 122.6      $ 465.7   

Amortization of plant, property and equipment

     6.4        2.3        1.8   

(Gain) loss on valuation and translation of financial instruments

     (116.0     1.6        (22.7

Amortization of financing costs and long-term debt discount

     8.3        8.0        7.1   

Loss on debt refinancing

     69.1        —          10.4   

Deferred income taxes

     16.7        7.1        5.6   

Other

     5.9        —          0.1   

Net change in non-cash balances related to operations

     (42.7     (1.5     10.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows provided by operations

     716.6        140.1        478.5   

Cash flows related to investing activities

      

Net change in investments in subsidiaries

     (97.3     (32.7     (102.4

Acquisition of tax deductions from the parent corporation

     (10.2     —          —     

Other

     (3.5     (6.2     (2.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities

     (111.0     (38.9     (104.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows related to financing activities

      

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable preferred shares

     —          —          1,300.0   

Repurchases of redeemable preferred shares

     —          —          (930.0

Repayment of long-term debt

     (760.1     (30.3     (244.3

Settlement of hedging contracts

     (40.0     —          (30.9

Issuance of long-term debt, net of financing fees

     1,313.3        319.9        —     

Repurchase of Common Shares

     (1,000.1     —          —     

Dividends

     (100.0     (100.0     (87.5

Net change in subordinated loans from subsidiaries

     735.0        111.0        (1,128.0

Net change in convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

     (805.3     (437.1     715.6   

Net change in advances to or from subsidiaries

     82.1        40.8        20.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows used in financing activities

     (575.1     (95.7     (384.9

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

     30.5        5.5        (11.2

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     13.7        8.2        19.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 44.2      $ 13.7      $ 8.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-70


Table of Contents

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

N OTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)

Years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

(tabular amounts in millions of Canadian dollars, except for option data)

 

 

29. NON-CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE CORPORATION (continued)

 

Non-consolidated and condensed balance sheets

 

     2012      2011  

Assets

     

Current assets

   $ 105.0       $ 61.6   

Investments in subsidiaries at cost

     4,333.7         3,736.4   

Convertible obligations, subordinated loans and notes receivable – subsidiaries

     2,799.3         2,493.9   

Other assets

     53.6         47.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,291.6       $ 6,339.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and equity

     

Current liabilities

   $ 64.4       $ 87.5   

Long-term debt

     2,216.6         1,696.9   

Advances from subsidiaries

     189.4         107.3   

Other liabilities

     94.7         121.5   

Subordinated loan from subsidiaries

     980.0         245.0   

Redeemable preferred shares issued to subsidiaries

     1,630.0         1,630.0   

Equity attributable to shareholders

     2,116.5         2,450.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 7,291.6       $ 6,339.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-71

Exhibit 1.1

[TRANSLATION]

REZ-109 (2012-2011)

[Logo of Québec Registrar]

CERTIFICATE OF CONSOLIDATION

Business Corporations Act (Quebec) (R.S.Q., c. S-31.1)

I hereby certify that the Corporation

QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC.

and its version

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

consolidated its Articles under the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) on January 17, 2013.

 

 

 

[Stamp of the Enterprise

Registrar Québec]

 

Filed in the register on January 17, 2013 under the

Quebec registration no. 1149501992

  [Signed]
Enterprise Registrar


LOGO    LOGO

 

Quebec enterprise number  
1   1   4   9   5   0   1   9   9   2  

Articles of Consolidation

Business Corporations Act, R.S.Q., c. S-31.1

 

     
    1        Name of business corporation     
   
     QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC.     
   
     Version(s) of the name of the corporation in a language other than French, if applicable     
   
     QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.     
   
2    Share capital     
   
     See Schedule A attached to these Articles of Consolidation.     
   
3    Restrictions on the transfer of participations, if applicable     
   
     See Schedule B attached to these Articles of Consolidation.     
   
4    Number of directors     
   
     Fixed number or                                                                            Minimum number                                 1                                 
            Maximum number                                 20                                 
                     

Sign the form and return it along with the required payment. Do not fax

 

                Do not use this area.
                   
                   
Revenue Québec                  


RE-509(2012-07)

Page 2

 

     
    5        Restrictions on business activities, if applicable     
   
     n/a     
   
6    Other provisions, if applicable     
   
    

See Schedule B attached to these Articles of Consolidation.

    
   
7    Date and time to be assigned to the certificate, if applicable     
   
     Date                                               Time                                             
   
     _________________________________________________        
   
4    Signature     
   
     ___________________________________    ___________________________________        
     Name of authorized director or officer    Name of authorized director or officer                                         
                     

If you do not have enough space, attach one or more additional sheets. Indicate the corresponding section and, if applicable, number each page.


SCHEDULE A

to the Articles of Consolidation of

QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC. / QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

(the “Corporation”)

Any reference herein to the Act is a reference to the Business Corporations Act ( Quebec) (R.S.Q., c. 31.1) as it now exists and as it may be amended from time to time and any reference herein to a section of the Act is a reference herein to a section of the Act as such section is presently numbered or as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1. COMMON SHARES

The common shares of the capital stock were consolidated on December 5th, 2003, on the basis of 70 issued and outstanding common shares before consolidation for one issued and outstanding common share after consolidation, in order that the 8,652,196,704 issued and outstanding common shares of the corporation were consolidated into 123,602,807 issued and outstanding common shares of the Corporation.

The common shares shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

1.1 Number of Common Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of common shares (hereinafter called the “ Common Shares ”) without nominal or par value, and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

1.2 Dividends

Each Common Share shall, subject always to the rights of the holders of any Cumulative First Preferred Shares, be entitled to receive such dividends as the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall determine.

 

1.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Common Shares shall be entitled, subject always to the rights of the holders of any Cumulative First Preferred Shares, to participate equally, share for share, in the remaining property and assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its shareholders, without preference or distinction.

 

1.4 Voting Rights

The holders of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation and to attend and vote thereat on any matter to be voted on by the shareholders of the Corporation, except a meeting where only the holders of shares of one class or of a particular series are entitled to vote separately pursuant to the Act or to the Articles of the Corporation. At each such meeting, each Common Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

2. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES

 

4


The Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

2.1 Number of Cumulative First Preferred Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of cumulative first preferred shares issuable in series (hereinafter called the “ Cumulative First Preferred Shares ”) without nominal or par value, and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

2.2 Directors’ Authority to Issue in One or More Series

The Board of Directors of the Corporation may issue the Cumulative First Preferred Shares at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Before the first shares of a particular series are issued, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall fix the number of shares in such series and shall determine, subject to the limitations set out in these Articles, the designation, rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions to be attached to the shares of such series including, without limiting or restricting the generality of the foregoing, the rate or rates, amount or method or methods of calculation of preferential dividends, and whether such rate, amount or method of calculation shall be subject to change or adjustment in the future, the currency or currencies of payment, the date and place of payment thereof, and the date or dates from which such preferential dividends shall accrue, the redemption price and terms and conditions of redemption, if any, the rights of retraction, if any, and the prices and other terms and conditions of any rights of retraction and whether any additional rights of retraction may be provided to such holders in the future, the conditions of any share purchase plan or sinking fund with respect thereto and the conversion rights or exchange rights, if any. Before the issue of the first shares of a series, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall send to the Quebec Enterprise Registrar in conformity with the Act, Articles of Amendment containing a description of such series including the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

2.3 Ranking of Cumulative First Preferred Shares

Unless Articles of Amendment otherwise provide with respect to the creation and issue of a particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of each series shall rank on a parity with the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of every other series with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. Unless Articles of Amendment otherwise provide with respect to the creation and issue of a particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be entitled to priority over the Common Shares and any other class of shares of the Corporation, with respect to priority in the payment of dividends, return of capital and in the distribution of assets of the Corporation in the event of the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or any other distribution of the assets of the Corporation among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. If any cumulative dividends or amounts payable on return of capital in respect of a series of shares are not paid in full, the shares of all series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall participate rateably in respect of accumulated dividends and return of capital, unless Articles of Amendment otherwise provide with respect to the creation and issue of a particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

 

2.4 Purchase by the Corporation

Subject to the provisions of the Act and the provisions in the Articles of the Corporation, as amended from time to time, that attach to any particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Cumulative First Preferred Shares of any series, if so provided in the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions

 

5


attached to such series, may be made subject to redemption or retraction at the option of the Corporation or the holder thereof, respectively, at such time and at such prices and upon such other terms and conditions as may be specified in the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares of such series in the Articles of the Corporation, as amended from time to time.

 

2.5 Voting Rights

Unless Articles of Amendment otherwise provide with respect to the creation and issue of a particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall not be entitled to receive any notice of or attend any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation and shall not be entitled to vote at any such meeting, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay cumulative dividends as determined for any particular series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, and provided that at any meeting of shareholders at which, notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares are required or entitled by the Act to vote separately as a class or a series, each holder of Cumulative First Preferred Shares of any series thereof shall be entitled to receive notice of and attend any meeting of shareholders of the Corporation at which such matter is to be addressed and shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each such Cumulative First Preferred Share held.

Any meeting of shareholders at which the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares are required or entitled by the Act to vote separately as a class or a series shall, unless the Articles of the Corporation otherwise provide, be called and conducted in accordance with the by-laws of the Corporation, provided that no amendment to or repeal of the provisions of such by-laws made after the date of the first issue of any of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares by the Corporation shall be applicable to the calling and conduct of meetings of holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares voting separately as a class or as a series, unless such amendment or repeal has been theretofore approved by by-law adopted by the holders of each series of Cumulative First Preferred Shares voting separately as a series.

 

2.6 Amendments

As long as there shall be Cumulative First Preferred Shares outstanding, the Corporation shall not, unless consented to by the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares as hereinafter mentioned and upon compliance with the provisions of the Act, (a) create any other class of shares ranking in priority to the outstanding Cumulative First Preferred Shares or having the same rank, (b) voluntarily liquidate or dissolve the Corporation or execute any decrease of capital involving the distribution of assets on any other shares of its share capital, or (c) repeal, amend or otherwise alter any of the provisions contained in Sections 2.1 to 2.5 hereof or in this present Section.

The above-mentioned approval of the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares shall be considered sufficient if contained in (a) a resolution adopted by at least two-thirds (2/3) of the votes cast at a meeting of the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares held for that purpose, at which meeting such holders will be entitled to one (1) vote for each Cumulative First Preferred Share held by them, or (b) a document signed by the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding Cumulative First Preferred Shares. Such approval so given will be binding upon all the holders of the Cumulative First Preferred Shares.

 

3. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES A

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A (“ Series A Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

3.1 Number of Series A Shares Available For Issue

 

6


The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series A Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

3.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of the Series A Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series A Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this present Section, the expression “dividends at the rate of 12.5% per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series A Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Corporation may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was provided by the Corporation at the time of the issue of such shares.

All dividends declared on the Series A Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the l4th day of the months of January and July in each year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Series A Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series A Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series A Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

3.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series A Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

3.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series A Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series A Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series A Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series A Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

3.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series A Shares shall be entitled, at its option, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such

 

7


holder’s Series A Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series A Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series A Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series A Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series A Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 3.7. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series A Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series A Shares written notice thereof.

 

3.6 Redemption Rights

The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series A Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series A Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series A Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series A Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series A Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series A Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series A Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series A Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series A Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series A Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series A Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 3.7, on presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

3.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series A Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series A Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

4. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES B

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B (“ Series B Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

4.1 Number of Series B Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series B Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series B”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

8


4.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive a single dividend, payable in cash, which amount shall be fixed by the directors in accordance with the provisions of the following paragraph and which, once fixed by the directors, shall be paid on the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into Common Shares of the Corporation.

The amount of the dividend shall be equal to the sum of (i) the interest earned by the Corporation on all funds deposited on December 30, 2002 with the Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative officer, for the purpose of being applied to the partial repayment of the Corporation’s Facility B-1 in accordance with the terms of the Corporation’s credit agreement dated June 29, 2001 (the “Credit Agreement”), and (ii) the amount of interest saved by the Corporation by reason of the Corporation’s partial repayment of Facility B-1 under the terms of the Credit Agreement; the whole for the period from December 30, 2002 to the date of conversion of the Series B Shares into Common Shares of the Corporation.

The holders of Series B Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividend. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series B Shares unless the dividend which shall have become payable on the Series B Shares has been paid or set aside for payment.

 

4.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series B Share held and the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof.

 

4.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series B Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof. In that event and only for so long as such dividend remains in arrears, the holders of Series B Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series B Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

4.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series B Shares shall be entitled, at its option, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series B Shares as of the expiry of a period of 91 days following the maturity date of the Corporation’s notes issued under trust deeds dated July 6, 2001, unless the Corporation meets the conditions provided for in said trust deeds to be able to proceed with the redemption before that date, the whole for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series B Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series B Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series B Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series B Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof, in the manner set forth in Section 4.7 hereinbelow. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series B Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holders of Series B Shares written notice thereof.

 

9


4.6 Redemption Rights

The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series B Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, as of the expiry of a period of 91 days following the maturity date of the Corporation’s notes issued under trust deeds dated July 6, 2001, unless the Corporation meets the conditions provided for in said trust deeds to be able to proceed with the redemption before that date, the whole upon payment to the holders of the Series B Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof on such Series B Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series B Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series B Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series B Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series B Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem such shares. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series B Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series B Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series B Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus the dividend provided for in Section 4.2 hereof with respect to such Series B Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 4.7, the whole upon presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

4.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series B Shares shall be an amount equal to $1.00 per Series B Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

4.8 Conversion Rights

Each issued and outstanding Series B Share may, at the option of its holder, be converted into Common Shares (i) at the same time as Caisse de dépôt et de placement du Québec (« CDPQ ») and/or Capital Communications CDPQ inc. («  CapCom  ») subscribe for Common Shares of the Corporation for an amount equal to their obligations under the terms of the undertaking granted by the CDPQ on June 29, 2001 in favour of the administrative officer of the Corporation’s lenders under the terms of the Credit Agreement (the “CDPQ Undertaking”), namely, on or before April 23, 2003, and (ii) on the basis of the conversion of the paid-up capital of the Series B Shares into Common Shares of the Corporation at a price per share equal to the subscription price paid by the CDPQ and Capcom for the subscription of Common Shares of the Corporation under the terms of the CDPQ Undertaking. When a holder of Series B Shares exercises its conversion right in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate(s) representing the Series B Shares it wishes to convert.

Upon every conversion of Series B Shares, the certificate representing the shares resulting from the conversion shall be issued in the name of the holder of the converted shares. The right of a holder of Series B Shares to convert its shares under this Section shall be presumed to have been exercised and the holder of shares to be converted shall be deemed to have become a holder of the shares resulting

 

10


from the conversion, for all purposes, on the date or dates of delivery of the certificate(s) representing the shares to be converted, the whole notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the shares resulting from the conversion.

 

5. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES C

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C (“ Series C Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

5.1 Number of Series C Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series C Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series C”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

5.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 11.25 % per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of the Series C Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series C Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this present Section, the expression “dividends at the rate of 11.25 % per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series C Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Corporation may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was provided by the Corporation at the time of the issue of such shares.

All dividends declared on the Series C Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20 th day of the months of June and December in each year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Series C Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series C Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series C Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

5.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series C Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

11


5.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series C Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series C Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series C Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series C Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

5.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series C Shares shall be entitled, at its option, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series C Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series C Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series C Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series C Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series C Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 5.7. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series C Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series C Shares written notice thereof.

 

5.6 Redemption Rights

The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series C Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series C Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series C Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series C Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series C Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series C Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series C Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series C Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series C Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series C Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series C Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 5.7, on presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

5.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series C Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series C Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the

 

12


applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

6. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES D

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D (“ Series D Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

6.1 Number of Series D Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series D Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series D”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

6.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 11.0 % per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of the Series D Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series D Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this present Section, the expression “dividends at the rate of 11.0 % per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series D Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Corporation may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was provided by the Corporation at the time of the issue of such shares.

All dividends declared on the Series D Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20 th day of the months of June and December in each year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Series D Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series D Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series D Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

6.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series D Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

6.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series D Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-

 

13


annual dividends on the Series D Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series D Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series D Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

6.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series D Shares shall be entitled, at its discretion, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series D Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series D Shares of the certificates representing such number of Series D Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series D Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series D Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 6.7. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series D Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series D Shares written notice thereof.

 

6.6 Redemption Rights

The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series D Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series D Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series D Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series D Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series D Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series D Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series D Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series D Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series D Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series D Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series D Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 6.7, on presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

6.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series D Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series D Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

14


7. PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES E

The Preferred Shares, Series E ( “Series E Shares” ) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

7.1 Number of Series E Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series E Shares (hereinafter called the “Preferred Shares, Series E”) without nominal or par value and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

7.2 Dividend

When the Corporation declares a dividend, each holder of Series E Shares shall be entitled to receive up to and not exceeding the declared dividend, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, but subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, B, C and D and from the set funds set aside for payment of dividends, a non-cumulative preferential monthly dividend at a maximum rate of one and twenty-five one hundredths of one percent (1.25%) per month, calculated on the redemption value of the Series E Shares, as defined hereinafter in Sections 7.6 and 7.7. The directors shall be responsible for determining the time and terms of payment of such dividend.

 

7.3 Repayment

If, for any reason, including in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation, whether or not voluntary, some or all of the assets of the Corporation are distributed to the shareholders, each holder of Series E Shares shall be entitled, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, but subsequent to the holders of Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series A, B, C and D, to receive payment of the redemption value of the Series E Shares, as defined hereinafter in Sections 7.6 and 7.7, to which shall be added, if any, the amount of declared but unpaid dividends on the Series E Shares.

If the assets of the Corporation are insufficient to pay the full amount owing to the holders of Series E Shares in accordance with the foregoing, the said holders of Series E shares shall share the assets of the Corporation on a pro rata basis according to the number of Series E Shares they hold.

 

7.4 Additional Participation

The Series E Shares shall not carry any further right to participate in the property, profits or asset surplus of the Corporation.

 

7.5 Voting Rights

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the holders of Series E Shares shall not, as such, be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at meetings of shareholders of the Corporation.

 

7.6 Retraction Right

Subject to the provisions of the Act, each holder of Series E Shares shall be entitled, at any time and at such holder’s option, upon written notice, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s shares at a price equal to the redemption price plus an amount equal to all dividends declared thereon but unpaid up to the date on which such redemption is to take place, such aggregate amount shall be referred to hereinafter as the “Aggregate Redemption Price”. The redemption shall be made in accordance with the procedure established herein below.

 

15


7.7 Retraction Procedure

To exercise the retraction right set forth above, the holder of Series E Shares shall surrender to the Corporation, at its head office, the certificate(s) representing the Series E Shares such holder wishes to have redeemed by the Corporation, together with a written request indicating whether all or a specific number of shares represented by the certificate(s) shall be redeemed by the Corporation on the retraction date chosen by the Corporation (which date shall not be more than 30 days after the date on which the Corporation receives the written request) or on any other date on which the Corporation and the holder of Series E Shares may agree. The Corporation shall redeem the Series E Shares duly tendered in accordance with the retraction privilege set forth above at a price equal to the Aggregate Redemption Price. Surrender of the certificate(s) by a holder of Series E Shares in accordance with this present Section 7.7 shall be irrevocable, unless the Corporation fails to duly pay to such holder the Aggregate Redemption Price on or before the retraction date. If the Corporation fails to make such payment on or before the retraction date, the Corporation shall immediately thereafter return to the holder the certificate(s) the holder has surrendered. If the holder of Series E Shares tenders only part of the Series E Shares represented by the certificate(s) for the purposes of redemption in accordance with the aforementioned retraction privilege, the Corporation shall issue and deliver, at the Corporation’s expense, a new certificate representing the Series E Shares that have not been tendered for redemption.

On the retraction date, the Aggregate Redemption Price shall be paid by cheque drawn in Canadian funds, at par, on any branch in Canada of the Corporation’s bank or by any other form of consideration deemed acceptable by the holders of Series E Shares. Once payment has been made, the Series E Shares for which payment has been made shall be redeemed. From the retraction date, the Series E Shares redeemed shall no longer entitle the holders thereof to receive any dividends or to otherwise participate in a distribution of the assets of the Corporation, and the holders of such shares shall no longer be entitled to exercise any other rights of holders of Series E Shares, unless payment of the Aggregate Redemption Price has not been made on the retraction date, in which case the rights of the holders of Series E Shares shall remain unchanged.

For the purposes of this Section, the redemption price shall be, at all times (the “Relevant Time”), for any Series E Share to be redeemed, the amount equal to the aggregate consideration (calculated as provided for below) received for such share. The consideration represents the equivalent in cash or any other form of consideration deemed acceptable by the holder of Series E Shares of the fair market value of the consideration received for the Series E Shares, calculated at the time the said Series E Shares are issued, which calculation shall be made as soon as possible by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and, in any event, no later than 180 days following issuance thereof; however, if a holder of Series E Shares expresses disagreement with such calculation in a written notice delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than 30 days following the date on which the Corporation notifies the holders of Series E Shares in writing that such calculation has been made, the calculation shall be made by the auditors of the Corporation or any other independent person appointed for that purpose by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. Any such calculation made by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the auditors or any person thus appointed shall be binding upon the Corporation and all the holders of any class of shares of the Corporation.

If, at any time after the Series E Shares have been issued, the Corporation, the auditors or any other independent person or any tax authority establishes that the fair market value (at the time the Series E Shares were issued), on a per share basis, of the consideration received at the time the Series E Shares were issued differs from the redemption price, the redemption price shall then be deemed to be, and to always have been, the fair market value (at the time the Series E Shares were issued), on a per share basis, of the consideration received at the time the Series E Shares were issued, as established by the Corporation, the auditors or any other independent person or any tax authority, as the case may be. If, before the redemption price provided for in the foregoing sentence is adjusted, the Corporation paid, in cash or any other form of consideration, to a holder of Series E Shares, in connection with a redemption, retraction or purchase of Series E Shares, a sum for the Series E Shares that differs from the adjusted redemption price, the holder or the Corporation, as deemed appropriate, shall immediately

 

16


pay to the holder or the Corporation, as the case may be, the difference between the amount paid in connection with the redemption, retraction or purchase and the adjusted redemption price.

Moreover, if at the time of the adjustment, dividends have already been declared and paid on the Series E Shares, such dividends shall be adjusted so as to reflect the adjustment to the redemption price.

 

7.8 Right to Purchase by Agreement

Subject to the provisions of the Act, the Corporation may, at any time, as and when it sees fit, without giving notice and without taking into consideration the other classes of shares, purchase by agreement and at the best possible price, all or part of the issued and outstanding Series E Shares. However, such purchase price shall never exceed the Aggregate Redemption Price as defined below in Sections 7.6 and 7.7, or the book value of the net assets of the Corporation.

 

8. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES F

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F (“ Series F Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

8.1 Number of Series F Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series F Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series F”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

8.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of Series F Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series F Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this present Section, the expression “dividends at the rate of 10.85 % per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series F Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Corporation may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was provided by the Corporation at the time of the issue of such shares.

All dividends declared on the Series F Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 14 th day of the months of January and July in each year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Series F Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series F Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series F Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

17


8.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series F Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

8.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series F Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series F Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series F Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series F Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

8.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series F Shares shall be entitled, at its option, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series F Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series F Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series F Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series F Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series F Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 8.7. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series F Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series F Shares written notice thereof.

 

8.6 Redemption Rights

The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series F Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series F Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series F Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series F Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series F Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series F Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series F Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series F Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series F Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series F Shares being redeemed and

 

18


remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 8.7, on presentation and surrender of the certificate(s) representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

8.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series F Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series F Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

 

8.8 Conversion

Each issued and outstanding Series F Share may, at any time until January 31, 2008, at the option of its holder, be converted into one Series G Share.

The right to convert Series F Shares as aforesaid may be exercised by written notice sent to the Corporation, at its head office, together with the certificate(s) representing the Series F Shares the holder wishes to convert. The notice shall be signed by the holder or its representative and shall specify the number of Series F Shares the holder wishes to convert; if only part of the Series F Shares represented by the certificate(s) together with the notice is to be converted, the holder shall be entitled to receive, at the Corporation’s expense, a new certificate representing the Series F Shares which were included in the certificate(s) sent, as previously mentioned, and which are not to be converted.

Upon every conversion of Series F Shares, the certificate(s) representing the shares resulting from the conversion shall be issued in the name of the holder of the converted shares. The right of a holder of Series F Shares to convert its shares under this present Section shall be presumed to have been exercised and the holder of shares to be converted shall be deemed to have become a holder of the shares resulting from the conversion, for all purposes, on the date or dates of delivery of the certificate(s) representing the shares to be converted together with the notice mentioned in the preceding paragraph, the whole notwithstanding any delay in the delivery of the certificate representing the shares resulting from the conversion.

9. CUMULATIVE FIRST PREFERRED SHARES, SERIES G

In addition to the rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions attaching to the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, the Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G (“ Series G Shares ”) shall carry the following rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions:

 

9.1 Number of Series G Shares Available For Issue

The Corporation shall be authorized to issue an unlimited number of Series G Shares (hereinafter called the “Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series G”) and their respective rights, privileges, conditions and restrictions shall be as hereinafter set forth.

 

9.2 Dividends

The registered holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive, in each fiscal year of the Corporation, fixed cumulative preferential dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum, calculated daily on the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of Series G Shares. The said dividends shall be cumulative from the respective dates of issue of each Series G Share.

For greater certainty, it is hereby declared that (a) wherever used in this present Section, the expression “dividends at the rate of 10.85% per share per annum” shall mean, in respect of Series G Shares, dividends computed at that rate for at least the number of days during which such share was

 

19


outstanding during the fiscal year in respect of which the computation is being made and (b) nothing herein contained or implied shall require prorating of dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which such dividends are being accumulated. The directors of the Corporation may, however, in their discretion, prorate dividends in respect of any shares not outstanding for the whole of any period for or in respect of which dividends are being accumulated if such right of prorating was provided by the Corporation at the time of the issue of such shares.

All dividends declared on the Series G Shares shall be payable semi-annually on a cumulative basis on the 20 th day of the months of June and December in each year, at such place as the directors of the Corporation may determine from time to time, in cash or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, provided that in respect of any payment of dividends denominated in a currency other than Canadian, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

The holders of Series G Shares shall only be entitled to receive the aforementioned dividends. No dividends may be paid on any shares ranking junior to the Series G Shares unless all dividends which shall have become payable on the Series G Shares have been paid or set aside for payment.

 

9.3 Liquidation

In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or reorganization of the Corporation or any other distribution of its assets among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive, in preference to the holders of Common Shares, an amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) of each Series G Share held and any accumulated and unpaid dividends with respect thereto.

 

9.4 Voting Rights

Holders of Series G Shares shall not be entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, unless the Corporation shall have failed to pay eight (8) semi-annual dividends on the Series G Shares, whether or not consecutive. In that event and only for so long as any such dividends remain in arrears, the holders of Series G Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of, and to attend and vote at, all shareholders’ meetings, except meetings at which only holders of another specified series or class of shares are entitled to vote. At each such meeting, each Series G Share shall entitle the holder thereof to one (1) vote.

 

9.5 Retraction Rights

Each holder of Series G Shares shall be entitled, at its discretion, upon prior written notice of not less than one (1) business day to the Corporation, to require the Corporation to redeem all or part of such holder’s Series G Shares for an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, payable, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, upon presentation and surrender by such holder of Series G Shares of the certificate(s) representing such number of Series G Shares to be redeemed (the date on which such presentation and surrender occurs being the “Retraction Date”). As of the Retraction Date, the Series G Shares shall be considered redeemed and the Corporation shall pay to such holder of Series G Shares the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) and any accumulated but unpaid dividends with respect thereto, in the manner described in Section 9.7. In the event the Corporation is unable to pay the Redemption Price of the Series G Shares as of the Retraction Date, it shall forthwith give the holder of Series G Shares written notice thereof.

 

9.6 Redemption Rights

 

20


The Corporation shall have the right, at its option, subject to the provisions of the Act in this regard, to redeem at any time all or, from time to time, any of the Series G Shares then outstanding upon giving notice as hereinafter provided, on payment to the holders of the Series G Shares of an aggregate amount equal to the Redemption Price (as hereinafter defined) plus all dividends accumulated on such Series G Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid. In the case of partial redemption, the Series G Shares to be redeemed shall be selected pro rata among the holders of all the Series G Shares then outstanding, except that, with the consent of all the holders of Series G Shares, the shares to be redeemed may be selected in any other manner.

The Corporation shall, at least one (1) business day prior to the date fixed for redemption (the “Redemption Date”), give written notice to each then registered holder of Series G Shares, of the Corporation’s intention to redeem the same. Such notice shall set out the date and the place at which the redemption is to take place and where payment is to occur, and in the case of partial redemption, the number of shares to be redeemed from each such holder of Series G Shares. If notice of redemption is given as aforesaid and an amount sufficient to redeem the Series G Shares called for redemption is deposited with the Corporation’s bankers or at any other place or places specified in the notice, on or before the Redemption Date, the holders of Series G Shares shall, after the Redemption Date, have no right in or against the Corporation except the right to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus all dividends accumulated on such Series G Shares being redeemed and remaining unpaid, in the manner described in Section 9.7, on presentation and surrender of the certificates representing such number of shares to be redeemed.

 

9.7 Redemption Price

The Redemption Price of the Series G Shares shall be an amount equal to $1,000 per Series G Share being redeemed. The Redemption Price may be paid in cash, or by certified cheque, bank draft or wire transfer, or by the delivery of assets having equivalent value, provided that in respect of any such payment denominated in a currency other than Canadian, for the purpose of this present Section, the applicable exchange rate shall be that published by the Bank of Canada in effect on the date of payment.

* * * * * * * * * *

 

21


SCHEDULE B

to the Articles of Consolidation of

QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC. / QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

No shares of the Corporation can be transferred without the consent of the directors, expressed in a resolution duly passed by them.

The shareholders of the Corporation may participate and vote in any shareholders meeting by all means that enables all participants to communicate with each other and, among others, by phone, the whole in accordance with Section 174 of the Business Corporations Act (Quebec) .

As long as the Corporation has not made a distribution of its securities to the public, any shareholders meeting may be held outside the province of Quebec or, from time to time, at any other place determined by the directors.

Securities of the Corporation, other than shares and non-convertible debt securities, cannot be transferred otherwise than in accordance with the transfer restrictions contained in the security holders’ agreement; in the absence of such restrictions, no transfer can be made without the consent of the directors, expressed in a resolution duly passed by them.

The directors of the Corporation may, when they deem appropriate:

(a) borrow money upon the credit of the Corporation;

(b) issue debentures or other securities of the Corporation and pledge or sell the same at such price and amount as shall be deemed appropriate; and

(c) hypothecate the immoveable and the movable or otherwise affect the movable property of the Corporation.

* * * * * * * * * *

 

22

 

 

Exhibit 2.8

EXECUTION COPY

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

$500,000,000

6   5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 11, 2012

 

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

as Trustee

 

 

 


This INDENTURE, dated as of October 11, 2012, is by and between QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Company ”), and COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 (the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.     Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.

144A Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i)(A) hereof, to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture, except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

1933 Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Accounts Receivable Entity ” means a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment:

(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable;

(2) that is designated pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company as an Accounts Receivable Entity;

(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding Guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “ Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness ”);

(4) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and


(5) with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is Incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.14 and 4.09 hereof and which shall be in registered form, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however , that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

Approved Credit Rating Organization ” means any credit rating organization that is either (i) an Approved Credit Rating Organization within the meaning of National Instrument 81-102 — Mutual Funds, or (ii) a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered under the Exchange Act.

Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, other than in the ordinary course of business, of any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

2


(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than US$50.0 million;

(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) sales of accounts receivables pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount equal to at least 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof;

(7) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(8) any Tax Benefit Transaction;

(9) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Public Subsidiary pursuant to any equity compensation plan approved in accordance with the rules and regulations of the primary stock exchange or quotation system on which the Capital Stock of such Public Subsidiary is listed or quoted; provided , however , that the aggregate Fair Market Value for all such issued Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that after such issuance the Company’s ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary, whether directly or through its Restricted Subsidiaries, is at least equal to its ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such issuance;

(11) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof; and

(12) any Asset Swap.

“Asset Swap” means an exchange of assets by Quebecor Media or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for:

(1) one or more Permitted Businesses;

(2) a controlling equity interest in any Person whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses; provided such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of Quebecor Media; and/or

(3) long-term assets that are used in a Permitted Business in a like-kind exchange or transfer.

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

3


Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Quebecor Media Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means Preferred Shares issued:

(1) to a Quebecor Media Entity by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Quebecor Media Entity, or an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has subscribed for Preferred Shares of such Quebecor Media Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite subscription price for such Preferred Shares;

(2) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) on an unsecured basis; or

(3) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has used the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity);

in each case on terms whereby:

(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity is identical:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity shall:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:

 

4


  (A) to a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

and provided that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Back-to-Back Securities ” means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires; provided that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that any payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would constitute a Restricted Payment.

Back-to-Back Transaction ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have corresponding meanings.

Board of Directors ” means:

 

  (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

 

  (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner(s) of the partnership; and

 

  (3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

5


Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Book-Entry System ” means the record entry and securities transfer and pledge system, which is administered by the Depositary in accordance with the operating rules and procedures of its securities settlement service for book-entry only notes in force from time to time, or any successor system.

Book-Entry Only Form ”, when used with respect to Notes, means Notes certified and delivered under the Book-Entry System other than Definitive Notes.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

Canada Bond Yield ” means, on any date, the bid yield to maturity on such date compounded semi-annually which a non-callable non-amortizing Government of Canada nominal bond would be expected to carry if issued, in Canadian dollars in Canada, at 100% of its principal amount on such date with a term to maturity which most closely approximates the remaining term to maturity of the Notes on such date, as determined by the Company based on a linear interpolation of the yields represented by the arithmetic average of bids observed in the market place at or about 11:00 a.m. (Toronto time), on the relevant date for each of the two (2) outstanding non-callable non-amortizing Government of Canada nominal bonds which have the terms to maturity which most closely span the remaining term to maturity of the Notes on such date, where such arithmetic average is based in each case on the bids quoted to an independent investment dealer acting as agent of the Company by two (2) independent registered members of the Investment Industry Regulatory Organization of Canada selected by the Company (and acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably), calculated in accordance with standard practice in the industry.

Canadian Placement Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on available prospectus and dealer registration exemptions in Canada and in reliance on Rule 903 under the 1933 Act.

Canadian Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i)(B) hereof, to be placed on all Notes issued under the Indenture, unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Canadian Taxing Authority ” means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

6


Capital Stock Sale Proceeds ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds (including cash received when non-cash proceeds have been converted into cash) received by the Company after January 17, 2006:

(1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or

(2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests,

other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;

(2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization);

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, at least a “P-1” rating from Moody’s or at least an “A-1” rating from S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition or with respect to commercial paper in Canada a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization); and

(6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

CDS ” means CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

 

7


(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

Civil Code ” means the Civil Code of Quebec, as amended from time to time.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity thereto.

“Commodity Price Agreement” means any commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk.

“Company” means Quebecor Media Inc. and any successor thereto.

Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred under Section 4.09(a), the amount of income or losses attributable to a non-controlling interest in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, which was deducted and not added back in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person; minus

(5) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Quebecor Media Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

8


Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment Obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees, and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), all calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back Securities shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included; provided , that the Net Income shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a)(3)(a), the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its equityholders;

(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income (or loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that for purposes of Section 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this definition; and

 

9


(6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Person, on a consolidated basis, the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (a) current liabilities excluding Indebtedness, (b) goodwill, (c) intangible assets, except separately acquired stand-alone intangible assets (such as, without limitation, mobile communication licenses) and internally developed intangible assets (such as, without limitation, software), all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.01 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, as amended, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, or other debt arrangements (including, without limitation, under this Indenture), in each case with banks, other institutional lenders or investors, providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, notes, receivables financing (including, to the extent Indebtedness, through the sales of accounts receivables to such lenders or investors or to an Accounts Receivable Entity) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

Currency Exchange Protection Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with any commercial bank or other financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is entered into.

Custodian ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

DBRS ” means, collectively, DBRS Limited, DBRS, Inc. and DBRS Ratings Limited, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination (the “ Determination Date ”), the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such Determination Date to (b) (i) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company’s telecommunications segment as reported in its consolidated financial statements (the “ Telecommunications Business ”) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available multiplied by four, provided , that if (A) in such fiscal quarter the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Telecommunications Business was reduced by a cash restructuring expense and (B) no similar restructuring expense or other non-recurring cash expense was incurred by the Telecommunications Business in the three fiscal quarters prior to such fiscal quarter, for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Telecommunications Business, such cash restructuring charge shall not be multiplied by four; plus (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company, excluding the Telecommunications Business, for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available (each of the periods referenced to in clauses (i) and (ii), a “Measurement Period”), determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period through and including such Determination Date (including any related financing transactions) as if such

 

10


acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have in any manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has Incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is an Incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Incurrence or repayment as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the 1933 Act, as such Regulation may be amended.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are

 

11


redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity of the Company.

“Exchange Act ” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any assets (including securities), the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, however , that if such assets have a Fair Market Value in excess of US$75.0 million, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, as set forth in a resolution, based upon (i) approval by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (ii) an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; provided , further , that no such resolution, approval or opinion shall be required in connection with any Back-to-Back Transaction.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in Canada from time to time, including, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS as from its implementation in Canada as of January 1, 2011.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, the Government of Canada (or any agency thereof provided the obligations of such agency are Guaranteed by the Government of Canada) or any Province of Canada (or any agency thereof provided the obligations of such agency are Guaranteed by such government), and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity Price Agreement.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

 

12


IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards), as set and promoted by the International Accounting Standards Board (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards Committee) and implemented in Canada through the Accounting Recommendations in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants .

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;

(2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

(6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Shares (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or

(7) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations, Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Shares) would appear as a liability upon the face of a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “ Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Back-to-Back Securities or Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and

(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

 

13


provided , however , that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or negative value (to the extent the Obligation under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” means $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes issued in registered form under this Indenture on the date hereof.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the 1933 Act.

“Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in interest rates with any commercial bank or other financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Interest Rate Agreement is entered into.

Investment Grade Status ” means a rating of the Notes from any two of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or the equivalent) in the case of Moody’s, “BBB-” (or the equivalent) in the case of S&P, and “BBB (low)” (or the equivalent) in the case of DBRS, or, in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, the equivalent of such ratings by any other Approved Credit Rating Organizations selected by the Company to replace one or more of Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS, as the case may be.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.

Issue Date ” means October 11, 2012.

 

14


Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in Montréal and in the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected or duly published under applicable law, including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of, or agreement to give, any hypothec or any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. Solely for the purposes of determining whether a Lien exists for the purposes of this Indenture, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, operating leases) and such retention of title by another Person shall constitute a Lien.

Moody’s ” means, collectively, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or its licensors and affiliates, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the US$10.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise other than by virtue of a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes ) of the Company or any Restricted

 

15


Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than set forth in clause (1) above.

Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or the Trustee.

Participant ” means a participant in the depositary service of CDS.

Permitted Business ” means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, or anything related or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means one or more of the following persons or entities:

(1) Quebecor Inc.;

(2) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;

(3) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons or entities listed in clause (2) above, in this clause (3) or in clause (4) below;

(4) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons or entities referred to in clause (2) or (3) above or in this clause (4); and

(5) Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, or any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

16


(c) such Person, which was formed solely for the purpose of acquiring assets of a Permitted Business, is upon acquisition of such assets obligated to convey or otherwise distribute assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Investment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Person (net of transaction expenses);

provided , that, in each case, such Person’s primary business is, or the assets acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are used or useful in, a Permitted Business;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

(5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;

(6) any Investment made in connection with Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or commodity prices, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

(7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

(8) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;

(9) any Investment existing on the Issue Date, and any Investment that is an extension, modification, renewal or reinvestment of such existing Investment, provided , that, the Fair Market Value of the new Investment does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the existing Investment at the time it is extended, modified, renewed or reinvested;

(10) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;

(11) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not to exceed US$150.0 million.

(12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made since January 17, 2006 pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed US$200.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens on the assets of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the

 

17


contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company;

(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such property;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;

(10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;

(11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

(12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other Liens of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, mechanics’, landlords’ or workmen’s compensation Liens and Liens in respect of insurance or benefits and other similar Liens), in each case exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money;

(13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways, sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles, wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities in respect of real (immovable) property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the use of the affected real (immovable) property for the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real (immovable) property;

(14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

(16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business,

 

18


in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions designed solely to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

(17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

(18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(20) Liens on Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(21) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses (2) through (20); and

(22) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed US$100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes; and

(5) such Indebtedness is Incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under

 

19


Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

Preferred Shares ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legends, including the 144A Legend and the Canadian Placement Legend, set forth in Section 2.06(f)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Public Subsidiary ” means any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that (1) is required to file reports pursuant to the Securities Act (Ontario) and/or is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act and (2) has Capital Stock listed or quoted on the Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.

QIB ” or “ qualified institutional buyer ” means a qualified institutional buyer as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or any other Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

Quebecor Media Entity ” means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

“Rating Agency” means (1) each of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS; or (2) in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of the Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, any other Approved Credit Rating Organization selected by the Company to replace Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS.

“Ratings Decline Period” means the period that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) ends 90 days following consummation of such Change of Control; provided, that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes as noted by the applicable Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency.

“Ratings Event” means (1) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings

 

20


Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies (unless the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a written statement to the effect that such downgrade is not attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control) and (2) the Notes do not have Investment Grade Status from any Rating Agency.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Related Party ” means:

(1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

Replacement Assets ” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business; (2) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary; or (3) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the assets of a Permitted Business or the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business.

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Notes ” means the Canadian Placement Global Notes and the 144A Global Notes.

Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” means:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such, other than dividends, payments or distributions (a) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or (b) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

21


(3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, except, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Back-to-Back Securities), a payment of interest at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of such interest, or principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal, of such Subordinated Indebtedness; or

(4) any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the 1933 Act.

“sale and leaseback transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the 1933 Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

S&P ” means, collectively, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which are customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter Incurred) that is, by its terms, expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

22


(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Quebecor Media Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Quebecor Media Entity or for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the Quebecor Media Entity involved in the transaction obtains a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such Quebecor Media Entity (except that such ruling or opinion shall not be required in respect of a transaction with substantially similar tax and transactional attributes as a previous Tax Benefit Transaction in respect of which such a tax ruling or opinion was obtained); (2) in respect of any such Tax Benefit Transaction in an amount exceeding Cdn$50.0 million, such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however, that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of this Indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by this Indenture as of such date, the Company will be in default under this Indenture if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 45 days of that date.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the 144A Legend.

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the 144A Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that was designated after January 17, 2006 as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

US$ Notes ” means the U.S. dollar denominated notes of the Company issued on the Issue Date pursuant to an indenture between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including

 

23


payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02.     Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined in
Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Additional Amounts”

   4.20(a)(3)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.12(e)

“Authentication Order”

   2.02(d)

“Base Currency”

   11.10(a)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.18(a)

“Change of Control Amount”

   4.18(a)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“Event of Default”

   6.01

“Excess Proceeds”

   4.12(d)

“Excluded Holder”

   4.20(b)

“First Currency”

   11.11

“indenture legislation”

   11.15

“judgment currency”

   11.10(a)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“losses”

   7.06

“Notes”

   Preamble

“Offer Amount”

   3.09(b)(ii)

“Offer Period”

   3.09(c)

“Offer to Purchase”

   3.09(a)

“Participants List”

   2.01(e)

“Paying Agent”

   2.03(a)

“Payment Default”

   6.01(v)(a)

“Permitted Debt”

   4.09(b)

“Privacy Laws”

   11.12

“Proxy Material”

   12.07(b)

“Purchase Date”

   3.09(c)

“rate(s) of exchange”

   11.10(d)

“Registrar”

   2.03(a)

“Required Number”

   12.07(b)

“Security Register”

   2.03(a)

“Surviving Company”

   5.01(a)(1)

Section 1.03.     Rules of Construction .

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

24


(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

(vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

(vii) “including” means “including without limitation;”

(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

(ix) references to any laws, acts, rules or regulations thereunder shall be deemed to include any substitute, replacement or successor laws, acts, rules or regulations; and

(x) references to $ and to Cdn$ are to Canadian dollars and references to US$ are to United States dollars.

Section 1.04.     Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which his certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Company, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

Section 1.05.     Acts of Holders of Notes

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders of Notes may be embodied in and evidenced by (i) one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agents duly appointed in writing or (ii) a resolution duly adopted by the Holders of Notes at a meeting thereof duly called and held in accordance with the provisions of Article 12. Except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments or resolution are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 7.01) conclusive in favour of the Trustee and the Company if made in the manner provided in this Section. Proof of the due adoption of any such resolution by the appropriate percentage of Holders of Notes at a meeting thereof shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture if such resolution forms part of and its due adoption by such appropriate percentage is evident from the record of such meeting prepared, signed and verified in the manner provided in Section 12.06.

 

25


The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by the certificate of any notary or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgements of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority to so execute.

The holding of Notes shall be proved by the Security Register.

Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

Section 1.06.     Benefits of Indenture

Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall, except as may be required by any applicable law, give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder and the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. In the case of Notes registered in Book-Entry Only Form, any reference in this Indenture to a “Holder” of a Note shall be construed as a reference to the Depositary.

Section 1.07.     Trust Provisions

Notwithstanding the references herein or in any Note to this Indenture as a “Trust Indenture” or to Computershare Trust Company of Canada (or its successor hereunder, if any) as a “Trustee” or to it acting as Trustee, and except for any trust which may be created or constituted in Québec for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 10.01, 10.02 and 10.03 of this Indenture (and only to the extent contemplated by such Sections), no trust within the meaning of Chapter II of Title Six of Book Four of the Civil Code is intended to be or is created or constituted hereby. In addition, for greater certainty and subject as hereinafter in this Section provided in the case of any trust created or constituted in Québec for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 10.01, 10.02 and 10.03 of this Indenture, the provisions of Title Seven of Book Four of the Civil Code shall not apply to any administration by the Trustee hereunder.

Except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires, references in this Indenture to “trust” or “in trust”, and other similar wording shall only refer to any trust that shall be created or constituted for the purposes of Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 10.01, 10.02 and 10.03 of this Indenture, as the case may be, which trust shall be created or constituted either under Québec law or under the law of any other appropriate jurisdiction and, if so created or constituted in another appropriate jurisdiction, shall be subject to the trust laws of such jurisdiction. Any such trust shall be automatically created by the mere fact of the transfer to or taking of possession by the Trustee of the property subject to and for the purposes of such trust and such provisions of the Civil Code shall automatically apply thereto unless such transfer and taking of possession occurs outside of Québec and it has previously been, or it is then, expressly agreed between the Company and the Trustee (acting in its sole discretion) that the trust laws in the jurisdiction where such transfer or taking of possession occurs shall apply or the laws of such jurisdiction make it mandatory that its trust laws apply to any trust created hereunder as a result of such transfer or taking of possession.

Section 1.08.     Accounting Changes

For the purposes of this Indenture, any failure to comply with any covenant or agreement under this Indenture (other than the provisions of Section 4.09(a) and Section 4.10 hereof) that results solely from a change in GAAP, shall, to the extent that the underlying transactions, items or incurrences (including, without limitation, Liens and items of Indebtedness) (or portions thereof) cannot be reclassified in a manner that results in compliance with the relevant covenant or agreement, be permitted and shall, solely to the extent of the non-compliance, be deemed not to be a failure to comply with such covenant or agreement.

 

26


ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.01.     Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Form of Notes . Notes shall be issued initially in Book-Entry Only Form represented by one or more fully registered Global Notes and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto) held by, or on behalf of, the Depositary (for its Participants) and registered on the Security Register maintained by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.03 in the name of the Depositary or its nominee, and it is expressly acknowledged that any such registrations of ownership and transfers of such Global Note(s), or interests of Participants therein, will be made by the Depositary only through the Book-Entry System. Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Subject to this Section 2.01(c), the rights of Participants and Indirect Participants in any Global Note (including the right to receive a certificate or other instrument evidencing an ownership interest in such Global Note) shall be limited to those established by any agreement (including a Book-Entry Only Securities Services Agreement) between the Company and the Depositary, by applicable law and by any agreements among the Depositary and its Participants and among such Participants and the Indirect Participants, and must be exercised through a Participant in accordance with the Applicable Procedures. Accordingly, except as provided in Section 2.06, neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be under any obligation to deliver, nor shall any Participant or Indirect Participant or any owner of any beneficial interest in any Global Note have any right to require the delivery of, a Definitive Note or other instrument evidencing an interest in respect of such Note, and, for so long as no Definitive Note has been issued, the responsibility and liability of the Company in respect of notices or payments on the Notes will be limited to giving notice or making payment of any principal, redemption price, if any, and interest due on the Notes to the Depositary or its nominee. Any notice required or permitted to be given to Holders while the Notes are represented by Global Notes held by, or on behalf of, the Depositary or its nominee as part of the Book-Entry System, shall be provided to the Depositary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

 

27


(d) Dealings with the Depositary. The Company and the Trustee acknowledge that subject to and in accordance with Applicable Procedures, each Participant must look solely to the Depositary through its paying agent service, for so long as the Depositary is the registered holder of Global Notes, for its share of each payment made by the Trustee or the Company, as the case may be, to the registered holder of the Global Notes, and each Indirect Participant must look solely to Participants for its share of such payments. Provided that the Company (or the Paying Agent, as applicable) has made payments to the Depositary in respect of the Global Notes as required by this Indenture and except as otherwise provided in Sections 8.06 or 10.03 of this Indenture, no person, including any Participant, shall have any claim against the Company in respect of payments due on such Global Notes and the obligations of the Company shall be discharged by payment to the Depositary, in respect of each amount so paid.

(e) The Company and the Trustee understand that, if so requested by the Trustee or the Company, the Depositary will, within three Business Days of such request, deliver to such requesting party a certified list of Participants (the “Participants List”) as at the date requested by such party showing the name and address of each Participant together with the aggregate principal amount of such Participant’s interest in the Notes and that for so long as interests in the Notes are represented by the Global Notes, the Depositary shall, upon the reasonable request of the Trustee or the Company from time to time, deliver to such requesting party a copy of the then current Participants List and such additional information as the Trustee or Company may reasonably request. The Company and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon all such information provided by the Depositary to the Company and the Trustee.

(f) The Company and the Trustee understand that the Depositary acts as the agent and depositary for the Participants and the Company and the Trustee further acknowledge and agree that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall have any liability or responsibility for: (i) any aspect of the records relating to the beneficial ownership of the Notes held by the Depositary or the payments relating to such Notes, (ii) maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership of Notes held by the Depositary, or (iii) any advice or representation made by or with respect to the Depositary and contained in this Indenture or any indenture supplemental to this Indenture with respect to the rules and regulations governing the Depositary or any action to be taken by the Depositary or at the direction of the Participants. In the event of any conflict between this Indenture and any such agreement between the Company and the Depositary, the terms of any such agreement shall prevail.

Section 2.02.     Execution and Authentication .

(a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent with respect to Holders.

Section 2.03.     Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of particulars of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange (the “ Security Register ”). The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more

 

28


additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints CDS to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.

Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any issue(s) of Notes to purchasers in the United States of America or any other foreign jurisdictions, the Company may by such written instrument deemed appropriate by the Company, appoint from time to time directly or through the Depositary or Trustee:

 

  i. a depositary incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition or in lieu of the Depositary;

 

  ii. a paying agent incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition to or in lieu of the Paying Agent; and

 

  iii. a registrar for the purposes of registering Notes and transfers of Notes, incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction in addition to the Registrar;

and, in addition, the Trustee may also appoint, with the prior consent of the Company, one or more co-certifying agent(s) incorporated or organized under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction(s).

The Security Register shall at all reasonable times, and at such reasonable costs as established by the Trustee, be open for inspection by the Company or any Holder. The Trustee and every Registrar shall from time to time when requested so to do by the Company or by the Trustee furnish the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, with a list of names and addresses of holders of Notes entered on the register kept by them and showing the principal amount and serial numbers of the Notes held by each such holder.

Section 2.04.     Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, except if the Paying Agent is the Company or a Subsidiary, shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it hereunder, and, if the Paying Agent is other than the Company or a Subsidiary, moneys held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

Section 2.05.     Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the

 

29


Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.

Section 2.06.     Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) required by applicable law; (2) the Book-Entry System ceases to exist; (3) the Company determines, at its option, that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes (including, without limitation, in circumstances where the Company considers it impracticable or inefficient to effect any distribution or conversion in respect of the Notes through the facilities of the Depositary) and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee, (4) the Company or the Depositary delivers to the Trustee a notice from the Depositary to the effect that the Depositary is no longer willing, able or qualified to properly discharge its responsibilities as depositary with respect to the Notes and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary, or (5) after the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Depositary notifies the Trustee that it has received written notification from Participants, acting on behalf of Indirect Participants representing, in the aggregate, in excess of 50% of aggregate principal amount of beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes, that it is no longer in their best interest that the Global Notes be held by the Depositary. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4) or (5) above, the Trustee shall notify the Depositary, for and on behalf of Participants and Indirect Participants, of the termination of the Book-Entry System and that the Notes will be represented by Definitive Notes, and Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof and registered and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. It is expressly acknowledged that transfers of beneficial ownership in any Note represented by a Global Note will be effected only (i) with respect to the interest of Participants, through records maintained by the Depositary or its nominee for the Global Notes, and (ii) with respect to interests of persons other than Participants, through records maintained by Participants. Indirect Participants who desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of or other interest in Notes represented by a Global Note may do so only through a Participant. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Canadian Placement Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, subject, however, to such transfer being in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Canadian Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

30


(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests other than those that are subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the 1933 Act and/or applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Canadian Placement Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Canadian Placement Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)).

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Company or the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, such certifications and/or an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in

 

31


compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws in Canada and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to this Section 2.06(b)(iv).

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable securities laws in Canada and to a non-“U.S. Person” (within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, as applicable; or

(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the

 

32


Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws in Canada and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii) the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the 144A Legend.

 

33


(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and to a non-“U.S. Person” (within the meaning of Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a Canadian Placement Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a 144A Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws in Canada, if applicable, and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

34


(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(g) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

(iv) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes . If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is to be effected pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made in a transaction exempt from (or not subject to) the prospectus qualification and dealer registration requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

35


and, in each such case, if the Registrar or the Company so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the 144A Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.

(f) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(i) Private Placement Legends .

(A) Except as permitted by clause (C) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form (the “ 144A Legend ”):

“THIS NOTE (THIS “SECURITY”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND

 

36


SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

Each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form (the “Canadian Placement Legend”):

(B) “UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) OCTOBER 11, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.”

(C) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii) or (e)(iii) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the 144A Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form, subject to such modification as required by the Depositary:

“THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER

 

37


HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.”

(g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.04 hereof).

(ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(iv) All transfers of any Notes shall be presented to, and, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, registered by, the Registrar. Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the contrary.

(v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(vi) If applicable, the Trustee is hereby authorized to enter into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

(vii) The registered Holder of the Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes (except as specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.20 hereof).

 

38


Section 2.07.     Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement.

Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08.     Outstanding Notes .

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(b) hereof.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

(d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09.     Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10.     Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable.

 

39


Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.11.     Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12.     Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13.     CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

Section 2.14.     Issuance of Additional Notes

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, and issue price. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided, however , that no Additional Notes may be issued if such issuance of Additional Notes would not constitute a “qualified reopening” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-2(k) under the Code; and

 

40


(c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01.     Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02.     Selection of Notes to be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 thereof, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03.     Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price or, if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof, the method of calculation of the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

41


(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.

With respect to any redemption under Section 3.07(a), the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the redemption price with respect to the Notes to be redeemed promptly after the calculation and neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent will be responsible for verifying such calculation.

Section 3.04.     Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05.     Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06.     Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

42


Section 3.07.     Optional Redemption

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (ii) as determined by an independent investment dealer selected by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 365-day year using the actual number of days in the period), at the discount rate equal to the sum of the Canada Bond Yield for such Notes (determined as of Business Day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 100 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than $20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(b).

(d) [Reserved]

(e) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08.     Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

Section 3.09.     Offers to Purchase .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an “ Offer to Purchase ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:

(i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof;

(ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below);

 

43


(iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

(iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased in integral multiples of $1,000 only;

(vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiple of $1,000 thereof shall be purchased);

(x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer); and

(xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

(c) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

(d) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

 

44


(e) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

(f) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

(g) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

Section 4.01.     Payment of Notes .

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

In the case of any interest period that is shorter than a full semi-annual interest period due to redemption, interest will be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in that period. In addition, in the case of the first interest period (from the Issue Date until the first interest payment date, which is December 15, 2012), interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to (but excluding) December 15, 2012 divided by 365.

For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever interest is computed on a basis of a year (the “deemed year”) which contains fewer days than the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest shall be expressed as a yearly rate for purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) by multiplying such rate of interest by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the deemed year.

 

45


Section 4.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee at 1500 University Street, 7 th Floor, Montreal, Québec H3A 3S8 as such an office or agency. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03.     Reports .

(a) For so long as any Notes are outstanding and Company is required to file or furnish reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the Commission and furnish to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee:

 

  (1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on the Commission’s Form 20-F or Form 40-F, as applicable, or any successor form; and

 

  (2) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on the Commission’s Form 10-Q, or any successor form, or (b) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on the Commission’s Form 6-K, or any successor form, which, in each case, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and, with respect to any such reports, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP if required by applicable Commission rules.

 

    Each such report shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee if the Company either files (or furnishes, as the case may be) such report with the Commission pursuant to the preceding paragraph through the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (or successor thereto), posts such report on its public website or furnishes such report to the Trustee.

(b) If the Company is no longer required to file or furnish such reports with the Commission and no longer does so, the Company shall instead furnish to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee:

 

  (1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited financial statements; and

 

  (2) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited interim financial statements;

 

    in each case together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”.

 

46


    Each such report which shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee if the Company furnishes such reports to the Trustee or posts them on its public website.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to a Holder, and any prospective purchaser of the Notes designated by the Holder, upon the Holder’s request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the 1933 Act.

Section 4.04.     Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05.     Taxes .

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 4.06.     [Reserved.]

Section 4.07.     Corporate Existence .

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, in accordance with the organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company.

Section 4.08.     Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

 

47


Section 4.09.     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Shares; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Company’s Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the time of Incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, after giving pro forma effect to such Incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to such Incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1.0.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the Incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock (each such item being referred to herein as “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

  (1) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of $1.75 billion, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company since the Issue Date to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

  (2) the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

 

  (3) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the US$ Notes to be issued on the Issue Date and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the US$ Notes and in exchange for any additional US$ Notes (to the extent any such additional US$ Notes are permitted to be issued pursuant to the indenture for the US$ Notes);

 

  (4) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness Incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) US$200.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;

 

  (5) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be Incurred under paragraph (a) or clauses (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this Section 4.09;

 

  (6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

 

48


  (i) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, and

 

  (ii) (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

  (7) the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Company or Preferred Shares by a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (7);

 

  (8) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided, however , that, in the case of:

 

  (i) any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation relates; and

 

  (ii) any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

  (9) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

  (10) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in relation with the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any Person under or in connection with any worker’s compensation, health, disability, employee benefits or equity compensation plan or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12)

the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or other similar

 

49


  obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with a transaction permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (13) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (14) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Preferred Shares in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) US$250.0 million and (b) 6.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and

 

  (15) the issuance of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction.

(c) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.

(d) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (b)(1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.09.

Section 4.10.     Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

 

  (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

 

  (2)

the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional

 

50


  Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after January 17, 2006, excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) of paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (a) an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow from January 1, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense from January 1, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

  (b) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with:

 

  (i) an Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” or

 

  (ii) an Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; plus

 

  (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after January 17, 2006 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

 

  (d) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after January 17, 2006 as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the then aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

 

  (e) $215.0 million.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

 

  (1) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however , that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

  (2)

so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated

 

52


  Indebtedness of the Company or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (a)(3)(b) above;

 

  (3) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any one of the other of them;

 

  (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) US$5.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years) and (b) the Company’s liability under the Company’s stock option plans as of January 17, 2006;

 

  (6) payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of Back-to-Back Securities; provided, however, that to the extent such payments shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Quebecor Media Entities;

 

  (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;

 

  (8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, management fees or similar expenses payable to shareholders of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2.0 million in any calendar year;

 

  (9) (a) the payment of any dividend pursuant to the terms of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided, that such dividend is included in the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense; and (b) the payment of principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , that such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares was incurred or permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant contained in Section 4.09;

 

  (10) the repurchase by any of the Company’s non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of its previously issued and outstanding Equity Interests for consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the repurchased Equity Interests;

 

  (11) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$200.0 million; and

 

53


  (12) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.5 to 1.0 (calculated on a pro forma basis as if such payment, including any related financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period), the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Equity Interests of the Company held by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec or any of its Affiliates.

(c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Affiliate of the Company ceases to be the obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.11.     Liens .

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Company has made or will make effective provision to secure the Notes equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.

Section 4.12.     Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

  (1) the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents, Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Indebtedness that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness or liabilities; and

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 90 days of the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such conversion.

(b) [Reserved] .

 

54


(c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

  (1)(a) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness, other than Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or (b) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period;

 

  (3) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period; and provided, further, however , that (a) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (4) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, previously issued and outstanding Voting Stock of a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (a) from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or (b) in a brokered transaction through the facilities of a stock exchange; provided, however , that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period;

 

  (5) to make capital expenditures; or

 

  (6) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other long-term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in paragraph (c) above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

(e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds $100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes

 

55


for purchase in accordance with such Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall be deemed not to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.13.     Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) make loans or advances, or Guarantee any such loans or advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the Issue Date; provided, further, however , that if such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility could not be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may amend, modify, restate, renew, increase, supplement, refund, replace or refinance such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (2) this Indenture and the Notes;

 

56


  (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or under the terms of any permit or license issued under applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided, however , that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;

 

  (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or rights or non-cash assets thereunder, including, without limitation, customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of intellectual property, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;

 

  (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

  (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however , that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, however , that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness could not be entered into on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing Indebtedness (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (9) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured without also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;

 

  (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, shareholders’ agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) customary restrictions imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (13)

Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts

 

57


  Receivables Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

  (14) any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such Indebtedness or agreement, (b) such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (c) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company).

Section 4.14.     Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of US$75.0 million:

 

  (i) a Board Resolution of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or

 

  (ii) an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada.

(b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (1) payments pursuant to any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, employee benefit plan or other compensation, indemnity, incentive or similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, which represent customary and reasonable consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person, provided such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

58


  (4) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (5) sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (8) Permitted Investments;

 

  (9) Transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

  (10) any Tax Benefit Transaction.

Section 4.15.     [Reserved] .

Section 4.16.     [Reserved] .

Section 4.17.     Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:

 

  (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  (2) does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

  (5) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

 

58


(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section.

(c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above.

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an Incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

Section 4.18.     Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control Triggering Event, make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company to repurchase in whole or in part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “ Change of Control Amount ”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date.

(b) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.19.     Covenant Termination .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Indenture, if, on any date following the Issue Date, (i) the Notes reach Investment Grade Status and (ii) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that date and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the ratings of the Notes, the Company will be under no obligation to comply with the terms and provisions of Section 4.09, Section 4.10, Section 4.12, Section 4.13, Section 4.14, Section 4.17 and Section 5.01(a)(4), and such covenants, terms and provisions shall cease to apply to the Notes, and the Company shall notify the Trustee of such covenant termination.

 

59


Section 4.20.     Additional Amounts .

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company on or with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Indenture shall be made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority, unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian Taxing Authority. If the Company (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount on account of Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, it shall:

 

  (1) make such withholding or deduction;

 

  (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant government authority in accordance with applicable law;

 

  (3) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder after this withholding or deduction (including any deduction or withholding for Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted;

 

  (4) furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company;

 

  (5) indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded Holder, as defined in paragraph (b) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital, franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and

 

  (6) at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no Additional Amounts shall be payable to a person (an “ Excluded Holder ”) in respect of a payment made to such person under or with respect to a Note:

 

  (1) if such person is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder or enforcement of rights thereunder;

 

  (2) if such person waives its right to receive Additional Amounts;

 

  (3) if the Company does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with such person at the time of such payment; or

 

  (4) if the Company does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with another person to whom the Company has an obligation to pay an amount in respect of such Notes.

 

60


Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.

The Company shall pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of, or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related document.

The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

It is understood for purposes of this heading that the determination of Additional Amounts shall be made at the beneficial owner level.

ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company .

(a) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (1) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Company ”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (2) the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (4) the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

(b) [Reserved]

(c) In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clause (a)(4) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

 

61


Section 5.02.     Successor Corporation Substituted .

Each Surviving Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of:

(a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or

(b) a lease,

the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.     Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or with respect to, the Notes;

(ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;

(iv) failure by the Company for 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, to comply with the provisions of Section 4.03 hereof;

(v) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its covenants or agreements in this Indenture (other than those covenants or agreements in Sections 4.03, 4.12, 4.18 and 5.01 hereof);

(vi) default under any mortgage, hypothec, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

(a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or

(b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

 

62


and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;

(vii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(viii) [Reserved] ;

(ix) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or

(F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any Bankruptcy Law; and

(x) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; or

(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

(C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

63


(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02.     Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(ix) or (x)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (ix) or (x) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(b) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration;

(c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;

(d) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

Section 6.03.     Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own

 

64


name on behalf of the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders of the Notes, and any recovery of judgment shall be for the rateable benefit of the Holders of the Notes subject to the provisions of this Indenture. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05.     Control by Majority .

Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(e) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.06 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 6.06.     Limitation on Suits .

No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and

(c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by

 

65


such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name on behalf of all the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee shall be authorized in its own name on behalf of the Holders of Notes and as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders of the Notes to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due to the Trustee under Section 7.06 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10.     Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall hold such money as mandatary in trust and pay out such money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.06 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

 

66


Section 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.     Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice in accordance with Section 7.02(f) has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or the correctness of opinions or conclusions stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any financial liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under

 

67


this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

(g) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor, or have any responsibility with respect to, the Company’s compliance with any U.S. or Canadian federal, state or provincial securities laws.

(h) The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain or inquire as to the observance or performance of any covenant, agreement or obligation on the part of the Company under this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document.

Section 7.02.     Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel selected by it and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(d) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice, of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

(h) [Reserved.]

(i) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

 

68


Section 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Unless otherwise provided by law, the foregoing shall not by itself be deemed a conflicting interest. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Section 7.09.

Section 7.04.     Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05.     Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06.     Compensation and Indemnity .

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, including, if applicable, for its services as Paying Agent and Registrar. Compensation of the Trustee in accordance with its established fee schedule, as it may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed reasonable compensation to the Trustee for its services. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services (including the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel (including in-house counsel)), except any such disbursement, advance or expense as may be attributable to its negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith.

The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses (for purposes of this Article 7, “ losses ”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses result from its negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own negligence, wilful misconduct or bad faith.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.06 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.

 

69


To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.07.     Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.07.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.09 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.06 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee provided, however; that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.07, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.06 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under this Article.

 

70


Section 7.08.     Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.09.     Eligibility, Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of Canada or of any province thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article.

The Trustee represents to the Company that at the date of the execution and delivery of this Indenture there exists no material conflict of interest in the role of the Trustee as a fiduciary hereunder. If at any time a material conflict of interest exists in the Trustee’s role as a fiduciary hereunder the Trustee shall, within 90 days after ascertaining that such a material conflict of interest exists, either eliminate the same or else resign as Trustee hereunder by giving notice in writing to the Company at least 21 days prior to such resignation and shall thereupon be discharged from all further duties and liabilities hereunder.

Section 7.10.     Acceptance of Trust .

The Trustee hereby accepts any and all trusts created or constituted for the purposes of this Indenture, including Sections 2.04, 6.10, 8.04, 8.05, 8.06, 10.01, 10.02 and 10.03, or any Notes, agrees to perform the same upon the terms and conditions herein set forth and, to the extent any such terms and conditions conflict with any provisions of applicable law, such terms and conditions shall prevail to the extent that such provisions do not constitute provisions of public order.

Section 7.11.     Fondé de Pouvoir .

The Trustee hereby agrees to act as the fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) for the Holders of the Notes to the extent necessary or desirable for the purposes of this Indenture and each Holder by receiving and holding the Notes accepts and confirms the appointment of the Trustee as fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of such Holder to the extent necessary for the purposes hereof and in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof.

To the extent necessary and for greater certainty (but without in any way detracting from custom and usage applicable with regards to the relationship between the Company, the Trustee and the Holders hereunder) and subject to any applicable law of public order, the Trustee and the Company hereby agree with regards to the Trustee so acting as fondé de pouvoir (holder of the power of attorney) of the Holders hereunder and each Holder by receiving and holding same agrees with the Company and the Trustee that:

 

  i.

notwithstanding any other provision hereof and except as may be otherwise set forth in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, relating thereto, no Holder shall be liable to third parties for acts performed by the Trustee (or any other person appointed by the Trustee to perform all or any of its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder) during the exercise of its rights, powers and trusts and the performance of its duties under this Indenture or for injury caused to such parties by the fault of the Trustee (or any such person), or for contracts entered into in favour of such parties, during such performance and the Trustee (or any such person) alone shall be so liable subject to any rights or recourses which the Trustee (or any such person) may have hereunder or under any applicable law

 

71


  against the Company or any other person (other than a Holder) in connection with any such liability;

 

  ii. except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be entitled to receive from the Holders any remuneration or compensation for any services rendered by the Trustee hereunder or reimbursement of any costs, expenses, liabilities, disbursements or advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture or interest thereon;

 

  iii. notwithstanding any other provision hereof and except as may be otherwise set forth in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, relating thereto, no Holder shall be liable to compensate the Trustee for any injury suffered by it by reason of the performance of its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder subject to any rights or recourses which the Trustee may have hereunder or under any applicable law against the Company or any other person (other than a Holder) in connection with such injury;

 

  iv. neither the death nor bankruptcy of a Holder shall terminate the Trustee’s rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder with respect to the Notes held by such Holder which shall continue to apply in favour of the Holder or Holders who have acquired such Notes from such deceased or bankrupt Holder;

 

  v. the bankruptcy of the Trustee shall not terminate its rights, powers, trusts or duties hereunder provided that such rights, powers, trusts or duties are assumed by a successor Trustee appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.07;

 

  vi. so long as any Notes remain outstanding, (i) each Holder hereby renounces its right to revoke any mandate relationship created between such Holder and the Trustee hereunder and (ii) the Trustee hereby agrees that it will not revoke any such mandate relationship except through a resignation pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 7.07; and

 

  vii. except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action given or taken by Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be obliged to render any account to the Holders nor return to the Holders any amounts which it has received in the performance of its duties hereunder nor pay any interest to the Holders on such amounts.

Section 7.12.     Company Status .

The Company represents and warrants that it is filing with the Commission as a Foreign Private Issuer (as such term is defined in the Exchange Act) and has delivered to the Trustee an officers’ certificate certifying such “reporting issuer” status and other information as the Trustee has requested, including, but not limited to, the Central Index Key that has been assigned for filing purposes. Should the Company cease to file as a Foreign Private Issuer, the Company covenants to deliver to the Trustee an officers’ certificate (in a form provided by the Trustee) certifying a change in “reporting issuer” status and such other information as the Trustee may require at such given time. The Company understands that the Trustee is relying upon the foregoing representation, warranty and covenant in order to meet certain Commission obligations with respect to those clients who are filing with the Commission.

 

72


ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01.     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.

Section 8.02.     Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03.     Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.09 through 4.18 hereof, and the operation of Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”) and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.11 and 4.13 through 4.17 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof.

 

73


Section 8.04.     Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.

In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as mandatary and depositary, in trust for the benefit of the Holders cash in Canadian dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient to pay the principal of, accrued interest and premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of redemption;

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Services a ruling or (ii) since the Issue Date, there has been a change in the U.S. federal income tax law to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of such outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91 st day after the date of deposit, other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (i) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) the creation of the defeasance trust does not require registration under the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

 

74


(g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

(h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and

(i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05.     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06.     Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for three years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal , notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07.     Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s

 

75


obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:

(a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes, provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code;

(c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee:

(i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and

(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;

(d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(f) to comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, if applicable; or

(g) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum for the Notes dated October 3, 2012 to the extent that such provision in such “Description of Notes” section was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture or the Notes, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02.     With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and

 

76


6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders’ Notes;

(g) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control Triggering Event in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;

(h) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;

(i) subordinate the Notes to any other obligation of the Company;

(j) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof; or

(k) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the

 

77


substance thereof; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have the right to require an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed amendment or waiver conforms in substance to the consent of the Holders.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.03.     Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

Section 9.04.     Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.05.     Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof.

ARTICLE 10.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01.     Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

(a) either:

(i) all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or

 

78


segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in Canadian dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amount, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(d) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case may be; and

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

Section 10.02.     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 10.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 10.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 10.03.     Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for three years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal , notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

 

79


ARTICLE 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.     Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Company:

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834

With a copy to:

Norton Rose Canada LLP

1 Place Ville-Marie

Suite 2500

Montréal, Québec, H3B 1R1

Canada

Attention: Peter J. Wiazowski

Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474

If to the Trustee:

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

1500 University Street, 7th Floor

Montreal, Québec H3A 3S8

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

80


If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 11.02.     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.03 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 11.03.     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.

Section 11.04.     Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 11.05.     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .

Subject to any applicable provisions of law which constitute provisions of public order, no past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

81


Section 11.06.     Governing Law .

THE LAWS OF THE PROVINCE OF QUÉBEC AND THE LAWS OF CANADA APPLICABLE THEREIN SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.

Section 11.07.     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 11.08.     Successors .

All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

Section 11.09.     Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.10.     Conversion of Currency .

The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.

(a)(i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

(ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

(b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph (b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (b), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

(c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 11.10 shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective

 

82


of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of paragraph (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

(e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing this Section 11.10.

Section 11.11.     Currency Equivalent .

Except as provided in Section 11.10, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of determination.

Section 11.12.     Privacy Matters .

The parties acknowledge that federal and / or provincial legislation that addresses the protection of individuals’ personal information (collectively, “Privacy Laws”) applies to obligations and activities under this Indenture. None of the parties shall take or direct any action that would contravene applicable Privacy Laws. The Company shall, prior to transferring or causing to be transferred personal information to the Trustee, obtain and retain required consents of the relevant individuals to the collection, use and disclosure of their personal information, or shall have determined that such consents have previously been given upon which the parties can rely or are not required under the Privacy Laws. The Trustee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its services hereunder comply with Privacy Laws. Specifically, the Trustee agrees: (i) to have a designated chief privacy officer; (ii) to maintain policies and procedures to protect personal information and to receive and respond to any privacy complaint or inquiry; (iii) to use personal information solely for the purposes of providing its services under or ancillary to this Indenture and not to use it for any other purpose except with the consent of or direction from the Company or the individual involved; (iv) not to sell or otherwise improperly disclose personal information to any third party; and (v) to employ administrative, physical and technological safeguards to reasonably secure and protect personal information against loss, theft, or unauthorized access, use or modification.

Section 11.13.     Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 11.14.     Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

83


Section 11.15.     Trust Indenture Legislation .

In this Article 11, the expression “indenture legislation” means the provisions, if any, of any statute of Canada or any province thereof, and of any regulations under any such statute, relating to trust indentures and to the rights, duties and obligations of trustees under trust indentures and of corporations issuing debt obligations under trust indentures, to the extent that such provisions are in the Opinion of Counsel at the time in force and applicable to this Indenture or the Company.

The Company and the Trustee agree that each will at all times in relation to this Indenture and in relation to any action to be taken hereunder observe and comply with and be entitled to the benefits of the indenture legislation.

If and to the extent that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with any mandatory requirement of indenture legislation, such mandatory requirement shall prevail.

Section 11.16.     Language of Indenture, Etc.

The parties hereby acknowledge that they have expressly required this Indenture and all amendments thereto to be drawn up in the English language only. Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English or French language. Les parties reconnaissent avoir expressément demandé que la présente convention de même que tous amendements soient rédigés en anglais seulement.

ARTICLE 12.

MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

Section 12.01.     Purposes for which Meetings may be Called .

A meeting of Holders of Notes may be called at any time and from time to time pursuant to this Article to make, give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action authorized by this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders of Notes.

Section 12.02.     Call, Notice and Place of Meetings .

(a) The Trustee may and shall, at the request of the Company or the Holders pursuant to Section 12.02(b) at any time call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 12.01, to be held at such time and at such place in the City of Montreal as the Trustee or, in case of its failure to act, the Company or the Holders calling the meeting, shall determine. Notice of every meeting of Holders of Notes, setting forth the time and the place of such meeting and in general terms the action(s) proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given to each Holder of outstanding Notes in the manner provided in this Indenture not less than 21 nor more than 50 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting.

(b) In case at any time the Company, pursuant to a Board Resolution, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall have requested the Trustee to call a meeting of Holders of Notes for any purpose specified in Section 12.01, by written request setting forth in reasonable detail the action(s) proposed to be taken at the meeting, and the Trustee shall not have either given the notice of such meeting or made the publication of the notice of such meeting within 21 days after receipt of such request or shall not thereafter proceed to cause the meeting to be held as provided herein, then the Company, or the Holders of outstanding Notes in the amount above specified, as the case may be, may determine the time and the place in the City of Montreal for such meeting and may call such meeting for such purposes by giving notice thereof as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

 

84


Section 12.03.     Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings .

To be entitled to vote at any meeting of Holders of Notes, a Person shall be (a) a Holder of one or more outstanding Notes, or (b) a Person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy for a Holder or Holders of one or more outstanding Notes by such Holder or Holders. The only Persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Holders shall be the Persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel, any representatives of the Trustee and its counsel and any representatives of the Company and its counsel.

Section 12.04.     Quorum, Action .

The Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall constitute a quorum. In the absence of a quorum within 30 minutes of the time appointed for any such meeting, the meeting shall, if convened at the request of Holders of Notes, be dissolved. In any other case the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days as determined by the chairman of the meeting prior to the adjournment of such meeting. Notice of the reconvening of such adjourned meeting shall be given as provided in Section 12.02(a), except that such notice may be given not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. The quorum at such adjourned meeting shall be the Persons then present and entitled to vote thereat and such quorum shall be expressly stated in such notice of the reconvening of such adjourned meeting.

At a meeting or an adjourned meeting duly reconvened and at which a quorum is present as aforesaid, any resolution and all matters (except as provided in Section 9.02 and except as otherwise stated in this Indenture) shall be effectively passed and decided if passed or decided by the Persons entitled to vote a majority in principal amount of outstanding Notes represented and voting at such meeting.

Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Holders of Notes duly held in accordance with this Article 12 shall (except as limited by Section 9.02) be binding on all the Holders of Notes, whether or not present or represented at the meeting (except in respect of any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action required, under the terms of this Indenture, to be made, given or taken by Holders of a greater principal amount of outstanding Notes).

Section 12.05.     Determination of Voting Rights, Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee and the chairman of the meeting, or either of them, may make such reasonable regulations as it or he may deem advisable for any meeting or adjourned meeting of Holders of Notes in regard to proof of the holding of Notes and of the appointment of proxies and in regard to the appointment and duties of scrutineers, the submission and examination of proxies, certificates and other evidence of the right to vote, and such other matters concerning the conduct of the meeting as it or he shall deem appropriate. Except as otherwise permitted or required by any such regulations, the holding of any Notes shall be proved in the manner specified in Section 1.05 and the appointment of any proxy shall be proved in the manner specified in said Section 1.05 or by having the signature of the Person executing the proxy witnessed or guaranteed by any trust company, bank, banker or other Person, wherever situated, acceptable to the Trustee. Such regulations may provide that written instruments appointing proxies, regular on their face, may be presumed valid and genuine without the proof specified in said Section 1.05 or other proof.

(b) The Trustee shall, by an instrument in writing, nominate a chairman of the meeting, unless the meeting shall have been called by the Company or by Holders of Notes as provided in Section 12.02(a), in which case the Company, or the Holders of Notes calling the meeting, as the case may be, shall in like manner nominate a chairman.

(c) At any meeting each Holder of a Note, whether present in person or represented by proxy, shall be entitled to one vote for each $1,000 principal amount of Notes held by him; provided, however, that no vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Note challenged as not outstanding and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote, except as a Holder of a Note or as the proxy of a Holder of a Note.

 

85


(d) Any meeting of Holders of Notes duly called pursuant to Section 12.02 at which a quorum is present may be adjourned from time to time by a resolution passed at such meeting and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice.

Section 12.06.     Counting Votes and Recording Actions of Meetings .

The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Holders of Notes shall be by written ballots on which shall be subscribed the signatures of the Holders of Notes or of their representatives by proxy and such other information as may be required by the regulations made for the meeting, provided however, that the vote upon any resolution involving matters of a purely procedural nature shall be by way of show of hands. The chairman of the meeting shall appoint a secretary and may appoint a scrutineer or scrutineers to act at the meeting. A record, at least in triplicate, of the proceedings of each meeting of Holders of Notes shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the scrutineers and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was given as provided in Section 12.02 and, if applicable, Section 12.04. Each copy shall be signed and verified by the affidavits of the chairman and secretary of the meeting and one such copy shall be delivered to the Company and another to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated.

Section 12.07.     Distribution of Proxy Materials to Participants .

(a) For purposes of holding a meeting of Holders where the Book-Entry System is in effect, the Trustee shall promptly notify the Depositary and obtain therefrom a current Participants List.

(b) Within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such information by the Trustee, or within any shorter delay which might be imposed by a competent regulatory authority, the Trustee shall contact each Participant on the Participants List by mail to confirm the required number of copies (the “ Required Number ”) of proxy material or other documents relating to the meeting (the “ Proxy Material ”) which the Participant requires for the benefit of Indirect Participants. Within ten (10) Business Days of confirmation by the Participant of the Required Number, the Trustee shall arrange to have delivered to such Participant the Required Number of copies of the Proxy Material. It shall be the responsibility of each Participant on the Participants List to arrange for distribution of the Proxy Material to the Indirect Participants. Neither the Company nor the Trustee shall assume any liability for failure by a Participant to distribute the Proxy Material.

(c) The Company and the Trustee understand that the Proxy Material will be sent to the Indirect Participants not less than twenty-one (21) nor more than fifty (50) days, or such other permitted delay under applicable corporate and securities regulations, before the date of the meeting.

(d) Failure by a Participant to distribute the Proxy Material to Indirect Participants shall not affect the validity of the proceedings to be held at the meeting if notice of the meeting has been published by the Trustee at least twenty-one (21) days before the holding of such meeting in The Globe and Mail (national edition) and Le Journal de Montréal or if not less than 50% in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes is represented at the meeting by Holders of Notes or their proxies.

(e) To the extent that an omnibus proxy in form satisfactory to the Company has been delivered by the Depositary to the Company with respect to the matters to be voted on at a meeting of Holders delegating to Indirect Participants the right of the Depositary as sole registered holder of the Global Note(s) to vote on the matters before the meeting, the Company will recognize as votes of the registered Holder, votes expressed in person at the meeting by identified Indirect Participants and votes expressed by proxy by identified Indirect Participants.

[Signatures on following page]

 

86


SIGNATURES

Dated as of October 11, 2012.

 

C OMPANY :

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

By:

      /s/ Jean-François Pruneau
  Name:       Jean-François Pruneau
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to the C$ Indenture]


T RUSTEE :

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA

By:

      /s/ Fabienne Pinatel
  Name:       Fabienne Pinatel
  Title:   Gestionnaire Fiduciaire Corporate Trust Officer

By:

      /s/ Ekaterini Galouzis
  Name:   Ekaterini Galouzis
  Title:   Gestionnaire Fiduciaire Adjointe Associate Trust Officer

[Signature Page to the C$ Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

 

 

(Face of Note)

6  5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

 

  CUSIP                                 
  ISIN                                 

No.                 

  $                                 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

promises to pay to CDS & CO., as nominee for CDS Clearing and Depository Services Inc., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  Dollars ($                                 ) on January 15, 2023.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2012.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the [Global]

Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture:

 

COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY OF CANADA,
as Trustee
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory
By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated                                  ,                 

 

A-1


(Back of Note)

6   5 / 8 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

[If this is a Global Note, insert:] [THIS CERTIFICATE IS A GLOBAL CERTIFICATE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS CLEARING AND DEPOSITORY SERVICES INC. (“CDS”) TO THE COMPANY OR THE TRUSTEE FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IN RESPECT THEREOF IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CDS & CO., OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CDS & CO., OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF CDS), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED HOLDER HEREOF, CDS & CO., HAS A PROPERTY INTEREST IN THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HEREIN AND IT IS A VIOLATION OF ITS RIGHTS FOR ANOTHER PERSON TO HOLD, TRANSFER OR DEAL WITH THIS CERTIFICATE.]

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) OCTOBER 11, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY.

“THIS NOTE (THIS “SECURITY”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE

 

A-2


TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.”

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Québec (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this Note at 6  5 / 8 % per annum until maturity. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually in arrears in equal installments (except as noted below) on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 11, 2012; provided, however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2012. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. In the case of any interest period that is shorter than a full semi-annual interest period due to redemption, interest will be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed in that period. In addition, in the case of the first interest period (from the Issue Date, which is October 11, 2012, until the first interest payment date, which is December 15, 2012), interest will be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed from the Issue Date to (but excluding) December 15, 2012 divided by 365. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), whenever interest is computed on a basis of a year (the “deemed year”) which contains fewer days than the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation, such rate of interest shall be expressed as a yearly rate for purposes of the Interest Act (Canada) by multiplying such rate of interest by the actual number of days in the calendar year of calculation and dividing it by the number of days in the deemed year.

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by cheque mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of Canada as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, Computershare Trust Company of Canada, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

4. Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice at a redemption price equal to the greater of: (i) 100% of the

 

A-3


principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, and (ii) as determined by an independent investment dealer selected by the Company and acceptable to the Trustee, acting reasonably, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 365-day year using the actual number of days in the period), at the discount rate equal to the sum of the Canada Bond Yield for such Notes (determined as of Business Day immediately preceding the date of redemption) plus 100 basis points, plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than $20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 of the Indenture with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further , that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(b) of the Indenture.

(c) Any prepayment pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

7. Offer to Repurchase at Option of Holder .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders to repurchase all (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 thereof) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds $100.0 million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

8. Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of $1,000 thereof, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 thereof. This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and

 

A-4


redemptions. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee shall require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder (except as specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.20 of the Indenture).

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes (provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred; (d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; or (e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

12. Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, or with respect to, the Notes; (b) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the Indenture;(d) the failure by the Company for 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and such Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding, to comply with the provisions of Section 4.03 of the Indenture; (e) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its covenants or agreements in the Indenture (other than those covenants or agreements in Sections 4.03, 4.12, 4.18 and 5.01 of the Indenture); and (f) default under any hypothec, mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable

 

A-5


judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; and (g) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary.

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Additional Amounts, if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

13. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Indenture, the Notes or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

14. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

15. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Director, Legal Affairs.

16. Governing Law . The laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable therein shall govern and be used to construe this Note.

 

A-6


Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase

If you want to elect to accept the offer to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

¨ Section 4.12

 

¨ Section 4.18

If you want to elect to accept the offer in respect of only part of the Note pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: $                                 

 

Date:                                                    Your Signature:                                   
   (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
  

Tax Identification No.:

 

  
  

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE:

 

   Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP.

 

A-7


Assignment Form

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social insurance, social security or other tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and postal or zip code)

 

 

and irrevocably appoint                                                                                   as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

 

Date:                                              Your Signature:                                                                            
  (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
  Signature Guarantee:                                                                   
  Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP.

 

A-8


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

   Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
   Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease  (or
increase)
   Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Note Custodian
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

A-9


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

1500 University Street, 7 th Floor

Montréal, Québec H3A 3S8

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                          , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $                                  in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to                                          (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Canadian Placement Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S and securities laws in Canada. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with securities laws and regulations in Canada, as applicable, and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S under the 1933 Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements under any applicable securities laws in Canada, (ii) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (iii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, (iv) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the 1933 Act or applicable securities laws in Canada, and (v) if the proposed Transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the

 

B-1


Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a “distributor” within the meaning of Regulation S under the 1933 Act). Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Canadian Placement Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S (and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada). The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and (i) the Transfer is in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements under any applicable securities laws in Canada, and (ii) the Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with the 1933 Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the 1933 Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation or general advertising within the meaning of Regulation D under the 1933 Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than $250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the 1933 Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

 

B-2


(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the 1933 Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the 144A Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

By:

 

 

  Name:
  Title:

Dated:                                                

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.   

The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

            [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  

(a)

      ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
     

(i)

   ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP                          ), or
     

(ii)

   ¨    Canadian Placement Global Note (CUSIP                          ); or
  

(b)

      ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.   

After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

            [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
  

(a)

      ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
     

(i)

   ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP                          ), or
     

(ii)

   ¨    Canadian Placement Global Note (CUSIP                          ), or
     

(iii)

   ¨    Unrestricted Global Note; or
  

(b)

      ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
  

(c)

      ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
  

in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

1500 University Street, 7 th Floor

Montréal, Québec H3A 3S8

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                                          , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $                                          in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the

 

C-1


Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with the 1933 Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the 144A Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the 1933 Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture as well as the applicable restrictions on transfer under the 1933 Act and securities laws and regulations in Canada, as applicable.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Canadian Placement Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the 1933 Act, and in compliance with applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture, the 1933 Act and applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:  

 

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

Computershare Trust Company of Canada

1500 University Street, 7 th Floor

Montréal, Québec H3A 3S8

Attention: Manager, Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: (514) 982-7677

 

  Re:

6  5 / 8 Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “ Company ”), and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of $                                 aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ¨ a Definitive Note,

            we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and in compliance with any applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”) and applicable state securities laws.

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the 1933 Act, that the Notes were offered and sold on a private placement or exempt distribution basis in one or more provinces of Canada, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) pursuant to offers and sales that occur outside the United States in transactions that are in accordance with, or pursuant to an exemption from, the dealer registration and prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws and regulations in Canada, and in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the 1933 Act, (B) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (C) in accordance with Rule 144A under the 1933 Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, (D) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal amount of Notes of $250,000, (E) pursuant to any other available exemption under the 1933 Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under

 

D-1


the 1933 Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the 1933 Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we are able to bear the economic risk of our investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account, for investment purposes only and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the 1933 Act or the securities laws of Canada, any province thereof, any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Dated:  

 

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of                      (the “Agreement”).

 

To: Computershare Trust Company of Canada, for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the “Trustee”)

[OBLIGOR] (the “Obligor”), as obligor under the obligation dated as of                      made or issued by the Obligor in favor of [HOLDER] (the “Subordinated Security”), and [HOLDER], as holder (the “Holder”) of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:

1.     Interpretation .

(a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.

(c) “ Representative ” means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date, all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Quebecor Media Inc. (“ Quebecor Media ”) and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Notes and/or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture), (2) the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Quebecor Media and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Notes and/or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in such indenture), (3) either of the respective indentures governing either series of Quebecor Media’s issued and outstanding 7   3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 (initially issued on January 17, 2006 and on October 5, 2007, respectively) including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Exchange Notes” and the “Additional Notes” (in each case, as defined in such indentures); (4) the indenture dated January 5, 2011 governing Quebecor Media’s issued and outstanding 7   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Exchange Notes” and the “Additional Notes” (in each case, as defined in such indenture); and (4) any Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Quebecor Media.

2.     Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture (capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Quebecor Media has issued 6   5 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media.

 

E-1


3.     Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:

(a) Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .

 

  (i) Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:

 

  (A) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, or dividend);

 

  (B) until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear; and

 

  (C) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

  (ii)

If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “Reorganization Proceeding”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee, the Holder shall file such claims and

 

E-2


  proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2) whether or not the Trustee shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.

(c) Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:

 

  (i) impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

  (iii) affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves; or

 

  (iv) prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.

(d) Subordination May Not Be Impaired .

 

  (i) No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.

 

  (ii) The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.

 

  (iii)

The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset, compensation or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the indebtedness or obligation which it evidences

 

E-3


  unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Holder Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.

4     Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.

5.     Miscellaneous .

(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the Province of Québec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any court in the Province of Québec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.

(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.

 

E-4


If to the Obligor:

[                     ]

If to the Holder:

[                     ]

Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so long as any Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.

 

[OBLIGOR]
By    
  Name:
  Title:
[HOLDER]
By    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-5


ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1   
   Section 1.01.      Definitions      1   
   Section 1.02.      Other Definitions      24   
   Section 1.03.      Rules of Construction      24   
   Section 1.04.      Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee      25   
   Section 1.05.      Acts of Holders of Notes      25   
   Section 1.06.      Benefits of Indenture      26   
   Section 1.07.      Trust Provisions      26   
   Section 1.08.      Accounting Changes      26   

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES

     27   
   Section 2.01.      Form and Dating      27   
   Section 2.02.      Execution and Authentication      28   
   Section 2.03.      Registrar and Paying Agent      28   
   Section 2.04.      Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust      29   
   Section 2.05.      Holder Lists      29   
   Section 2.06.      Transfer and Exchange      30   
   Section 2.07.      Replacement Notes      39   
   Section 2.08.      Outstanding Notes      39   
   Section 2.09.      Treasury Notes      39   
   Section 2.10.      Temporary Notes      39   
   Section 2.11.      Cancellation      40   
   Section 2.12.      Defaulted Interest      40   
   Section 2.13.      CUSIP or ISIN Numbers      40   
   Section 2.14.      Issuance of Additional Notes      40   

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

     41   
   Section 3.01.      Notices to Trustee      41   
   Section 3.02.      Selection of Notes to be Redeemed      41   
   Section 3.03.      Notice of Redemption      41   
   Section 3.04.      Effect of Notice of Redemption      42   
   Section 3.05.      Deposit of Redemption Price      42   
   Section 3.06.      Notes Redeemed in Part      42   
   Section 3.07.      Optional Redemption      43   
   Section 3.08.      Mandatory Redemption      43   
   Section 3.09.      Offers to Purchase      43   

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

     45   
   Section 4.01.      Payment of Notes      45   
   Section 4.02.      Maintenance of Office or Agency      46   


   Section 4.03.      Reports      46   
   Section 4.04.      Compliance Certificate      47   
   Section 4.05.      Taxes      47   
   Section 4.06.      [Reserved.]      47   
   Section 4.07.      Corporate Existence      47   
   Section 4.08.      Payments for Consent      47   
   Section 4.09.      Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares      48   
   Section 4.10.      Restricted Payments      50   
   Section 4.11.      Liens      53   
   Section 4.12.      Asset Sales      53   
   Section 4.13.      Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries      55   
   Section 4.14.      Transactions with Affiliates      57   
   Section 4.15.      [Reserved]      58   
   Section 4.16.      [Reserved]      58   
   Section 4.17.      Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries      58   
   Section 4.18.      Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control      59   
   Section 4.19.      Covenant Termination      59   
   Section 4.20.      Additional Amounts      60   

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS

     61   
   Section 5.01.      Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company      61   
   Section 5.02.      Successor Corporation Substituted      62   

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     62   
   Section 6.01.      Events of Default      62   
   Section 6.02.      Acceleration      64   
   Section 6.03.      Other Remedies      64   
   Section 6.04.      Waiver of Past Defaults      65   
   Section 6.05.      Control by Majority      65   
   Section 6.06.      Limitation on Suits      65   
   Section 6.07.      Rights of Holders to Receive Payment      65   
   Section 6.08.      Collection Suit by Trustee      66   
   Section 6.09.      Trustee May File Proofs of Claim      66   
   Section 6.10.      Priorities      66   
   Section 6.11.      Undertaking for Costs      67   

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE

     67   
   Section 7.01.      Duties of Trustee      67   
   Section 7.02.      Rights of Trustee      68   
   Section 7.03.      Individual Rights of Trustee      69   


   Section 7.04.      Trustee’s Disclaimer      69   
   Section 7.05.      Notice of Defaults      69   
   Section 7.06.      Compensation and Indemnity      69   
   Section 7.07.      Replacement of Trustee      70   
   Section 7.08.      Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .      71   
   Section 7.09.      Eligibility, Disqualification      71   
   Section 7.10.      Acceptance of Trust      71   
   Section 7.11.      Fondé de Pouvoir      71   
   Section 7.12.      Company Status      72   

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     73   
   Section 8.01.      Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance      73   
   Section 8.02.      Legal Defeasance and Discharge      73   
   Section 8.03.      Covenant Defeasance      73   
   Section 8.04.      Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance      74   
   Section 8.05.      Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions      75   
   Section 8.06.      Repayment to Company      75   
   Section 8.07.      Reinstatement      75   

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     76   
   Section 9.01.      Without Consent of Holders of Notes      76   
   Section 9.02.      With Consent of Holders of Notes      76   
   Section 9.03.      Revocation and Effect of Consents      78   
   Section 9.04.      Notation on or Exchange of Notes      78   
   Section 9.05.      Trustee to Sign Amendments, Etc .      78   

ARTICLE 10. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     78   
   Section 10.01.      Satisfaction and Discharge      78   
   Section 10.02.      Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust, Other Miscellaneous Provisions      79   
   Section 10.03.      Repayment to Company      79   

ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS

     80   
   Section 11.01.      Notices      80   
   Section 11.02.      Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent      81   
   Section 11.03.      Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion      81   
   Section 11.04.      Rules by Trustee and Agents      81   
   Section 11.05.      No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders      81   
   Section 11.06.      Governing Law      82   
   Section 11.07.      No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements      82   


   Section 11.08.      Successors      82   
   Section 11.09.      Severability      82   
   Section 11.10.      Conversion of Currency      82   
   Section 11.11.      Currency Equivalent      83   
   Section 11.12.      Privacy Matters      83   
   Section 11.13.      Counterpart Originals      83   
   Section 11.14.      Table of Contents, Headings, etc .      83   
   Section 11.15.      Trust Indenture Legislation      84   
   Section 11.16.      Language of Indenture, Etc .      84   

ARTICLE 12. MEETINGS OF HOLDERS OF NOTES

     84   
   Section 12.01.      Purposes for which Meetings may be Called      84   
   Section 12.02.      Call, Notice and Place of Meetings      84   
   Section 12.03.      Persons Entitled to Vote at Meetings      85   
   Section 12.04.      Quorum, Action      85   
   Section 12.05.      Determination of Voting Rights, Conduct and Adjournment of Meetings      85   
   Section 12.06.      Counting Votes and Recording Actions of Meetings      86   
   Section 12.07.      Distribution of Proxy Materials to Participants      86   

 

EXHIBIT A:

   FORM OF NOTE   

EXHIBIT B:

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER   

EXHIBIT C:

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE   

EXHIBIT D:

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR   

EXHIBIT E:

   FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT   

 

 

Exhibit 2.10

EXECUTION COPY

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

US$850,000,000

5   3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

 

 

INDENTURE

Dated as of October 11, 2012

 

 

U.S. Bank National Association,

as Trustee

 

 

 


This INDENTURE, dated as of October 11, 2012, is by and between QUEBECOR MEDIA INC., a company incorporated under the laws of the Province of Québec (the “ Company ”), and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

The Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 (the “ Notes ”):

ARTICLE 1.

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01.     Definitions .

For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

144A Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 144A.

Accounts Receivable Entity ” means a Subsidiary of the Company or any other Person in which the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries makes an Investment:

(1) that is formed solely for the purpose of, and that engages in no activities other than activities in connection with, financing accounts receivable;

(2) that is designated pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company as an Accounts Receivable Entity;

(3) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligation (contingent or otherwise) of which (a) is at any time Guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than any Guarantee of Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (b) is at any time recourse to or obligates the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any way, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (c) subjects any asset of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings (such Indebtedness, “ Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness ”);

(4) with which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than contracts, agreements, arrangements and understandings entered into in the ordinary course of business on terms no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of the Company in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction and fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing accounts receivable in connection with such a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

(5) with respect to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve the solvency or any balance sheet term, financial condition, level of income or results of operations thereof.

Acquired Debt ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) Indebtedness of any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or becomes a Subsidiary of such specified Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is


incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with or into, or becoming a Subsidiary of such specified Person; and

(2) Indebtedness secured by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

Additional Notes ” means any Notes (other than Initial Notes and Exchange Notes and Notes issued under Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10 and 3.06 hereof) issued under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 2.02, 2.15 and 4.09 hereof and which shall be in registered form, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes or as an additional series.

Adjusted Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the semiannual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such redemption date.

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided, however , that beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the Voting Stock of a Person shall be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

Approved Credit Rating Organization ” means any credit rating organization that is either (i) an Approved Credit Rating Organization within the meaning of National Instrument 81-102 — Mutual Funds, or (ii) a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” registered under the Exchange Act.

Agent ” means any Registrar, co-registrar, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer, redemption or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer, redemption or exchange.

Asset Acquisition ” means (a) an Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall become a Restricted Subsidiary or shall be consolidated or merged with or into the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary or (b) any acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the assets of any Person that constitute substantially all of an operating unit, a division or line of business of such Person or that is otherwise outside of the ordinary course of business.

Asset Sale ” means:

(1) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, other than in the ordinary course of business, of any assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the sale, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by the provisions of Sections 4.18 and 5.01 hereof and not by the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof; and

(2) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or the sale of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Restricted Subsidiary.

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

(1) any single transaction or series of related transactions that involves assets having a Fair Market Value of less than US$50.0 million;

 

2


(2) a sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) an issuance of Equity Interests by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the Company or another of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(4) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of equipment, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business;

(5) the sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

(6) sales of accounts receivables pursuant to a Qualified Receivables Transaction for the Fair Market Value thereof, including cash in an amount equal to at least 75% of the Fair Market Value thereof;

(7) any transfer of accounts receivable, or a fractional undivided interest therein, by an Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(8) any Tax Benefit Transaction;

(9) the issuance of Equity Interests of any Public Subsidiary pursuant to any equity compensation plan approved in accordance with the rules and regulations of the primary stock exchange or quotation system on which the Capital Stock of such Public Subsidiary is listed or quoted; provided , however , that the aggregate Fair Market Value for all such issued Equity Interests shall not exceed US$5.0 million in any twelve-month period;

(10) the issuance of Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, that after such issuance the Company’s ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary, whether directly or through its Restricted Subsidiaries, is at least equal to its ownership interests in such Restricted Subsidiary prior to such issuance;

(11) a Restricted Payment or Permitted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.10 hereof; and

(12) any Asset Swap.

Asset Swap ” means an exchange of assets by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for:

(1) one or more Permitted Businesses;

(2) a controlling equity interest in any Person whose assets consist primarily of one or more Permitted Businesses; provided such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and/or

(3) long-term assets that are used in a Permitted Business in a like-kind exchange or transfer.

Attributable Debt ” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Back-to-Back Debt ” means any loans made or debt instruments issued as part of a Back-to-Back Transaction and in which each party to such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than a Quebecor Media Entity, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E .

 

3


Back-to-Back Preferred Shares ” means Preferred Shares issued:

(1) to a Quebecor Media Entity by an Affiliate of the Company (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has loaned on an unsecured basis to such Quebecor Media Entity, or an Affiliate of such Quebecor Media Entity (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) has subscribed for Preferred Shares of such Quebecor Media Entity in, an amount equal to the requisite subscription price for such Preferred Shares;

(2) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has loaned an amount equal to the proceeds of such issuance to an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) on an unsecured basis; or

(3) by a Quebecor Media Entity to one of its Affiliates (other than a Quebecor Media Entity) in circumstances where, immediately prior to or after, as the case may be, the issuance of such Preferred Shares, such Quebecor Media Entity has used the proceeds of such issuance to subscribe for Preferred Shares issued by an Affiliate (other than a Quebecor Media Entity);

in each case on terms whereby:

(i) the aggregate redemption amount applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity is identical:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, to the principal amount of the loan made or the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, to the principal amount of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, to the aggregate redemption amount of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(ii) the dividend payment date applicable to the Preferred Shares issued to or by such Quebecor Media Entity shall:

 

  (A) in the case of (1) above, be immediately prior to, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made or the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) in the case of (2) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the interest payment date relevant to the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

  (C) in the case of (3) above, be immediately after, or on the same date as, the dividend payment date on the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

(iii) the amount of dividends provided for on any payment date in the share conditions attaching to the Preferred Shares issued:

 

  (A) to a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (1) above, shall be equal to or in excess of the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made or the amount of dividends provided for in respect of the Preferred Shares subscribed for by such Affiliate;

 

  (B) by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (2) above, shall be less than or equal to the amount of interest payable in respect of the loan made to such Affiliate; or

 

4


  (C) by a Quebecor Media Entity in the case of (3) above, shall be equal to the amount of dividends in respect of the Preferred Shares issued by such Affiliate;

and provided that, in the case of Preferred Shares issued by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company as set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) above, each holder of such Preferred Shares under such Back-to-Back Transaction, other than such Restricted Subsidiary, executes or has executed a subordination agreement in favor of the Holders in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.

Back-to-Back Securities ” means Back-to-Back Preferred Shares or Back-to-Back Debt or both, as the context requires; provided that a Back-to-Back Security issued by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (A) shall provide that (i) such Restricted Subsidiary shall suspend any payment on such Back-to-Back Security until such Restricted Subsidiary receives payment on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security in an amount equal to or exceeding the amount to be paid on the Back-to-Back Security issued by such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) if the holder of such Back-to-Back Security is paid any amount on or with respect to such Back-to-Back Security by such Restricted Subsidiary, then to the extent such amounts are paid out of proceeds in excess of the corresponding payment received by such Restricted Subsidiary on the corresponding Back-to-Back Security held by it, the holder of such Back-to-Back Security will hold such excess payment in trust for the benefit of such Restricted Subsidiary and will forthwith repay such payment to such Restricted Subsidiary and (B) may provide that, notwithstanding clause (A), such Restricted Subsidiary may make payment on such Back-to-Back Security if at the time of payment such Restricted Subsidiary would be permitted to make such payment under Section 4.10 hereof; provided that any payment made pursuant to this clause (B) which is otherwise prohibited under clause (A) would constitute a Restricted Payment.

Back-to-Back Transaction ” means any of the transactions described under the definition of Back-to-Back Preferred Shares.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors, the Bankruptcy and Insolvency Act (Canada), the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada) or any other Canadian federal or provincial law or the law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

“Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have corresponding meanings.

Board of Directors ” means:

(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation;

(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors or other governing body of the general partner(s) of the partnership; and

(3) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

Board Resolution” means a copy of a resolution certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary (or individual performing comparable duties) of the applicable Person to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of such Person and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Legal Holiday.

 

5


Canadian Taxing Authority ” means any federal, provincial, territorial or other Canadian government or any authority or agency therein having the power to tax.

Capital Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Stock ” means:

(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

Capital Stock Sale Proceeds ” means the aggregate net cash proceeds (including cash received when non-cash proceeds have been converted into cash) received by the Company after January 17, 2006:

(1) as a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); or

(2) from the issue or sale of convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities of the Company that have been converted into or exchanged for such Equity Interests,

other than, in either (1) or (2), Equity Interests (or convertible or exchangeable Disqualified Stock or convertible or exchangeable debt securities) sold to a Subsidiary of the Company.

Cash Equivalents ” means:

(1) United States dollars or Canadian dollars;

(2) investments in securities with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition issued or fully Guaranteed by any state, commonwealth, territory or province of the United States of America or Canada, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof, and rated, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization);

(3) certificates of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances with maturities not exceeding one year and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million;

(4) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than 60 days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper having, at the time of acquisition, at least a “P-1” rating from Moody’s or at least an “A-1” rating from S&P and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition

 

6


or with respect to commercial paper in Canada, a rating, at the time of acquisition, in the “R-1” category by the DBRS (or the equivalent rating issued by any other Approved Credit Rating Organization); and

(6) money market funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5) of this definition.

Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder;

(2) the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(3) the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any Person, other than a Permitted Holder or a Related Party of a Permitted Holder, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of the Company, measured by voting power rather than number of shares; or

(4) during any consecutive two-year period, the first day on which individuals who constituted the Board of Directors of the Company as of the beginning of such two-year period (together with any new directors who were nominated for election or elected to such Board of Directors with the approval of a majority of the individuals who were members of such Board of Directors, or whose nomination or election was previously so approved at the beginning of such two-year period) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Change of Control Triggering Event ” means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A. and any successor thereto.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor entity thereto.

“Commodity Price Agreement” means any commodity swap agreements, commodity option agreements, forward contracts and other agreements or arrangements entered into for the purpose of fixing, hedging or swapping commodity price risk.

“Company” means Quebecor Media Inc. and any successor thereto.

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by a Quotation Agent as having a maturity comparable to the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the remaining term of such Notes.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any redemption date, (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for such redemption date, after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the Quotation Agent, the Company and the Trustee obtain fewer than three such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

 

7


Consolidated Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period plus:

(1) provision for taxes based on income or profits of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such provision for taxes was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that any such expense was deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(3) depreciation, amortization (including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, but excluding amortization of prepaid cash expenses that were paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) and other non-cash expenses (excluding any such non-cash expense to the extent that it represents (i) an accrual of or reserve for cash expenses in any future period, or (ii) amortization of a prepaid cash expense that was paid in a prior period to the extent such expense is amortized) of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent that such depreciation, amortization and other non-cash expenses were deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(4) solely for the purpose of determining the amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred under Section 4.09(a), the amount of income or losses attributable to a non-controlling interest in a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, which was deducted and not added back in calculating Consolidated Net Income of such Person; minus

(5) any interest and other payments made to Persons other than any Quebecor Media Entity in respect of Back-to-Back Securities to the extent such interest and other payments were not deducted in computing such Consolidated Net Income; minus

(6) non-cash items increasing such Consolidated Net Income for such period, other than the accrual of revenue in the ordinary course of business;

in each case, on a consolidated basis and determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, without duplication, the total amount of Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, including (i) the total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person, to the extent that such Indebtedness has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (ii) the aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Shares of Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, with respect to any Person, for any period, without duplication, the sum of (i) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including, without limitation, amortization of original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, imputed interest with respect to Attributable Debt, commissions, discounts, and other fees, and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings), all calculated after taking into account the effect of all Hedging Obligations, (ii) the consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period, (iii) any interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is Guaranteed by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured by a Lien on assets of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon), (iv) the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Preferred Shares of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP, and (v) to the extent not included in clause (iv) above for purposes of GAAP, the product of (a) all dividend payments on any series of Disqualified Stock of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, times (b) a fraction, the numerator of which

 

8


is one and the denominator of which is one minus the then current combined federal, state, provincial, territorial and local statutory tax rate of such Person, expressed as a decimal, in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP. Interest and other payments on Back-to-Back Securities shall not be included as Consolidated Interest Expense.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, on a consolidated basis, determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that:

(1) the Net Income (but not loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary) or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting shall be included; provided , that the Net Income shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions paid in cash to the specified Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof;

(2) solely for the purpose of determining the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a)(3)(a), the Net Income of any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Restricted Subsidiary of that Net Income is not at the date of determination permitted without any prior governmental approval (unless such approval has been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary or its equityholders;

(3) the Net Income of any Person acquired during the specified period for any period prior to the date of such acquisition shall be excluded;

(4) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income (or loss) of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, whether or not distributed to the specified Person or one of its Subsidiaries; provided, however , that for purposes of Sections 4.10 hereof, the Net Income of any Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be included to the extent it would otherwise be included under clause (1) of this definition; and

(6) any non-cash compensation expense realized for grants of performance shares, stock options or other rights to officers, directors and employees of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be excluded, provided that such shares, options or other rights can be redeemed at the option of the holders thereof for Capital Stock of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than in each case Disqualified Stock of the Company).

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets ” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Person, on a consolidated basis, the total assets of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries after deducting therefrom (a) current liabilities excluding Indebtedness, (b) goodwill, (c) intangible assets, except separately acquired stand-alone intangible assets (such as, without limitation, mobile communication licenses) and internally developed intangible assets (such as, without limitation, software), all as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of such Person and computed in accordance with GAAP.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” shall be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.02 hereof, or such other address as to which the Trustee may give notice to the Company.

Credit Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement, dated as of January 17, 2006, as amended, by and among the Company, as Borrower, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time, as Lenders, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders.

Credit Facilities ” means one or more debt facilities (including, without limitation, the Credit Agreement), commercial paper facilities, or other debt arrangements (including, without limitation, under this Indenture), in each case with banks, other institutional lenders or investors, providing for revolving credit loans,

 

9


term loans, notes, receivables financing (including, to the extent Indebtedness, through the sales of accounts receivables to such lenders or investors or to an Accounts Receivable Entity) or letters of credit, in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time.

Currency Exchange Protection Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, currency option or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in currency exchange rates with any commercial bank or other financial institutions having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is entered into.

Custodian ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(c) hereof as Custodian with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as custodian hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

C$ Notes ” means the Canadian dollar denominated notes of the Company issued on the Issue Date pursuant to an indenture between the Company and Computershare Trust Company of Canada.

DBRS ” means, collectively, DBRS Limited, DBRS, Inc. and DBRS Ratings Limited, or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Debt to Cash Flow Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination (the “ Determination Date ”), the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Indebtedness of the Company as of such Determination Date to (b) (i) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company’s telecommunications segment as reported in its consolidated financial statements (the “ Telecommunications Business ”) for the most recently ended fiscal quarter ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available multiplied by four, provided , that if (A) in such fiscal quarter the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Telecommunications Business was reduced by a cash restructuring expense and (B) no similar restructuring expense or other non-recurring cash expense was incurred by the Telecommunications Business in the three fiscal quarters prior to such fiscal quarter, for the purpose of calculating the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Telecommunications Business, such cash restructuring charge shall not be multiplied by four; plus (ii) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company, excluding the Telecommunications Business, for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such Determination Date for which internal financial statements are available (each of the periods referenced to in clauses (i) and (ii), a “Measurement Period”), determined on a pro forma basis after giving effect to all acquisitions or dispositions of assets made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period through and including such Determination Date (including any related financing transactions) as if such acquisitions and dispositions had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period. For purposes of calculating Consolidated Cash Flow for each Measurement Period immediately prior to the relevant Determination Date, (i) any Person that is a Restricted Subsidiary on the Determination Date (or would become a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at all times during the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date (or would cease to be a Restricted Subsidiary on such Determination Date in connection with the transaction that requires the determination of such Consolidated Cash Flow) shall be deemed not to have been a Restricted Subsidiary at any time during the applicable Measurement Period; (iii) if the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have in any manner (x) acquired through an Asset Acquisition or (y) disposed of (including by way of an Asset Sale or the termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business) any operating business during the applicable Measurement Period or after the end of such period and on or prior to such Determination Date, such calculation shall be made on a pro forma basis in accordance with GAAP, as if, in the case of an Asset Acquisition, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated on the first day of the applicable Measurement Period, and, in the case of an Asset Sale or termination or discontinuance of activities constituting such operating business, all such transactions (including any related financing transactions) had been consummated prior to the first day of the applicable Measurement Period; (iv) if (A) since the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary has incurred any Indebtedness that remains outstanding or has repaid any Indebtedness, or (B) the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is an incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Interest Expense for such

 

10


Measurement Period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such incurrence or repayment as if such Indebtedness had been incurred or repaid on the first day of such period, provided that, in the event of any such repayment of Indebtedness, Consolidated Cash Flow for such period shall be calculated as if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary had not earned any interest income actually earned during such period in respect of the funds used to repay such Indebtedness; and (v) if any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest expense on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the base interest rate in effect for such floating rate of interest on the Determination Date had been the applicable base interest rate for the entire Measurement Period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of twelve months). For purposes of this definition, any pro forma calculation shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X of the Securities Act, as such Regulation may be amended.

Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 or 2.10 hereof, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole or in part in global form, the Person specified in Section 2.03(b) hereof as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

Disqualified Stock ” means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, (i) Back-to-Back Preferred Shares shall not constitute Disqualified Stock and (ii) any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. The term “Disqualified Stock” shall also include any options, warrants or other rights that are convertible into Disqualified Stock or that are redeemable at the option of the holder, or required to be redeemed, prior to the date that is 91 days after the date on which the Notes mature.

Distribution Compliance Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Equity Offering ” means an offering by the Company of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company however designated and whether voting or non-voting or an equity contribution by a direct or indirect parent company to the common equity of the Company.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank, S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear systems, and any successor thereto.

Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

 

11


Exchange Notes ” means Notes registered under the Securities Act to be exchanged for Notes not so registered, pursuant to and as set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to such an exchange.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement relating to an exchange of Notes registered under the Securities Act for Notes not so registered.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement.

Existing Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to any assets (including securities), the price that could be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and willing buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction; provided, however , that if such assets have a Fair Market Value in excess of US$75.0 million, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company, as set forth in a resolution, based upon (i) approval by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or (ii) an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada; provided , further , that no such resolution, approval or opinion shall be required in connection with any Back-to-Back Transaction.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect in Canada from time to time, including, for the avoidance of doubt, IFRS as from its implementation in Canada as of January 1, 2011.

Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) hereof, which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

Global Notes ” means the global Notes registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee in the form of Exhibit A hereto issued in accordance with Article 2 hereof.

Government Securities ” means direct obligations of, or obligations Guaranteed by, the United States of America (including any agency or instrumentality thereof) and the payment for which the United States of America pledges its full faith and credit, and which are not callable or redeemable at the issuer’s option.

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness of another Person.

Hedging Obligations ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement, Currency Exchange Protection Agreement or Commodity Price Agreement.

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.

IFRS ” means the International Financial Reporting Standards (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards), as set and promoted by the International Accounting Standards Board (formerly known as the International Accounting Standards Committee) and implemented in Canada through the Accounting Recommendations in the Handbook of the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants.

Incur ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness or other Obligation of any Person, to create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become indirectly or directly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect of such Indebtedness or other Obligation.

 

12


Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

(1) representing principal of and premium, if any, in respect of borrowed money;

(2) representing principal of and premium, if any, evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

(3) in respect of bankers’ acceptances;

(4) representing Capital Lease Obligations of such Person and all Attributable Debt in respect of sale and leaseback transactions entered into by such Person;

(5) representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable;

(6) representing the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the repayment of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Shares (in each case, valued at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary maximum fixed repurchase price plus accrued dividends); or

(7) representing any Hedging Obligations,

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit, Hedging Obligations, Attributable Debt, Disqualified Stock and Preferred Shares) would appear as a liability upon the face of a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “ Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the Guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. For purposes hereof, the “ maximum fixed repurchase price ” of any Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares as if such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares. The term “Indebtedness” shall not include Back-to-Back Securities or Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The amount of any Indebtedness described above in clauses (1) through (7) and in the preceding paragraph outstanding as of any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and, with respect to contingent obligations, the maximum liability upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, and shall be:

(1) the accreted value of the Indebtedness, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount, and

(2) the principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness;

provided , however , that if any Indebtedness denominated in a currency other than Canadian dollars is hedged or swapped through the maturity of such Indebtedness under a Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, the amount of such Indebtedness shall be adjusted to the extent of any positive or negative value (to the extent the Obligation under such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement is not otherwise included as Indebtedness of such Person) of such Currency Exchange Protection Agreement.

Indenture ” means this instrument, as originally executed or as it may from time to time be supplemented or amended in accordance with Article 9 hereof.

 

13


Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.

Initial Notes ” means US$850.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued in registered form under this Indenture on the date hereof.

Institutional Accredited Investor ” means an institution that is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act.

“Interest Payment Dates” shall have the meaning set forth in paragraph 1 of each Note.

Interest Rate Agreement ” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement entered into for the purpose of protecting against fluctuations in interest rates with any commercial bank or other financial institution having capital and surplus in excess of US$250.0 million at the time the Interest Rate Agreement is entered into.

Investment Grade Status ” with respect to the Notes, means a rating of such Notes from any two of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS equal to or higher than “Baa3” (or the equivalent) in the case of Moody’s, “BBB-” (or the equivalent) in the case of S&P, and “BBB (low)” (or the equivalent) in the case of DBRS, or, in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of such Notes for reasons outside the control of the Company, the equivalent of such ratings by any other Approved Credit Rating Organizations selected by the Company to replace one or more of Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS, as the case may be.

Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans or other extensions of credit (including Guarantees, but excluding advances to customers or suppliers in the ordinary course of business that are, in conformity with GAAP, recorded as accounts receivable, prepaid expenses or deposits on the balance sheet of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries and endorsements for collection or deposit arising in the ordinary course of business), advances (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made consistent with past practices), capital contributions (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP and include the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Investment in such Restricted Subsidiary not sold or disposed of in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof. The acquisition by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Person that holds an Investment in a third Person shall be deemed to be an Investment by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such third Person in an amount equal to the fair market value of the Investment held by the acquired Person in such third Person in an amount determined as provided in Section 4.10(c) hereof.

Issue Date ” means October 11, 2012.

Legal Holiday ” means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in each of the City of New York, Montréal, the city in which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is located or any other place of payment on the Notes are authorized by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment for security or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected or duly published under applicable law, including any conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of, or agreement to give, any hypothec or any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction. Solely for the purposes of determining

 

14


whether a Lien exists for the purposes of the indenture, a Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property which it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale or capital lease or other title retention agreement and any lease in the nature thereof (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, operating leases) and such retention of title by another Person shall constitute a Lien.

Moody’s ” means, collectively, Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and/or its licensors and affiliates or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal, or its electronic equivalent in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, to be prepared by the Company and sent to all Holders of the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes for use by such Holders in connection with an Exchange Offer.

Net Income ” means, with respect to any specified Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Shares dividends, excluding, however:

(1) any gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such gain (or loss), realized in connection with: (a) any Asset Sale (without regard to the $10.0 million limitation set forth in the definition thereof) or (b) the disposition of any securities by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the extinguishment of any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(2) any extraordinary gain (or loss), together with any related provision for taxes on such extraordinary gain (or loss).

Net Proceeds ” means the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any Asset Sale (including, without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale), net of (a) the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, (b) any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the Asset Sale, (c) taxes paid or payable as a result of the Asset Sale, in each case, after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements, (d) amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness or other liabilities, secured by a Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such Asset Sale, or required to be paid as a result of such sale, (e) any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, and (f) all distributions and other payments required to be made to minority interest holders in Subsidiaries or joint ventures of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Asset Sale.

Non-Recourse Debt ” means Indebtedness:

(1) as to which neither the Company nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) provides credit support of any kind (including any undertaking, agreement or instrument that would constitute Indebtedness) other than a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) is directly or indirectly liable as a guarantor or otherwise other than by virtue of a pledge of the Equity Interests of an Unrestricted Subsidiary or (c) constitutes the lender;

(2) no default with respect to which (including any rights that the holders thereof may have to take enforcement action against an Unrestricted Subsidiary) would permit, upon notice, lapse of time or both, any holder of any other Indebtedness (other than the Notes ) of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to declare a default on such other Indebtedness or cause the payment thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its Stated Maturity; and

(3) as to which the lenders have been notified in writing that they will not have any recourse to the stock or assets of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary other than set forth in clause (1) above.

 

15


Obligations ” means any principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Vice President of the Company.

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers of the Company, at least one of whom shall be the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or the principal accounting officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company, an Affiliate of the Company or the Trustee.

Participant ” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or Clearstream, respectively, and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear and Clearstream.

Permitted Business ” means the businesses conducted by the Company and its Subsidiaries on the Issue Date, or anything related or ancillary thereto.

Permitted Holders ” means one or more of the following persons or entities:

(1) Quebecor Inc.;

(2) any issue of the late Pierre Péladeau;

(3) any trust having as its sole beneficiaries one or more of the persons or entities listed in clause (2) above, in this clause (3) or in clause (4) below;

(4) any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by one or more of the persons or entities referred to in clause (2) or (3) above or in this clause (4); and

(5) Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec, or any corporation, partnership or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec.

Permitted Investments ” means:

(1) any Investment in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

(2) any Investment in cash or Cash Equivalents;

(3) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

(a) such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;

(b) such Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated into, the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; or

(c) such Person, which was formed solely for the purpose of acquiring assets of a Permitted Business, is upon acquisition of such assets obligated to convey or otherwise distribute assets to

 

16


the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries having a Fair Market Value at least equal to the Investment of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in such Person (net of transaction expenses);

provided , that, in each case, such Person’s primary business is, or the assets acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries are used or useful in, a Permitted Business;

(4) any Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from an Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

(5) any acquisition of assets solely in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company;

(6) any Investment made in connection with Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and not for speculative purposes, and that do not increase the Indebtedness of the obligor outstanding at any time other than as a result of fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates or commodity prices, or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

(7) payroll, travel and similar advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other similar expenses that are expected at the time of such advances ultimately to be treated as expenses in accordance with GAAP;

(8) any Investment in connection with Back-to-Back Transactions;

(9) any Investment existing on the Issue Date, and any Investment that is an extension, modification, renewal or reinvestment of such existing Investment, provided , that, the Fair Market Value of the new Investment does not exceed the Fair Market Value of the existing Investment at the time it is extended, modified, renewed or reinvested;

(10) any Investment by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in an Accounts Receivable Entity or any Investment by an Accounts Receivable Entity in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, so long as any Investment in an Accounts Receivable Entity is in the form of a Purchase Money Note or an Equity Interest;

(11) Investments in joint ventures engaged in a Permitted Business not to exceed US$150.0 million.

(12) other Investments in any Person having an aggregate fair market value (measured on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value), when taken together with all other Investments made since January 17, 2006 pursuant to this clause (12), not to exceed US$200.0 million in the aggregate outstanding at any one time.

Permitted Liens ” means:

(1) Liens on the assets of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations of the Company under Credit Facilities, which Indebtedness was permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(1) hereof;

(2) Liens in favor of the Company;

(3) Liens on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger, consolidation or amalgamation and do not extend to any assets other than those of the Person merged into or consolidated or amalgamated with the Company;

 

17


(4) Liens on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company, provided that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any assets other than such property;

(5) Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(6) Liens to secure Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) permitted by Section 4.09(b)(4) hereof covering only the assets acquired with such Indebtedness;

(7) Liens existing on the Issue Date;

(8) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

(9) Liens securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided that any such Lien does not extend to or cover any property, Capital Stock or Indebtedness other than the property, shares or debt securing the Indebtedness so refunded, refinanced or extended;

(10) attachment or judgment Liens not giving rise to a Default or an Event of Default;

(11) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security;

(12) Liens incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligations, bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other Liens of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (including, without limitation, mechanics’, landlords’ or workmen’s compensation Liens and Liens in respect of insurance or benefits and other similar Liens), in each case exclusive of Obligations for the payment of borrowed money;

(13) licenses, permits, reservations, servitudes, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, licenses, easements, rights-of-way and rights in the nature of easements for railways, sidewalks, public ways, sewers, drains, gas or oil pipelines, steam, gas and water mains or electric light and power, or telephone and telegraph or cable television conduits, poles, wires and cables, reservations, limitations, provisos and conditions expressed in any original grant from any governmental entity or other grant of real or immovable property, or any interest therein) and zoning land use and building restrictions, by-laws, regulations and ordinances of federal, provincial, regional, state, municipal and other governmental authorities in respect of real (immovable) property not interfering, individually or in the aggregate, in any material respect with the use of the affected real (immovable) property for the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries at such real (immovable) property;

(14) Liens of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

(15) Liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

(16) Liens encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens that are within the general parameters customary in the industry and incurred in the ordinary course of business, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements, including mark-to-market transactions

 

18


designed solely to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

(17) Liens consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

(18) Liens arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary course of business;

(19) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets incurred in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

(20) Liens on Capital Stock of any Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(21) any extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of the foregoing clauses (2) through (20); and

(22) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company with respect to Obligations that do not exceed US$100.0 million at any one time outstanding.

Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund other Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided, however, that:

(1) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus all accrued interest thereon and the amount of any reasonably determined premium necessary to accomplish such refinancing and such reasonable expenses incurred in connection therewith);

(2) such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(3) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded;

(4) if the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness is pari passu with, or subordinated in right of payment to, the Notes; and

(5) such Indebtedness is incurred either by the Company or by the Restricted Subsidiary who is the obligor on the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

Predecessor Note ” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same Indebtedness as that evidenced by such particular Note; and any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same Indebtedness as the lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

 

19


Preferred Shares ” means any Capital Stock of a Person, however designated, which entitles the holder thereof to a preference with respect to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares of any other class of Capital Stock issued by such Person.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i) hereof to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except as otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.

Public Subsidiary ” means any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries that (1) is required to file reports pursuant to the Securities Act (Ontario) and/or is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act and (2) has Capital Stock listed or quoted on the Toronto Stock Exchange, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ National Market.

Purchase Money Note ” means a promissory note of an Accounts Receivable Entity to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which note must be repaid from cash available to the Accounts Receivable Entity, other than amounts required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, principal and other amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase of newly generated receivables.

QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

Qualified Receivables Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary transfers to an Accounts Receivable Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or any other Person other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or grants a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto, including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all Guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with an accounts receivable financing transaction; provided such transaction is on market terms at the time the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary enters into such transaction.

Quebecor Media Entity ” means any of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Quotation Agent ” means the Reference Treasury Dealer appointed by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

Rating Agency ” means (1) each of Moody’s, S&P and DBRS; or (2) in the event that two or more of the foregoing rating agencies cease to issue ratings in respect of the Notes, as applicable, for reasons outside the control of the Company, any other Approved Credit Rating Organization selected by the Company to replace Moody’s, S&P and/or DBRS.

Ratings Decline Period ” means the period that (1) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of a Change of Control and (b) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (2) ends 90 days following consummation of such Change of Control; provided, that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes, as noted by the applicable Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency.

Ratings Event ” means (1) a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by one or more Rating Agencies (unless the applicable Rating Agency shall have put forth a written statement to the effect that such downgrade is not attributable in whole or in part to the applicable Change of Control) and (2) the Notes do not have Investment Grade Status from any Rating Agency.

 

20


Reference Treasury Dealer ” means (1) Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and its successors; provided, however, that if the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company will substitute therefor another Primary Treasury Dealer; and (2) any other Primary Treasury Dealers selected by the Trustee after consultation with the Company.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any redemption date, the average, as determined by the Quotation Agent, of the bid and ask prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Quotation Agent, the Company and the Trustee by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 11:00 a.m. on the third Business Day preceding such redemption date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company and the initial purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, as such agreement(s) may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes, or exchange such Additional Notes for registered notes, under the Securities Act.

Regular Record Date ” for the interest payable on any Interest Payment Date means the applicable date specified as a “Record Date” on the face of the Note.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold for initial resale in reliance on Rule 904.

Related Party ” means:

(1) any controlling shareholder, 80% (or more) owned Subsidiary, or immediate family member (in the case of an individual) of any Permitted Holder, or

(2) any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity, the beneficiaries, shareholders, partners, owners or Persons beneficially holding an 80% or more controlling interest of which consist of any one or more Permitted Holder and/or such other Persons referred to in the immediately preceding clause (1).

Replacement Assets ” means (1) non-current assets that will be used or useful in a Permitted Business; (2) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, substantially all the assets of a Permitted Business or a majority of the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business that will become on the date of acquisition thereof a Restricted Subsidiary; or (3) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets or Equity Interests of a Person other than the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the assets of a Permitted Business or the Voting Stock of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business.

Responsible Officer ,” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer within the Corporate Trust Department of the Trustee (or any successor group of the Trustee) with direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend.

Restricted Global Notes ” means 144A Global Notes and Regulation S Global Notes.

 

21


Restricted Investment ” means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

Restricted Payment ” means:

(1) the declaration or payment of any dividend or the making of any other payment or distribution on account of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests, including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests in their capacity as such, other than dividends, payments or distributions (a) payable in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities) of the Company or (b) to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary (and, if such Restricted Subsidiary is not a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary, to the other shareholders of such Restricted Subsidiary on a pro rata basis or on a basis that results in the receipt by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of dividends or distributions of greater value than it would receive on a pro rata basis);

(2) the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company, of any Equity Interests of the Company, other than such Equity Interests of the Company held by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(3) the making of any payment on or with respect to, or the purchase, redemption, defeasance or other acquisition or retirement for value of any Back-to-Back Securities or Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company, except, in the case of Subordinated Indebtedness (other than Back-to-Back Securities), a payment of interest at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of such interest, or principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of principal, of such Subordinated Indebtedness; or

(4) any Restricted Investment.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“S&P” means, collectively, Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC and Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated under the Securities Act.

“sale and leaseback transaction” means, with respect to any Person, any transaction involving any of the assets or properties of such Person whether now owned or hereafter acquired, whereby such Person sells or transfers such assets or properties and then or thereafter leases such assets or properties or any part thereof or any other assets or properties which such Person intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the assets or properties sold or transferred.

Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Shelf Registration Statement ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement relating to registering Notes under the Securities Act.

 

22


Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the Issue Date.

Special Interest ” has the meaning set forth in any Registration Rights Agreement and relating to amounts to be paid in the event the Company fails to satisfy certain conditions set forth therein. For all purposes of this Indenture, the term “interest” shall include Special Interest, if any, with respect to the Notes.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, which are customary in an accounts receivable securitization transaction.

Stated Maturity ” means, with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest or principal was scheduled to be paid in the original documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether outstanding on the Issue Date or thereafter incurred) that is, by its terms, expressly subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any specified Person:

(1) any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

(2) any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other liabilities related thereto).

Tax Benefit Transaction ” means, for so long as the Company is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Quebecor Inc., any transaction between a Quebecor Media Entity and Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates, the primary purpose of which is to create tax benefits for any Quebecor Media Entity or for Quebecor Inc. or any of its Affiliates; provided, however, that (1) the Quebecor Media Entity involved in the transaction obtains a favorable tax ruling from a competent tax authority or a favorable tax opinion from a nationally recognized Canadian law or accounting firm having a tax practice of national standing as to the tax efficiency of the transaction for such Quebecor Media Entity (except that such ruling or opinion shall not be required in respect of a transaction with substantially similar tax and transactional attributes as a previous Tax Benefit Transaction in respect of which such a tax ruling or opinion was obtained); (2) in respect of any such Tax Benefit Transaction in an amount exceeding Cdn$50.0 million, such transaction has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of such Board of Directors; (3) such transaction is set forth in writing; and (4) the Consolidated Cash Flow of the Company is not reduced after giving pro forma effect to the transaction as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available; provided, however, that if such transaction shall thereafter cease to satisfy the preceding requirements as a Tax Benefit Transaction, it shall thereafter cease to be a Tax Benefit Transaction for purposes of the indenture and shall be deemed to have been effected as of such date and, if the transaction is not otherwise permitted by the Indenture as of such date, the Company will be in default under the indenture if such transaction does not comply with the preceding requirements or is not otherwise unwound within 45 days of that date.

 

23


TIA ” means the U.S. Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, including any successor legislation and rules and regulations.

Trustee ” means the Person named as the “Trustee” in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” shall mean such successor Trustee.

Unrestricted Definitive Notes ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.

Unrestricted Global Notes ” means one or more Global Notes that do not and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend and are deposited with and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means:

(1) any Subsidiary of the Company that was designated after January 17, 2006 as an Unrestricted Subsidiary as permitted or required pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.17 hereof and is not thereafter redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary as permitted pursuant thereto; and

(2) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

(1) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

(2) the then outstanding principal amount of such indebtedness.

Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

Section 1.02.     Other Definitions .

 

Term

   Defined
in
Section

“Acceleration Notice”

   6.02

“Additional Amounts”

   4.20(a)(3)

“Affiliate Transaction”

   4.14(a)

“Asset Sale Offer”

   4.12€

“Authentication Order”

   2.02(d)

“Base Currency”

   11.13(a)

“Change of Control Offer”

   4.18(a)

“Change of Control Amount”

   4.18(a)

“Covenant Defeasance”

   8.03

“DTC”

   2.03(b)

“Event of Default”

   6.01

 

24


“Excess Proceeds”

   4.12

“Excluded Holder”

   4.20(b)

“First Currency”

   11.14

“judgment currency”

   11.13(a)

“Legal Defeasance”

   8.02

“losses”

   7.07

“Notes”

   Preamble

“Offer Amount”

   3.09(b)(ii)

“Offer Period”

   3.09(c)

“Offer to Purchase”

   3.09(a)

“Paying Agent”

   2.03(a)

“Payment Default”

   6.01(v)(a)

“Permitted Debt”

   4.09(b)

“Purchase Date”

   3.09(c)

“rate(s) of exchange”

   11.13

“Registrar”

   2.03(a)

“Security Register”

   3.03

“Surviving Company”

   5.01(a)(1)

Section 1.03.     Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

(a) Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture.

(b) The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

indenture securities ” means the Notes;

indenture security holder ” means a Holder of a Note;

indenture to be qualified ” means this Indenture;

indenture trustee ” or “ institutional trustee ” means the Trustee; and

“obligor” on the Notes means the Company and any successor obligor upon the Notes.

(c) All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule under the TIA and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings so assigned to them.

Section 1.04.      Rules of Construction .

(a) Unless the context otherwise requires:

(i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

(ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined herein has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

(iii) “or” is not exclusive;

(iv) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(v) all references in this instrument to “Articles,” “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed;

 

25


(vi) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

(vii) “including” means “including without limitation;”

(viii) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

(ix) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or the TIA shall be deemed to include substitute, replacement or successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time thereunder.

ARTICLE 2.

THE NOTES

Section 2.01.     Form and Dating .

(a) General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form included in Exhibit A hereto, which is hereby incorporated in and expressly made part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, exchange rule or usage in addition to those set forth on Exhibit A. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000 thereof. The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute a part of this Indenture, and the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. To the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

(b) Form of Notes . Notes shall be issued initially in global form and shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions and transfers of interests therein. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06 hereof.

(c) Book-Entry Provisions . This Section 2.01(c) shall apply only to Global Notes deposited with the Trustee, as custodian for the Depositary. Participants and Indirect Participants shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary or by the Trustee as custodian for the Depositary, and the Depositary shall be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of such Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Participants or Indirect Participants, the Applicable Procedures or the operation of customary practices of the Depositary governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note.

(d) Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

26


Section 2.02.     Execution and Authentication .

(a) One Officer shall execute the Notes on behalf of the Company by manual or facsimile signature.

(b) If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated by the Trustee, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

(c) A Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

(d) The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate Notes for original issue.

(e) The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent with respect to Holders.

Section 2.03.     Registrar and Paying Agent .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

(b) The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

(c) The Company initially appoints the Trustee to act as Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Custodian with respect to the Global Notes, and the Trustee hereby agrees so to initially act.

Section 2.04.     Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust .

The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all funds held by it relating to the Notes to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such funds. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all funds held by it as Paying Agent. The Paying Agent, except if the Paying Agent is the Company or a Subsidiary, shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it hereunder, and, if the Paying Agent is other than the Company or a Subsidiary, moneys held in trust by the Paying Agent need not be segregated except as required by law. Upon any Event of Default under Sections 6.01(viii) and (ix) hereof relating to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

27


Section 2.05.     Holder Lists .

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each Interest Payment Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date or such shorter time as the Trustee may allow, as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).

Section 2.06.     Transfer and Exchange .

(a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. The Company shall exchange Global Notes for Definitive Notes if: (1) the Company delivers to the Trustee a notice from the Depositary that the Depositary is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary for the Global Notes or that it has ceased to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary; (2) the Company at its option determines that the Global Notes shall be exchanged for Definitive Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or (3) a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding events in clauses (1), (2) or (3) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 thereof and in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the Trustee in writing. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10 hereof. Except as provided above, every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10 hereof, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a), and beneficial interests in a Global Note may not be transferred and exchanged other than as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f) hereof.

(b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be effected through the Depositary in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures; provided, however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to or for the account or benefit of a “U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) (other than a “distributor” (as defined in Rule 902(d) of Regulation S)). Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes also shall require compliance with either clause (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following clauses, as applicable:

(i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend and any Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. Except as may be required by any Applicable Procedures, no written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

(ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A)(1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be

 

28


credited with such increase or (B) if permitted under Section 2.06(a) hereof, (1) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer by the Company in accordance with Section 2.06(f) hereof, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.

(iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and

(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

(iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or

 

29


(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

If any such transfer is effected pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to clause (B) or (D) above.

(v) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

(c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes .

(i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in clauses (B) through (D) above, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3)(d) thereof, as applicable; or

 

30


(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(b) thereof,

the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

(ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, a holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes any and all certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

31


Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of this Section 2.06(c)(ii) the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder, and the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Note.

(iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Subject to Section 2.06(a) hereof, if any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii) hereof, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted Global Note, and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such beneficial interest in instructions delivered to the Registrar by the Depositary and the applicable Participant or Indirect Participant on behalf of such holder. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall designate in such instructions. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

(A) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;

(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; or

(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a “non-U.S. Person” (as defined in Rule 902(k) of Regulation S) in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof,

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, a 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) above, a Regulation S Global Note.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

32


(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to a Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel such Restricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased in a corresponding amount pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

(iv) Transfer or Exchange of Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes Prohibited . An Unrestricted Definitive Note may not be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note.

(v) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes . If any such exchange or transfer of a Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is effected pursuant to clause (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

33


(e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a holder of Definitive Notes and such holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such holder. In addition, the requesting holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).

(i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

(ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

(A) such exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement and the holder of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, makes such certifications in the applicable Letter of Transmittal (or is deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement;

(B) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement;

(C) any such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement; or

(D) the Registrar receives the following:

(1) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or

(2) if the holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

34


and, in each such case set forth in this clause (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer shall be effected in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend shall no longer be required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the clauses of Section 2.06(e)(ii) the Trustee shall cancel the prior Restricted Definitive Note and the Company shall execute, and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount to the Person designated by the holder of such prior Restricted Definitive Note in instructions delivered to the Registrar by such holder.

(iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holders thereof.

(f) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with a Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the applicable Restricted Global Notes (A) tendered for acceptance by Persons that make any and all certifications in the applicable Letters of Transmittal (or are deemed to have made such certifications if delivery is made through the Applicable Procedures) as may be required by such Registration Rights Agreement, and (B) accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons who made the foregoing certification and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer, in each case evidencing the same continuing Indebtedness as the Notes exchanged therefor. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall reduce or cause to be reduced in a corresponding amount the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes, and the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the holders of Restricted Definitive Notes so accepted Unrestricted Definitive Notes in the appropriate principal amount.

(g) Legends . The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

(i) Private Placement Legend .

(A) Except as permitted by clause (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS NOTE (THIS “SECURITY”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B)

 

35


PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY IN CANADA OR WITH A RESIDENT OF CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) OCTOBER 11, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) to this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

(ii) Global Note Legend . Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

“THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE

 

36


REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.”

(h) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

(i) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .

(i) No service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.12, 4.18 and 9.05 hereof).

(ii) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same Indebtedness, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

(iii) Neither the Registrar nor the Company shall be required (A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the date of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date (including a Regular Record Date) and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date.

(iv) All transfers of any Notes shall be presented to, and, subject to the provisions of this Indenture, registered by, the Registrar. Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company shall deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Note and for all other purposes, in each case regardless of any notice to the contrary.

(v) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

(vi) The Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to enter into a letter of representation with the Depositary in the form provided by the Company and to act in accordance with such letter.

 

37


(vii) The registered Holder of the Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes (except as specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.20 hereof).

Section 2.07.     Replacement Notes .

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Company and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Company shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate a replacement Note. If required by the Trustee or the Company, the Holder of such Note shall provide indemnity sufficient, in the judgment of the Trustee or the Company, as applicable, to protect the Company, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer in connection with such replacement. If required by the Company, such Holder shall reimburse the Company for its reasonable expenses in connection with such replacement.

Every replacement Note issued in accordance with this Section 2.07 shall be the valid obligation of the Company evidencing the same Indebtedness as the destroyed, lost or stolen Note and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.08.     Outstanding Notes .

(a) The Notes outstanding at any time shall be the entire principal amount of Notes represented by all the Global Notes and Definitive Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those cancelled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those subject to reductions in beneficial interests effected by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note shall not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note; provided, however, that Notes held by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed not to be outstanding for purposes of Section 3.07(c) hereof.

(b) If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.

(c) If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it shall cease to be outstanding and interest on it shall cease to accrue.

(d) If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date, a Purchase Date or maturity date, funds sufficient to pay Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

Section 2.09.     Treasury Notes .

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company, shall be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded.

Section 2.10.     Temporary Notes .

Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes or Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes, as applicable.

 

38


Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

Section 2.11.     Cancellation .

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. Upon sole direction of the Company, the Trustee shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall destroy cancelled Notes (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act or other applicable laws). Certification of the destruction of all cancelled Notes shall be delivered to the Company from time to time upon request. The Company may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

Section 2.12.     Defaulted Interest .

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Company shall fix or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date, provided that no such special record date shall be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date, the Company (or, upon the written request of the Company, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company) shall mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

Section 2.13.     CUSIP or ISIN Numbers .

The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the “CUSIP” or “ISIN” numbers.

Section 2.14.     Special Interest

If Special Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to a Registration Rights Agreement and paragraph 1 of the Notes, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Special Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such interest is payable pursuant to Section 4.01 hereof. Unless and until a Responsible Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate or instruction or direction from the Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no Special Interest is payable. The foregoing shall not prejudice the rights of the Holders with respect to their entitlement to Special Interest as otherwise set forth in this Indenture or the Notes and pursuing any action against the Company directly or otherwise directing the Trustee to take any such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Notes. If the Company has paid Special Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate setting forth the details of such payment.

Section 2.15.     Issuance of Additional Notes

The Company shall be entitled, subject to its compliance with Section 4.09 hereof, to issue Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have identical terms as the Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue price and rights under a related Registration Rights Agreement, if any. The Initial Notes issued on the date hereof, any Additional Notes and all Exchange Notes issued in exchange

 

39


therefor shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including without limitation, directions, waivers, consents, redemptions and Offers to Purchase.

With respect to any Additional Notes, the Company shall set forth in a Board Resolution and an Officers’ Certificate, a copy of each of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, the following information:

(a) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

(b) the issue price, the issue date and the CUSIP and/or ISIN number of such Additional Notes; provided, however , that no Additional Notes may be issued if such issuance of Additional Notes would not constitute a “qualified reopening” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1275-2(k) under the Code; and

(c) whether such Additional Notes shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth in Section 2.06 hereof relating to Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes.

ARTICLE 3.

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01.     Notices to Trustee .

If the Company elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 45 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date (or such shorter period as allowed by the Trustee), an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and (iv) the redemption price.

Section 3.02.     Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed .

If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be redeemed among the Holders of the Notes in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not so listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with any other method the Trustee considers fair and appropriate. In the event of partial redemption by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of US$2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000, except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not an integral multiple of US$1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

Section 3.03.     Notice of Redemption .

At least 30 days but not more than 60 days prior to a redemption date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at such Holder’s address appearing in the securities register maintained in respect of the Notes by the Registrar (the “ Security Register ”).

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

40


(a) the redemption date;

(b) the redemption price or if the redemption is made pursuant to Section 3.07(a) hereof the method of calculation of the redemption price;

(c) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;

(d) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(e) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

(f) that, unless the Company defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;

(g) the applicable section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(h) that no representation is made as to the correctness of the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s request, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company’s name and at its expense; provided, however , that the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days (or such shorter period allowed by the Trustee) prior to the redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice (in the name and at the expense of the Company) and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in this Section 3.03.

With respect to any redemption under 3.07(a), the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the redemption price with respect to the Notes to be redeemed promptly after the calculation and neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent will be responsible for verifying such calculation.

Section 3.04.     Effect of Notice of Redemption .

Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption shall become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional.

Section 3.05.     Deposit of Redemption Price .

On or prior to 11:00 a.m. Eastern time on the Business Day prior to any redemption date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the redemption price of and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Company any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Company in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all Notes to be redeemed.

If the Company complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption in accordance with Section 2.08(d) hereof. If a Note is redeemed on or after a Regular Record Date but on or prior to the related Interest Payment Date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Company to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal from the redemption date until such principal is

 

41


paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.

Section 3.06.     Notes Redeemed in Part .

Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Company shall issue and, upon the Company’s written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Company a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

Section 3.07.     Optional Redemption

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, at a redemption price equal to the greater of

(i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and

(ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 100 basis points;

plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) [Reserved].

(c) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further, that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to this Section 3.07(c).

(d) Any prepayment pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

Section 3.08.     Mandatory Redemption .

Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 hereof, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

Section 3.09.     Offers To Purchase .

(a) In the event that, pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof, the Company shall be required to commence an Asset Sale Offer or Change of Control Offer (each, an “ Offer to Purchase ”), it shall follow the procedures specified below.

(b) The Company shall commence the Offer to Purchase by sending, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder, at such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice, the terms of which shall govern the Offer to Purchase, stating:

 

42


(i) that the Offer to Purchase is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.12 or 4.18, as the case may be, and, in the case of a Change of Control Offer, that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event, and that a Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to Section 4.18 hereof;

(ii) the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 hereof (the “ Offer Amount ”), the purchase price, the Offer Period and the Purchase Date (each as defined below);

(iii) except as provided in clause (ix), that all Notes timely tendered and not withdrawn shall be accepted for payment;

(iv) that any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

(v) that, unless the Company defaults in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

(vi) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase may elect to have Notes purchased only in denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of US$1,000 in excess thereof;

(vii) that Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to the Offer to Purchase shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer by book-entry transfer, to the Company, a Depositary, if appointed by the Company, or a Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before the Purchase Date;

(viii) that Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives, not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a telegram, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note (or portions thereof) the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have such Note purchased;

(ix) that, in the case of an Asset Sale Offer, if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Company shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Company so that only Notes in denominations of US$2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof shall be purchased);

(x) that Holders whose Notes were purchased in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer)

(xi) any other procedures that Holders must follow in order to tender their Notes (or portions thereof) for payment.

(c) The Offer to Purchase shall remain open for a period of at least 30 days but no more than 60 days following its commencement, except to the extent that a longer period is required by applicable law (the “ Offer Period ”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer Period (the “ Purchase Date ”), the Company shall purchase the Offer Amount or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered in response to the Offer to Purchase. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest payments are made.

 

43


(d) On or prior to the Purchase Date, the Company shall, to the extent lawful:

(i) accept for payment (on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary in connection with an Asset Sale Offer) the Offer Amount of Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered pursuant to the Offer to Purchase, or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered;

(ii) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Offer Amount in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered; and

(iii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes or portions of Notes being purchased by the Company and that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for payment by the Company in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09.

(e) The Company, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any event not later than five Business Days after the Purchase Date) deliver to each tendering Holder of Notes properly tendered and accepted by the Company for purchase the Purchase Amount for such Notes, and the Company shall promptly execute and issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order shall authenticate and deliver (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered provided, however, that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000. Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Company to the Holder thereof. The Company shall publicly announce the results of the Offer to Purchase on or as soon as practicable after the Purchase Date.

(f) If the Purchase Date is on or after a Regular Record Date and on or before the related Interest Payment Date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date, and no additional interest shall be payable to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Offer to Purchase.

(g) The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the Offer to Purchase. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or other provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to have breached its obligations under Section 4.12 or 4.18, as applicable, this Section 3.09 or such other provision by virtue of such conflict.

(h) Other than as specifically provided in this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06 hereof.

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

Section 4.01.     Payment of Notes .

The Company shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, holds as of 11:00 a.m. Eastern Time on the due date money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest then due. The Company shall pay Special Interest, if any, in the same manner, on the dates and in the amounts set forth in a Registration Rights Agreement, the Notes and this Indenture. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday at a place of payment, payment may be made at that place on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue on such payment for the intervening period.

 

44


The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful.

Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.

Section 4.02.     Maintenance of Office or Agency .

(a) The Company shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office or drop facility of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, NY, 10005, Mail Stop: EX-NY-WALL as such an office or agency. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any change in the location of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

(c) The Company hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, as one such office, drop facility or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.

Section 4.03.     Reports .

(a) For so long as any Notes are outstanding and the Company is required to file or furnish reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Company shall file with the Commission and furnish to the Holders and the Trustee:

(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual reports on Form 20-F or 40-F, as applicable, or any successor form; and

(2) (A) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 10-Q, or any successor form, or (B) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, reports on Form 6-K, or any successor form, which in each case, regardless of applicable requirements, shall, at a minimum, contain a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and, with respect to any such reports, a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP if required by applicable Commission rules.

Each such report shall be deemed to be delivered to the Holders of the Notes and the Trustee if the Company either files (or furnishes, as the case may be) such report with the Commission pursuant to the preceding paragraph through the Commission’s EDGAR filing system (or successor thereto), posts such report on its public website or furnishes such report to the Trustee.

(b) If the Company is no longer required to file or furnish such reports with the Commission and no longer does so, the Company shall instead furnish to the holders of the Notes and the trustee:

 

45


(1) within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, annual audited financial statements; and

(2) within 60 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year, unaudited interim financial statements;

in each case together with a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, which shall be deemed to be delivered to the holders of the Notes and the trustee if the Company furnishes such reports to the trustee or posts them on its public website.

(c) For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

Section 4.04.     Compliance Certificate .

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating that a review of the activities of the Company and its Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled their obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Company and its Subsidiaries have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes is prohibited or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(b) The Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §314(a)(2).

(c) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days after the occurrence thereof, written notice in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of any Default or Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 4.05.     Taxes .

The Company shall pay, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies, except such as are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material respect to the Holders.

Section 4.06.     [Reserved.]

Section 4.07.     Corporate Existence .

Subject to Article 5 hereof, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect (i) its corporate existence, in accordance with the organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company and (ii) the rights (charter and statutory), licenses and franchises of the Company.

Section 4.08.     Payments for Consent .

The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration, to or for the benefit of any Holder for or as an inducement to any consent,

 

46


waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.

Section 4.09.     Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares.

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any Preferred Shares; provided, however, that the Company may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Disqualified Stock, and its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Indebtedness, including Acquired Debt, or issue Preferred Shares if the Company’s Debt to Cash Flow Ratio at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness or the issuance of such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares, after giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or issuance as of such date and to the use of proceeds therefrom, taking into account any substantially concurrent transactions related to such incurrence, as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period, would have been no greater than 6.0 to 1.0.

(b) Paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09 shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness or issuances of Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock (each such item being referred to herein as “ Permitted Debt ”):

 

  (1) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness and letters of credit under one or more Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding under this clause (1) (with letters of credit being deemed to have a principal amount equal to the maximum potential liability of the Company thereunder) not to exceed an aggregate of Cdn$1.75 billion, less the aggregate amount of all Net Proceeds of Asset Sales applied by the Company since the Issue Date to permanently repay Indebtedness under a Credit Facility (and, in the case of any revolving credit Indebtedness, to effect a corresponding commitment reduction thereunder) pursuant to the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof;

 

  (2) the Incurrence by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness;

 

  (3) the Incurrence by the Company of Indebtedness represented by the Notes and the C$ Notes and the Exchange Notes to be issued in exchange for the Notes and in exchange for any Additional Notes;

 

  (4) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, Incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment used in the business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiaries, in an aggregate principal amount, including all Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness incurred to refund, refinance or replace any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to this clause (4), not to exceed the greater of (a) US$200.0 million and (b) 5.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any time outstanding;

 

  (5) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace Indebtedness, other than intercompany Indebtedness, that was permitted by this Indenture to be incurred under paragraph (a) or clauses (b)(2), (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this Section 4.09;

 

  (6) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that:

 

47


  (i) if the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes, and

 

  (ii) (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

  (7) the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any Restricted Subsidiary of Preferred Shares solely to or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that (a) any subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares being held by a Person other than the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) any sale or other transfer of any such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares to a Person that is not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an issuance of such Disqualified Stock by the Company or Preferred Shares by a Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, that was not permitted by this clause (7);

 

  (8) the Incurrence by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of Hedging Obligations that are Incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary and not for speculative purposes; provided, however , that, in the case of:

 

  (i) any Interest Rate Agreement, the notional principal amount of such Hedging Obligation does not exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Hedging Obligation relates; and

 

  (ii) any Currency Exchange Protection Agreement, such Hedging Obligation does not increase the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder;

 

  (9) the Guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary that was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

  (10) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness in relation with the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness owed to any Person under or in connection with any worker’s compensation, health, disability, employee benefits or equity compensation plan or property, casualty or liability insurance provided by such Person to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to reimbursement or indemnification obligations to such Person, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12)

the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness arising from agreements of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earn out obligations or other similar

 

48


  obligations, in each case incurred or assumed in connection with a transaction permitted by this Indenture;

 

  (13) Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness incurred by any Accounts Receivable Entity in a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

  (14) the Incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness, the issuance by the Company of Disqualified Stock or the issuance by any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries of Preferred Shares in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding not to exceed the greater of (a) US$250.0 million and (b) 6.0% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets; and

 

  (15) the issuance of Indebtedness, Preferred Shares or Disqualified Stock in connection with a Tax Benefit Transaction.

(c) The accrual of interest, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, the payment of interest on any Indebtedness in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, and the payment of dividends on Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares in the form of additional shares of the same class of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares (to the extent provided for when the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares on which such interest or dividend is paid was originally issued) shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or an issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares for purposes of this Section 4.09; provided that in each case the amount thereof is for all other purposes included in the Consolidated Interest Expense and Indebtedness of the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary as accrued.

(d) The Company shall not Incur any Indebtedness, including Permitted Debt, that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, unless such Indebtedness is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, on substantially identical terms; provided, however , that no Indebtedness of the Company shall be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Indebtedness of the Company, solely by virtue of collateral or lack thereof.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4.09, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that may be Incurred pursuant to this Section 4.09 will not be deemed to be exceeded with respect to any outstanding Indebtedness due solely to the result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of proposed Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Permitted Debt described in clauses (b)(1) through (15) above, or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 4.09, the Company shall be permitted to classify such item of Indebtedness on the date of its Incurrence or later reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness, in any manner that complies with this Section. Indebtedness under Credit Facilities outstanding on the date on which Notes are first issued and authenticated under this Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred on such date in reliance on the exception provided by clause (1) of paragraph (b) of this Section 4.09.

Section 4.10.     Restricted Payments .

(a) The Company shall not make, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment,

 

  (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a consequence of such Restricted Payment; and

 

  (2)

the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, have been permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional

 

49


  Indebtedness, other than Permitted Debt, pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof; and

 

  (3) such Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments declared or made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after January 17, 2006, excluding Restricted Payments made pursuant to clauses (2), (3), (4), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10) and (11) of paragraph (b) below, shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

  (a) an amount equal to the Company’s Consolidated Cash Flow from January 1, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less 1.5 times the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense from January 1, 2006 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial statements are available, taken as a single accounting period (or, if such amount for such period is a deficit, minus 100% of such deficit); plus

 

  (b) an amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds, less any such Capital Stock Sale Proceeds used in connection with:

 

  (i) an Investment made pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of “Permitted Investments;” or

 

  (ii) an Incurrence of Indebtedness pursuant to Section 4.09(b)(8) hereof; plus

 

  (c) to the extent that any Restricted Investment that was made after January 17, 2006 is sold for cash or otherwise liquidated or repaid for cash (except to the extent any such payment or proceeds are included in the calculation of Consolidated Cash Flow), the lesser of (i) the cash return of capital with respect to such Restricted Investment, less the cost of disposition, if any, and (ii) the initial amount of such Restricted Investment; plus

 

  (d) to the extent that the Board of Directors of the Company designates any Unrestricted Subsidiary that was designated as such after January 17, 2006 as a Restricted Subsidiary, the lesser of (i) the aggregate fair market value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Subsidiary at the time such Subsidiary was designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (ii) the then aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary; plus

 

  (e) Cdn$215.0 million.

(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) above shall not prohibit:

 

  (1) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date the dividend is declared, if at that date of declaration such payment would have complied with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however , that such dividend shall be included in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments;

 

  (2)

so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any Subordinated

 

50


  Indebtedness of the Company or of any Equity Interests of the Company in exchange for, or out of the net cash proceeds of the substantially concurrent sale, other than to a Subsidiary of the Company or an employee stock ownership plan or to a trust established by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for the benefit of its employees, of, Equity Interests of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities); provided that the amount of any such net cash proceeds that are utilized for any such redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition shall be excluded from clause (a)(3)(b) above;

 

  (3) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of Subordinated Indebtedness of the Company with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

  (4) any payment by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary to any one of the other of them;

 

  (5) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value by the Company of any Equity Interests of the Company held by any member of the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Company’s stock option plans; provided, however, that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not exceed the sum of (a) US$5.0 million in any fiscal year (with unused amounts in any fiscal year being permitted to be carried over to succeeding fiscal years) and (b) the Company’s liability under the Company’s stock option plans as of January 17, 2006;

 

  (6) payments of any kind made in connection with or in respect of Back-to-Back Securities; provided, however, that to the extent such payments shall be made to Affiliates of the Company (other than its Subsidiaries), all corresponding payments required to be paid by such Affiliates pursuant to the related Back-to-Back Securities shall be received, immediately prior to or concurrently with any such payments, by all applicable Quebecor Media Entities;

 

  (7) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, any Tax Benefit Transaction;

 

  (8) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, management fees or similar expenses payable to shareholders of the Company in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$2.0 million in any calendar year;

 

  (9) (a) the payment of any dividend pursuant to the terms of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided, that such dividend is included in the Company’s Consolidated Interest Expense; and (b) the payment of principal at or within one year of the Stated Maturity of Disqualified Stock of the Company or Preferred Shares of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, provided , that such Disqualified Stock or Preferred Shares was incurred or permitted to be incurred pursuant to the covenant contained in Section 4.09;

 

  (10) the repurchase by any of the Company’s non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of its previously issued and outstanding Equity Interests for consideration equal to the Fair Market Value of the repurchased Equity Interests;

 

  (11) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed US$200.0 million; and

 

51


  (12) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing or would be caused thereby and the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio is no greater than 5.5 to 1.0 (calculated on a pro forma basis as if such payment, including any related financing transaction, had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period), the purchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, of Equity Interests of the Company held by Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec or any of its Affiliates.

(c) The amount of any Restricted Payment, other than those effected in cash, shall be the Fair Market Value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to be transferred or issued to or by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.

(d) For purposes of this Section 4.10, if (i) any Affiliate of the Company ceases to be the obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities and a Person other than an Affiliate of the Company becomes the obligor thereunder (or the issuer of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) or (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary that is an obligor under or issuer of any Back-to-Back Securities ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary other than by consolidation or merger with the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary, then the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to have made a Restricted Payment in an amount equal to the accreted value of such Back-to-Back Debt (or the subscription price of any Back-to-Back Preferred Shares) at the time of the assumption thereof by such other Person or at the time such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 4.11.     Liens .

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist or become effective any Lien of any kind on any asset owned at the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens, unless the Company has made or will make effective provision to secure the Notes equally and ratably with the obligations of the Company secured by such Lien for so long as such obligations are secured by such Lien.

Section 4.12.     Asset Sales .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

  (1) the Company, or the Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of the Asset Sale at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of; and

 

  (2) at least 75% of the consideration received in such Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents, Replacement Assets or a combination thereof. For purposes of this clause (3), each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

  (a) any Indebtedness or other liabilities, as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet, of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (other than contingent liabilities and Indebtedness that are by their terms subordinated to the Notes), that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a written agreement that releases the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability with respect to such Indebtedness or liabilities; and

 

  (b) any securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted within 90 days of the applicable Asset Sale by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary into cash, to the extent of the cash received in such conversion.

(b) [Reserved] .

 

52


  (c) Within 365 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may apply those Net Proceeds at its option:

 

  (1) (a) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness, other than Subordinated Indebtedness, of the Company and, if the Indebtedness repaid is revolving credit Indebtedness, to correspondingly reduce commitments with respect thereto; or (b) to permanently repay or reduce Indebtedness of any of the Company’s Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (2) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, all or substantially all of the assets (other than cash, Cash Equivalents and securities) of any Person engaged in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that any such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing), and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period;

 

  (3) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, Voting Stock of a Person engaged in a Permitted Business from a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period; and provided, further, however , that (a) if the Net Proceeds are from the sale of assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or the Equity Interests of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, after giving effect thereto, the Person so acquired becomes a Restricted Subsidiary and (b) such acquisition is otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture, including, without limitation, Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (4) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, previously issued and outstanding Voting Stock of a non-Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (a) from a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company or (b) in a brokered transaction through the facilities of a stock exchange; provided, however , that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period;

 

  (5) to make capital expenditures; or

 

  (6) to acquire, or enter into a binding agreement to acquire, other long-term assets (other than securities) that are used or useful in a Permitted Business; provided, however, that such commitment shall be subject only to customary conditions (other than financing) and such acquisition shall be consummated no later than 180 days after the end of such 365-day period.

Pending the final application of any Net Proceeds, the Company may temporarily reduce revolving credit borrowings or otherwise invest the Net Proceeds in any manner that is not prohibited by this Indenture.

(d) Any Net Proceeds from Asset Sales that are not applied or invested as provided in paragraph (c) above shall constitute “Excess Proceeds.”

(e) When the aggregate amount of Excess Proceeds exceeds Cdn$100.0 million, the Company shall make an offer (an “ Asset Sale Offer ”) to all Holders of Notes and all holders of other Indebtedness that is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes containing provisions similar to those set forth in this Indenture with respect to offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets, to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be equal to 100% of principal amount of the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase, and shall be payable in cash. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an Asset Sale Offer and all Holders of Notes have been given the opportunity to tender their Notes for purchase in

 

53


accordance with such Asset Sale Offer and this Indenture, the Company may use such Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness shall be purchased on a pro rata basis based on the principal amount of Notes and such other pari passu Indebtedness tendered. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

The Company shall comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the Exchange Act and any other applicable securities laws and regulations to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with each repurchase of Notes pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Asset Sales provisions of this Indenture, the Company shall comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and shall be deemed not to have breached its obligations under the Asset Sale provisions of this Indenture by virtue of such conflict.

Section 4.13.     Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create or permit to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any Restricted Subsidiary to:

 

  (1) pay dividends or make any other distributions on its Equity Interests to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary, or with respect to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any liabilities owed to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (2) make loans or advances, or Guarantee any such loans or advances, to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary; or

 

  (3) transfer any of its properties or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary.

(b) The restrictions set forth in paragraph (a) above shall not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

  (1) agreements governing Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however , that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacement or refinancings are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness and Credit Facilities, as in effect on the Issue Date; provided, further, however , that if such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility could not be amended, modified, restated, renewed, increased, supplemented, refunded, replaced or refinanced on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may amend, modify, restate, renew, increase, supplement, refund, replace or refinance such Existing Indebtedness or Credit Facility, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (2) this Indenture and the Notes;

 

54


  (3) applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order, or under the terms of any permit or license issued under applicable law or any applicable rule, regulation or order;

 

  (4) any instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness or Capital Stock was Incurred or issued in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided, however , that, in the case of Indebtedness, such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Indenture to be Incurred at the time of such acquisition;

 

  (5) customary non-assignment provisions in leases or other agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or rights or non-cash assets thereunder, including, without limitation, customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of intellectual property, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (6) purchase money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired of the nature described in clause (3) of paragraph (a) above;

 

  (7) any agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary that restricts distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

  (8) Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness; provided, however , that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being refinanced; provided, further, however , that if such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness could not be entered into on commercially reasonable terms without the inclusion of dividend and other payment restrictions that are materially more restrictive than those contained in the existing Indebtedness (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company), the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary may enter into such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, provided, that the dividend and other payment restrictions contained therein will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (9) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be secured without also securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 hereof that limit the right of the debtor to dispose of the assets subject to any such Lien;

 

  (10) provisions with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in asset sale agreements, stock sale agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (11) customary provisions in joint venture agreements, shareholders’ agreements and other similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (12) customary restrictions imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (13)

Non-Recourse Accounts Receivable Entity Indebtedness or other contractual requirements of an Accounts Receivable Entity in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction; provided that such restrictions apply only to such Accounts

 

55


  Receivables Entity or the receivables which are subject to the Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

  (14) any Indebtedness or any agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness was issued if (a) the encumbrance or restriction applies only upon a payment or financial covenant default or event of default contained in such Indebtedness or agreement, (b) such encumbrance or restriction is not materially more disadvantageous to the Holders than is customary in comparable financings (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company) and (c) such encumbrance or restriction will not materially impair the Company’s ability to make payments on the Notes (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company).

Section 4.14.     Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any of its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction or series of transactions, contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or Guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate, officer or director of the Company (each, an “ Affiliate Transaction ”) unless:

 

  (1) such Affiliate Transaction is on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person; and

 

  (2) the Company delivers to the Trustee with respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration in excess of US$75.0 million:

 

  (i) a Board Resolution of the Company set forth in an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions has been approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or

 

  (ii) an opinion as to the fairness to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions from a financial point of view issued by an independent accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing in the United States or Canada.

(b) The following items shall be deemed not to constitute Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (1) payments pursuant to any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement, employee benefit plan or other compensation, indemnity, incentive or similar arrangement entered into by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business, which represent customary and reasonable consideration (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company);

 

  (2) transactions between or among the Company and/or the Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) transactions with a Person that is an Affiliate of the Company solely because the Company owns an Equity Interest in such Person, provided such transactions are on terms that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary than those that would have been obtained in a comparable arm’s length transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated Person;

 

56


  (4) payment of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (5) sales of Equity Interests of the Company, other than Disqualified Stock or Back-to-Back Securities, to Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (6) any agreement or arrangement as in effect on the Issue Date or any amendment thereto or any transaction contemplated thereby, including pursuant to any amendment thereto, in any replacement agreement or arrangement thereto so long as any such amendment or replacement agreement or arrangement is not more disadvantageous to the Company or the Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

  (7) Restricted Payments that are permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof;

 

  (8) Permitted Investments;

 

  (9) Transactions effected as part of a Qualified Receivables Transaction; and

 

  (10) any Tax Benefit Transaction.

Section 4.15.     [Reserved] .

Section 4.16.     [Reserved] .

Section 4.17.     Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries .

(a) The Board of Directors of the Company may designate any Subsidiary to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary if such Subsidiary:

 

  (1) has no Indebtedness other than Non-Recourse Debt;

 

  (2) does not own any Equity Interest of any Restricted Subsidiary, or hold any Liens on any property of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

  (3) is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no less favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are not Affiliates of the Company;

 

  (4) is a Person with respect to which neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any direct or indirect obligation (a) to subscribe for additional Equity Interests or (b) to maintain or preserve such Person’s financial condition or to cause such Person to achieve any specified levels of operating results;

 

  (5) has not Guaranteed or otherwise directly or indirectly provided credit support for any Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

  (6) has at least one director on its Board of Directors that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and has at least one executive officer that is not a director or executive officer of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

  (7) such designation would not cause a Default or Event of Default.

 

57


(b) Any designation of a Subsidiary of the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the Board Resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with the provisions of paragraph (a) above and was permitted by the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof. If, at any time, any Unrestricted Subsidiary would fail to meet the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above, it shall thereafter cease to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary for purposes of this Indenture and any Preferred Shares of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be issued and any Indebtedness of such Subsidiary shall be deemed to be Incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary as of such date and, if such Preferred Shares are not permitted to be issued or such Indebtedness is not permitted to be Incurred as of such date under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, the Company shall be in default of such Section.

(c) If a Restricted Subsidiary is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, the aggregate fair market value of all outstanding Investments owned by the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries in the Subsidiary so designated shall be deemed to be an Investment made as of the time of such designation and shall either reduce the amount available for Restricted Payments under Section 4.10(a) hereof or reduce the amount available for future Investments under one or more clauses of the definition of Permitted Investments, as the Company shall determine. Such designation shall be permitted only if such Investment would be permitted at such time and if such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise meets the requirements of the provisions of paragraph (a) above.

(d) The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that (i) such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and such designation shall only be permitted if such Indebtedness is permitted under the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Measurement Period; (ii) all outstanding Investments owned by such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be made as of the time of such designation and such Investments shall only be permitted if such Investments would be permitted under the provisions of Section 4.10 hereof; and (iii) no Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

Section 4.18.     Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall, within 30 days of a Change of Control Triggering Event, make an offer (the “ Change of Control Offer ”) pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 hereof. Each Holder shall have the right to accept such offer and require the Company to repurchase in whole or in part (equal to US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such Holder’s Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Offer at a purchase price, in cash (the “ Change of Control Amount ”), equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date.

(b) The Company shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event if a third party makes a Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Company and purchases all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.

Section 4.19.     [Reserved] .

Section 4.20.     Additional Amounts .

(a) All payments made by or on behalf of the Company on or with respect to the Notes pursuant to this Indenture shall be made without withholding or deduction for any Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority, unless required by law or the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant Canadian Taxing Authority. If the Company (or any other payor) is required to withhold or deduct any amount on account of Taxes imposed by any Canadian Taxing Authority from any payment made under or with respect to any Notes that are outstanding on the date of the required payment, it shall:

 

58


  (1) make such withholding or deduction;

 

  (2) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant government authority in accordance with applicable law;

 

  (3) pay such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by each holder after this withholding or deduction (including any deduction or withholding for Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount the holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted;

 

  (4) furnish to the Holders, within 30 days after the date the payment of any Taxes is due, certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by the Company;

 

  (5) indemnify and hold harmless each Holder (other than an Excluded Holder, as defined in paragraph (b) below) for the amount of (a) any Taxes paid by each such Holder as a result of payments made on or with respect to the Notes, (b) any liability (including penalties, interest and expenses) arising from or with respect to such payments and (c) any Taxes imposed with respect to any reimbursement under the foregoing clauses (a) or (b), but excluding any such Taxes that are in the nature of Taxes on net income, taxes on capital, franchise taxes, net worth taxes and similar taxes; and

 

  (6) at least 30 days prior to each date on which any payment under or with respect to the Notes is due and payable, if the Company becomes obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to such payment, deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating the amounts so payable and such other information necessary to enable the Trustee to pay such Additional Amounts to Holders on the payment date.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) above, no Additional Amounts shall be payable to a person (an “ Excluded Holder ”) in respect of a payment made to such person under or with respect to a Note:

 

  (1) if such person is subject to such Taxes by reason of its being connected with Canada or any province or territory thereof otherwise than by the mere acquisition, holding or disposition of Notes or the receipt of payments thereunder or enforcement of rights thereunder;

 

  (2) if such person waives its right to receive Additional Amounts;

 

  (3) if the Company does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with such person at the time of such payment; or

 

  (4) if the Company does not deal at arm’s length, within the meaning of the Income Tax Act (Canada), with another person to whom the Company has an obligation to pay an amount in respect of the Notes.

Any reference, in any context in this Indenture, to the payment of principal, premium, if any, redemption price, Change of Control Amount, offer price and interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, shall be deemed to include the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable.

The Company shall pay any present or future stamp, court, documentary or other similar taxes, charges or levies that arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of, or enforcement of rights under, this Indenture or any related document.

 

59


The obligations described under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Company, is organized or any political subdivision or taxing authority or agency thereof or therein.

It is understood for purposes of this Section 4.20 that the determination of Additional Amounts shall be made at the beneficial ownership level.

Section 4.21.     Covenant Termination .

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, if, on any day following the Issue Date, (a) the Notes reach Investment Grade Status and (b) no Default has occurred and is continuing under this Indenture, then, beginning on that date and continuing at all times thereafter regardless of any subsequent changes in the rating of the Notes, the Company will be under no obligation to comply with the terms and conditions described in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 4.17 and 5.01(a)(4), and such covenants, terms and provisions shall cease to apply to the Notes, and the Company shall notify the Trustee of such covenant termination.

Section 4.22.     Accounting Changes .

For the purposes of this Indenture, any failure to comply with any covenant or agreement under the Indenture (other than the covenants described in Section 4.10 and the first paragraph of Section 4.09) that results solely from a change in GAAP, shall, to the extent that the underlying transactions, items or Incurrences (including, without limitation, Liens and items of Indebtedness) (or portions thereof) cannot be reclassified in a manner that results in compliance with the relevant covenant or agreement, be permitted and shall, solely to the extent of the non-compliance, be deemed not to be a failure to comply with such covenant or agreement.

ARTICLE 5.

SUCCESSORS

Section 5.01.     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company .

(a) The Company may not directly or indirectly, (i) consolidate, merge or amalgamate with or into another Person, whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or (ii) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person, unless, in either case,

 

  (1) either (a) the Company is the surviving corporation, or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation, merger or amalgamation (if other than the Company) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made (the “ Surviving Company ”) is a corporation organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, the District of Columbia, Canada or any province or territory of Canada;

 

  (2) the Surviving Company expressly assumes all the obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture and, if applicable, the Registration Rights Agreements, pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

  (3) immediately after giving effect to such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

  (4) the Company or the Surviving Company shall, on the date of such transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at the beginning of the applicable fiscal quarter, be permitted to Incur at least US$1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Debt to Cash Flow Ratio test set forth in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

 

60


(b) [Reserved]

(c) In addition, the Company shall not, directly or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person. Clause (a)(4) of this Section 5.01 shall not apply to a merger, consolidation or amalgamation, or a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets, between or among the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary.

Section 5.02.     Successor Corporation Substituted .

Each Surviving Company shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of the Company under this Indenture; provided, however, that in the case of:

(a) a sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition (unless such sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition is of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) a Subsidiary of the Company), or

(b) a lease,

the predecessor company shall not be released from any of the obligations or covenants under this Indenture, including with respect to the payment of the Notes.

ARTICLE 6.

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 6.01.     Events of Default .

Each of the following is an “Event of Default:”

(i) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or with respect to, the Notes;

(ii) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

(iii) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 hereof;

(iv) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary for 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its other covenants or agreements in this Indenture (other than those covenants or agreements in Sections 4.03, 4.12, 4.18 and 5.01 hereof);

(v) default under any mortgage, indenture, hypothec, or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default:

 

  (a) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or

 

  (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity,

 

61


and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more;

(vi) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days;

(vii) failure by the Company for 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, to comply with the covenants or agreements in Section 4.03 hereunder;

(viii) the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries or any group of Restricted Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

(A) commences a voluntary case or gives notice of intention to make a proposal under any Bankruptcy Law;

(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or consents to its dissolution or winding up;

(C) consents to the appointment of a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property;

(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors;

(E) admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due or otherwise admits its insolvency; or

(F) seeks a stay of proceedings against it or proposes or gives notice or intention to propose a compromise, arrangement or reorganization of any of its debts or obligations under any Bankruptcy Law; and

(ix) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:

(A) is for relief against the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, in an involuntary case; or

(B) appoints a receiver, interim receiver, receiver and manager, liquidator, trustee or custodian of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary, or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

(C) orders the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

62


(D) orders the presentation of any plan or arrangement, compromise or reorganization of the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or any group of Subsidiaries that, when taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary;

and such order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.

Section 6.02.     Acceleration .

If any Event of Default (other than those of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, and the Trustee upon the request of Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes shall, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may, declare the principal of all the Notes, together with all accrued and unpaid interest, premium, if any, to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and the Trustee specifying the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a notice of acceleration (the “ Acceleration Notice ”), and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

In the case of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice by the Trustee or the Holders. Holders may not enforce this Indenture or the Notes except as provided in this Indenture.

At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (by notice to the Trustee) may rescind and cancel such declaration and its consequences if:

(a) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction;

(b) all existing Defaults and Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal of or interest on the Notes that has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration;

(c) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (at the same rate specified in the Notes) on overdue installments of interest and overdue payments of principal which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration has been paid;

(d) the Company has paid the Trustee its reasonable compensation and reimbursed the Trustee for its reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances; and

(e) in the event of the cure or waiver of an Event of Default of the type described in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix), the Trustee has received an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel that such Event of Default has been cured or waived.

In the case of an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurring by reason of any willful action or inaction taken or not taken by the Company or on the Company’s behalf with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Company would have been required to pay if the Company had then elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to Section 3.07 hereof, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

Section 6.03.     Other Remedies .

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or

 

63


remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies shall be cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

Section 6.04.     Waiver of Past Defaults .

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default, and its consequences, except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of the principal of or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment. Upon any waiver of a Default or Event of Default such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed cured for every purpose of this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

Section 6.05.     Control by Majority .

Subject to Section 7.01, Section 7.02(e) (including the Trustee’s receipt of the security or indemnification described therein) and Section 7.07 hereof, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes; provided, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction from the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding that conflicts with applicable law or this Indenture, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of the Holders not joining in the giving of such direction, and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with such direction.

Section 6.06.     Limitation on Suits .

No Holder shall have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any remedy thereunder, unless:

(a) such Holder has previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,

(b) Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have made written request and offered indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee, and

(c) the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request and shall have failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days.

The preceding limitations shall not apply to a suit instituted by a Holder for enforcement of payment of principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, a Note on or after the respective due dates for such payments set forth in such Note.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

Section 6.07.     Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 6.06 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

64


Section 6.08.     Collection Suit by Trustee .

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01 (i) or (ii) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal of, premium, if any, and interest then due and owing (together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest) and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

Section 6.09.     Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .

The Trustee shall be authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, moneys, securities and any other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

Section 6.10.     Priorities .

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:

First: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest, respectively; and

Third: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10.

Section 6.11.     Undertaking for Costs .

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 shall not apply to a

 

65


suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE 7.

TRUSTEE

Section 7.01.     Duties of Trustee .

(a) If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is deemed to have notice in accordance with Section 7.02(f) has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such Person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform on their face to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts or the correctness of opinions or conclusions stated therein).

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.05 hereof.

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.01.

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it in it sole discretion against any loss, liability or expense.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received or held by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

66


(g) Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall have any duty to monitor, or have any responsibility with respect to, the Company’s compliance with any U.S. or Canadian federal, state or provincial securities laws.

(h) The Trustee shall have no obligation to ascertain or inquire as to the observance or performance of any covenant, agreement or obligation on the part of the Company under this Indenture or any other agreement, instrument or document.

Section 7.02.     Rights of Trustee .

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in any such document.

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel selected by it (including in-house counsel) and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(c) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(d) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

(e) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee in its sole discretion against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice, of any Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact such a Default or Event of Default is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee from the Company or the Holders of 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, and such notice references the specific Default or Event of Default, the Notes and this Indenture.

(g) The Trustee shall not be required to give any bond or surety in respect of the performance of its power and duties hereunder.

(h) [Reserved.]

(i) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder.

Section 7.03.     Individual Rights of Trustee .

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Unless otherwise provided by law, the foregoing shall not by itself be deemed a conflicting interest. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as Trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee shall also be subject to Sections 7.10 and 7.11 hereof.

 

67


Section 7.04.     Trustee’s Disclaimer .

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

Section 7.05.     Notice of Defaults .

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

Section 7.06.     Reports by Trustee to Holders .

Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a) (but if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the Commission and each stock exchange on which the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA §313(d). The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and any delisting thereof.

Section 7.07.     Compensation and Indemnity .

The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder, including, if applicable, for its services as Paying Agent and Registrar. Compensation of the Trustee in accordance with its established fee schedule, as it may be amended from time to time, shall be deemed reasonable compensation to the Trustee for its services. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel (including in-house counsel).

The Company shall indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee against any and all losses, claims, damages, penalties, fines, liabilities or expenses, including incidental and out-of-pocket expenses and reasonable attorneys fees and expenses (for purposes of this Article 7, “ losses ”) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder, except to the extent such losses result from its negligence or bad faith. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall defend the claim, and the Trustee shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel if the Trustee has been reasonably advised by counsel that there may be one or more legal defenses available to it that are different from or additional to those available to the Company and in the reasonable judgment of such counsel it is advisable for the Trustee to engage separate counsel, and the Company shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be

 

68


unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee’s own negligence or bad faith.

The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of the Trustee and payment in full of the Notes.

To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal, premium, if any, and interest on particular Notes. Such Lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(viii) or (ix) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

Section 7.08.     Replacement of Trustee .

A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08.

The Trustee may resign in writing at any time upon 30 days’ prior notice to the Company and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

(a) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;

(b) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

(c) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(d) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as the retiring Trustee), the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Company.

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company, or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. Subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof, the retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee provided, however; that all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder shall have been paid. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee

 

69


pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Company’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 7.09.     Successor Trustee by Merger, etc .

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the successor corporation or banking association without any further act shall, if such successor corporation or banking association is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.

Section 7.10.     Eligibility; Disqualification .

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million (or a wholly-owned subsidiary of a bank or trust company, or of a bank holding company, the principal subsidiary of which is a bank or trust company having a combined capital and surplus of at least US$50.0 million) as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1), (2) and (5). The Trustee is subject to TIA §310(b).

Section 7.11.     Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company .

The Trustee is subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE 8.

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01.     Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .

The Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth in this Article 8.

Section 8.02.     Legal Defeasance and Discharge .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Company shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the outstanding Notes, which shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in (a), (b) and (d) below, and to have satisfied all its other obligations under the Notes and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder: (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive solely from the trust fund described in Section 8.04 hereof, and as more fully set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest and Additional Amounts on such Notes when such payments are due, (b) the Company’s obligations with respect to such Notes under Article 2 and Sections 4.01 and 4.02 hereof, (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Company’s obligations in connection therewith and (d) this Article 8. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.02, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be

 

70


accelerated because of an Event of Default. Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Company may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.

Section 8.03.     Covenant Defeasance .

Upon the Company’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Company shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from its obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.05 and 4.06, 4.09 through 4.19, and 4.21 hereof, and the operation of Sections 5.01(a)(4) and (b)(4) hereof, with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”) and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. If the Company exercises under Section 8.01 hereof the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) (with respect to the covenants contained in Sections 4.09, 4.10, 4.12 or 4.18 or Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof), (iv) (with respect to Sections 4.05, 4.06, 4.11, 4.13 through 4.17, 4.19 and 4.21 hereof), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii) and (ix) of such Section 6.01 (but in the case of (viii) and (ix) of Section 6.01 hereof, with respect to Significant Subsidiaries only) or because of the Company’s failure to comply with Section 5.01(a)(4) hereof.

Section 8.04.     Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .

The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof to the outstanding Notes.

In order to exercise Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance:

(a) the Company shall irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (as verified by a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants if so requested by the Trustee) to pay the principal of, accrued interest and premium, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the Stated Maturity or on the applicable date of redemption, as the case may be, and the Company shall specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular date of redemption;

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that (i) the Company has received from, or there has been published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (ii) subsequent to the Issue Date, there has been a change in the U.S. federal income tax law to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize

 

71


income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred and the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Canada reasonably acceptable to the Trustee confirming that Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial income tax (including withholding tax) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same time as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either (a) on the date of such deposit, or (b) insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91 st day after the date of deposit, other than, in each case, a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit;

(e) such Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under any material agreement or instrument, to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

(f) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, (a) assuming no intervening bankruptcy of the Company between the date of deposit and the 91st day following such deposit and assuming that no Holder is an “insider” of the Company under applicable Bankruptcy Law, after the 91st day following such deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and (b) the creation of the defeasance trust does not require registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940;

(g) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such deposit was not made by the Company with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes over the other creditors of the Company with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Company or others;

(h) if the Notes are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity, the Company must deliver to the Trustee irrevocable instructions to redeem all of the Notes on the specified redemption date; and

(i) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

Section 8.05.     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article 8 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon the request of the Company any cash or non-callable Government Securities held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent

 

72


certified public accountants of recognized international standing expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the certification delivered under Section 8.04(a) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.06.     Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

Section 8.07.     Reinstatement .

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash or non-callable Government Securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash and securities in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided, however , that, if the Company makes any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders to receive such payment from the cash and securities held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

ARTICLE 9.

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 9.01.     Without Consent of Holders of Notes .

Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder to:

(a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

(b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code);

(c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee:

(i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and

 

73


(ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred;

(d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder;

(e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture;

(f) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or

(g) to conform the text of the Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Final Offering Memorandum for the Notes, dated October 3, 2012, to the extent that such section in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of the Indenture or the Notes, as set forth in an Officer’s Certificate.

Section 9.02.     With Consent of Holders of Notes .

Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment ) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).

Without the consent of each Holder, an amendment or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):

(a) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

(b) reduce the principal of or change the Stated Maturity of any Note or alter the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes;

(c) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

(d) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

(e) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

(f) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on the Notes, or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holders’ Notes;

 

74


(g) amend, change or modify the obligation of the Company to make and consummate an Asset Sale Offer with respect to any Asset Sale in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.12 hereof after the obligation to make and consummate such Asset Sale Offer has arisen or the obligation of the Company to make and consummate a Change of Control Offer in the event of a Change in Control Triggering Event in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.18 hereof after such Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred, including, in each case, amending, changing or modifying any definition relating thereto;

(h) except as otherwise permitted under the provisions of Section 5.01 hereof, consent to the assignment or transfer by the Company of any of their rights or obligations under this Indenture;

(i) subordinate the Notes to any other obligation of the Company;

(j) amend or modify the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof; or

(k) make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Persons entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture. If a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record date, or their duly designated proxies, and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that unless such consent shall have become effective by virtue of the requisite percentage having been obtained prior to the date which is 120 days after such record date, any such consent previously given shall automatically and without further action by any Holder be cancelled and of no further effect.

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have the right to require an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the proposed amendment or waiver conforms in substance to the consent of the Holders.

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holder of each Note affected thereby to such Holder’s address appearing in the Security Register a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

Section 9.03.     Compliance with Trust Indenture Act .

Every amendment or supplement to this Indenture or the Notes shall be set forth in an amended or supplemental indenture that complies with the TIA as then in effect.

Section 9.04.     Revocation and Effect of Consents .

Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion thereof that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Note or portion thereof if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver shall become effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter shall bind every Holder.

Section 9.05.     Notation on or Exchange of Notes .

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Company in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

75


Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 9.06.     Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that such amended or supplemental indenture is the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, subject to customary exceptions and that such amended or supplemental indenture complies with the provisions hereof (including Section 9.03 hereof).

ARTICLE 10.

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 10.01.     Satisfaction and Discharge .

This Indenture shall be discharged and shall cease to be of further effect, except as to surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of the Notes, as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:

(a) either:

(i) all Notes that have been previously authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has previously been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and is thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from the trust) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

(ii) all Notes that have not been previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (A) have become due and payable by reason of a making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or (B) will become due and payable within one year, and the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in U.S. dollars, non-callable Government Securities, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not previously delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes to the date of deposit, in the case of Notes that have become due and payable, or to the Stated Maturity or redemption date, as the case may be;

(b) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound;

(c) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable by it under this Indenture;

(d) the Company shall have delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the date of redemption, as the case may be; and

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent under this Indenture relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been satisfied.

 

76


Section 10.02.     Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .

Subject to Section 10.03 hereof, all cash and non-callable Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 10.02, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof in respect of the outstanding Notes shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and interest but such cash and securities need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

Section 10.03.     Repayment to Company .

Subject to any applicable laws relating to abandoned property, any cash or non-callable Government Securities deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, and premium, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on its request or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder shall thereafter, as an unsecured creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such cash and securities, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal (national edition), notice that such cash and securities remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification or publication, any unclaimed balance of such cash and securities then remaining shall be repaid to the Company.

ARTICLE 11.

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.     Trust Indenture Act Controls .

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the TIA, the provision required by the TIA shall control.

Section 11.02.     Notices .

Any notice or communication by the Company or the Trustee to the other is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

If to the Company:

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec, H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Vice President, Legal Affairs

Facsimile No.: (514) 985-8834

 

77


With a copy to:

Norton Rose Canada LLP

1 Place Ville-Marie

Suite 2500

Montréal, Québec, H3B 1R1

Canada

Attention: Peter J. Wiazowski

Facsimile No.: (514) 286-5474

If to the Trustee:

U.S. Bank National Association

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

1350 Euclid Ave.

CN-OH-RN11

Cleveland OH 44115

Facsimile No.: 216- 623-9202

The Company or the Trustee, by notice to the other, may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

All notices and communications (other than those sent to the Trustee) shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt acknowledged, if sent by facsimile transmission; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery. All notices and communications to the Trustee shall be deemed duly given and effective only upon receipt.

Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery to its address shown on the Security Register. Any notice or communication shall also be so mailed to any Person described in TIA § 313(c), to the extent required by the TIA. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.

If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

Section 11.03.     Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes .

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA §312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).

Section 11.04.     Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

78


(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

Section 11.05.     Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall comply with the provisions of TIA §314(e) and shall include:

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(d) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

With respect to matters of fact, an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate, certificates of public officials or reports or opinions of experts.

Section 11.06.     Rules by Trustee and Agents .

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 11.07.     No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders .

No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes, this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

Section 11.08.     Governing Law .

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES.

Section 11.09.     No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 11.10.     Successors .

All covenants and agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind its successors. All covenants and agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

79


Section 11.11.     Severability .

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 11.12.     Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

(a) The Company irrevocably consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the courts of the United States of America located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York over any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby. The Company waives any objection that it may have to the venue of any suit, action or proceeding with respect to this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby in the courts of the State of New York or the courts of the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York, or that such suit, action or proceeding brought in the courts of the State of New York or the United States of America, in each case, located in the Borough of Manhattan, City and State of New York was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same.

(b) The Company irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the address provided in Section 11.02 hereof, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect for a period of ten years from the date of this Indenture.

Section 11.13.     Conversion of Currency .

The Company covenants and agrees that the following provisions shall apply to conversion of currency in the case of the Notes and this Indenture.

(a)(i) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in, or enforcing the judgment of, any court in any country, it becomes necessary to convert into a currency (the “ judgment currency ”) an amount due in any other currency (the “ Base Currency ”), then the conversion shall be made at the rate of exchange prevailing on the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or the order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (unless a court shall otherwise determine).

(ii) If there is a change in the rate of exchange prevailing between the Business Day before the day on which the judgment is given or an order of enforcement is made, as the case may be (or such other date as a court shall determine), and the date of receipt of the amount due, the Company shall pay such additional (or, as the case may be, such lesser) amount, if any, as may be necessary so that the amount paid in the judgment currency when converted at the rate of exchange prevailing on the date of receipt will produce the amount in the Base Currency originally due.

(b) In the event of the winding-up of the Company at any time while any amount or damages owing under the Notes and this Indenture, or any judgment or order rendered in respect thereof, shall remain outstanding, the Company shall indemnify and hold the Holders and the Trustee harmless against any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (1) the date as of which the equivalent of the amount in U.S. Dollars or Canadian Dollars, as the case may be, due or contingently due under the Notes and this Indenture (other than under this paragraph (b)) is calculated for the purposes of such winding-up and (2) the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in such winding-up. For the purpose of this paragraph (b), the final date for the filing of proofs of claim in the winding-up of the Company shall be the date fixed by the liquidator or otherwise in accordance with the relevant provisions of applicable law as being the latest practicable date as at which liabilities of the Company may be ascertained for such winding-up prior to payment by the liquidator or otherwise in respect thereto.

 

80


(c) The obligations contained in paragraph (a)(ii) and (b) of this Section 11.13 shall constitute obligations of the Company separate and independent from its other respective obligations under the Notes and this Indenture, shall give rise to separate and independent causes of action against the Company, shall apply irrespective of any waiver or extension granted by any Holder or the Trustee or any of them from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order or the filing of any proof of claim in the winding-up of the Company for a liquidated sum in respect of amounts due hereunder (other than under paragraph (b) above) or under any such judgment or order. Any such deficiency as aforesaid shall be deemed to constitute a loss suffered by the Holders or the Trustee, as the case may be, and no proof or evidence of any actual loss shall be required by the Company or the liquidator or otherwise or any of them. In the case of paragraph (b) above, the amount of such deficiency shall not be deemed to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any liquidating distribution.

(d) The term “rate(s) of exchange” shall mean the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) for purchases of the Base Currency with the judgment currency other than the Base Currency referred to in Subsections (a) and (b) above and includes any premiums and costs of exchange payable.

(e) The Trustee shall have no duty or liability with respect to monitoring or enforcing the Section 11.13.

Section 11.14.     Currency Equivalent .

Except as provided in Section 11.13, for purposes of the construction of the terms of this Indenture or of the Notes, in the event that any amount is stated herein in the currency of one nation (the “ First Currency ”), as of any date such amount shall also be deemed to represent the amount in the currency of any other relevant nation which is required to purchase such amount in the First Currency at the rate of exchange quoted by Royal Bank of Canada at its central foreign exchange desk in its head office in Montréal at 12:00 noon (Montréal, Québec time) on the date of determination.

Section 11.15.     Counterpart Originals .

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

Section 11.16.     Table of Contents, Headings, etc .

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings in this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 11.17.     Qualification of this Indenture .

The Company shall qualify this Indenture under the TIA in accordance with the terms and conditions of any Registration Rights Agreements and shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses for the Company, the Trustee and the Holders) incurred in connection therewith, including, but not limited to, costs and expenses of qualification of this Indenture and the Notes and printing this Indenture and the Notes. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive from the Company any such Officers’ Certificates, Opinions of Counsel or other documentation as it may reasonably request in connection with any such qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

81


[Signatures on following page]

 

82


SIGNATURES

Dated as of October 11, 2012.

 

C OMPANY :
QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
By:  

(signed)

 

Name:           Jean-François Pruneau

 

Title:             Chief Financial Officer

[Signature Page to the US$ Indenture]


T RUSTEE :
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Holly Pattison

 

Name:           Holly Pattison

 

Title:             Vice President

[Signature Page to the US$ Indenture]


EXHIBIT A

 

 

(Face of Note)

5  3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

 

                        CUSIP       
            ISIN     

No. ____

            US$     

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.

promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or its registered assigns, the principal sum of                      Dollars (US$                      ) on January 15, 2023.

Interest Payment Dates: June 15 and December 15, commencing December 15, 2012.

Record Dates: June 1 and December 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer.

 

QUEBECOR MEDIA INC.
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

This is one of the [Global]

Notes referred to in the

within-mentioned Indenture:

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:    
  Authorized Signatory

Dated                          , 2012

 

A-1


(Back of Note)

5   3 / 4 % SENIOR NOTES DUE JANUARY 15, 2023

[ Unless otherwise permitted by Section 2.06(g)(i)(B) of the Indenture, insert :] [“THIS NOTE (THIS “SECURITY”) HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF AGREES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH QUEBECOR MEDIA INC. (THE “COMPANY”) OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY), ONLY (A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT THAT HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES TO NON-U.S. PERSONS THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN OFFSHORE TRANSACTIONS MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) TO AN “ACCREDITED INVESTOR” WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(A)(1), (2), (3) OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING THE SECURITY FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT AND IN A MINIMUM PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THE SECURITIES OF $250,000 PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND FOR INVESTMENT PURPOSES ONLY AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO OR FOR OFFER OR SALE IN CONNECTION WITH ANY DISTRIBUTION OF THE NOTES IN VIOLATION OF THE SECURITIES ACT OR (F) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT TO THE COMPANY’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHT (I) PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (D), (E) OR (F) PRIOR TO THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THIS NOTE IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

UNLESS PERMITTED UNDER SECURITIES LEGISLATION, THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY MUST NOT TRADE THIS SECURITY IN CANADA OR WITH A RESIDENT OF CANADA BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS 4 MONTHS AND A DAY AFTER THE LATER OF (I) OCTOBER 11, 2012, AND (II) THE DATE THAT THE ISSUER BECAME A REPORTING ISSUER IN ANY PROVINCE OR TERRITORY OF CANADA.”]

[ If this note is a global note, insert :] [THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (I) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (II) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (III) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (IV) THIS GLOBAL NOTE

 

A-2


MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE COMPANY.

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY UNLESS THIS NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK, NEW YORK) (“DTC”), TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.]

Capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interest . Quebecor Media Inc., a company incorporated under the laws of Québec (the “ Company ”), promises to pay interest (as defined in the Indenture) on the principal amount of this Note at 5.750% per annum until maturity and shall pay Special Interest, if any, as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement relating to these Notes. The Company shall pay interest semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from October 11, 2012; provided, however , that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be December 15, 2012. The Company shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the interest rate then in effect under the Indenture and this Note; it shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. For the purposes of the Interest Act (Canada), the yearly rate of interest which is equivalent to the rate payable hereunder is the rate payable multiplied by the actual number of days in the year and divided by 360.

2. Method of Payment . The Company shall pay interest on the Notes, including any special interest (except defaulted interest) to the Persons in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the June 1 or December 1 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are cancelled after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes shall be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Company maintained for such purpose, or, at the option of the Company, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the Security Register; provided , however , that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds shall be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on, all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions to the Company or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

3. Paying Agent and Registrar . Initially, U.S. Bank National Association, the Trustee under the Indenture, shall act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

A-3


4. Indenture . The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of October 11, 2012 (“ Indenture ”) between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and those made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb). The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture and such Act for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

5. Optional Redemption .

(a) The Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, on one or more occasions, in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed; and (ii) as determined by a Quotation Agent, the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon (not including any portion of such payments of interest accrued to (but excluding) the date of redemption) discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 100 basis points; plus, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date.

(b) If the Company becomes obligated to pay any Additional Amounts because of a change in the laws or regulations of Canada or any Canadian Taxing Authority, or a change in any official position regarding the application or interpretation thereof, in either case that is publicly announced or becomes effective on or after the Issue Date, the Company may, at any time, redeem all, but not part, of the Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to (but excluding) the redemption date, provided that at any time that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding is greater than US$20.0 million, any Holder of the Notes may, to the extent that it does not adversely affect the Company’s after-tax position, at its option, waive the Company’s compliance with the provisions of Section 4.20 hereof with respect to such Holder’s Notes; provided, further, that if any Holder waives such compliance, the Company may not redeem that Holder’s Notes pursuant to Section 3.07(c) of the Indenture.

(c) Any prepayment pursuant to this Paragraph 5 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06 of the Indenture.

6. Mandatory Redemption . Except as set forth in Sections 4.12 and 4.18 of the Indenture, the Company shall not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to, or offers to purchase, the Notes.

7. Offer to Repurchase at Option of Holder .

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Company shall make an offer to all Holders to repurchase all (equal to US$2,000 or an integral multiple of US$1,000) of such Holder’s Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes repurchased to the purchase date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture.

(b) If the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary consummates any Asset Sales, it shall not be required to apply any Net Proceeds in accordance with the Indenture until the aggregate Excess Proceeds from all Asset Sales following the date the Notes are first issued exceeds Cdn$100.0 million. Thereafter, the Company shall commence an Asset Sale Offer by applying the Excess Proceeds pursuant to Section 3.09 of the Indenture to purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes (including any Additional Notes) that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds at an offer price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the Purchase Date in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 3.09 of the Indenture. To the extent that the aggregate amount of Notes (including Additional Notes) tendered pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer is less than the Excess Proceeds, the Company (or such Restricted Subsidiary) may apply such deficiency for any purpose not prohibited by the Indenture. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders thereof exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee shall select the Notes to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

 

A-4


8. Notice of Redemption . Notices of redemption shall be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than US$2,000 may be redeemed in part but only in integral multiples of US$1,000, unless all of the Notes held by a Holder are to be redeemed. On and after the redemption date interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions thereof called for redemption.

9. Denominations, Transfer, Exchange . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of US$2,000 and integral multiples of US$1,000. This Note shall represent the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed hereon and the aggregate principal amount of Notes represented hereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. The transfer of Notes shall be registered and Notes shall be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Company may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture. The Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Company need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.

10. Persons Deemed Owners . The registered Holder of a Note shall be treated as its owner for all purposes. Only registered Holders shall have rights hereunder (except as specified in the last paragraph of Section 4.20 of the Indenture).

11. Amendment, Supplement and Waiver . Subject to certain exceptions, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 of the Indenture, any existing Default or Event of Default (except a continuing Default or Event of Default (i) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and (ii) in respect of a covenant or provision which under the Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected by such modification or amendment) or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, then outstanding voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a purchase of or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes). Without the consent of any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to (a) cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (b) provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code); (c) provide for the assumption of the obligations of the Company to Holders in the case of a merger, consolidation, or amalgamation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; provided, however , that the Company shall deliver to the Trustee (i) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred, and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel in Canada to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for Canadian federal, provincial or territorial tax purposes as a result of such assumption by a successor corporation and will be subject to Canadian federal, provincial or territorial taxes (including withholding taxes) on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such assumption had not occurred; (d) make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any such Holder; (e) provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the Indenture; or (f) comply with requirements of the Commission in order to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

12. Defaults and Remedies . Each of the following is an Event of Default under the Indenture: (a) default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest, or with respect to, the Notes; (b) default in payment, when due at Stated Maturity, upon acceleration, redemption, required repurchase or otherwise, of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes; (c) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to comply with the provisions of Section 4.12, 4.18 or 5.01 of the Indenture; (d) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary

 

A-5


for 60 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding to comply with any of its covenants or agreements in the Indenture (other than those covenants or agreements in Sections 4.03, 4.12, 4.18 and 5.01 of the Indenture); (e) default under any mortgage, indenture, hypothec or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the Issue Date, if that default: (i) is caused by a failure to pay principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on, such Indebtedness when due at the final maturity of such Indebtedness (a “ Payment Default ”); or (ii) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its Stated Maturity, and, in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates US$25.0 million or more; (f) failure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay final, non-appealable judgments aggregating in excess of US$25.0 million, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days; (g) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization affecting the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries that are Restricted Subsidiaries; and (h) failure by the Company for 90 days after written notice thereof has been given to the Company by the Trustee, or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding, as applicable, to comply with the covenants or agreements under Section 4.03 of the Indenture;

If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Event of Default arising from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency described in the Indenture, all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable without further action or notice. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any) if it determines in good faith that withholding notice is in the interests of the Holders. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or Special Interest or Additional Amounts, if any. The Company is required to deliver to the Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Indenture, and the Company is required upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or Event of Default.

13. Trustee Dealings with Company . Subject to certain limitations, the Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

14. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Indenture, the Notes or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability.

15. Authentication . This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

16. Abbreviations . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

17. Additional Rights of Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes . In addition to the rights provided to Holders of Notes under the Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes that are Initial Notes shall have all the rights set forth in the Registration Rights

 

A-6


Agreement, dated as of October 11, 2012, among the Company and the parties named on the signature pages thereto or, in the case of Additional Notes, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have the rights set forth in one or more Registration Rights Agreements, if any, among the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of such Additional Notes.

18. CUSIP Numbers . Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or notices of Offers to Purchase as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption or notice of an Offer to Purchase and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed thereon and any such redemption or Offer to Purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers.

The Company shall furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Quebecor Media Inc., 612 St-Jacques Street, Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8, Canada, Attention: Director, Legal Affairs.

19. Governing Law . The internal law of the State of New York shall govern and be used to construe this Note.

 

A-7


Option of Holder to Elect to Accept Offer to Purchase

If you want to elect to accept the offer to have this Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.12 or 4.18 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

¨ Section 4.12

 

¨ Section 4.18

If you want to elect to accept the offer in respect of only part of the Note pursuant to Section 4.12 or Section 4.18 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased: US$                             

 

Date:_______________________________   

Your                Signature:________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.:

____________________________________________

    

 

SIGNATURE

  

 

GUARANTEE:

    

 

________________________________________

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-8


Assignment Form

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or other tax I.D. no.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint     

as agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

     
Date:______________     

 

Your Signature:_________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of

this Note)

      

 

Signature Guarantee:

         
      

 

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-9


SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE

The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of
decrease in
Principal Amount
of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note

  

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease (or
increase)

  

Signature of
authorized signatory
of Trustee or
Note Custodian

 

A-10


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal, Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

U.S. Bank National Association

[                          ]

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: [                          ]

 

  Re:

5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

___________________, (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of US$___________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Transfer ”), to ___________________________ (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

1. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

2. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(a) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an Initial Purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the

 

B-1


Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note, the Temporary Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

3. ¨ Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check one):

(a) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act;

or

(b) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a Subsidiary thereof;

or

(c) ¨ such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act;

or

(d) ¨ such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by (1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture and (2) if such Transfer is in respect of a principal amount of Notes at the time of transfer of less than US$250,000, an Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Definitive Notes and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

4. ¨ Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

(a) ¨ Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(b) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in

 

B-2


accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

(c) ¨ Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 

 

[Insert Name of Transferor]
By:    
 

Name:

Title:

Dated:                                                          

 

B-3


ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.   The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
               [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]
  (a)      ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
    (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or
    (ii)    ¨    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________); or
  (b)      ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note.
2.   After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:
               [CHECK ONE OF (a), (b) OR (c)]
  (a)      ¨    a beneficial interest in the:
    (i)    ¨    144A Global Note (CUSIP _________), or
    (ii)    ¨    Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or
    (iii)    ¨    Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP _________); or
  (b)      ¨    a Restricted Definitive Note; or
  (c)      ¨    an Unrestricted Definitive Note,
  in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

B-4


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

U.S. Bank National Association

[                        ]

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: [                    ]

 

  Re:

5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

__________________________, (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of US$____________ in such Note[s] or interests (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:

1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

(c) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

C-1


(d) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

2. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes

(a) ¨ Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

(b) ¨ Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note . In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CIRCLE ONE] 144A Global Note, Regulation S Global Note, IAI Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Definitive Note and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

C-2


This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

 

 
[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Dated:    

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

Quebecor Media Inc.

612 St-Jacques Street

Montréal Québec H3C 4M8

Canada

Attention: Director, Legal Affairs

U.S. Bank National Association

[                                       ]

Attention: Corporate Trust Services

Facsimile No.: [                      ]

 

  Re:

5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “Indenture”), between Quebecor Media Inc., as issuer (the “Company”), and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

In connection with our proposed purchase of US$                      aggregate principal amount of:

(a) ¨ a beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

(b) ¨ a Definitive Note,

we confirm that:

1. We understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”).

2. We understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or any subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that the transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act, (C) to an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Company a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and, such transfer is in respect of a minimum principal amount of Notes of US$250,000, (D) pursuant to offers and sales to non-U.S. Persons that occur outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (E) pursuant to any other available exemption under the Securities Act or (F) pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any Person purchasing the Definitive Note or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

D-1


3. We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

4. We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic risk of our or its investment. We have had access to such financial and other information and have been afforded the opportunity to ask such questions of representatives of the Company and receive answers thereto, as we deem necessary in connection with our decision to purchase the Notes.

5. We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account, or for one or more accounts (each of which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion, for investment purposes only and are not acquiring the Notes with a view to any distribution thereof in a transaction that would violate the Securities Act of the securities laws of any state of the United States or any other applicable jurisdiction.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. This letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

[Insert Name of Accredited Investor]
By:    
  Name:
  Title:
  Dated:                                                                                     

 

D-2


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

This SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT is dated as of                      (the “Agreement”).

 

To: U.S. Bank National Association, for itself and as trustee under the Indenture referred to below for the holders of the Notes (the “Trustee”)

[OBLIGOR] (the “Obligor”), as obligor under the obligation dated as of made or issued by the Obligor in favor of [HOLDER] (the “Subordinated Security”), and [HOLDER], as holder (the “Holder”) of the Subordinated Security, for ten dollars and other good and valuable consideration received by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the Trustee and any other Representative and by each of the Obligor and the Holder from the other, agree as follows:

1.     Interpretation .

(a) “ Cash, Property or Securities ”. “Cash, Property or Securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Obligor or any other Person provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided herein with respect to the Subordinated Security, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided, however, that (i) all Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment.

(b) “ payment in full ”. “payment in full”, with respect to Senior Indebtedness, means the receipt on an irrevocable basis of cash in an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of the Senior Indebtedness and premium, if any, and interest and any Special Interest thereon to the date of such payment, together with all other amounts owing with respect to such Senior Indebtedness.

(c) “ Representative ” means the agent (including an administrative agent), trustee or representative of holders of Senior Indebtedness.

(d) “ Senior Indebtedness ”. “Senior Indebtedness”. “Senior Indebtedness” means, at any date, all indebtedness (including, without limitation, any and all amounts of principal, interest, additional amounts, premium, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) under (1) the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “ Indenture ”), between Quebecor Media Inc. (“ Quebecor Media ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Notes and/or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in the Indenture), (2) the indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012, between Quebecor Media Inc. and Computershare Trust Company of Canada, as Trustee, including, without limitation, the “Notes,” the “Additional Notes” and any “guarantee” of the Notes and/or the Additional Notes (in each case, as defined in such indenture), , (3) either of the respective indentures governing either series of Quebecor Media’s issued and outstanding 7   3 / 4 % Senior Notes due March 15, 2016 (initially issued on January 17, 2006 and on October 5, 2007, respectively) including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Exchange Notes” and the “Additional Notes” (in each case, as defined in such indentures); (4) the indenture dated January 5, 2011 governing Quebecor Media’s issued and outstanding 7   3 / 8 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2021 including, without limitation, the “Notes”, the “Exchange Notes” and the “Additional Notes” (in each case, as defined in such indenture); and (4) any Credit Facilities (as defined in the Indenture) of Quebecor Media.

2.     Agreement Entered into Pursuant to Indenture . The Obligor and the Holder are entering into this Agreement pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, dated as of October 11, 2012 (the “Indenture”; capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings set forth therein) between Quebecor Media and the Trustee. Pursuant to the Indenture, Quebecor Media has issued 5  3 / 4 % Senior Notes due January 15, 2023 of Quebecor Media.

 

E-1


3.     Subordination . The indebtedness or obligation represented by the Subordinated Security shall be subordinated as follows:

(a) Agreement to Subordinate . The Obligor, for itself and its successors and assigns, and the Holder agree, that the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, dividend, fees, penalties, indemnities and “post-petition interest” in bankruptcy and any reimbursement of expenses) is subordinate and junior in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Section 3, to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness. The provisions of this Section 3 are for the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative acting on behalf of the holders from time to time of Senior Indebtedness, and such holders are hereby made obligees hereunder to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such, and they (collectively or singly) may proceed to enforce such provisions.

(b) Liquidation, Dissolution or Bankruptcy .

 

  (i) Upon any distribution of assets of the Obligor to creditors or upon a liquidation or dissolution or winding-up of the Obligor or in a bankruptcy, arrangement, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar case or proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property or other marshalling of assets of the Obligor:

 

  (A) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness before the Holder shall be entitled to receive any payment of any amount owing in respect of the Subordinated Security (including, without limitation, principal, interest, premium, redemption or retraction amount, or dividend);

 

  (B) until payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, any distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character to which the Holder would be entitled but for this Section 3 is hereby assigned absolutely to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness) and shall be paid by the Obligor or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agents or other Persons making such payment or distribution to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness, as their interests may appear; and

 

  (C) in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of the Obligor of any kind or character, whether in Cash, Property or Securities, shall be received by the Holder before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over to the Trustee and/or other Representative on behalf of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (equally and ratably among the holders of Senior Indebtedness), as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness until all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of such Senior Indebtedness.

 

  (ii)

If (A) a bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to the Obligor or its property (a “Reorganization Proceeding”) is commenced and is continuing and (B) the Holder does not file proper claims or proofs of claim in the form required in a Reorganization Proceeding prior to 45 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims, then (1) upon the request of the Trustee, the Holder shall file such claims and

 

E-2


  proofs of claim in respect of the Subordinated Security and execute and deliver such powers of attorney, assignments and proofs of claim or proxies as may be directed by the Trustee to enable it to exercise in the sole discretion of the Trustee any and all voting rights attributable to the Subordinated Security which are capable of being voted (whether by meeting, written resolution or otherwise) in a Reorganization Proceeding and enforce any and all claims upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security and to collect and receive any and all payments or distributions which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Security, and (2) whether or not the Trustee shall take the action described in clause (1) above, the Trustee shall nevertheless be deemed to have such powers of attorney as may be necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise such voting rights, file appropriate claims and proofs of claim and otherwise exercise the powers described above for and on behalf of the Holder.

(c) Relative Rights . This Section 3 defines the relative rights of the Holder and the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 3 shall:

 

  (i) impair, as between the Obligor and the Holder, the obligation of the Obligor, which is absolute and unconditional, to make the payments required by the Subordinated Security in accordance with its terms; or

 

  (ii) affect the relative rights of the Holder and creditors of the Obligor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness; or

 

  (iii) affect the relative rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness among themselves; or

 

  (iv) prevent the Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a default, subject to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive cash, property or other assets otherwise payable to the Holder.

(d) Subordination May Not Be Impaired .

 

  (i) No right of any holder of Senior Indebtedness to enforce the subordination of indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security shall in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by the Obligor or by any such holder or the Trustee, or by any non-compliance by the Obligor with the terms, provisions or covenants herein, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder or the Trustee may have or be otherwise charged with. Neither the subordination of the Subordinated Security as herein provided nor the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness with respect hereto shall be affected by any extension, renewal or modification of the terms, or the granting of any security in respect of, any Senior Indebtedness or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, power or remedy with respect thereto.

 

  (ii) The Holder agrees that all indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security will be unsecured by any Lien upon or with respect to any property of the Obligor.

 

  (iii)

The Holder agrees not to exercise any offset or counterclaim or similar right in respect of the indebtedness or obligation evidenced by the Subordinated Security except to the extent payment of such indebtedness or obligation is permitted and will not assign or otherwise dispose of the Subordinated Security or the

 

E-3


  indebtedness or obligation which it evidences unless the assignee or acquiror, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by the terms of this Agreement.

(e) Holder Entitled to Rely . Upon any payment or distribution pursuant to this Section 3, the Holder shall be entitled to rely (i) upon any order or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in which any proceedings of the nature referred to in Section 3(b) are pending, (ii) upon a certificate of the liquidating trustee or agent or other person in such proceedings making such payment or distribution to the Holder or its representative, if any, or (iii) upon a certificate of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) of the holders of Senior Indebtedness for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Obligor, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Section 3.

4.     Enforceability . Each of the Obligor and the Holder represents and warrants that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each of the Obligor and the Holder and constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of each of the Obligor and the Holder, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles; and that, in the case of a Subordinated Security made or issued by Quebecor Media, on the date hereof, the Holder shall deliver an opinion or opinions of counsel to such effect to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness under the Indenture.

5.     Miscellaneous .

(a) Until payment in full of all the Senior Indebtedness, the Obligor and the Holder agree that no amendment shall be made to the Subordinated Security which would affect the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness hereunder.

(b) This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any respect, nor may any of the terms or provisions hereof be waived, except by an instrument signed by the Obligor, the Holder and the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any).

(c) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any) and each and every holder of Senior Indebtedness and their respective successors and assigns.

(d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

(e) The Holder and the Obligor each hereby irrevocably agrees that any suits, actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought in any state or federal court sitting in The City of New York or any court in the Province of Québec and submits and attorns to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each such court.

(f) The Holder and the Obligor will whenever and as often as reasonably requested to do so by the Trustee and/or other Representative (if any), do, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such other and further acts, assignments, transfers and any instruments of further assurance, approvals and consents as are necessary or proper in order to give complete effect to this Agreement.

(g) Each of the Holder and the Obligor irrevocably appoints CT Corporation System, as its authorized agent in the State of New York upon which process may be served in any such suit or proceedings, and agrees that service of process upon such agent, and written notice of said service to CT Corporation System, by the person serving the same to the addresses listed below, shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Holder or the Obligor, as applicable, in any such suit or proceeding.

 

E-4


If to the Obligor:

[    ]

If to the Holder:

[    ]

Each of the Holder and the Obligor further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of such agent in full force and effect so long as any Notes or Exchange Notes (including any Additional Notes) remain outstanding.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Obligor and the Holder each have caused this Agreement to be duly executed.

 

[OBLIGOR]

By    
  Name:
  Title:

[HOLDER]

By    
  Name:
  Title:

 

E-5


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

ARTICLE 1. DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     1   

Section 1.01.

 

Definitions.

     1   

Section 1.02.

 

Other Definitions.

     24   

Section 1.03.

 

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

     25   

Section 1.04.

 

Rules of Construction.

     25   

ARTICLE 2. THE NOTES

     26   

Section 2.01.

 

Form and Dating.

     26   

Section 2.02.

 

Execution and Authentication.

     27   

Section 2.03.

 

Registrar and Paying Agent.

     27   

Section 2.04.

 

Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

     27   

Section 2.05.

 

Holder Lists.

     28   

Section 2.06.

 

Transfer and Exchange.

     28   

Section 2.07.

 

Replacement Notes.

     38   

Section 2.08.

 

Outstanding Notes.

     38   

Section 2.09.

 

Treasury Notes.

     38   

Section 2.10.

 

Temporary Notes.

     38   

Section 2.11.

 

Cancellation.

     39   

Section 2.12.

 

Defaulted Interest.

     39   

Section 2.13.

 

CUSIP or ISIN Numbers.

     39   

Section 2.14.

 

Special Interest

     39   

Section 2.15.

 

Issuance of Additional Notes

     39   

ARTICLE 3. REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

     40   

Section 3.01.

 

Notices to Trustee.

     40   

Section 3.02.

 

Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed.

     40   

Section 3.03.

 

Notice of Redemption.

     40   

Section 3.04.

 

Effect of Notice of Redemption.

     41   

Section 3.05.

 

Deposit of Redemption Price.

     41   

Section 3.06.

 

Notes Redeemed in Part.

     42   

Section 3.07.

 

Optional Redemption

     42   

Section 3.08.

 

Mandatory Redemption.

     42   

Section 3.09.

 

Offers To Purchase.

     42   

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

     44   

Section 4.01.

 

Payment of Notes.

     44   

Section 4.02.

 

Maintenance of Office or Agency.

     45   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

Section 4.03.

 

Reports.

     45   

Section 4.04.

 

Compliance Certificate.

     46   

Section 4.05.

 

Taxes.

     46   

Section 4.06.

 

[Reserved.]

     46   

Section 4.07.

 

Corporate Existence.

     46   

Section 4.08.

 

Payments for Consent.

     46   

Section 4.09.

 

Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Shares.

     47   

Section 4.10.

 

Restricted Payments.

     49   

Section 4.11.

 

Liens.

     52   

Section 4.12.

 

Asset Sales.

     52   

Section 4.13.

 

Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

     54   

Section 4.14.

 

Transactions with Affiliates.

     56   

Section 4.15.

 

[Reserved].

     57   

Section 4.16.

 

[Reserved].

     57   

Section 4.17.

 

Designation of Restricted and Unrestricted Subsidiaries.

     57   

Section 4.18.

 

Repurchase at the Option of Holders Upon a Change of Control.

     58   

Section 4.19.

 

[Reserved].

     58   

Section 4.20.

 

Additional Amounts.

     58   

Section 4.21.

 

Covenant Termination.

     60   

Section 4.22.

 

Accounting Changes.

     60   

ARTICLE 5. SUCCESSORS

     60   

Section 5.01.

 

Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets of the Company.

     60   

Section 5.02.

 

Successor Corporation Substituted.

     61   

ARTICLE 6. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     61   

Section 6.01.

 

Events of Default.

     61   

Section 6.02.

 

Acceleration.

     63   

Section 6.03.

 

Other Remedies.

     63   

Section 6.04.

 

Waiver of Past Defaults.

     64   

Section 6.05.

 

Control by Majority.

     64   

Section 6.06.

 

Limitation on Suits.

     64   

Section 6.07.

 

Rights of Holders to Receive Payment.

     64   

Section 6.08.

 

Collection Suit by Trustee.

     65   

Section 6.09.

 

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

     65   

Section 6.10.

 

Priorities.

     65   

 

ii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

Section 6.11.

 

Undertaking for Costs.

     65   

ARTICLE 7. TRUSTEE

     66   

Section 7.01.

 

Duties of Trustee.

     66   

Section 7.02.

 

Rights of Trustee.

     67   

Section 7.03.

 

Individual Rights of Trustee.

     67   

Section 7.04.

 

Trustee’s Disclaimer.

     68   

Section 7.05.

 

Notice of Defaults.

     68   

Section 7.06.

 

Reports by Trustee to Holders.

     68   

Section 7.07.

 

Compensation and Indemnity.

     68   

Section 7.08.

 

Replacement of Trustee.

     69   

Section 7.09.

 

Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.

     70   

Section 7.10.

 

Eligibility; Disqualification.

     70   

Section 7.11.

 

Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

     70   

ARTICLE 8. LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

     70   

Section 8.01.

 

Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

     70   

Section 8.02.

 

Legal Defeasance and Discharge.

     70   

Section 8.03.

 

Covenant Defeasance.

     71   

Section 8.04.

 

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance.

     71   

Section 8.05.

 

Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     72   

Section 8.06.

 

Repayment to Company.

     73   

Section 8.07.

 

Reinstatement.

     73   

ARTICLE 9. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

     73   

Section 9.01.

 

Without Consent of Holders of Notes.

     73   

Section 9.02.

 

With Consent of Holders of Notes.

     74   

Section 9.03.

 

Compliance with Trust Indenture Act.

     75   

Section 9.04.

 

Revocation and Effect of Consents.

     75   

Section 9.05.

 

Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

     75   

Section 9.06.

 

Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc.

     76   

ARTICLE 10. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     76   

Section 10.01.

 

Satisfaction and Discharge.

     76   

Section 10.02.

 

Deposited Cash and Government Securities to be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

     77   

Section 10.03.

 

Repayment to Company.

     77   

ARTICLE 11. MISCELLANEOUS

     77   

 

iii


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

     Page  

Section 11.01.

 

Trust Indenture Act Controls.

     77   

Section 11.02.

 

Notices.

     77   

Section 11.03.

 

Communication by Holders of Notes with Other Holders of Notes.

     78   

Section 11.04.

 

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

     78   

Section 11.05.

 

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion.

     79   

Section 11.06.

 

Rules by Trustee and Agents.

     79   

Section 11.07.

 

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Shareholders.

     79   

Section 11.08.

 

Governing Law.

     79   

Section 11.09.

 

No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

     79   

Section 11.10.

 

Successors.

     79   

Section 11.11.

 

Severability.

     80   

Section 11.12.

 

Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process

     80   

Section 11.13.

 

Conversion of Currency.

     80   

Section 11.14.

 

Currency Equivalent.

     81   

Section 11.15.

 

Counterpart Originals.

     81   

Section 11.16.

 

Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

     81   

Section 11.17.

 

Qualification of this Indenture.

     81   

 

 

EXHIBIT A: FORM OF NOTE
EXHIBIT B: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
EXHIBIT C: FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
EXHIBIT D: FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL
ACCREDITED INVESTOR
EXHIBIT E: FORM OF SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

 

iv


CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

    TIA Section

      Reference    

   Indenture
Section

310(a)(1)

               7.10

(a)(2)

               7.10

(a)(3)

               N.A.

(a)(4)

               N.A.

(a)(5)

               7.10

(b)

               7.08, 7.10

(c)

               N.A.

311(a)

               7.11

(b)

               7.11

(c)

               N.A.

312(a)

               2.05

(b)

               11.03

(c)

               11.03

313(a)

               7.06

(b)(1)

               N.A.

(b)(2)

               7.06, 7.07

(c)

               7.06, 11.02

(d)

               7.06

314(a)

               4.03, 4.04, 11.02

(b)

               N.A.

(c)(1)

               12.04

(c)(2)

               12.04

(c)(3)

               N.A.

(d)

               N.A.

(e)

               11.05

315(a)

               7.01

(b)

               7.05, 11.02

(c)

               7.01

(d)

               7.01

(e)

               6.11

316(a) (last sentence)

               2.09

(a)(1)(A)

               6.05

(a)(1)(B)

               6.04

(a)(2)

               N.A.

(b)

               6.07

317(a)(1)

               6.08

(a)(2)

               6.09

(b)

               2.04

318(a)

               11.01

N.A. means Not Applicable.

Note: This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

Exhibit 3.4

[TRANSLATION]

AMENDING AGREEMENT entered into at Montreal, Quebec on this 11th day of October, 2012,

 

BETWEEN:

CAISSE DE DÉPÔT ET PLACEMENT DU QUÉBEC , governed by the Quebec Act respecting the Caisse de dépôt et placement du Québec ,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as “ CDP ”)

 

AND:

CDP CAPITAL D’AMÉRIQUE INVESTISSEMENTS INC. , governed by the laws of Quebec,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as “ CDP Capital ”)

 

AND:

QUÉBECOR INC. , a corporation governed by the laws of Quebec,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as “ Québecor ”)

 

AND:

4032667 CANADA INC. , a corporation governed by the laws of Canada,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as “ 4032667 ”)

 

AND:

4032659 CANADA INC. , a corporation governed by the laws of Canada,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as “ 4032659 ”)

 

AND:

QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC. , a corporation governed by the laws of Quebec,

 

  (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”)

WHEREAS CDP, CDP Capital, Québecor and the Corporation entered into an agreement for the sale of shares on October 2, 2012, pursuant to which the Corporation purchased from CDP Capital for cancellation 20,351,307 Common Shares of the Corporation and Québecor purchased from CDP Capital 10,175,653 Common Shares of the Corporation (the “ Agreement for the Sale of Shares ”);

WHEREAS CDP, CDP Capital and the Corporation entered into a registration rights agreement on October 11, 2012 and CDP, CDP Capital and Québecor entered into a registration rights agreement on October 11, 2012;

WHEREAS Capital Communications CDPQ Inc. (now CDP Capital), Québecor, 3804020 Canada Inc. (now 4032667), 2745844 Canada Inc. (now 4032659) and the Corporation entered into a consolidated amended shareholders’ agreement on December 11, 2000 (the “ Original Consolidated Agreement ”);

WHEREAS , following transactions completed after the Original Consolidated Agreement was executed, the sole shareholders of the Corporation as of the date hereof are CDP Capital, Québecor and two of its wholly owned subsidiaries, 4032667 and 4032659;

WHEREAS the Corporation’s share capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares;

WHEREAS 25,439,134 Common Shares are held by CDP Capital following the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement (as defined hereinafter);


 

- 2 -

 

WHEREAS 11,698,131 Common Shares are held by Québecor following the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement;

WHEREAS 35,952,750 Common Shares are held by 4032667 following the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement;

WHEREAS 30,161,485 Common Shares are held by 4032659 following the transactions contemplated by the Sale Agreement;

WHEREAS in connection with an Initial Public Offering, the Common Shares held by Québecor and CDP Capital will be converted into multiple voting shares in the share capital of the Corporation, each of which will carry ten (10) votes per share, and other customary and necessary amendments to the articles of the Corporation will be made, on the understanding that only Québecor and CDP Capital and their wholly owned subsidiaries may hold multiple voting shares in the share capital of the Corporation and that, consequently, in the event of the transfer of the multiple voting shares to entities other than the wholly owned subsidiaries, the multiple voting shares will be automatically converted into subordinate voting shares;

WHEREAS CDP, CDP Capital, Québecor, 4032667 and 4032659 and the Corporation wish to amend the Original Consolidated Agreement as regards an agreement for the sale of shares between CDP, the Corporation and Québecor (the “ Sale Agreement ”) as follows;

SECTION 1 -

INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Definitions

For purposes of this Amending Agreement, in addition to the words and expressions defined in the Original Consolidated Agreement or elsewhere herein, the following words and expressions have the meaning given to them hereunder, unless the context indicates otherwise:

Securities Legislation ” means (i) the Quebec Securities Act and any other similar legislation of any other province or territory of Canada where the Corporation is or becomes a reporting issuer, and (ii) the US Securities Act of 1933 , as amended;

Initial Public Offering ” means an initial public offering by way of prospectus made by the Corporation, pursuant to which the Shares are listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange;

Prospectus ” means a prospectus or a preliminary prospectus as those terms are used in the applicable Securities Legislation, including any amendments or supplements thereto;

Financial Third Party ” means:

 

  (i) a pension fund, retirement fund, fund manager or other non-strategic institutional financial investor, that, directly or indirectly, through entities all of which are wholly owned:

 

  (a) has no direct or indirect investments in any person generating income from Designated Operations in the geographical territory where the Corporation and its subsidiaries are doing business (a “ Competing Investment ”) of more than 15%;

 

  (b) the value of each of whose Competing Investments at the time of their investment is less than thirty-seven decimal five percent (37.5%) of the value of its investment in the Corporation; and


 

- 3 -

 

  (c) has signed an irrevocable undertaking in favour of the Corporation not to increase its Competing Investment for the term of its direct or indirect investment in the Corporation; or

 

  (ii) an entity:

 

  (a) all of whose participating securities (within the meaning of the term “Participating Shares” defined in the Original Consolidated Agreement, mutatis mutandis for the entity in question) are at all times beneficially owned by one or more Financial Third Parties that satisfy all of the criteria set out in subsections (i)(a), (i)(b) and (i)(c) hereinabove;

 

  (b) each of whose above-mentioned beneficial owners holds at least 15% of all of the participating securities of such entity; and

 

  (c) in which CDP Capital at all times (A) holds at least 20% of all the participating securities, and (B) has de facto control (either through a majority of the votes or by agreement), on the understanding that this is a personal obligation of CDP Capital notwithstanding any assignment by CDP Capital of its obligations.

 

1.2 Applicable Laws

This Amending Agreement shall be governed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Quebec and the laws of Canada applicable therein.

 

1.3 Recitals

The recitals to this Amending Agreement form an integral part thereof.

 

1.4 Currency

Except as otherwise indicated, all dollar amounts mentioned in this Amending Agreement are in Canadian currency.

 

1.5 Headings

The headings of the sections of this Amending Agreement have been inserted solely for ease of reference and are not to be used for its interpretation.


 

- 4 -

 

SECTION 2 -

AMENDMENTS

 

2.1 All references in the Original Consolidated Agreement to Capital Communications CDPQ Inc. and Cap Com are replaced by CDP Capital, all references to 3804020 Canada Inc. or 3804020 are replaced by 4032667 Canada Inc. or 4032667 respectively, and all references to 2745844 Canada Inc. are replaced by 4032659 Canada Inc. or 4032659.

 

2.2 All paragraphs in the recitals to the Original Consolidated Agreement are struck out and replaced by the recitals to this Amending Agreement.

 

2.3 Each of the definitions contained in section 1.1 of this Amending Agreement are added to section 2.1 of the Original Consolidated Agreement.

 

2.4 The following paragraph is added to section 5 of the Original Consolidated Agreement:

“5.9 Notwithstanding any provision in this section 5 to the contrary, commencing on January 1, 2019, the provisions of this section 5 shall not apply to CDP Capital in the event of CDP Capital’s sale, transfer or exchange, after that date, of all and not less than all of its Shares to a single Financial Third Party, provided that the Corporation is not in the process of making an Initial Public Offering.”

 

2.5 The following paragraph is added to section 6 of the Original Consolidated Agreement:

“6.7 Notwithstanding any provision in this section 6 to the contrary, commencing on January 1, 2019, the provisions of this section 6 shall not apply to CDP Capital in the event of CDP Capital’s sale, transfer or exchange, after that date, of all and not less than all of its Shares to a single Financial Third Party, provided that the Corporation is not in the process of making an Initial Public Offering.”

 

2.6 Section 7.4 of the Original Consolidated Agreement is struck out.

 

2.7 Section 10.4 of the Original Consolidated Agreement is amended by the addition of the following to the beginning of the first sentence of the section:

“Subject to the provisions of section 10.9, […]”

 

2.8 Section 10.4(k) of the Original Consolidated Agreement is replaced in its entirety by the following:

 

  “k. the declaration, setting aside for payment and payment by the Corporation during any fiscal year of dividends on any Participating Share if the total amount of the dividends so declared, set aside for payment or paid during the year would exceed the greater of (i) twenty-five percent (25%) of the Corporation’s consolidated net income for the preceding year or (ii) two hundred and twenty-five million dollars ($225,000,000), on the understanding that dividends that could have been paid, declared or set aside for payment pursuant to this Agreement during a year and were not, shall accrue and may be paid, declared or set aside for payment in a subsequent year.”

 

2.9 The following paragraph is added to section 10 of the Original Consolidated Agreement:

“10.9 None of the provisions of section 10.4 hereof shall apply to actions, decisions, by-laws and resolutions required to give effect to the provisions of section 17 hereof with respect to an Initial Public Offering.”


 

- 5 -

 

2.10 The following section is added after section 16 of the Original Consolidated Agreement:

“SECTION 17

INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

“17.1 If, as at January 1, 2019, the Corporation has not completed an Initial Public Offering, CDP Capital may, as of that date, request the Corporation to initiate a process to make an Initial Public Offering, file a Prospectus and take such other steps as may be reasonably necessary to facilitate the secondary distribution in Canada of all or some of the Shares held by CDP Capital (the “ IPO Request ”), notifying the Corporation in writing of such IPO Request.

17.2 The IPO Request made by CDP Capital to the Corporation shall:

 

  a. specify the number of Shares that CDP Capital intends to distribute and sell in an Initial Public Offering; and

 

  b. contain an undertaking by CDP Capital to cooperate in the Initial Public Offering process, specifically by providing all the information on its portfolio and its involvement in the Corporation as may be required to ensure that the Corporation complies with all applicable Securities Legislation in connection with the Initial Public Offering; on the understanding that the underwriters retained for purposes of the Initial Public Offering may require CDP Capital and other shareholders to enter into certain shareholders’ covenants.

17.3 The Corporation shall not be bound to initiate an Initial Public Offering if the IPO Request does not relate to (i) a number of Shares corresponding to all of the Shares held by CDP Capital or (ii) a number of Shares that would result in gross proceeds of at least three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000).

17.4 The Corporation may suspend the Initial Public Offering process and delay the filing of a Prospectus for up to 90 days if the Corporation determines in good faith that:

 

  a. either (A) the effect of filing a Prospectus for an Initial Public Offering could prejudice the Corporation’s ability to complete a material transaction (for example, a financing, acquisition, restructuring or merger) or to start or continue negotiations or discussions relating thereto; or (B) there is at the time material undisclosed information about the Corporation whose disclosure would be prejudicial to the Corporation; and

 

  b. it is consequently in the Corporation’s interest to postpone the filing of a Prospectus.

Furthermore, if, upon the expiry of such 90 days, the Corporation determines in good faith that the circumstances set out in subsections 17.4(a) and (b) (a “ Justification ”) continue to exist, the Corporation may postpone the obligations arising from this section 17.4 for an additional 90 days. The Corporation shall be bound in such case to notify CDP Capital of its decision as soon as possible after it has been made. Where there is no longer any Justification, the Corporation shall notify CDP Capital thereof and resume the Initial Public Offering process.

17.5 The Corporation shall be entitled to include in the Initial Public Offering treasury Shares of the Corporation corresponding to up to 15% of the number of Shares held by CDP Capital indicated in the IPO Request. However, if the lead underwriters limit the number of Shares to be included in the Initial Public Offering because, in their reasonable belief, the Shares held by CDP Capital cannot be sold in an orderly manner within a price range that is reasonably acceptable to CDP Capital and the Corporation, the Initial Public Offering shall consist of Shares prorated between CDP Capital and the Corporation, based on their respective total numbers of Shares


 

- 6 -

 

whose inclusion in the Initial Public Offering was requested (i.e., in the case of the Corporation, 15% of the number of Shares of CDP Capital indicated in the IPO Request).

17.6 The Corporation shall be entitled to choose one of the lead underwriters for the Initial Public Offering and CDP Capital shall be entitled to choose the other, in the latter case provided such lead underwriter is a related party of one of the banks forming the top third of the Corporation’s banking syndicate. In the event that CDP Capital wishes to select a lead underwriter that is not a related party of one of the banks forming the top third of the Corporation’s banking syndicate, and the Corporation consents thereto, CDP Capital shall pay, in addition to the Expenses payable in accordance with section 17.8 hereof, all expenses and disbursements arising from the enforcement of or compliance with this section 17 in connection with any consent or amendment that is required by the Corporation’s lenders or the holders of its debt securities pursuant to loan or other financing agreements. Furthermore, the Corporation shall have discretion to decide whether the Initial Public Offering is to be made exclusively in Canada or concurrently in Canada and in the United States. The Corporation shall have the option of retaining legal counsel of its choice to assist it in performing its obligations arising under this section 17.

17.7 Subject to the applicable Securities Legislation, the Corporation shall make commercially reasonable efforts to file a Preliminary Prospectus, in accordance with the applicable Securities Legislation, in the jurisdictions selected in accordance with section 17.6 within 6 months following the IPO Request, in order to permit the sale in such jurisdictions of all of the Shares held by CDP Capital to which the IPO Request pertains. CDP Capital shall sell either (i) a number of Shares that corresponds to all of the Shares held by CDP Capital or (ii) a number of Shares that is expected to produce gross proceeds of at least three hundred million dollars ($300,000,000).

17.8 In the event of an Initial Public Offering made following an IPO Request, CDP Capital shall assume all the expenses arising from the completion of the Initial Public Offering or the Corporation’s compliance with section 17, including: (i) registration fees for all stock exchanges and filing fees for the competent Canadian and U.S. securities authorities; (ii) fees arising from compliance with Canadian and U.S. Securities Legislation; (iii) printing and reproduction expenses; (iv) messenger and delivery expenses; (v) expenses incurred in connection with any road show; (vi) reasonable fees and disbursements of the Corporation’s and CDP Capital’s U.S. and Canadian legal counsel; (vii) fees and disbursements of all independent accountants (including audit and comfort letter fees) and fees and disbursements of any other special expert whose services are retained by the Corporation; (viii) translation expenses; and (ix) subject to the Selling Expenses (as defined hereinafter), any other underwriters’ fee or expense customarily paid by issuers or sellers of securities (all of which are referred to herein as “ Expenses ”). However, if the Corporation sells treasury Shares in connection with the Initial Public Offering, the Expenses shall be prorated between CDP Capital and the Corporation according to the gross proceeds that each of them derives from the Initial Public Offering. For greater certainty, CDP Capital shall be responsible for the applicable Expenses regardless whether the Initial Public Offering is completed. Each of CDP Capital and the Corporation shall be responsible for underwriting discounts and commissions and any transfer taxes (the “ Selling Expenses ”) attributable to the Shares that they sell, prorated according to the gross proceeds they derive from the Initial Public Offering.”

 

2.11 The parties hereto consent to all the transactions described in the Sale Agreement and, for greater certainty, the terms of the purchase option granted by CDP and CDP Capital to the Corporation pursuant to section 2.8.1 of the Agreement for the Sale of Shares and agree to take all necessary steps to give effect thereto if the said option is exercised by the Corporation in accordance with the terms of section 2.8.1 of the Agreement for the Sale of Shares.

 

2.12

With the exception of anything that is expressly modified or amended by this Amending Agreement, the Original Consolidated Agreement as so modified or amended shall remain in full force and effect. The Original Consolidated Agreement, as amended by this Amending Agreement, shall expire in accordance


 

- 7 -

 

  with the terms of section 16.2 of the Original Consolidated Agreement and the provisions contained in the definition of the term “Shareholders” in section 2.1(a).

[The remainder of the page is left blank intentionally]


 

- 8 -

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have signed this agreement at the place and date first hereinabove mentioned.

CAISSE DE DÉPÔT ET PLACEMENT DU

QUÉBEC

            /s/ Normand Provost                                                     

Name: Normand Provost

Title:

            /s/   (signed)                                                                       

Name:

Title:

CDP CAPITAL D’AMÉRIQUE

INVESTISSEMENTS INC.

            /s/ Normand Provost                                                     

Name: Normand Provost

Title:

            /s/   (signed)                                                                       

Name:

Title:

QUÉBECOR INC.

            /s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau                                               

Name: Pierre Karl Péladeau

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer


4032667 CANADA INC.

            /s/ Jean-François Pruneau                                             

Name: Jean-François Pruneau

Title: Vice-President, Finance

4032659 CANADA INC.

            /s/ Chloé Poirier                                                             

Name: Chloé Poirier

Title: Treasurer

QUÉBECOR MÉDIA INC.

            /s/ Jean-François Pruneau                                             

Name: Jean-François Pruneau

Title: Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 7.1

Quebecor Media Inc.

Statement Regarding Calculation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges as Disclosed in

Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

For the purpose of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges disclosed in Quebecor Media Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012 under IFRS, (i) earnings consist of net income plus income taxes, fixed charges, amortized capitalized interest, less interest capitalized and (ii) fixed charges consist of interest expensed and capitalized, plus amortized premiums, discounts and financing fees amortization and an estimate of the interest within rental expense.

Exhibit 8.1

Main Subsidiaries of Quebecor Media Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or
Organization
   Equity Interest/Voting Interest

Videotron Ltd / Vidéotron ltée

   Québec    100%/100%

Videotron G.P.

   Québec    100%/100%

Le SuperClub Vidéotron ltée

   Québec    100%/100%

Sun Media Corporation / Corporation Sun Media

   British Columbia    100%/100%

Imprimerie Quebecor Media Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Réseau Quebecor Media Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Groupe TVA Inc. / TVA Group Inc.

   Québec    51.4%/99.9%

TVA Publications Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Groupe Archambault Inc. / Archambault Group Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Les Éditions CEC inc.

   Québec    100%/100%

Groupe Sogides Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Nurun Inc.

   Canada    100%/100%

Exhibit 11.1

[TRANSLATION]

 

LOGO    Code of Ethics

CODE OF ETHICS

 


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

CONTENTS      PAGE   
I.  

SCOPE

     3   
II.  

PURPOSE

     3   
III.  

RESPONSIBILITY

     3   
IV.  

WORK ENVIRONMENT

     4   
V.  

RELATIONS WITH CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

     5   
VI.  

CONFLICT OF INTEREST

     5   
VII.  

CORPORATION PROPERTY

     7   
VIII.  

CORPORATION FUNDS

     8   
IX.  

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     9   
X.  

INSIDER TRADING

     10   
XI.  

BUSINESS RECORDS

     11   
XII.  

INTERACTIONS WITH THE PUBLIC

     11   
XIII.  

SOCIAL MEDIA

     12   
XIV.  

RESPECT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT

     13   
XV.  

COMPETITION BEHAVIOUR

     13   
XVI.  

LEGAL COMPLIANCE

     13   
XVII.  

QUESTIONS AND REPORTING VIOLATIONS

     14   
XVIII.  

VIOLATION

     14   
XIX.  

COMMUNICATION OF THE CODE

     15   
“CLEARVIEW CONNECTS TM - QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS”      16   
EMPLOYEE DECLARATION      19   

 

- 2 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

I. SCOPE

This Code of Ethics (the “ Code ”) applies to all directors, officers and employees (collectively the “ Employees ” or individually the “ Employee ”) of Quebecor Inc. (“ QI ”) as well as to those of its subsidiaries (with the exception of TVA Group Inc. and Videotron G.P. which have adopted their own codes, similar to this one), its divisions and business units. All the entities concerned by the Code are designated herein as “the Corporation ”)

To facilitate the reading of this Code, the use of the singular shall include the plural and the use of the masculine shall include the feminine, and vice versa.

 

II. PURPOSE

The Corporation’s reputation and the trust and confidence of those with whom it deals, are an integral part of its success. The Corporation is committed to managing its business in accordance with a set of values that adhere to the highest standards of integrity and excellence.

Now, more than ever, corporations must adopt certain guidelines to ensure that all Employees behave in accordance with these values.

 

III. RESPONSIBILITY

Every Employee is responsible for becoming generally familiar with and for following this Code, other Corporation’s policies, as well as all laws, rules and regulations that apply to their position with the Corporation and their level of responsibility.

This Code does not describe all of the Corporation’s policies. Needless to say, each Employee must also comply without restriction with all other existing Corporation’s policies.

The QI Board of Directors, through its Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“ Corporate Governance Committee ”), is responsible for ensuring that a procedure is in place to denounce any violation to this Code.

The Vice President, Human Resources of Quebecor Media Inc. (“ QMI ”), along with the Vice President, Internal Audit of QMI and the Vice President of QMI and the Vice President and Secretary of QI revise the Code when deemed appropriate and recommend any amendment to the Corporate Governance Committee. Following the approval by the said committee, the revised Code is distributed to all Employees.

 

- 3 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

IV. WORK ENVIRONMENT

The Corporation respects and welcomes diversity among its Employees, customers, and suppliers.

Discrimination

The Corporation is committed to equal employment opportunity without regard to race, color, religion, gender, pregnancy, civil status, ethnic or national origin, age (except as provided by law), political convictions, language, social condition, a handicap or the use of any means to palliate a handicap, and sexual orientation, provided that the person is able to perform the functions that are incumbent to his position. It is the Corporation’s policy to make decisions on hiring, job assignment and promotion, solely on the basis of personal qualifications, ability and performance.

The Corporation considers that all of its Employees are equal and, as such, they must be treated and treat each other with mutual respect. The Corporation is committed to fight against prejudice, discrimination and harassment in all forms within its organization. Consequently, discriminating against any Employee or person with whom the Corporation does business on the basis of race, color, religion, gender, pregnancy, civil status, ethnic or national origin, age (except as provided by law), political convictions, language, social condition, a handicap or the use of any means to palliate a handicap, sexual orientation or for any other reason is strictly prohibited.

Harassment

Harassment is defined as any vexatious behaviour in the form of repeated and hostile or unwanted conduct, verbal comments, actions or gestures, that affects a person’s dignity or psychological or physical integrity and that results in a harmful work environment for the person. A single serious incidence of such behaviour that has a lasting harmful effect on an employee may also constitute psychological harassment. For example, unwelcome advances or requests for sexual favours, inappropriate comments or jokes, intimidation, bullying or physical contact, creating a hostile, intimidating or offensive work environment, are considered as harassment. The Corporation will not tolerate any form of harassment or violence in its workplace. This type of behaviour is unacceptable since it denies the right of every person to be treated with dignity and respect.

Workplace security

The Corporation seeks to provide each Employee with a clean, safe, and healthy workplace. To achieve that goal, all Employees must understand their share of responsibility for abiding by all safety rules and practices and must take the necessary precautions to prevent professional injuries.

 

- 4 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

Drugs and alcohol

A drug and alcohol-free workplace is important for maintaining the renown and the reputation of the Corporation, as well as for protecting the health and safety of its Employees. The use, possession, distribution or sale of illicit drugs or of alcohol on Corporation premises is strictly prohibited.

 

V. RELATIONS WITH CUSTOMERS AND SUPPLIERS

The Corporation is a customer-driven company committed to optimizing the contribution of its Employees, technology and other resources in order to meet or exceed customer expectations.

Employees should always act in a professional and courteous manner in their dealings with customers and suppliers. They must maintain an honest and loyal relationship with them, in full compliance with the Corporation’s contractual obligations and the applicable laws and regulations.

No Employee must ever make false representations, and any misunderstanding should be clarified as soon as possible.

Each Employee has a duty to keep confidential any personal or business information about customers and suppliers to which the Employee has access to in the course of his work or otherwise in the Corporation, whether be it verbal, written or electronic information. Examples are customer documentation, specifications, the content of their publications or information on the customer’s company obtained in the course of doing business. In all cases, this information is strictly confidential and is of a proprietary nature belonging to the customer and can only be used to provide the services requested by the customer.

 

VI. CONFLICT OF INTEREST

The Corporation expects and requires its Employees to always act in its best interest. It also expects and requires its Employees to be and to remain, at all times, free of any conflicting interests or relationships and to refrain from acting or being in a situation of conflict of interests.

Directors

A director who finds himself in a conflict of interest during any Board or Committee meeting of the Corporation must immediately declare his interest and, within the limits of the applicable laws, refrain from participating in any discussion about the conflicting issue or from voting thereon.

Officers and other Employees

A conflict of interest arises whenever the private interest of an Employee interferes or conflicts in any way with that of the Corporation. In any decision taken in the course of his job, the

 

- 5 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

Employee must always act in an objective manner based solely on the best interest of the Corporation and unaffected by any consideration of personal gain for the Employee or anyone personally associated with him, including friends or relatives. An Employee must always refrain from helping any other business or person in securing any contract with the Corporation from which he can derive a personal benefit.

It is impossible to provide an exhaustive list of all situations that could give rise to real or potential conflicts of interest. For instance, a conflict of interest would exist when an Employee:

 

1. either for his benefit or that of any person, association or company, conducts activities during working hours that are neither directly related to, nor required, for his functions (except with the management’s specific request or permission) and which deprive the Corporation from the Employee’s services or prevent that Employee from devoting all efforts and attention to the Corporation’s affairs;

 

2. holds a position within the Corporation whereby the Employee can use his authority towards any relatives or friends and which may prevent that Employee from being impartial in his decision-making process.

 

3. as a result of an outside third party relationship, is in a position that could:

 

  a) make personal gain for the benefit of that Employee or any relative or friend;

 

  b) render the Employee partial towards the third party contrary to the best interest of the Corporation;

 

  c) place the Employee in an equivocal, embarrassing or ethically questionable position towards that third party; or

 

  d) reflect unfavourably on the integrity and honesty of the Employee;

 

4. takes advantage of business opportunities that belong to the Corporation or are discovered through the use of the Corporation’s resources, property, information or the Employee’s position with the Corporation;

 

5. uses the Corporation’s property or information, or his position held within the Corporation, for personal gain, including to further his interest or that of relatives or friends;

 

6. accepts gifts (other than of a nominal, symbolic or promotional nature) from a supplier, client or any other person which has, or may have dealings with the Corporation;

 

- 6 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

7. directly or indirectly competes with the Corporation or has a direct or indirect interest or relationship that is actually harmful or detrimental to the Corporation’s best interest; and

 

8. engages in business or gainful activities that might be detrimental to the best interest of the Corporation. The term “ gainful activities” includes any professional activity, supervision or training of other persons, or consultation or advice, for any form of remuneration.

Every Employee who may find himself in, or be brought into a situation of conflict of interest or the appearance thereof, should make a full written disclosure of the circumstances to his superior or to the head of the Human Resources Department.

 

VII. CORPORATION PROPERTY

The Employees have a responsibility to protect the Corporation’s property and assets and to ensure their use in accordance with their intended use.

Such property includes tangible assets such as buildings, equipment, money, inventories, documents, computers, networks, systems, applications, database, communication tools, etc. Intangible assets such as inventions, ideas, patents and other forms of intellectual property, as they relate to the Corporation’s actual or anticipated business and which are created or conceived during or after working hours are also considered as Corporation property.

All possible safeguards must be taken to prevent theft, misuse, damage, loss or sabotage, carelessness and waste of the Corporation’s property.

Corporation property is to be used by Employees for work and legitimate business purposes only and not for personal use.

Computer, telephone and internet networks

The Corporation may monitor the use of its property at all times including the computer and telecommunication networks and the data and communication transiting through them. Although a minimal occasional personal use of the telephone and the Internet is allowed (including social media), as long as it does not hinder work performance, no confidentiality exists for the Employees. Messages, communications and the use of the Internet may be monitored by the Corporation. In no circumstances can an Employee access content involving games, pornography, racist or insulting subjects or words, social encounters or all means offering content of such nature.

Electronic mail

The use of electronic mail requires the same level of attention and reserve than any other written communication. Language must be appropriate and the addressees must be only those to whom

 

- 7 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

the message is relevant. Confidential information must not circulate electronically without appropriate measures being taken to protect them and prevent them from losing the protection that they would otherwise have. Electronic mail favours direct communication without nuance and reserve; consequently, it must not be used to discuss matters that could lead to contentious issues or to exchange comments related to such matters. It is obviously possible to communicate electronically with the Legal Affairs Department as long as the communications addressed to this department (directly or copied) bear the mention “To the attention of the Legal Affairs Department and protected by the solicitor-client privilege”.

 

VIII. CORPORATION FUNDS

When an Employee’s position involves the use of Corporation funds, it is the responsibility of the Employee to exercise his good judgment, on the Corporation’s behalf, to ensure that the Corporation gets the best commercial value for every dollar spent.

Employees who incur expenses while on company business can only seek reimbursement for expenses that were actually paid for goods and services and that are reasonable and pre-authorized. They are required to provide all supporting documentation and appropriate receipts with their reimbursement request.

Employees who have access to Corporation funds in any form are expected to be familiar with the Corporation’s prescribed practices and procedures pertaining thereto. “Corporation funds” are any monies, documents or records that have or represent financial value. Corporation funds include, but are not limited to, currency, cheques, vouchers, credit, receivables, payables, money orders, expenses, reimbursements and pay cheques.

It is clearly understood that Corporation funds are not for personal use or for business use without pre-approval.

No expenditure of Corporation funds will be approved unless the manager responsible for approving the expenditure is satisfied with the justification for and the amount of such expenditure. Whenever is the case, such approval shall be granted in accordance with the Corporation’s Policy on Limits of Authority.

 

IX. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

In the course of their employment, Employees may have access to confidential information about the Corporation, as well as its customers and suppliers, and about other Employees of the Corporation. “Confidential information” is any information, either verbal or written, which is not generally known to the public and this includes, but is not limited to, information on technology, business data such as its order backlog, customer specific billing rates and financial data.

 

- 8 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

Measures must be taken to limit access to such confidential information to only those persons who “need to know” it in the performance of their duties and those privies thereto must be advised that they have the obligation to keep it confidential.

Outside parties privy to undisclosed material information concerning the Corporation must be advised that they cannot divulge such information to anyone without the Corporation’s consent. The Corporation may request such outside parties to sign a confidentiality and non-disclosure agreement.

It is the responsibility of each Employee to act in good faith and to treat any confidential information with the utmost care. If necessary, the Employees are to refer to the Disclosure Policy of their respective corporation.

In order to prevent the misuse or inadvertent disclosure of important information, the procedures set forth below should be observed at all times:

 

  ¡  

documents and files containing confidential information must be kept in a safe place to which access is restricted to Employees who “need to know” such information in the performance of their duties;

 

  ¡  

confidential matters should not be discussed in public places (elevators, hallways, restaurants, airplanes, taxis, or elsewhere);

 

  ¡  

confidential documents should not be read or remain visible in public places and should not be discarded where third parties can retrieve them;

 

  ¡  

Employees must ensure that they maintain the confidentiality of information in their possession inside or outside the workplace;

 

  ¡  

transmission of documents containing confidential information by electronic means or by fax should be made only where it is reasonable to believe that the transmission can be made and received under secure conditions; and

 

  ¡  

unnecessary copying of confidential documents should be avoided and documents containing confidential information should be promptly removed from conference rooms and work areas after the meetings; extra copies should be shredded or otherwise destroyed in a safe manner.

The rules set out above apply not only to the Corporation’s information, but also to information that belongs to a third party, such as a supplier, customer or competitor.

Moreover, a new Employee may not disclose any confidential information about his previous employer. Likewise, an Employee leaving the Corporation still remains bound by the obligation to safeguard its confidential information, even after he has left.

 

- 9 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

X. INSIDER TRADING

The Stock Exchange and Securities laws and regulations contain very strict provisions governing the use and disclosure of non-public information that may have a significant effect on the market price of a public corporation’s shares. Any person that contravenes those provisions may be subject to heavy fines and damages.

QI and TVA Group Inc. (“ TVA ”) are corporation with shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. Therefore, it is illegal for anyone to trade in shares of QI and of TVA , if that person is aware of important information about any of these corporations that has not been publicly disclosed. It is also illegal for anyone to inform any person about important non-public information, other than in the normal course of business.

Therefore, the Corporation’s directors, officers and employees who are aware of confidential information that could have an effect on the market price of the securities of QI, TVA or those of a counterparty with whom there are ongoing important negotiations, are prohibited from trading in shares of these corporations or that counterparty, until the information has been fully disclosed and a reasonable period of time has passed since the public disclosure of the information.

In addition, all the insiders of QI and of TVA are prohibited from trading in the securities of these corporations during certain trading blackout periods stipulated under their respective Policy relating to the use of privileged information.

When an Employee is uncertain whether he may trade the securities of QI or of TVA, he must refer to the Disclosure Policy in force and contact the Secretary of the Corporation.

 

- 10 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

XI. BUSINESS RECORDS

The Corporation follows extremely high standards with regard to the accuracy and integrity in which its business records are maintained. These serve as a base for the management of its business, the assessment and carrying out of its obligations towards its shareholders, Employees, clients and suppliers, as well as for assuring compliance with legal, fiscal and financial requirements. Consequently, Employees must record information with precision and integrity, so that all business records of the Corporation are reliable and accurate.

Employees must maintain the Corporation’s business records, including its books, accounts, financial statements, transaction files and litigation files with integrity and precision, in a manner that accurately reflects its commercial activities and in compliance with the legal and regulatory requirements and with other policies of the Corporation.

All the financial activities must be properly recorded in the accounting records and the accounting procedures must be supported by the appropriate internal controls.

Work orders, supporting documents, invoices, pay slips and other similar data must be factually accurate, true, complete and maintained according to the Corporation’s current practices. Employees must not remove or destroy any file or record without the authorization of their superior. Such authorization will only be granted in accordance with the applicable laws and Corporation policies.

Deliberate recording of wrong data on any report, record or memorandum constitutes a dishonest act which may have a serious impact on the Corporation’s operations and is therefore unacceptable.

 

XII. INTERACTIONS WITH THE PUBLIC

The Corporation wishes to maintain open and honest communication with the investment community, the media and the securities regulatory authorities. To ensure that the Corporation complies with the law while protecting its interest and confidential issues, only the Corporation’s designated spokespersons are authorized to represent and deal on its behalf with the public, the investment community, the securities regulatory authorities and the media, the whole in conformity with the Disclosure Policy in force.

Thus, Employees who are not designated spokespersons must not respond, under any circumstances, to inquiries from the public, the investment community, the media, the securities regulatory authorities or others, unless specifically asked to do so by a designated spokesperson. If an Employee receives such a request, whether verbal or written, the Employee must forthwith direct it to one of the Corporation’s designated spokespersons.

An Employee may not represent the Corporation in public, in any manner whatsoever, unless specifically requested to do so by the management, the Board of Directors, or a designated

 

- 11 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

spokesperson. When an Employee expresses a personal view in a public forum, he may not use the Corporation’s letterhead or its e-mail or any reference to his business address or title.

When an Employee is asked to make a public presentation about his job within the Corporation, that Employee must obtain the immediate superior’s approval. In case of doubt, the immediate superior must seek advice from the Corporation’s Communication Department.

 

XIII. SOCIAL MEDIA

Being a communications company, the Corporation recognizes the importance of social media (Facebook, MySpace, Twitter, LinkedIn, YouTube, blogs, etc.) as tools which facilitate communication, exchanges and transmission of information in a fast and efficient manner. However, the use of social media, even for personal use, comprises certain risks that could tarnish the Corporation’s reputation. The speed of social media communications, the level of interactivity of its users, as well as the limitless access they provide, justify the need for higher vigilance.

When Employees make personal use of the social media and collaboration sites, they must use their personal email addresses, speak on their own behalf and never present themselves as authorized spokespersons for the Corporation. Employees may, however, indicate on their profiles that they work for the Corporation, although they must not say anything that could harm the Corporation’s image. We remind that the confidentiality and loyalty obligations towards the Corporation apply at all times and in all places and that Employees are expected to be vigilant in their communications as well as be respectful towards the Corporation, its products and services, its competitors and their colleagues, past and present.

An Employee who contravenes these rules exposes himself to disciplinary measures which could include termination.

 

XIV. RESPECT FOR THE ENVIRONMENT

The Corporation is concerned about the health and well-being of its Employees and of the communities surrounding its installations. Therefore, it is committed to respect the laws and regulations in force in matters of environment and will favour any procedure or initiative from its Employees aiming at reducing any negative impact on the quality of air, ground or water that could result from its activities.

 

XV. COMPETITION BEHAVIOUR

The Corporation seeks to outperform its competitors fairly and honestly and to achieve competitive advantages through superior performance. Employees should always strive to deal honestly with the Corporation’s customers, suppliers, competitors and other Employees. No one should benefit from an undue commercial advantage of anyone through manipulation,

 

- 12 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

concealment, abuse of privileged information, false representation, or any other unfair dealing practice.

The Employees must also respect all laws pertaining to competition. In addition, no Employee may participate in discussions, agreements, projects, arrangements, whether formal or informal, with competitors or potential competitors, on issues dealing with prices, pricing rates, territories or customers to be served.

Penalties imposed for non-compliance with the laws pertaining to competition are severe. They entail heavy fines, prison sentences and damages. The penalties are equally applicable to the Employees and the employer. Also, an investigation resulting from an alleged violation of the competition laws could seriously prejudice the Corporation.

Due to the complexity of the laws pertaining to competition, the Corporation recommends that its Employees consult, as needed, the Corporation’s Legal Affairs Department on such matters.

 

XVI. LEGAL COMPLIANCE

As a general rule of conduct, all Employees of the Corporation must, at all times, comply with all laws and regulations applicable to the Corporation and to the citizens in general.

In order to become familiar with and comply with the laws and regulations that affect or govern their area of responsibility, Employees can consult with and be guided by their manager or the Corporation’s Legal Affairs Department. Decisions regarding the application of such laws and regulations should not be made without the advice of the Corporation’s Legal Affairs Department. Similarly, an Employee should avoid proceeding in a manner which, in the opinion of such Department, would be in violation of the law.

 

XVII. QUESTIONS AND REPORTING VIOLATIONS

If, at any time, an Employee is unsure about whether an act may contravene this Code or if he has any question in connection therewith, he should seek advice from the person in charge of the Human Resources Department. Equally, any question regarding ways to address ethical matters should be brought to the attention of his manager or the person in charge of the Human Resources Department.

Employees who become aware of any behaviour in violation of this Code, other Corporation policies or any law, rule or regulation applicable to the Corporation, must promptly report such violation to their manager. If this procedure is not appropriate under the circumstances or if no satisfactory answer is obtained, Employees should contact the person in charge of the Human Resources Department.

No Employee should accept any instruction from their manager that contravenes this Code, other Corporation policies or any applicable law, rule or regulation of which they are aware and an

 

- 13 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

Employee should immediately report any instruction that contravenes this Code to the person in charge of the Human Resources Department or to the Vice President, Legal Affairs.

All reporting of a violation will be dealt with confidentially, within the limits imposed by law and the Corporation will not tolerate any kind of reprisal against any person who, in good faith, reports to the Corporation real or potential issues relating to violations of this Code, other Corporation policies or any applicable law, rule or regulation.

The Corporation recognizes that Employees may be reluctant to report certain types of violations or infractions. It is for that reason that the Corporation offers a confidential toll-free telephone line and Web site operated by an independent third party. This will allow Employees to anonymously report any and all complaints or all forms of suspicious acts or irregularities pertaining to accounting, internal controls, auditing matters, fraud, theft, illegal use of Corporation property and insider trading. In such cases, the Corporation hopes that its Employees will report those types of violations. For more information concerning this toll-free confidential telephone line and Web site, the Employees are invited to refer to Appendix 1 of this Code, which is entitled “ClearView Connects TM —Questions and Answers .

 

XVIII. VIOLATION

Any violation of this Code, other Corporation policies or applicable rules or regulations, may result in disciplinary measures, ranging from a simple warning or reprimand, to termination of employment.

Disciplinary measures may be taken against any Employee, for directly violating or enticing others to violate this Code, other Corporation policies or applicable laws or regulations. An Employee can also be subject to disciplinary action if he fails to cooperate with an investigation relating to any such violation, knowingly falsely accuses another Employee of a violation or retaliates against a person who reports a violation or suspects a violation.

Disciplinary measures will also be taken against any manager who is aware that one of his staff members is about to engage in a prohibited conduct and who fails to take preventive action. Managers may also be subject to disciplinary action if they fail to effectively supervise their staff.

Furthermore, non-compliance to laws and regulations could entail civil or criminal lawsuits resulting in potential fines and prison sentences.

 

XIX. COMMUNICATION OF THE CODE

QMI’s Vice President, Human Resources, has the responsibility of ensuring that each Employee within the Corporation receives a copy of the Code and that each new Employee signs the declaration included with the Code upon receipt of his copy.

 

- 14 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

The Vice President, Human Resources of QMI, together with the Vice President, Internal Audit of QMI, have the responsibility to annually communicate the Code to all Employees. Every four years, the Employees must sign again the declaration concerning the Code, except if substantial review of the Code has been made during this period. In that case, the Employee will receive a new copy of the Code and a new declaration will be requested.

 

- 15 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

APPENDIX 1

“CLEARVIEW CONNECTS™ - QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS”

Who provides the service?

ClearView Connects TM is a telephone service and a website operated by ClearView Strategic Partners Inc. (“ClearView”), an independent third party. Employees may access the website of ClearView Connects TM at www.clearviewconnects.com .

Why use this service?

The Corporation attaches a great deal of importance to the values of honesty and integrity. All Employees are encouraged to report all complaints or all forms of suspicious acts pertaining to accounting, internal controls, auditing matters, fraud, theft, illegal use of Corporation property and insider trading. If an Employee is uncomfortable reporting this type of information through the normal chain of command, then he is able to report it anonymously, without fear of reprisal through the toll-free confidential telephone line or secure website.

Who can use this service?

All Employees without distinction.

When to use this service?

You should use the ClearView Connects TM telephone service or website as soon as you notice a suspicious behaviour.

For example:

 

¡  

Accounting irregularities;

¡  

Falsification of the Corporation’s records;

¡  

Fraud;

¡  

Misuse of confidential information (Insider Trading);

¡  

Irregularity in the handling or reporting of financial transactions;

¡  

Significant breach of internal controls;

¡  

Theft.

You must keep in mind that if you wait too long before reporting the incident, it becomes more difficult to investigate the matter.

 

- 16 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

How is anonymity preserved?

You will never be asked to provide your name when you call ClearView Connects TM . If you identify yourself, there can be no retaliation or reprisal. The service is offered to resolve situations of wrongdoing and not for the purpose of identifying the Employee who reported it.

When you use the ClearView Connects TM website, your e-mail address is automatically encrypted to preserve your identity. ClearView has formally undertaken not to divulge any confidential information received from an Employee (including his name) without that Employee’s specific consent. Also, the Corporation has unconditionally undertaken to preserve the anonymity and confidentiality.

What happens when you use the toll-free telephone line?

When you call, a ClearView Agent with the necessary skills is automatically assigned to take the call in your language. You will have to provide forthwith the following information: the circumstances of the incident, the persons involved, and any other information (i.e. dates, time, names, places, and credible witnesses, if possible).

The ClearView Agent will ask you to identify the name of the Corporation, subsidiary or division where the incident you wish to report took place. In some cases, he may have to ask you to disclose the exact address. After gathering all the information pertaining to the incident, he will ask you to categorize the incident according to a pre-established list and will ask you specific questions relating to that particular category. The ClearView Agent will then provide you with a user code and login, which will be valid for a fourteen-day period only. You will have to write down that information, since ClearView will not keep any trace of it, so as to preserve your identity. If you lose that information, you will not be able to consult your incident report. The user code and login will enable you to call back ClearView and to verify the status of your report. If you call back, it is possible that the ClearView Agent will ask you to answer additional questions received from the Corporation’s representatives who are responsible for reviewing and analyzing the incident reports.

What happens when you use the ClearView Connects TM website?

The procedure used to report an incident on the website is similar to the telephone reporting procedure.

When you access the ClearView Connects TM website, please follow the instructions.

To begin, you will have to first enter the name of the Corporation, subsidiary or division where the incident you wish to report took place. You may then access the Web page dedicated to the Corporation. You will be able to read the Corporation’s welcome message and you will be invited to consult its Code of Ethics, which is posted on that Web page. You will have to describe the incident and provide the following information: the circumstances of the incident, the persons involved, and any other information (i.e. dates, time, names, places, and credible

 

- 17 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

witnesses, if possible). You will then have to categorize the incident according to a pre-established list by checking the appropriate box and answer specific questions relating to that particular category. Once you have replied to all the questions, you will be assigned a user code and a login, which will be valid for a fourteen-day period only. You will have to write down that information, since ClearView will not keep any trace of it, so as to preserve your identity. If you loose that information, you will not be able to consult your incident report. This will enable you to verify the status of your incident report which will be posted on the ClearView Connects TM website by using your user code and login. After a preliminary review of the incident report, the Corporation’s representatives (who are responsible for reviewing and analyzing the incident report) will be able to add additional questions in the report, if deemed necessary.

Who may investigate?

The Vice-President, Internal Audit of QMI has the exclusive authority to investigate. Since he reports to the Audit Committee, this guarantees his independence.

How to use this confidential service?

To use the telephone service, the Employees must dial 1-877-821-5801 .

The Employees may access the ClearView Connects TM website at www.clearviewconnects.com .

When is the service available?

It is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

Will the Employees filing a complaint be informed of the results of any investigation?

No, not directly.

 

- 18 -


LOGO    Code of Ethics

 

EMPLOYEE DECLARATION

I, the undersigned, hereby acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Code of Ethics of Quebecor Inc. and that I agree to comply with its provisions.

_________________________________________________

Name (in capital letters)

_________________________________________________

Service / Location

_________________________________________________

Signature

_________________________________________________

Date

The sections related to the reporting of violations apply only to those areas where it is permitted by laws and regulations.

 

- 19 -

Exhibit 12.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 20, 2013

 

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau

Name:   Pierre Karl Péladeau
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

I, Jean-François Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”), certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of the Company;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))for the Company and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The Company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the Company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 20, 2013

 

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

Name:   Jean-François Pruneau
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13.1

Certification of the Principal Executive Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Pierre Karl Péladeau, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 20, 2013

 

/s/ Pierre Karl Péladeau

Name:   Pierre Karl Péladeau
Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

Exhibit 13.2

Certification of the Principal Financial Officer of

Quebecor Media Inc.

pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,

as adopted pursuant to

Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

In connection with the Annual Report of Quebecor Media Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 20-F for the year ending December 31, 2012, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Jean-Francois Pruneau, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that, to my knowledge:

 

  (1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

 

  (2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: March 20, 2013

 

/s/ Jean-François Pruneau

Name:   Jean-François Pruneau
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of section 1350, chapter 63 of title 18, United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.